<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 1998
Registration No. 333-_______
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
----------------------------------
FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
----------------------------------
AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc.
as Seller to the Trusts described herein
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Delaware 1900 FIFTH AVENUE NORTH Not Available
(State or other jurisdiction of AMSOUTH/SONAT TOWER (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35203 Identification No.)
(205) 326-5300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
</TABLE>
Stephen A. Yoder, Esq.
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
AmSouth Bancorporation
Post Office Box 11007
Birmingham, Alabama 35288
(205) 326-5319
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
T. Kurt Miller, Esq. Stuart M. Litwin, Esq.
Balch & Bingham LLP Mayer, Brown & Platt
1901 Sixth Avenue North 190 South LaSalle Street
Suite 2600 Chicago, Illinois 60603
Birmingham, Alabama 35203 (312) 782-0600
(205) 226-3429
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: From time
to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective as determined by
market conditions.
----------------------------------
If the only securities being registered on this form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box: [_]
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box: [X]
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
statement for the same offering. [_]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===================================================================================================================
Proposed maximum Proposed maximum
Title of each class of Amount to be offering aggregate offering Amount of
securities to be registered registered price per unit/(1)/ price/(1)/ registration fee
====================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Asset Backed Notes and Certificates... $1,000,000 100% $1,000,000 $295
====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT
This Registration Statement contains (i) the form of Prospectus relating to
the offering of a series of Asset Backed Notes and/or Asset Backed Certificates
by various AmSouth Auto Trusts created from time to time by AmSouth AutoCorp,
Inc., and (ii) two forms of Prospectus Supplement relating to offerings of
particular series of Asset Backed Certificates (such form of Prospectus
Supplement is identified on the outside front cover page thereof as the
"Preliminary Grantor Trust Prospectus Supplement Form") or of Asset Backed Notes
and Asset Backed Certificates (such form of Prospectus Supplement is identified
on the outside front cover page thereof as the "Preliminary Owner Trust
Prospectus Supplement Form" and, together with the form of Grantor Trust
Prospectus Supplement, the "Prospectus Supplement Forms") described therein.
Each Prospectus Supplement Form relates only to the securities described therein
and is a form which may be used, among others, by the Seller to offer Asset
Backed Notes and/or Asset Backed Certificates under this Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.
PROSPECTUS
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED ___________, 1998
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUSTS
Asset Backed Notes
Asset Backed Certificates
[AMSOUTH LOGO]
AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc.
Seller
AMSOUTH BANK
Servicer
----------
The Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes") and the Asset Backed Certificates (the
"Certificates" and, together with the Notes, the "Securities") described herein
may be sold from time to time in one or more series, in amounts, at prices and
on terms to be determined at the time of sale and to be set forth in a
supplement to this Prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement"). Each series of
Securities, which may include one or more classes of Notes or one or more
classes of Certificates (or both), will be issued by a trust to be formed on or
before the issuance date for that series (each, a "Trust"). Each Trust will be
formed pursuant to either a Trust Agreement to be entered into among AmSouth
AutoCorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as seller (the "Seller"), AmSouth Bank,
in its capacity as servicer (in such capacity, the "Servicer"), and the trustee
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Trustee") or a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement to be entered into among the Trustee, the Seller and the
Servicer. If a series of Securities includes Notes, such Notes will be issued
and secured pursuant to an Indenture between the Trust and the indenture trustee
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Indenture Trustee") and
will represent indebtedness of the related Trust. The Certificates of a series
will represent fractional undivided interests in the related Trust. Certain
capitalized terms used in this Prospectus are defined in this Prospectus on the
pages indicated in the "Index of Terms" on page 67 of this Prospectus. The
property of each Trust will include a pool of promissory notes and security
agreements and/or retail installment sales contracts secured by new or used
automobiles and light duty trucks (collectively, the "Receivables"), payments
received thereunder on and after the applicable Cutoff Date set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement, security interests in the vehicles financed
thereby, rights under dealer agreements, rights with respect to deposit accounts
in which collections are held or that serve as credit enhancement, any other
credit enhancements, the proceeds of the foregoing and any proceeds from claims
on insurance policies with respect to the Financed Vehicles, all as described
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. See "The Trusts."
(Continued on next page)
Prospective investors should consider the "Risk Factors" set forth at page 15
herein, which discusses material risks involved with an investment in the
Securities.
----------
ANY NOTES OF A SERIES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES OF A SERIES
REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE RELATED TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT
OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC., AMSOUTH BANK OR ANY OF
THEIR AFFILIATES. NONE OF THE NOTES, THE CERTIFICATES OR THE RECEIVABLES ARE
GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, ANY OTHER
GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY, AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC., AMSOUTH BANK OR
ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
This Prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of Securities offered
hereby unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.
The date of this Prospectus is _______ __, 1998.
<PAGE>
(Continued from previous page)
The related Prospectus Supplement will specify which class or classes of
Notes, if any, and which class or classes of Certificates, if any, of the
related series are being offered thereby. Each class of Securities of any series
other than any Strip Notes and Strip Certificates will represent the right to
receive a specified amount of payments of principal and interest on the related
Receivables, at the rates, on the dates and in the manner described herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of the Notes,"
"Description of the Certificates" and "Description of the Securities" herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement. If a series includes multiple classes of
Securities, the rights of one or more classes of Securities to receive payments
may be senior, equal to or subordinate to the rights of one or more of the other
classes of such series. Distributions on Certificates of a series may be
subordinated in priority to payments due on any related Notes or any other
Certificates to the extent described herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. See "Risk Factors--Subordination" herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
------------------------------
A series may include one or more classes of Notes and/or Certificates
which differ as to the timing and priority of payment, interest rate or amount
of distributions in respect of principal or interest or both. A series may
include one or more classes of Notes or Certificates entitled to distributions
in respect of principal with disproportionate, nominal or no interest
distributions, or to interest distributions, with disproportionate, nominal or
no distributions in respect of principal. The rate of payment in respect of the
principal of any class of Notes and distributions in respect of the Certificate
Balance of any class of the Certificates will depend on the priority of payment
of such class and the rate and timing of payments (including prepayments,
defaults, liquidations and repurchases of Receivables) on the related
Receivables. A rate of payment lower or higher than that anticipated may affect
the weighted average life of each class of Securities in the manner described
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. See "Weighted Average Life of
the Securities."
------------------------------
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Seller, as originator of each Trust, has filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement (together with
all amendments and exhibits thereto, referred to herein as the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
with respect to the Notes and/or the Certificates offered pursuant to this
Prospectus. For further information, reference is made to the Registration
Statement, which may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549;
and at the Commission's regional offices at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of the Registration Statement may be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. In addition, the
Commission maintains a public access site on the Internet through the World Wide
Web at which site reports, information statements and other information,
including all electronic filings, may be viewed. The Internet address of such
World Wide Web site is http://www.sec.gov.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
All documents filed by the Seller, as originator of any Trust, pursuant to
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and
prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus or in any related Prospectus
Supplement. Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein
or in any subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such
statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus. See "Certain Information
Regarding the Securities--Reports to Securityholders."
The Seller will provide without charge to each person, including any
beneficial owner of Securities, to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered,
on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all of the
documents incorporated herein or in any related Prospectus Supplement by
reference, except the exhibits to such documents (unless
2
<PAGE>
such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in such documents).
Requests for such copies should be directed to the Seller, in care of AmSouth
Bancorporation, Post Office Box 11007, Birmingham, Alabama 35288 (Telephone:
(205) 326-5300). The Servicer intends to continue to file with respect to each
Trust periodic reports pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, for the period after such filings could be discontinued
in reliance on Section 15(d) thereof until the Securities issued by such Trust
are no longer outstanding.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF TERMS
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to
the information with respect to the Securities of any series contained in the
related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection with
the offering of such Securities. Certain capitalized terms used in this summary
are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus on the pages indicated in the "Index of
Terms" beginning on page 68.
Issuer........................... The issuer (the "Issuer") with respect to
each series of Securities shall be the
Trust to be formed pursuant to either a
Trust Agreement (as amended and
supplemented from time to time, a "Trust
Agreement") among the Trustee for such
Trust (the "Trustee"), the Seller and
the Servicer, or a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement among the Trustee, the Seller
and the Servicer.
Seller........................... AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Seller") and a wholly
owned subsidiary of AmSouth
Bancorporation. See "The Seller" and
"The Seller, The Servicer and AmSouth
Bancorporation" in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Servicer......................... AmSouth Bank, a state bank organized under
the laws of the State of Alabama (the
"Bank" or, in its capacity as servicer,
the "Servicer").
Trustee.......................... With respect to each series of Securities,
the Trustee specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Indenture Trustee................ With respect to each series of Securities
that includes any Notes, the Indenture
Trustee specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
The Notes........................ The terms of the Notes generally are
described below.
A. General...................... A series of Securities may include one or
more classes of Notes, which will be
issued pursuant to an Indenture between
the Trust and the Indenture Trustee (as
amended and supplemented from time to
time, an "Indenture"). The related
Prospectus Supplement will specify which
class or classes, if any, of Notes of
the related series are being offered
thereby.
B. Denomination; Book-Entry..... Notes will be available for purchase in
denominations specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement or, if not so
specified, in original denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
Notes will initially be issued in book-
entry form and beneficial owners of
Notes ("Note Owners") will be able to
receive Definitive Notes only in the
limited circumstances described herein
or in the related Prospectus Supplement.
See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities--Definitive Securities."
C. Note Interest Rates......... Each class of Notes other than Strip Notes
will have a stated principal amount and
will bear interest at a specified rate
or
4
<PAGE>
rates (with respect to each class of
Notes, the "Interest Rate"). Each such
class of Notes may have a different
Interest Rate, which may be a fixed,
variable or adjustable Interest Rate, or
any combination of the foregoing. The
related Prospectus Supplement will
specify the Interest Rate for each class
of Notes, or the method for determining
the Interest Rate. See "Description of
the Notes" herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement for any Trust that
issues Notes.
D. Characteristics............. With respect to a series that includes two
or more classes of Notes, each class may
differ as to the timing and priority of
payments, seniority, allocation of
losses, Interest Rate or amount of
payments of principal or interest, or
payments of principal or interest in
respect of any such class or classes may
or may not be made upon the occurrence
of specified events or on the basis of
collections from designated portions of
the Receivables Pool. To the extent
provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, a series may include one or
more classes of Notes designated as
fixed payment notes, short term asset
backed notes, targeted amortization
classes, planned amortization classes or
companion classes. See "Description of
the Notes--Principal and Interest on the
Notes."
E. Strip Notes................. In addition, a series may include one or
more classes of Notes ("Strip Notes")
entitled to (i) principal payments with
disproportionately small, nominal or no
interest payments or (ii) interest
payments with disproportionately small,
nominal or no principal payments. Any
Strip Notes will be extremely sensitive
to the rate and timing of principal
payments, including prepayments, on the
Receivables. See "Risk Factors--Risk of
Prepayment and Possible Adverse Effect
on Yield--Risks Associated with Yield
Sensitivity of the Strip Securities."
F. Subordination to Securities
of the Same Trust........... If the series of Securities issued by a
Trust includes classes of Notes, the
Notes will be entitled to receive
payments and distributions from the same
Trust property, and distributions in
respect of certain classes of the Notes
may be subordinated in priority of
payment to payments on other classes of
Notes to the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
G. Clean-Up Call; Redemption... If the Seller or Servicer exercises its
option to purchase the Receivables of a
Trust in the event the outstanding Pool
Balance is equal to or less than the
percentage of the Initial Pool Balance
set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement in the manner and on the
respective terms and conditions
described under "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Termination," the outstanding Notes of
such series will be redeemed in full as
set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
5
<PAGE>
H. Pre-Funding Account;
Redemption.................. If the related Prospectus Supplement
provides that the property of a Trust
will include a Pre-Funding Account (as
such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the "Pre-Funding
Account"), one or more classes of the
outstanding Notes of such series will be
subject to partial redemption on or
immediately following the end of the
applicable Funding Period (as such term
is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Funding Period") in an
amount and manner specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
The Certificates................ The terms of the Certificates generally
are described below.
A. General..................... A series may include one or more classes
of Certificates and may or may not
include any Notes. The related
Prospectus Supplement will specify which
class or classes, if any, of the
Certificates are being offered thereby.
B. Denominations; Book-Entry... Certificates will be available for
purchase in denominations specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement or, if
not so specified, except for the
Certificates, if any, of a given series
purchased by the Seller, in minimum
denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Certificates will initially be issued in
book-entry form and the beneficial
owners of Certificates ("Certificate
Owners") will be able to receive
Definitive Certificates only in the
limited circumstances described herein
or in the related Prospectus Supplement.
See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities--Definitive Securities."
C. Certificate Rate............ Each class of Certificates other than any
Strip Certificates will have a stated
Certificate Balance specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the
"Certificate Balance") and will accrue
interest on such Certificate Balance at
a specified rate (with respect to each
class of Certificates, the "Certificate
Rate"). Each such class of Certificates
may have a different Certificate Rate,
which may be a fixed, variable or
adjustable Certificate Rate, or any
combination of the foregoing. The
related Prospectus Supplement will
specify the Certificate Rate for each
class of Certificates or the method for
determining the Certificate Rate. See
"Description of the Certificates" herein
and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
D. Characteristics............. With respect to a series that includes two
or more classes of Certificates, each
class may differ as to the timing and
priority of distributions, seniority,
allocations of losses, Certificate Rate
or amount of distributions in respect of
principal or interest. Distributions in
respect of principal or interest in
respect of any such class or classes of
Certificates may or may not be made upon
the occurrence of specified events or on
the basis of collections from designated
portions of the Receivables Pool.
6
<PAGE>
E. Strip Certificates.......... A series may include one or more classes
of Certificates ("Strip Certificates"
and, together with Strip Notes, "Strip
Securities") entitled to (i) principal
payments with disproportionately small,
nominal or no interest payments or (ii)
interest payments with
disproportionately small, nominal or no
principal payments. Any Strip
Certificates will be extremely sensitive
to the rate and timing of principal
payments, including prepayments, on the
Receivables. See "Risk Factors--Risk of
Prepayment and Possible Adverse Effect
on Yield--Risks Associated with Yield
Sensitivity of the Strip Securities."
F. Subordination to Securities
of the Same Trust .......... If the series of Securities issued by a
Trust includes classes of Notes or more
than one class of Certificates, all of
the Notes and Certificates will be
entitled to receive payments and
distributions from the same Trust
property, and distributions in respect
of the Certificates may be subordinated
in priority of payment to payments on
the Notes or to other classes of
Certificates to the extent specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.
G. Clean-Up Call;
Prepayment.................. If the Seller or Servicer exercises its
option to purchase the Receivables of a
Trust in the event the outstanding Pool
Balance is equal to or less than the
percentage of the Initial Pool Balance
set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement in the manner and on the
respective terms and conditions
described under "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Termination," Certificateholders will
receive as a prepayment in full an
amount in respect of the Certificates of
such series as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
H. Termination Auction......... To the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Trustee for
the related Trust will solicit bids for
the purchase at an auction (a
"Termination Auction") of the
Receivables remaining in the Trust
within ninety days following the
Distribution Date as of which the Pool
Balance for a Receivables Pool is less
than 10% of such Receivables Pool's
Initial Pool Balance.
In the event that satisfactory bids are
received as described in the applicable
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
net sale proceeds will be distributed to
Securityholders, in the same order of
priority as collections received in
respect of the Receivables. If
satisfactory bids are not received, the
Trustee shall decline to sell the
Receivables and shall not be under any
obligation to solicit any further bids
or otherwise negotiate any further sale
of the Receivables. See "Description of
the Transfer ans Servicing Agreements
Termination Auction" herein and the
related Prospectus Supplement. Any early
termination of a Trust and early
retirement of the related Securities
that results from a
7
<PAGE>
successful Termination Auction will
have an effect on an investor's yield on
such Securities. See "Prepayment and
Yield Considerations" herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
I. Pre-Funding Account; Partial
Prepayment.................. If the related Prospectus Supplement
provides that the property of a Trust
will include a Pre-Funding Account,
Certificateholders may receive a
partial prepayment of principal on or
immediately following the end of the
applicable Funding Period in an amount
and manner specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
The Trust Property.............. The property of each Trust will include a
pool of motor vehicle promissory notes
and security agreements and/or retail
installment sales contracts secured by
new or used automobiles or light duty
trucks (collectively, the
"Receivables"), including rights to
receive payments received under such
Receivables after the applicable Cutoff
Date, security interests in the vehicles
financed thereby (the "Financed
Vehicles"), certain rights under
agreements with automobile or light duty
truck dealers ("Dealer Agreements"),
rights with respect to Eligible Deposit
Accounts, which will include the
Collection Account and may include a
Reserve Account and/or a Yield
Supplement Account, rights under the
related Purchase Agreements and any
proceeds from claims on or rebates of
premiums relating to insurance policies
and rebates of amounts relating to items
such as extended warranties with respect
to the Financed Vehicles or related
Obligors. On or before the Closing Date
specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement with respect to a Trust, the
Seller will sell or transfer Receivables
(the "Initial Receivables") having an
aggregate principal balance specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement as of
the dates specified therein to such
Trust pursuant to either a Sale and
Servicing Agreement among the Seller,
the Servicer and the Trust (as amended
and supplemented from time to time, the
"Sale and Servicing Agreement") or, if
the Trust is to be treated as a grantor
trust for federal income tax purposes,
the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement among the Seller, the Servicer
and the Trustee (as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the
"Pooling and Servicing Agreement" and,
together with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, each a "Transfer and
Servicing Agreement"). The property of
each Trust will also include amounts on
deposit in certain trust accounts,
including the related Collection
Account, any Pre-Funding Account, any
Revolving Account and any other account
identified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. See "The Trusts" herein and
"The Trust" in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
In addition, to the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, from time
to time during the related Revolving
Period and/or Pre-Funding Period, as the
case may be, the
8
<PAGE>
Seller may purchase from Affiliates
additional Receivables ("Subsequent
Receivables") having an aggregate
principal balance approximately equal to
the amount of principal collections on
the related Receivables deposited in the
Revolving Account from time to time
during the Revolving Period and/or the
amount deposited in the Pre-Funding
Account on the related Closing Date (the
"Pre-Funded Amount"), and will transfer
and assign such Subsequent Receivables
to the related Trust in exchange for the
payment to the Seller of funds on
deposit in such Revolving Account or
Pre-Funding Account equal to the
aggregate outstanding principal balance
of the Subsequent Receivables so
transferred as of the applicable
subsequent cutoff date. See "Pre-Funding
Account" and "Revolving Account" below
in this summary and "Certain Information
Regarding the Securities--Funding Period
and Revolving Period."
The Receivables................. The Receivables will generally consist of
(i) motor vehicle promissory notes and
security agreements executed by an
Obligor in favor of a motor vehicle
lender ("Direct Loans") and/or (ii)
motor vehicle retail installment sales
contracts between an Obligor and a
vehicle dealer (collectively, "Motor
Vehicle Loans"). Direct Loans may
include promissory notes and security
agreements for which a vehicle dealer (a
"Dealer") performed certain ministerial
loan processing functions on behalf of
the lender. In addition, the related
Receivables Pool may include Motor
Vehicle Loans acquired by an Affiliate
("Acquired Receivables"). "Originator"
means, with respect to any Motor Vehicle
Loan, the Affiliate that (i) was the
lender with respect to a Direct Loan or
(ii) acquired such Motor Vehicle Loan
from a Dealer or other third party.
"Affiliate" means AmSouth Bancorporation
and any bank or other nonbank entity
owned or acquired by AmSouth
Bancorporation or by its subsidiaries.
"Subsidiary" includes both direct and
indirect subsidiaries. Receivables that
are to be included in any Receivables
Pool will be transferred by an Affiliate
to the Seller for purposes of sale to
the applicable Trust. The Receivables
for any given Receivables Pool will be
selected from the Motor Vehicle Loans
owned by Affiliates based on the
criteria specified in the applicable
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and
described herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "The
Receivables Pools" herein and "The
Receivables Pool" in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Credit and Cash
Flow Enhancement................ The form and amount of any credit
enhancement will be specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Credit
enhancement with respect to a Trust or
any class or classes of Securities may
include any one or more of the
following: subordination of one or more
other classes of Securities or all or a
portion of any servicing fees, a reserve
account, over-collateralization, letters
of credit, credit or liquidity
facilities,
9
<PAGE>
surety bonds, guaranteed investment
contracts, swaps or other interest rate
protection agreements, repurchase
obligations, yield supplement
agreements, other agreements with
respect to third party payments or other
support, cash deposits or other
arrangements. Certain forms of credit
enhancement may contain limitations on,
and exclusions from, coverage
thereunder, which will be described in
the related Prospectus Supplement. See
"Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Credit and Cash
Flow Enhancement" herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
Pre-Funding Account............. If specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, during a Funding Period
until the earliest of (a) the
Determination Date on which the amount
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account is
less than the minimum amount specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement,
(b) the occurrence of an Event of
Default under the Indenture or a
Servicer Termination Event under the
applicable Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, (c) the occurrence of certain
events of insolvency with respect to the
Seller or the Servicer or (d) the close
of business on a business day specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement not
later than one year after the applicable
Closing Date, the Pre-Funding Account
will be maintained as a trust account in
the name of the Applicable Trustee. The
Pre-Funded Amount will initially equal
the amount specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, which may be up
to 100% of the aggregate principal
amount of the series of Securities
offered thereunder. During the Funding
Period, the Pre-Funded Amount will be
reduced by the amount thereof used to
purchase Subsequent Receivables in
accordance with the applicable Transfer
and Servicing Agreement, and the amounts
thereof deposited in the Reserve Account
in connection with the purchase of such
Subsequent Receivables. Prior to being
used to purchase Subsequent Receivables
or paid to the registered holders of
each class of Notes ("Noteholders") and
the registered holders of Certificates
("Certificateholders" and together with
any Noteholders, "Securityholders") the
Pre-Funded Amount will be invested from
time to time in Permitted Investments.
Although the specific parameters of the
Pre-Funding Account with respect to any
issuance of Securities will be specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, it
is anticipated that (a) the Funding
Period will not exceed one year from the
related Closing Date, and (b) that the
Subsequent Receivables to be acquired
during the Funding Period will be
subject to the same types of
representations and warranties as the
Initial Receivables included in the
related Receivables Pool on the Closing
Date (although additional criteria may
also be required to be satisfied, as
described in the related Prospectus
Supplement). It is anticipated that any
Subsequent Receivables originated by an
Originator will be originated in
accordance with
10
<PAGE>
the underwriting criteria described
under "The Receivables Pools --
Underwriting." See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Accounts" herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Revolving Account............... If specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement for any Trust that issues
Notes, all principal collections
received on the related Receivables
during the Revolving Period (as such
term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the "Revolving
Period") for such Trust and, on each
Distribution Date during such Revolving
Period, such other amounts described in
the related Prospectus Supplement, will
be deposited in the Revolving Account
(as such term is defined in such
Prospectus Supplement, the "Revolving
Account") for such Trust and, except as
provided below, no principal collections
under the Receivables will be
distributed to the holders of a series
of Securities issued by such Trust on
any Distribution Date occurring during
such Revolving Period. Although the
specific parameters of the Revolving
Account with respect to any issuance of
Securities will be specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, it is
anticipated that (a) the Revolving
Period will not exceed three years from
the related Closing Date, and (b) that
the Subsequent Receivables to be
acquired during the Revolving Period
will be subject to the same types of
representations and warranties as the
Initial Receivables included in the
related Receivables Pool on the Closing
Date (although additional criteria may
also be required to be satisfied, as
described in the related Prospectus
Supplement). It is anticipated that any
Subsequent Receivables originated by an
Originator will be originated in
accordance with the underwriting
criteria described under "The
Receivables Pools--Underwriting." If the
amount on deposit in a Revolving Account
at the close of business on the last day
of a calendar month during the Revolving
Period exceeds the maximum permitted
Revolving Account balance specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the
holders of such series of Securities
will receive a distribution of principal
on their Securities on the next
Distribution Date in an amount equal to
the amount of such excess.
In addition, if the related Trust includes
a Revolving Account, a principal payment
equal to the sum of (a) the amount, if
any, on deposit in such Revolving
Account as of the close of business on
the first business day following the
applicable Revolving Period and (b) such
other amounts described in the related
Prospectus Supplement for the next
Distribution Date thereafter will be
distributed to the holders of the
related series of Securities on such
next Distribution Date and thereafter
principal distributions will be made to
the holders of the related series of
Securities in the manner
11
<PAGE>
otherwise specified herein and in the
Prospectus Supplement.
Reserve Account................. If specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, a Reserve Account will be
created for each Trust which may require
an initial deposit of cash or certain
investments having a value equal to the
amount specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. To the extent
specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, funds in the Reserve Account
will thereafter be supplemented by the
deposit of amounts remaining on any
Distribution Date after making all other
distributions required on such date and
any amounts deposited from time to time
from the Pre-Funding Account and/or
Revolving Account in connection with a
purchase of Subsequent Receivables.
Amounts in the Reserve Account will be
available to cover shortfalls in amounts
due to the holders of those classes of
Securities specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement in the manner and
under the circumstances specified
therein. The related Prospectus
Supplement will also specify to whom and
the manner and circumstances under which
amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Account (after giving effect to all
other required distributions to be made
by the applicable Trust) in excess of
the Specified Reserve Account Balance
(as defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Specified Reserve
Account Balance") will be distributed.
See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Accounts" herein
and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
Transfer and
Servicing Agreements............ With respect to each Trust, the Seller
will sell the related Receivables to
such Trust pursuant to a Transfer and
Servicing Agreement. The rights and
benefits of any Trust under a Sale and
Servicing Agreement will be assigned to
the Indenture Trustee as collateral for
the Notes of the related series. The
Servicer will agree with each Trust to
be responsible for servicing, managing,
maintaining custody of and making
collections on the related Receivables.
The Servicer will undertake certain
administrative duties under an
Administration Agreement with respect to
any Trust that has issued Notes.
The Seller will be obligated to repurchase
any Receivable if the interest of the
applicable Trust in such Receivable is
materially and adversely affected by a
breach of any representation or warranty
made by the Seller with respect to the
Receivable, if such breach has not been
cured following the discovery by or
notice to the Seller of the breach.
The Servicer will be obligated to
purchase any Receivable if, among other
things, it extends the date for final
payment by the Obligor of such
Receivable beyond the applicable Final
Scheduled Maturity Date (as defined in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the
"Final Scheduled Maturity
12
<PAGE>
Date"), reduces the contractual rate of
interest on such Receivable ("Contract
Rate") or principal balance of such
Receivable or fails to maintain a
perfected security interest in the
related Financed Vehicle.
The Servicer will be entitled to receive
a fee for servicing the Receivables of
each Trust equal to a specified
percentage of the aggregate principal
balance of the related Receivables Pool,
as set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement, and, in addition to such
fee, is entitled to receive certain late
fees, extension fees, prepayment
charges, non-sufficient funds charges
and other administrative fees or similar
charges relating to the servicing of the
Receivables. In addition, the Servicer
or the Seller will be entitled to
receive such fees and other amounts
specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. To the extent provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the
right to receive all or a portion of any
such servicing fees may be subordinated
to rights of Securityholders and all or
a portion of any such servicing fees may
otherwise serve as credit enhancement
for the related Securities. See
"Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses
herein and "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements--Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses"
and "--Distributions" in the related
Prospectus Supplement."
No Recourse to Sellers or
Servicer........................ The Receivables sold and assigned to the
applicable Trust will be sold and
assigned by the Seller to such Trust
without recourse to the Seller, the
Servicer or any of their respective
affiliates for credit losses on such
Receivables. The Notes of any series
will represent obligations solely of,
and the Certificates of any series will
represent interests solely in, the
related Trust and, except as may be set
forth in an applicable Prospectus
Supplement in connection with any credit
enhancement, neither the Notes nor the
Certificates of any series will be
insured or guaranteed by the Seller, the
Servicer, the Applicable Trustee, any
Indenture Trustee or any other person or
entity.
Tax Status...................... Unless the Prospectus Supplement
specifies that the related Trust will be
treated as a grantor trust, upon the
issuance of the related series of
Securities, Federal Tax Counsel to such
Trust will deliver an opinion to the
effect that, for federal income tax
purposes: (i) any Notes of such series
will be characterized as debt and (ii)
such Trust will not be classified as an
association (or a publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation.
In respect of any such series, each Note
Owner, by the acceptance of a beneficial
interest in a Note of such series, will
agree to treat such Note as
indebtedness, and each Certificate
Owner, by the acceptance of a beneficial
interest in a Certificate of such
series, will agree to treat such
13
<PAGE>
Trust as a partnership in which such
Certificate Owner is a partner for
federal, state and local tax purposes.
If the Prospectus Supplement specifies
that the related Trust will be treated
as a grantor trust, upon the issuance of
the related series of Certificates,
Federal Tax Counsel to such Trust will
deliver an opinion to the effect that
such Trust will be treated as a grantor
trust for federal income tax purposes
and will not be subject to federal
income tax. Accordingly, the Certificate
Owners would be treated as owners of the
Receivables for federal income tax
purposes.
See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" and
"State Tax Consequences" herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement for
additional information concerning the
application of federal and state tax
laws.
ERISA Considerations............ The related Prospectus Supplement will set
forth certain information as to whether
each class of Securities issued by the
related Trust will be eligible for
purchase by employee benefit plans
subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"), or by any individual
retirement account. See "ERISA
Considerations" herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
Rating of Securities............ It is a condition to the issuance of each
class of Securities offered hereby that
they are rated by at least one
nationally recognized statistical rating
agency in one of its generic rating
categories which signifies investment
grade. The ratings of the Securities
address the likelihood of the timely
payment of interest on and the ultimate
payment of principal of the Securities
pursuant to their terms. There can be no
assurance that such ratings will not be
lowered or withdrawn by a Rating Agency
if circumstances so warrant. See "Risk
Factors--Ratings of the Securities."
Material Risks.................. There are material risks associated with
an investment in the Securities.
Prospective investors should consider
the factors set forth under "Risk
Factors" on pages 15 to 23, and as are
provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
14
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
Limited Liquidity
There is currently no secondary market for the Securities. Each
Underwriter (as defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, an "Underwriter")
currently intends to make a market in the Securities for which it is an
Underwriter, but it is under no obligation to do so. There can be no assurance
that a secondary market will develop or, if a secondary market does develop,
that it will provide the Securityholders with liquidity of investment or that it
will continue for the life of the Securities.
Risk of Prepayment and Possible Adverse Effect on Yield
Reinvestment Risks from Prepayments. All the Receivables are
prepayable at any time without penalty to the Obligor. (For this purpose the
term "prepayments" includes prepayments in full, partial prepayments and
liquidations due to default, as well as receipts of proceeds from physical
damage, credit life and disability insurance policies and certain other
Receivables repurchased for administrative reasons). The weighted average life
(i.e., the average time in which each dollar of principal is paid on the
Securities) of the Securities may be reduced by full or partial prepayments on
the Receivables. The rate of prepayments on the Receivables may be influenced
by a variety of economic, social and other factors, including the fact that an
Obligor generally may not sell or transfer the Financed Vehicle securing a
Receivable without the payment in full of such Receivable. In addition, under
certain circumstances, the Seller will be obligated to repurchase Receivables
pursuant to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement as a result of uncured breaches
of representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances, the Servicer
will be obligated to purchase Receivables pursuant to such Transfer and
Servicing Agreement as a result of uncured breaches of certain covenants. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of
Receivables" and "--Servicing Procedures." Any reinvestment risks (i.e., risks
that amounts received by Securityholders will not be able to be invested at
interest rates that are greater than or equal to the applicable Interest Rate or
Certificate Rate) resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of
Receivables held by a given Trust will be borne entirely by the Securityholders
of the related series of Securities. See also "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Termination" regarding the option of the Servicer and/or
Seller to purchase the remaining Receivables of a given Receivables Pool, "--
Insolvency Event" regarding the sale of the Receivables owned by a Trust that is
not a grantor trust if an Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller occurs and
"Risk Factors--Financial Institution Insolvency Risks" regarding the right of
the FDIC to prepay Securities in certain circumstances.
Risks Associated with Securities Purchased at a Discount or Premium.
Holders of Securities should consider, in the case of any Securities purchased
at a discount, the risk that a slower than anticipated rate of principal
payments on the Receivables will result in an actual yield (i.e., the effective
interest rate) that is less than the anticipated yield and, in the case of any
Securities purchased at a premium, the risk that a faster than anticipated rate
of principal payments on the Receivables will result in an actual yield that is
less than the anticipated yield. See "--Reinvestment Risks from Prepayments."
Risks Associated with Yield Sensitivity of the Strip Securities. The
yield to maturity of any Strip Securities will be extremely sensitive to the
prepayment, and default experience on the Receivables, which may fluctuate
significantly from time to time. See "--Reinvestment Risks from Prepayments."
Holders of any Strip Securities entitled to principal payments with
disproportionately small, nominal or no interest payments should consider the
risk that a slower than anticipated rate of payments on the Receivables will
result in an actual yield that is less than the anticipated yield. Holders of
Strip Securities entitled to interest payments with disproportionately small,
nominal or no principal payments should consider the risk that a faster than
anticipated rate of payments on the Receivables will result in an actual yield
that is less than the anticipated yields. Prospective investors in Strip
Securities should fully consider the risk that an extremely rapid rate of
principal prepayments could result in the failure of investors in the Strip
Securities entitled to disproportionately small, nominal or no principal
payments to recoup their initial investment.
15
<PAGE>
Risk of Commingling of Receivables Files
The Seller will cause financing statements to be filed with the
appropriate governmental authorities to perfect the interest of the related
Trust in its purchase of Receivables from the Seller and in the appropriate
jurisdictions in which the Affiliates are located to perfect the interest of the
Seller in its purchase of Receivables from the Affiliates in accordance with the
UCC in effect in the relevant jurisdiction. The Servicer will hold the
Receivables, either directly or through subservicers, as custodian for the
Applicable Trustee following the sale and assignment of the Receivables to the
related Trust. The Receivables will not be segregated, stamped or otherwise
marked to indicate that they have been sold to the related Trust. The Seller
believes that it is customary for Receivables to not be segregated or stamped or
otherwise marked in connection with asset securitizations of the type
contemplated hereby and in other types of receivables financings where the
parent company of the transferor has credit ratings that are investment grade or
better and servicing is retained by the transferor. The Seller's affiliates, in
their traditional lending practices, generally would take possession of the
financed receivables if servicing is not retained by the transferor or the
transferor has a lower than investment grade credit rating. If through
inadvertence or otherwise (for example, if an Affiliate or the Seller were to
sell or grant a security interest in Receivables in violation of the applicable
Transfer and Servicing Agreements), another party purchases (or takes a security
interest in) the Receivables for new value in the ordinary course of business
and takes possession of the Receivables without actual knowledge of the related
Trust's interest, the purchaser (or secured party) will acquire an interest in
the Receivables superior to the interest of the related Trust. Under such
circumstances, there is a risk that the Trust would not be able to realize some
or all of the cash flow from such Receivable. Although such Affiliate or the
Seller would be liable to the Trust in that event, if such Affiliate or the
Seller became insolvent, holders of Securities could suffer losses.
Risk of Unenforceable Security Interest in Financed Vehicles
In connection with the sale of Receivables by each Originator to the
Seller and by the Seller to a Trust, security interests in the Financed Vehicles
securing such Receivables will be assigned by such Originator to the Seller and
by the Seller to such Trust simultaneously with the sale of such Receivables by
such Originator to the Seller and by the Seller to such Trust. Due to
administrative burden and expense (i.e., fees payable to state motor vehicle
departments ranging up to approximately forty dollars per vehicle and related
paperwork), the certificates of title to the Financed Vehicles will not be
amended to reflect the assignments to the Seller or to the Trust. In the
absence of such amendments, the Seller and such Trust may not have a perfected
security interest in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables in some
states. The Seller will be obligated to repurchase any Receivable sold to such
Trust as to which the Seller has breached its representation that it has a
perfected security interest in the Financed Vehicle securing such Receivable as
of the date such Receivable is transferred to such Trust, if such breach shall
materially and adversely affect the interest of such Trust in such Receivable
and if a breach of such representation shall not have been cured by the last day
of the month that includes the sixtieth day (or, if the Seller elects, the
thirtieth day) following the discovery by or notice to the Seller of such
breach. If such Trust does not have a perfected security interest in a Financed
Vehicle, its ability to realize on such Financed Vehicle in the event of a
default may be adversely affected, which could result in delays in payments on
the related Notes (if any) and Certificates and possible reductions in the
amount of those payments. The applicable Affiliate will be obligated, pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement to which it is a party, to repurchase from the Seller
any Receivable sold by it thereunder that the Seller has repurchased as a result
of such a breach. The Seller will assign its rights under each Purchase
Agreement to the related Trust. The Seller believes that it is customary for
certificates of title or ownership to not be endorsed or amended in connection
with asset securitizations of the type contemplated hereby.
Risk of Non-Priority of Trust's Security Interest in Financed Vehicles
To the extent the security interest in the Financed Vehicles is
perfected, such Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent purchasers of such
Financed Vehicles and holders of subsequently perfected security interests.
However, as against liens for repairs of Financed Vehicles or for taxes unpaid
by an Obligor under a Receivable, or through fraud or negligence, such Trust
could lose the priority of its security interest or its security interest in a
Financed Vehicle, which could result in delays in payments on the related Notes
(if any) and Certificates and possible reductions in the amount of those
payments. Neither the Seller nor the Servicer will have an obligation to
repurchase a Receivable as to
16
<PAGE>
which any of the aforementioned occurrences result in such Trust's losing
the priority of its security interest or its security interest in such Financed
Vehicle after the date such security interest was conveyed to such Trust. See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Security Interest in Vehicles."
Risk of Substantive Consolidation
Seller has taken steps in structuring the transactions described
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement that are intended to ensure that
the voluntary or involuntary application for relief by AmSouth Bancorporation or
any Affiliate subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy
Code") under the Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable state laws ("Insolvency
Laws") will not result in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the
Seller with those of AmSouth Bancorporation or such Affiliate. These steps
include the creation of the Seller as a separate, limited-purpose subsidiary
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation containing certain limitations
(including restrictions on the nature of the Seller's business and a restriction
on the Seller's ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any
Insolvency Law without the prior unanimous affirmative vote of all of its
directors). However, there can be no assurance that the activities of the
Seller would not result in a court's concluding that the assets and liabilities
of the Seller should be consolidated with those of AmSouth Bancorporation or any
Affiliate in a proceeding under any Insolvency Law. See "The Seller." If a
court were to conclude that the assets and liabilities of the Seller should be
consolidated with those of AmSouth Bancorporation or any Affiliate in a
proceeding under any Insolvency Law, then any "true sale" to the Seller would be
ineffective to remove the Receivables and other assets from the bankruptcy
estate of AmSouth Bancorporation or such Affiliate, and delays in payments of
collections of the Receivables could occur or reductions in the amount of such
payments could result. See "Risk of No 'True Sale'" below. Although there can
be no assurance, the Seller believes there is no material risk that the Trust
would be substantively consolidated with any other entity if that entity were to
become the subject of a proceeding under any Insolvency Law.
Risk of No "True Sale"
The Seller and each Affiliate subject to the Bankruptcy Code each
intend that the transfer of Receivables by such Affiliate to the Seller will
constitute a "true sale" of such Receivables. The Seller will take steps in
structuring its purchases of Receivables from each Affiliate that is subject to
the Bankruptcy Code to increase the likelihood that such purchases will each be
deemed a "true sale". In particular, each such purchase will be without
recourse to the applicable Affiliate for credit losses and at a purchase price
believed by the parties to represent the fair market value of the applicable
Receivables. If the transfer does, in fact, constitute such a "true sale," the
Receivables and the proceeds thereof would not be part of such Affiliate's
bankruptcy estate under Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code should such Affiliate
become the subject of a bankruptcy case subsequent to the transfer of the
Receivables to the Seller. It is a condition of the offering that the Seller
shall have received an opinion of counsel to the effect that, subject to certain
facts, assumptions and qualifications, the transfer of such Receivables by an
Affiliate subject to the Bankruptcy Code to the Seller pursuant to the related
Purchase Agreement would be characterized as a "true sale'" of such Receivables
to the Seller and such Receivables would not form part of such Affiliate's
bankruptcy estate pursuant to Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Seller or an Affiliate subject
to the Bankruptcy Code were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a
creditor or trustee in bankruptcy of the Seller or such Affiliate or the Seller
or such Affiliate itself were to take the position that the transfer of
Receivables by the Seller to the Trust, or by such Affiliate to the Seller, as
the case may be, should instead be treated as a pledge of the Receivables to
secure a borrowing of the Seller or such Affiliate, as the case may be, then
delays in payments of collections of the Receivables could occur or (should the
court rule in favor of any such trustee, debtor or creditor) reductions in the
amount of such payments could result. If the transfer of the Receivables by the
Seller to the Trust, or by an Affiliate subject to the Bankruptcy Code to the
Seller, is treated as a pledge instead of a sale, a tax, government or other
lien on the property of the Seller or such Affiliate, as the case may be,
arising before the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust may have priority
over the Trust's or the Seller's interest in the Receivables.
In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993),
cert. denied 114 S.Ct 554 (1993), the United States Court of Appeals for the
10th Circuit suggested that even where a transfer of accounts from a seller to a
17
<PAGE>
buyer constitutes a "true sale," the accounts would nevertheless constitute
property of the seller's bankruptcy estate in a bankruptcy of the seller. If
the Seller were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding and a court were to
follow the Octagon court's reasoning, Securityholders might experience delays in
payment or possibly losses on their investment in the Securities. The Permanent
Editorial Board of the UCC has issued an official commentary (PEB Commentary No.
14) which characterizes the Octagon court's interpretation of Article 9 of the
UCC as erroneous. Such commentary states that nothing in Article 9 is intended
to prevent the transfer of ownership of accounts or chattel paper. However, such
commentary is not legally binding on any court.
Financial Institution Insolvency Risks
Each Affiliate subject to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery
and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") will represent and warrant that the
transfer of the Receivables by it is either a valid transfer and assignment of
the Receivables to the Seller under the applicable Purchase Agreement or the
grant to the Trust of a valid security interest in the Receivables under the
applicable Affiliate Security Agreement. Each such Affiliate has taken certain
actions as are required to perfect the Trust's security interest in the
Receivables and warrants that if the transfer by it is deemed to be a grant to
the Trust of a security interest in the Receivables, the Trust will have a first
priority perfected security interest therein. Nevertheless, a tax or government
lien on property of any such Affiliate where notice of such lien has been filed
before Receivables are transferred to the Trust may have priority over the
Trust's interest in such Receivables, and if the FDIC were appointed conservator
or receiver of such Affiliate, certain administrative expenses of the
conservator, receiver or the Alabama Superintendent of Banking may have priority
over the Trust's interest in such Receivables. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables--Transfer of Receivables" and "--Certain Matters Relating to
Conservatorship and Receivership."
To the extent that any Affiliate subject to FIRREA has granted a
security interest in the Receivables to the Trust and that security interest was
validly perfected before the appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver
and before such Affiliate's insolvency, and certain other conditions are
satisfied including that such security interest was not taken in contemplation
of the insolvency of such Affiliate, and was not taken with the intent to
hinder, delay or defraud such Affiliate or the creditors of such Affiliate, such
security interest should be enforceable (to the extent of the Trust's "actual
direct compensatory damages") and should not be subject to avoidance by the
FDIC, as receiver or conservator for such Affiliate, and, therefore, in such
circumstances, payments to the Trust with respect to the Receivables (up to the
amount of such damages) should not be subject to recovery by a conservator or
receiver for such Affiliate. The foregoing conclusions are based on FDIC
general counsel opinions and policy statements regarding the application of
certain provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (as amended, the
"FDIA"). The FDIC, if appointed as the conservator or receiver for an Affiliate
subject to FIRREA, has the power under the FDIA to repudiate contracts,
including secured contracts. The FDIA provides that a claim for such a
repudiation is limited to "actual direct compensatory damages". While a Policy
Statement of the Resolution Trust Company (the "RTC"), a former (now defunct)
sister agency of the FDIC, indicates that "actual direct compensatory damages"
would include outstanding principal plus interest accrued to the date of
payment, in one case a federal district court held that such damages constituted
the fair market value of the repudiated bonds as of the date of repudiation,
which, with respect to the Securities, depending upon circumstances existing on
the date of repudiation, could be an amount less than the outstanding principal
plus interest accrued to the date of repudiation. The FDIC has not adopted a
policy statement on payment of interest on collateralized borrowings of banks.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to
Conservatorship and Receivership."
If (i) any Affiliate subject to FIRREA were to become subject to a
conservatorship or receivership or a conservatorship or receivership proceeding
were to be commenced involving such Affiliate, and (ii) the conservator or
receiver for such Affiliate were to assert that such security interest should
not be enforceable or should be subject to avoidance or were to require the
Applicable Trustee to establish its right to those payments by submitting to and
completing the administrative claims procedure under the FDIA, or the
conservator or receiver were to request a stay of proceedings with respect to
such Affiliate as provided under the FDIA, delays in payments or distributions
on the Securities and possible reductions in the amount of those payments or
distributions could occur. In addition, the appointment of a receiver or
conservator could result in administrative expenses of the receiver or
conservator having priority over the interest of the Trust in the Receivables.
The FDIC, as conservator or receiver, would also have the rights and powers
conferred under applicable state law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to Conservatorship and Receivership."
18
<PAGE>
In addition, while the Bank or any other Affiliate subject to FIRREA
is the Servicer, cash collections held by the Servicer may, subject to certain
conditions, be commingled and used for the benefit of the Servicer prior to the
date on which such collections are required to be deposited in the Collection
Account. In the event of the conservatorship or receivership of the Servicer
or, in certain circumstances, the lapse of certain time periods, the Trust may
not have a perfected interest in such collections and, in such event, the Trust
may suffer a loss of all or part of such collections which may result in a loss
to Securityholders.
A conservator or receiver may also have the power to cause the early
sale of the Receivables and the early retirement of the Securities, to prohibit
the continued transfer of Receivables to the Trust during any Pre-Funding or
Revolving Period, and to repudiate any servicing obligations of the applicable
Affiliate. In addition, in the event of a Servicer Termination Event relating
to the insolvency of the Servicer, if no Servicer Termination Event other than
such conservatorship or receivership or insolvency exists, the conservator or
receiver for the Servicer may have the power to prevent the appointment of a
successor Servicer.
The Bank is chartered as an Alabama state bank and is subject to
regulation and supervision by, among others, the Alabama Superintendent of
Banking. The rights of creditors of a failed bank are determined in accordance
with the applicable provisions of Alabama law and federal law. When the Alabama
Superintendent concludes that an Alabama state bank is in an unsound or unsafe
condition to transact business, the Superintendent, with the approval of the
Banking Board, is authorized to take possession of the property and business of
such bank and retain such possession until such bank shall resume business or a
receiver is appointed. Once the superintendent has taken possession of the bank,
he may appoint a receiver to liquidate and distribute its assets. Upon the
appointment of a receiver to liquidate a bank, the possession of and title to
all assets, business and property of such bank vests in the receiver. The
receiver may be the FDIC or any other agency or corporation created by the
United States to act in such capacity or any person selected by the
superintendent.
Alabama law provides that a receiver of an Alabama bank must assume or
reject an executory contract within sixty days after appointment. Alabama
statutes governing bank receivership do not expressly limit the amount of
damages which may be claimed by or awarded to party arising out of a claim
against an Alabama bank in receivership, whether the claim arises from
repudiation or otherwise, and contain no provision which expressly allows or
authorizes the receiver of an Alabama bank to override or void a perfected
security interest in the assets of the failed bank.
Alabama law provides that the superintendent may appoint any person
other than the FDIC as receiver. The FDIC, however, has broad discretion and
authority to appoint itself conservator or receiver of any insured state
depository institution, even if the state has appointed another person as
receiver. The FDIC may appoint itself as conservator or receiver if the FDIC
determines that one or more of certain conditions exist (such as, but not
limited to, the bank's assets being insufficient for obligations, substantial
dissipation of assets or earnings, the existence of unsafe or unsound
conditions, the willful violation of a cease and desist order, concealment of
records or assets, inability to meet obligations, the incurrence (or likelihood)
of losses resulting in depletion of substantially all of its capital, violations
of law likely to cause financial deterioration, cessation of insured status or
undercapitalization of the bank). The FDIC would likely exercise its right to
act as receiver under the broad authority discussed above in order to protect
its interests as the insurer of insured deposit accounts.
Ratings of the Securities
It is a condition to the issuance of each class of Securities offered
hereby that they are rated by at least one nationally recognized statistical
rating agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment
grade. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities,
inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a
particular investor. The ratings of the Securities address the likelihood of
the timely payment of interest on and the ultimate payment of principal of the
Securities pursuant to their terms. There can be no assurance that a rating
will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or
withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances in the
future so warrant.
Realization Upon Financed Vehicles; Obligor Insolvency-Related Risks
Numerous statutory provisions, including Insolvency Laws, may
interfere with or affect the ability of a secured party to realize upon
collateral or to enforce a deficiency judgment against an obligor. For example,
in a Chapter 13 proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, a court may prevent a
creditor from repossessing a vehicle, and, as part of the obligor's
rehabilitation plan, reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market
value of the vehicle at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court),
leaving the creditor as a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of the
indebtedness. A bankruptcy court may also reduce the monthly payments due under
a contract or change the rate of interest and time of repayment of the
indebtedness. To the extent that any credit enhancement for such Trust were
insufficient to cover all such losses, such actions could result in an inability
of holders of the Notes (if any) and Certificates issued by such Trust to
recover payment in full of their respective principal amounts and interest
thereon or could result in delays in such payments.
Consumer Protection Laws
Federal and state consumer protection laws impose requirements upon
creditors in connection with retail installment sales contracts and notes and
security agreements and certain of these laws make an assignee thereof (such as
a Trust) liable to the obligor thereon for any violation by the creditor or
subject to defenses which could be asserted
19
<PAGE>
by the obligor against the applicable Dealer or Originator. Application of such
laws could render a Receivable unenforceable, cause the Trust to be unable to
collect any balance remaining due on the Receivable or result in liability to
the Trust. Such consequences could result in delays in payments on the related
Notes (if any) and Certificates and possible reductions in the amount of those
payments. The Seller will be obligated to repurchase any Receivable which fails
to comply with such requirements. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws."
Lack of Recourse to the Seller, the Servicer and their Affiliates
None of the Seller, the Servicer or their affiliates is generally
obligated to make any payments in respect of any Notes, the Certificates or the
Receivables of a given Trust. The Securities will not be guaranteed by,
represent an interest in or obligation, either recourse or nonrecourse, of the
Seller, the Servicer or any person other than the Trust.
However, in connection with the sale of Receivables by the Seller to a
given Trust, the Seller will make representations and warranties with respect to
the characteristics of such Receivables and, in certain circumstances, the
Seller may be required to repurchase Receivables with respect to which such
representations and warranties have been breached. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of Receivables." In
addition, under certain circumstances, the Servicer may be required to purchase
Receivables. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Servicing Procedures." To the extent that collections on any Receivable were
reduced as a result of any matter giving rise to a repurchase obligation on the
part of the Seller or the Servicer, and the Seller or the Servicer failed for
any reason to perform in accordance with that obligation, then delays in
payments on the related Notes (if any) and Certificates and possible reductions
in the amount of those payments could occur. Moreover, if the Bank were to
cease acting as the Servicer, delays in processing payments on the Receivables
and information in respect thereof could occur and result in delays in payments
to the Securityholders.
Subordination
To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
distributions of interest and/or principal on one or more classes of
Certificates of a series may be subordinated in priority of payment to interest
and principal due on the Notes, if any, of such series or one or more other
classes of Certificates of such series. Because all of such Securities will be
issued by the same Trust and entitled to receive payments and distributions from
the same Trust Property, investors in any such subordinated class or classes of
Certificates should consider the risk that losses on the Receivables will be
borne by such investors if any Reserve Account or any other credit enhancement
is exhausted and could result in the failure of such investors to recover their
initial investment.
Limited Assets; Risk of Credit Losses on Receivables
No Trust will have, or be permitted or expected to have, any
significant assets or sources of funds other than the Receivables and, to the
extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account, a
Revolving Account, a Reserve Account and any other credit enhancement. The
Notes of any series will represent obligations solely of, and the Certificates
of any series will represent interests solely in, the related Trust and neither
the Notes nor the Certificates of any series will be insured or guaranteed by
any Affiliate, the Seller, the Servicer, any Trustee, any Indenture Trustee or
any other person or entity. Consequently, holders of the Securities of any
series must rely for repayment upon payments on the related Receivables and, if
and to the extent available, amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (if
any), the Revolving Account (if any), the Reserve Account (if any) and any other
credit enhancement, all as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Amounts to be deposited in any such Reserve Account with respect to any Trust
will be limited in amount and the amount required to be on deposit in such
Reserve Account will be reduced as the Pool Balance is reduced. In addition,
funds in any such Reserve Account will be available on each Distribution Date to
cover shortfalls in distributions of interest and principal on the related
Securities. If any such Reserve Account is depleted, the related Trust will
depend solely on current payments on its Receivables and other credit
enhancement (if any) to make payments on the related Securities. If losses occur
which are not covered by the Reserve Account (if any) or any other credit
enhancement or which exceed the amount covered by such credit enhancement,
holders of Securities may be unable to receive payment in full of principal and
interest on their respective Securities.
20
<PAGE>
If so directed by the holders of the requisite percentage of
outstanding Notes of a series issued with respect to a Trust that issues Notes,
following an acceleration of the Notes upon an Event of Default, the applicable
Indenture Trustee may sell the related Receivables in certain limited
circumstances as specified in the related Indenture. See "Description of the
Notes--The Indenture--Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default."
However, there is no assurance that the market value of such Receivables will at
any time be equal to or greater than the aggregate principal amount of such
outstanding Notes and the aggregate Certificate Balance of all outstanding
Certificates. Therefore, upon an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of
any series, there can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available to
repay the related Noteholders and Certificateholders in full. In addition, the
amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders of such series under the
related Indenture will generally be limited to amounts available to be deposited
in the applicable Note Distribution Account. Therefore, the failure to pay
principal on a class of Notes generally will not result in the occurrence of an
Event of Default until the Final Scheduled Distribution Date (as defined in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the "Final Scheduled Distribution Date") for such
class of Notes.
Risks Associated with Subsequent Receivables
If so specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the property
of a Trust may include monies on deposit in a Pre-Funding Account or Revolving
Account, which monies will be used to purchase or otherwise acquire Subsequent
Receivables from the Seller from time to time during the Funding Period or
Revolving Period specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If a Pre-
Funding Account or Revolving Account is included in the property of a Trust, the
ability of the Originators to generate Subsequent Receivables to be conveyed to
the Seller for subsequent conveyance to such Trust will affect the amount on
deposit in such account which is not applied to the purchase of Subsequent
Receivables during the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as applicable. Such
Funding Period may be up to one year in length in the case of any Trust that
issues Notes and 90 days after the Closing Date for any other Trust. The
duration of any Revolving Period will be set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. At the end of the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as applicable,
the holders of Securities issued by such Trust may receive a prepayment of
principal in an amount equal to the amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account
or Revolving Account, as applicable. The reinvestment risk associated with any
such distribution of principal will be borne by the holders of the Securities
issued by such Trust. The amount that may be initially deposited into a Pre-
Funding Account may be up to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities
issued by a Trust. There is no limitation on the percentage of a Trust's
property which may be represented by amounts on deposit in a Pre-Funding Account
and consequently, there is no limitation on the percentage of a series or class
of Securities which may be represented by amounts on deposit in a Pre-Funding
Account. Amounts on deposit in a Revolving Account will be limited to the amount
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. Amounts on deposit in any Pre-
Funding Account or Revolving Account may be invested only in certain permitted
investments deemed acceptable by the Rating Agencies as consistent with the
applicable ratings on the Securities. Subsequent Receivables may be originated
by the Originators at a later date using credit criteria different from those
which were applied to any Initial Receivables and may be of a different credit
quality. In addition, following the transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the
applicable Trust, the characteristics of the entire pool of Receivables included
in such Trust may vary significantly from those of the Initial Receivables
transferred to such Trust. Accordingly, it is possible that the credit quality
of the Receivables in a Trust, as a whole, may decline due to the transfer of
Subsequent Receivables to the Trust. The transfer of Subsequent Receivables to
the Trust may also result in an accelerated rate of payment to the applicable
Securityholders caused by an increased level of defaults on such Receivables.
Securityholders will bear all reinvestment risk associated with a higher than
expected rate of payment on the Securities. In addition, if such Securities were
purchased at a premium, a higher than expected rate of payment would result in a
reduction in the yield to maturity of any class of Securities to which such
payments are distributed. To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Pre-
Funding Account or Revolving Account have not been fully applied to the purchase
of Subsequent Receivables by a Trust by the end of the applicable Funding Period
or Revolving Period and such amounts exceed the applicable amount described in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the holders of Securities issued by the
related Trust will receive, on the Distribution Date on or immediately following
the last day of the applicable Funding Period or Revolving Period, as
applicable, a prepayment of principal in an amount equal to the amount remaining
in the Pre-Funding Account or Revolving Account following the purchase of any
Subsequent Receivables on such Distribution Date. It is anticipated that the
principal balance of Subsequent Receivables sold to a Trust will not be exactly
equal to the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account or Revolving Account,
and that therefore there will be at least a nominal amount of principal prepaid
to the holders of the Securities issued by such Trust. Holders of Securities
issued
21
<PAGE>
by a Trust the property of which includes a Pre-Funding Account or
Revolving Account will bear the reinvestment risk associated with any such
distribution of amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account or Revolving
Account after the termination of the applicable Pre-Funding Period or Revolving
Period, as applicable. Any such distribution will have the effect of a
prepayment on the related Receivables and, if such Securities were purchased at
a premium, would result in a reduction in the yield to maturity of any class of
Securities to which such amounts are distributed.
Extensions and Deferrals of Payments on Receivables
Consistent with its customary servicing practices and procedures, the
Servicer or its designee may, in its discretion and on a case-by-case basis,
arrange with Obligors to extend or modify the terms of the related Receivables.
Some, but not all, of such arrangements will cause the Servicer to be obligated
to purchase such Receivables. Any such extensions or modifications which do not
result in a Servicer obligation to purchase such Receivables may increase the
weighted average life of the related Securities. Any reinvestment risks
resulting from purchases by the Servicer of Receivables or faster or slower
payment resulting from extensions and modifications of payments on Receivables
held by the Trust will be borne entirely by the Securityholders of the related
series of Securities. The Servicer will not be permitted to grant any such
extension or modification if as a result the final scheduled payment on a
Receivable would fall after the related Final Scheduled Maturity Date, unless
the Servicer repurchases the affected Receivable. See "Risk Factors--Risk of
Prepayment and Possible Adverse Effect on Yield" and "Weighted Average Life of
the Securities."
Risk of Commingling
With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will deposit all payments on
the related Receivables (from whatever source) and all proceeds of such
Receivables collected during each Collection Period into the Collection Account
for such Trust or, during any Revolving Period, into the Revolving Account for
such Trust. For so long as the Bank satisfies certain requirements for monthly
or less frequent remittances and the Rating Agencies (as such term is defined in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Rating Agencies") so permit in
connection with the ratings of the related Securities, then for so long as the
Bank serves as the Servicer and provided that (i) there exists no Servicer
Termination Event and (ii) each other condition to making such monthly or less
frequent deposits as may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement is
satisfied, the Servicer will not be required to deposit such amounts into the
Collection Account or, during any Revolving Period, into the Revolving Account
of such Trust until on or before the business day preceding each Distribution
Date. The Servicer will deposit the aggregate Purchase Amount of Receivables
purchased by the Servicer into the applicable Collection Account on or before
the business day preceding each Distribution Date. Pending deposit into such
Collection Account or, during any Revolving Period, into the Revolving Account,
collections may be invested by the Servicer at its own risk and for its own
benefit and will not be segregated from funds of the Servicer. If the Servicer
were unable to remit such funds, the applicable Securityholders might incur a
loss. For example, the Servicer might not be able to remit such funds if it
were to become a debtor in an insolvency proceeding. Under the UCC, the Trust's
interest in cash collected by the Servicer that has been commingled with other
funds of the Servicer would become unperfected ten days after receipt by the
Servicer. If the Servicer were to become a debtor in an insolvency proceeding,
the Trust might be deemed an unsecured creditor with respect to commingled funds
held by the Servicer longer than ten days. To the extent set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to satisfy the
requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit or other security for
the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances of collections on
the related Receivables and payment of the aggregate Purchase Amount with
respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer.
Servicer Termination Events
With respect to a series of Securities that includes Notes, in the
event a Servicer Termination Event occurs, the Indenture Trustee or the
Noteholders with respect to such series, as described under "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Rights upon Servicer Termination Event" may
remove the Servicer without the consent of the Trustee or any of the
Certificateholders with respect to such series. The Trustee or the
Certificateholders with respect to such series will not have the ability to
remove the Servicer if a Servicer Termination Event occurs. In addition, the
Noteholders of such series will have the ability, with certain specified
exceptions, to waive Servicer Termination Events
22
<PAGE>
by the Servicer, including Servicer Termination Events that could materially
adversely affect the Certificateholders of such series. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Waiver of Past Defaults."
Book-Entry Registration
Each class of Securities of a given series will be initially
represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co.
("Cede"), or any other nominee for the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement (Cede, or such other nominee, "DTC's
Nominee"), and will not be registered in the names of the beneficial owners of
the Securities ("Security Owners") of such series or their nominees unless
Definitive Securities are issued. As a result, unless and until Definitive
Securities for such series are issued, such Security Owners will not be
recognized by the Trustee or any applicable Indenture Trustee as
"Certificateholders", "Noteholders" or "Securityholders", as the case may be (as
such terms are used herein or in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
related Indenture and Trust Agreement, as applicable). Hence, until Definitive
Securities are issued, such Security Owners will only be able to exercise the
rights of Securityholders indirectly through DTC, Cedel or Euroclear and their
participating organizations. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities-
- -Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Securities."
THE TRUSTS
With respect to each series of Securities, the Seller will establish a
separate Trust pursuant to the respective Trust Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, for the transactions described herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement. The property of each Trust will include a
pool (a "Receivables Pool") of Receivables pursuant to which a purchaser (an
"Obligor") of a Financed Vehicle is obligated. The property of each Trust will
also include all payments received with respect to any Simple Interest
Receivables on and after the Cutoff Date (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a "Cutoff Date") and all payments due with respect to
Precomputed Receivables, if any, on and after the applicable Cutoff Date.
Pursuant to each Dealer Agreement, the applicable Dealer is obligated to
purchase from the Originator that is a party to such Dealer Agreement any
Receivables sold or originated thereunder which do not meet certain
representations made by that Dealer, and, to the extent set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement, any uncollectible Receivables covered by recourse plans
("Dealer Recourse"). The Receivables of each Receivables Pool will be serviced
by the Servicer. See "The Servicer." Receivables that are to be included in
any Receivables Pool will be transferred pursuant to a Purchase Agreement by an
Affiliate to the Seller for purposes of transfer to the applicable Trust. In
addition, to the extent described in any Prospectus Supplement, the related
Receivables Pool may include Receivables acquired by an Affiliate through
acquisitions.
On or before the applicable Closing Date, the Seller will sell the
Initial Receivables of the applicable Receivables Pool to the Trust. To the
extent so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, Subsequent Receivables
will be conveyed to the Trust as frequently as daily during a Funding Period.
Any Subsequent Receivables so conveyed will also be assets of the applicable
Trust and will be subject to the prior rights of the related Indenture Trustee
and the Noteholders, if any, therein. The property of each Trust will also
include (i) such amounts as from time to time may be held in separate trust
accounts established and maintained pursuant to the related Transfer and
Servicing Agreement and the proceeds of such accounts, as described herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement (see "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement--Accounts" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement);
(ii) security interests in the Financed Vehicles and any other interest of the
Seller in such Financed Vehicles; (iii) the Seller's rights to proceeds from
claims on physical damage, credit life and disability insurance policies, if
any, covering the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors, as the case may be and
rebates of premiums relating to any insurance policies and rebates of other
items such as extended warranties financed under the Receivables, to the extent
required to be applied to reduce the principal balance of the related
Receivable; (iv) any property or rights that shall have secured a Receivable and
that shall have been acquired by the applicable Trust; (v) the right to receive
proceeds of any Dealer Recourse and other rights of Affiliates under Dealer
Agreements relating to Receivables acquired by the Trust; (vi) the Seller's
rights under the related Purchase Agreements; (vii) the Seller's rights to
documents and instruments evidencing or securing the Receivables; and (viii) any
and all proceeds of the foregoing; provided that, with respect to any series of
Notes, the relevant rights and benefits with respect to such property will be
assigned by the Seller and the Trustee to the related Indenture Trustee for the
benefit of the related Securityholders. To
23
<PAGE>
the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding
Account, a Revolving Account, a Reserve Account or other form of credit
enhancement may be a part of the property of any given Trust or may be held by
the Trustee or an Indenture Trustee for the benefit of holders of the related
Securities.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may
acquire Initial Receivables pursuant to warehouse financing arrangements entered
into prior to the sale by that Trust of any Notes offered hereby. "Warehouse
financing" generally refers to interim financing of Motor Vehicle Loans during
the period from the purchase or funding of the Motor Vehicle Loans by
Originators until the securitization of the Motor Vehicle Loans. Often, an
Originator will obtain some or all of the funds to purchase or fund Motor
Vehicle Loans through internal funds. Any remaining funds necessary may be
borrowed from a bank or other third party. In some cases, to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust that issues Notes will
acquire Receivables prior to the issuance of the Notes and/or Certificates
ultimately to be issued by that Trust. The interim financing for such
acquisitions will be provided by the issuance by the Trust of notes or
certificates which were privately placed. Such notes or certificates will be
refinanced by the sale of the Notes and/or Certificates. It will be a condition
to the issuance of any Securities which refinance other securities issued by any
such Trust that such warehouse financing be repaid to the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, and any related security interests released, at
or prior to the time of such issuance.
The Servicer will service the Receivables held by each Trust and will
receive fees for such services. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements--Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" herein and "--
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the related Prospectus
Supplement. To facilitate the servicing of the Receivables, each Trustee will
authorize the Servicer or the applicable Originator acting as subservicer, as
the case may be, to retain physical possession of the documents representing the
Receivables held by each Trust and other documents relating thereto as custodian
for each such Trust. Due to administrative burden and expense, the certificates
of title to the Financed Vehicles will not be amended to reflect the sale and
assignment of the security interest in the Financed Vehicles to the Seller or
each Trust. In the absence of such amendments, the Seller and such Trust may
not have a perfected security interest in the Financed Vehicles in all states.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" and "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of Receivables."
Notes and Certificates of a given Series will be issued by the same
Trust and payable from the same Trust property. If the protection provided to
any Noteholders of a given series by the subordination of the related
Certificates and by the Reserve Account (if any) or other credit enhancement for
such series, or the protection provided to Certificateholders by any such
Reserve Account or other credit enhancement is insufficient, such Noteholders or
Certificateholders, as the case may be, would have to look principally to the
Obligors on the related Receivables, the proceeds from the repossession and sale
of Financed Vehicles which secure defaulted Receivables and the proceeds from
any recourse against Dealers with respect to such Receivables. In such event,
certain factors, such as the applicable Trust's not having perfected security
interests in the Financed Vehicles in all states, may affect the Servicer's
ability to repossess and sell the collateral securing the Receivables, and thus
may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to the holders of the Securities of
such series. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Distributions", "--Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Receivables."
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may make
an election to be treated as a "financial asset securitization investment trust"
or "FASIT." The applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement for such a Trust
may contain any such terms and provide for the issuance of Notes or Certificates
on such terms and conditions as are permitted to a FASIT and described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--FASIT
Legislation."
The principal offices of the applicable Trust (if any) and the related
Trustee will be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The Trustee
The Trustee for each Trust will be specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale of
the related Securities is limited solely to the express obligations of such
Trustee
24
<PAGE>
set forth in the related Trust Agreement and the applicable Transfer and
Servicing Agreement. The Trustee under each Trust Agreement will perform
administrative functions under such Trust Agreement, including making
distributions from the Certificate Distribution Account. A Trustee may resign at
any time, in which event the Servicer, or its successor, will be obligated to
appoint a successor trustee. The Servicer may also remove the Trustee if the
Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as Trustee under the related Trust
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, or if the Trustee
becomes insolvent. In such circumstances, the Servicer will be obligated to
appoint a successor trustee. Any resignation or removal of a Trustee and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by the successor trustee.
THE RECEIVABLES POOLS
General
The Receivables in each Receivables Pool will be motor vehicle retail
installment sales contracts secured by new or used motor vehicles entered into
between Obligors and automotive dealers and may include Direct Loans
(collectively, "Motor Vehicle Loans"). Each Receivables Pool generally will
include Receivables originated by one or more of the Originators. In addition,
the related Receivables Pool may include Receivables originated by other
Affiliates, including Receivables acquired through acquisitions of such
Affiliates. Receivables of an Affiliate that are to be included in any
Receivables Pool will be transferred pursuant to a Purchase Agreement by an
Affiliate to the Seller for purposes of sale to the applicable Trust.
The Receivables to be held by each Trust will be selected from the
Motor Vehicle Loan portfolio of one or more Affiliates for inclusion in a
Receivables Pool by several criteria, including that each Receivable (i) is
secured by a new or used vehicle, (ii) was originated in the United States,
(iii) is a Precomputed Receivable or a Simple Interest Receivable and (iv) as of
the Cutoff Date (a) had an outstanding principal balance of at least the amount
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, (b) had a scheduled maturity not
later than the date set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, (c) had an
original term to maturity of not more than the period set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement and (d) had a Contract Rate of not less than the rate per
annum set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. No selection criteria or
procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse to the Securityholders are to be
used in selecting the Receivables.
"Precomputed Receivables" consist of any of the following (i) monthly
actuarial receivables ("Actuarial Receivables"), (ii) receivables that provide
for allocation of payments according to the "Rule of 78's" ("Rule of 78's
Receivables") or (iii) receivables that provide for allocation of payments
according to the "Sum of Periodic Balances" method ("Sum of Periodic Balances
Receivables"). An Actuarial Receivable provides for amortization of the loan
over a series of fixed level payment monthly installments. Each monthly
installment, including the monthly installment representing the final payment on
the receivable, consists of an amount of interest equal to 1/12 of the Contract
Rate of the loan multiplied by the unpaid principal balance of the loan, and an
amount of principal equal to the remainder of the monthly installment. Rule of
78's Receivables and Sum of Periodic Balances Receivables provide for the
payment by the obligor of a specified total amount of payments, payable in equal
monthly installments on each due date, which total represents the principal
amount financed and add-on interest in an amount calculated at the stated
Contract Rate for the term of the receivable. For a Rule of 78's Receivable, the
rate at which such amount of add-on interest is earned and, correspondingly, the
amount of each fixed monthly installment allocated to reduction of the
outstanding principal are calculated in accordance with the "Rule of 78's." For
a Sum of Periodic Balances Receivable, the rate at which such amount of add-on
interest is earned and, correspondingly, the amount of each fixed monthly
installment allocated to reduction of the outstanding principal are calculated
in accordance with the Sum of Periodic Balances method. In either case, the
fraction used in the calculation of add-on interest earned each month has as its
denominator a number equal to the sum of the series of numbers (the sum of the
number of payments, in the case of a Rule of 78's Receivable, and the sum of the
periodic principal balances for each month, in the case of Sum of Periodic
Balances Receivables). The numerator of the fraction for a given month is the
number of payments or the principal balance, as the case may be, before giving
effect to the payment to be made in that month. For example, in the case of a
Rule of 78's Receivable providing for twelve payments, the denominator of each
month's fraction will be 78, the sum of the series of numbers from one to
twelve. The fraction for the first payment would be 12/78, the fraction for the
second payment would be
25
<PAGE>
11/78 and the fraction for the last payment would be 1/78. The applicable
fraction is then multiplied by the total add-on interest payable over the entire
term of the receivable, and the resulting amount is the amount of add-on
interest "earned" that month. The difference between the amount of the monthly
payment and the amount of add-on interest earned for the month is applied to
reduce the outstanding principal balance of the receivable.
"Simple Interest Receivables" are receivables that provide for the
amortization of the amount financed under each receivable over a series of fixed
level payment monthly installments. Unlike the monthly installment under an
Actuarial Receivable, however, each monthly installment consists of an amount of
interest which is calculated on the basis of the outstanding principal balance
of the receivable multiplied by the stated Contract Rate and further multiplied
by the period elapsed (as a fraction of a calendar year) since the preceding
payment of interest was made. As payments are received under a Simple Interest
Receivable, the amount received is applied first to interest accrued to the date
of payment and the balance is applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance.
Accordingly, if an obligor pays a fixed monthly installment before its scheduled
due date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for the period since
the preceding payment was made will be less than it would have been had the
payment been made as scheduled, and the portion of the payment applied to reduce
the unpaid principal balance will be correspondingly greater. Conversely, if an
obligor pays a fixed monthly installment after its scheduled due date, the
portion of the payment allocable to interest for the period since the preceding
payment was made will be greater than it would have been had the payment been
made as scheduled, and the portion of the payment applied to reduce the unpaid
principal balance will be correspondingly less. In either case, the obligor
pays a fixed monthly installment until the final scheduled payment date, at
which time the amount of the final installment is increased or decreased, or
additional monthly payments are required after the final scheduled payment date,
as necessary to repay the then outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued
interest. If a receivable is prepaid, the Obligor is required to pay interest
only to the date of prepayment.
Information with respect to each Receivables Pool will be set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement, including, to the extent appropriate, the
composition, the distribution by Contract Rate and by the geographic location,
the portion of such Receivables Pool consisting of Precomputed Receivables and
of Simple Interest Receivables and the portion of such Receivables Pool secured
by new vehicles and by used vehicles.
Underwriting
The Originators may originate Motor Vehicle Loans in any of the
following ways: (1) making a Direct Loan to an Obligor either through the
Originator directly or through a Dealer that performs certain ministerial loan
processing functions on behalf of the Originator, (2) purchasing a retail
installment sales contract from a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement between
the Originator and the Dealer, (3) purchasing/originating a Motor Vehicle Loan
pursuant to an agreement (a "Flow Agreement") with a third party ("Flow
Purchases") or (4) bulk purchases of Motor Vehicle Loan portfolios from third
parties ("Bulk Purchases").
Each Originator establishes and maintains relationships with Dealers.
Each Originator selects Dealers based upon the Dealer's commercial reputation,
the prior experience of the Dealer (or a predecessor organization) and, in some
cases, a financial review of the Dealer. Each Dealer from whom any of the
Originators purchased a Motor Vehicle Loan or that performs certain ministerial
loan processing functions for Direct Loans generally must execute a Dealer
Agreement with the Originator that, among other things, sets out the guidelines
and procedures of the purchasing and origination process. These Dealer
Agreements provide for the repurchase by the Dealer of any Motor Vehicle Loan if
any representations or warranties made by the Dealer relating to the Motor
Vehicle Loan are breached. The Originators offer risk-based pricing programs to
Dealers to cover various levels of Obligor risk.
Each Originator also may establish and maintain relationships with
third parties ("Flow Parties") who will refer individual Motor Vehicle Loan
applications to such Originator or sell individual Motor Vehicle Loans to the
Originator from time to time. Each Flow Party must execute a Flow Agreement
with such Originator which sets out, among other things, the guidelines and
procedures of the purchasing process. Such Flow Agreements provide for the
repurchase by the Flow Party of any Motor Vehicle Loan if any representations or
warranties made by the Flow Party relating to the Motor Vehicle Loan are
breached.
26
<PAGE>
Except in the case of Bulk Purchases, Motor Vehicle Loans are
originated or acquired by an Originator in accordance with such Originator's
underwriting standards (or, in the case of Motor Vehicle Loans originated by a
third party and subsequently acquired by an Originator, the underwriting
standards of such third party). In the case of Bulk Purchases, the Originator's
underwriting standards are used solely to assist in the determination of the
purchase price such Originator is willing to pay for a Motor Vehicle Loan
Portfolio. Underwriting standards are intended to guide and complement, but not
replace, the judgment of the credit underwriter in reviewing a credit
application. Exceptions to underwriting guidelines are permitted within certain
established parameters.
The underwriting standards emphasize the vehicle buyer's ability to
repay the obligation and the value of the vehicle being purchased. The motor
vehicle lending and underwriting operations of the Originators are subject to
the application of uniform underwriting guidelines.
The credit underwriting process requires applicants to complete an
application which generally includes such information as the applicant's income,
residential status, liabilities, credit and employment history and other
personal information. The application is reviewed for completeness.
Credit underwriting relies on credit scores derived from proprietary
score cards, credit bureau reports, or both, as well as the relationships among
the applicant's income, debt and expenses generally and debt and expenses
related to the proposed Motor Vehicle Loan and value of the motor vehicle. The
applicant's creditworthiness may be further evaluated through verification of
employment and/or income of the applicant. Additionally, other factors deemed
appropriate by the credit underwriter may be evaluated and/or verified prior to
making the credit decision.
Additionally, the Originators generally will not finance more than
approximately 120% of the "value" of the vehicle. For new motor vehicles,
"value" is determined by the lesser of purchase price or manufacturer's invoice
and includes dealer installed options. For used motor vehicles, "value" is the
"clean" wholesale value reported by normally accepted used car guidelines.
Subsequent Receivables
Subsequent Receivables may be originated at a later date using credit
criteria different from those which were applied to any Initial Receivables and
may be of a different credit quality. In addition, following the transfer of
Subsequent Receivables to the applicable Trust, the characteristics of the
entire pool of Receivables included in such Trust may vary significantly from
those of the Initial Receivables transferred to such Trust. See "Risk Factors -
- - Risks Associated with Subsequent Receivables." Regular periodic information
regarding the Subsequent Receivables will be included under Item 5 in each
Current Report filed on Form 8-K with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange
Act with respect to each Trust to which Subsequent Receivables have been
transferred.
Servicing Procedures
Each Trust will hire the Bank as the Servicer. The Servicer is
permitted to delegate any and all of its servicing duties to any of its
Affiliates or other third parties, provided that the Servicer will remain
obligated and liable for servicing the Receivables as if the Servicer alone were
servicing the Receivables.
The servicing functions performed by the Servicer include customer
service, document file keeping, computerized account record keeping, vehicle
title processing, and collections. Specific servicing policies and practices of
the Servicer may be tailored to groups or types of Motor Vehicle Loans based
upon the perceived credit risk of each such group, and may change over time in
accordance with the Servicer's business judgment and experience.
Charge-Off Policies.
Motor Vehicle Loans are typically charged-off at the earlier of the
liquidation of a repossessed vehicle or 120 days of delinquency. Any remaining
deficiency balance is generally pursued to the extent practical and legally
permitted.
27
<PAGE>
Insurance
Each Motor Vehicle Loan requires Obligors to obtain and maintain
collision and, comprehensive, insurance on each motor vehicle. In the event
such insurance coverage is not maintained, the Originator has the right, but is
not obligated, to declare the Motor Vehicle Loan to be in default. The
Originators will not force-place (i.e., purchase a policy and charge the Obligor
for the amount of the premium) an insurance policy to cover any Financed
Vehicle.
Delinquencies and Net Losses
Certain information concerning the experience of the Servicer or the
applicable Originators pertaining to delinquencies and net losses with respect
to Motor Vehicle Loans will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
There can be no assurance that the delinquency and net loss experience on any
Receivables Pool will be comparable to prior experience or to such information.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES
The weighted average life of the Notes, if any, and the Certificates
of any series will generally be influenced by the rate at which the principal
balances of the related Receivables are paid, which payment may be in the form
of scheduled amortization or prepayments. (For this purpose, the term
"prepayments" includes prepayments in full, partial prepayments, liquidations
due to default, as well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, credit
life and disability insurance policies and certain other Receivables repurchased
by the Seller or the Servicer for administrative reasons but does not include
Payaheads.) See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Accounts." All of the Receivables are repayable at any time without penalty to
the Obligor. The rate of prepayment of automotive receivables is influenced by
a variety of economic, social and other factors, including decreases in the
general level of prevailing interest rates, the desire of the Obligor to
purchase a new vehicle and the fact that an Obligor generally may not sell or
transfer the Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable unless such Receivable is
paid in full. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Seller will be
obligated to repurchase Receivables from a given Trust pursuant to the related
Transfer and Servicing Agreement as a result of breaches of representations and
warranties and the Servicer will be obligated to purchase Receivables from such
Trust pursuant to such Transfer and Servicing Agreement as a result of breaches
of certain covenants. Holders of Securities should consider, in the case of
Securities purchased at a discount, the risk that a slower than anticipated rate
of principal payments on the Receivables could result in an actual yield that is
less than the anticipated yield and, in the case of Securities purchased at a
premium, the risk that a faster than anticipated rate of principal payments on
the Receivables could result in an actual yield that is less than the
anticipated yield. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Sale and Assignment of Receivables" and "--Servicing Procedures." See also
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Termination" regarding
the option of the Seller and Servicer to purchase the Receivables from a given
Trust, "--Termination Auction" regarding, the sale and consequent termination of
the related Trust pursuant to a Termination Auction, "--Insolvency Event"
regarding the sale of the Receivables owned by a Trust that is not a grantor
trust if an Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller occurs and "Risk
Factors--Financial Institution Insolvency Risks" regarding the right of the FDIC
to prepay Securities in certain circumstances.
No prediction can be made as to the rate of prepayment on the
Receivables. The Servicer maintains limited records of the historical
prepayment experience of the Motor Vehicle Loans included in its portfolio and
is not aware of any publicly available industry statistics for the entire
industry on an aggregate basis that set forth principal prepayment experience
for Motor Vehicle Loans similar to the Receivables over an extended period of
time.
In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to
the amount of principal payments to be made on the Notes, if any, or the
Certificates of a given series on each Payment Date or Distribution Date, as
applicable, since such amount will depend, in part, on the amount of principal
collected on the related Receivables Pool during the applicable Collection
Period. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence of
prepayment of Receivables will be borne entirely by the Noteholders, if any, and
the Certificateholders of a given series. The related
28
<PAGE>
Prospectus Supplement may set forth certain additional information with respect
to the maturity and prepayment considerations applicable to the particular
Receivables Pool and the related series of Securities.
Any extensions or modifications of Receivables which do not result in
a Servicer obligation to purchase such Receivables may increase the weighted
average life of the related Securities. Unless the Servicer repurchases the
affected Receivable, the Servicer will not be permitted voluntarily to (i) make
modifications to the Receivables that reduce the original rates of interest or
the aggregate principal amount of scheduled payments on the Receivables (ii)
grant any extension or modification if as a result the final scheduled payment
on a Receivable would fall after the related Final Scheduled Maturity Date or
(iii) amend or otherwise modify a Receivable in a Trust to be treated as a
grantor trust if such amendment or modification would result in a deemed
exchange of such Receivable under Section 1001 of the Code.
POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION
The "Note Pool Factor" for each class of Notes will be a seven-digit
decimal which the Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with respect
to such class of Notes expressing the remaining outstanding principal balance of
such class of Notes, as of the applicable Payment Date (after giving effect to
payments to be made on such Payment Date), as a fraction of the initial
outstanding principal balance of such class of Notes. The "Certificate Pool
Factor" for each class of Certificates will be a seven-digit decimal which the
Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with respect to such class of
Certificates expressing the remaining Certificate Balance of such class of
Certificates, as of the applicable Distribution Date (after giving effect to
distributions to be made on such Distribution Date), as a fraction of the
initial Certificate Balance of such class of Certificates. Each Note Pool
Factor and each Certificate Pool Factor will initially be 1.0000000 and
thereafter will decline to reflect reductions in the outstanding principal
balance of the applicable class of Notes, or the reduction of the Certificate
Balance of the applicable class of Certificates, as the case may be. A
Noteholder's portion of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
related class of Notes is the product of (i) the original denomination of such
Noteholder's Note and (ii) the applicable Note Pool Factor. A
Certificateholder's portion of the aggregate outstanding Certificate Balance for
the related class of Certificates is the product of (i) the original
denomination of such Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the applicable
Certificate Pool Factor.
The Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders will receive
reports on or about each Payment Date concerning payments received on the
Receivables, the Pool Balance (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Pool Balance"), each Certificate Pool Factor or Note Pool
Factor, as applicable, and various other items of information, including amounts
allocated or distributed for such Payment Date. In addition, Securityholders of
record during any calendar year will be furnished information for tax reporting
purposes not later than the latest date permitted by law. See "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities--Reports to Securityholders."
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale of the Securities of a given series
will be applied by the Seller or the applicable Trust (i) to the purchase of the
Receivables and/or repayment of any related Warehouse Financing, (ii) to make
the initial required deposit (if any) into any Reserve Account, (iii) to make
the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount into the Pre-Funding Account, if any, and
(iv) such other uses as may be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The portion of the net proceeds paid to the Seller will be used to purchase the
Receivables from the Affiliates.
THE SELLER
The Seller is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AmSouth Bancorporation, a
Delaware financial services holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama
("AmSouth"). The Seller was incorporated in the State of Delaware on March 25,
1998. The principal executive offices of the Seller are located at 1900 Fifth
Avenue, North, Birmingham, Alabama 35203 and its telephone number is (205) 326-
5300.
29
<PAGE>
The Seller has taken steps in structuring the transactions described
herein and in the Prospectus Supplement that are intended to ensure that the
voluntary or involuntary application for relief by AmSouth under any Insolvency
Laws will not result in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the
Seller with those of AmSouth. These steps include the creation of the Seller as
a separate, limited-purpose subsidiary pursuant to a [certificate of
incorporation] and bylaws containing certain limitations (including restrictions
on the nature of the Seller's business and a restriction on the Seller's ability
to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law without the
prior unanimous affirmative vote of all of its directors). However, there can
be no assurance that the activities of the Seller would not result in a court's
concluding that the assets and liabilities of the Seller should be consolidated
with those of AmSouth in a proceeding under any Insolvency Law. See "Risk
Factors--Risk of Substantive Consolidation."
The Seller will warrant to the Trust in the applicable Transfer and
Servicing Agreement that the sale of the Receivables by the Seller to the
Trustee on behalf of the Trust is a valid sale of such Receivables. In
addition, the Seller, the Trustee and the Trust will treat the conveyance by the
Seller of the Receivables as a sale of the Receivables by the Seller to the
Trustee on behalf of the Trust and the Seller will take or cause to be taken all
actions that are required to perfect the Trustee's ownership in such
Receivables. If the Seller were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a
creditor or trustee in bankruptcy of the Seller or the Seller itself were to
take the position that the sale of Receivables by the Seller to the Trust should
instead be treated as a pledge of the Receivables to secure a borrowing of the
Seller, then delays in payments of collections of the Receivables could occur or
(should the court rule in favor of any such trustee, debtor or creditor)
reductions in the amount of such payments could result. If the transfer of the
Receivables by the Seller to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust is treated as a
pledge instead of a sale, a tax or government lien on the property of the Seller
arising before the transfer of the Receivables to the Trustee on behalf of the
Trust may have priority over such Trustee's interest in the Receivables. If the
conveyance by the Seller of the Receivables is treated as a sale, the
Receivables would not be part of the Seller's bankruptcy estate and would not be
available to the Seller's creditors.
THE BANK
AmSouth Bank, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the
State of Alabama, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AmSouth. The Bank is engaged
in banking and related activities, including providing automotive financing
services to its customers and to automotive dealers and their customers. The
principal executive offices of the Bank are located at 1900 Fifth Avenue, North,
Birmingham, Alabama 35203 and its telephone number is (205) 326-5300.
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
General
With respect to each Trust that issues Notes, one or more classes of
Notes of the related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of an
Indenture, a form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. The following summary
describes the material terms and provisions of the Indenture and Notes, but it
does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the applicable Notes and
Indenture.
Each class of Notes will initially be represented by one or more
Notes, in each case registered in the name of a nominee of DTC (together with
any successor depository selected by the Trust, the "Depository") except as set
forth below. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Definitive
Securities." Notes will be available for purchase in denominations specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement or, if not so specified, in denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Notes may be issued in book-entry form
or as Definitive Notes and if not otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, will be issued in book-entry form only. As to Notes issued in book-
entry form, the Seller has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede,
unless another nominee is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the Notes of
each such class. Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued in replacement
for book-entry Notes under the limited circumstances
30
<PAGE>
described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement, no Note Owner will be
entitled to receive a physical certificate representing a Note. See "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities--Definitive Securities." As to the Notes
issued in book-entry form, all references herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement to actions by Noteholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon
instructions from its participating organizations (the "Participants") and all
references herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement to distributions,
notices, reports and statements to Noteholders refer to distributions, notices,
reports and statements to DTC or its nominee, as the registered holder of the
Notes, for distribution to Noteholders in accordance with DTC's procedures with
respect thereto. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Book-Entry
Registration" and "--Definitive Securities."
Principal and Interest on the Notes
The timing and priority of payment, seniority, Interest Rate and
amount of or method of determining payments of principal and interest on each
class of Notes of a given series will be described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The right of holders of any class of Notes to receive payments of
principal and interest may be senior or subordinate to the rights of holders of
any other class or classes of Notes of such series, as described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The dates for payments of interest and principal on the
Notes of such series may be different from the Distribution Dates for the
Certificates of such series. To the extent specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, payments of interest on the Notes other than certain Strip Notes, if
any, of such series will be made prior to payments of principal thereon. To the
extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a series may include one
or more classes of Strip Notes entitled to (i) principal payments with
disproportionate, nominal or no interest payments or (ii) interest payments with
disproportionate, nominal or no principal payments. Each class of Notes may
have a different Interest Rate, which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable
Interest Rate (and which may be zero for certain classes of Strip Notes), or any
combination of the foregoing. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
the Interest Rate for each class of Notes of a given series or the method for
determining such Interest Rate. See also "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities--Fixed Rate Securities" and "--Floating Rate Securities." One or
more classes of Notes of a series may be redeemable in whole or in part under
the circumstances specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, including at
the end of the Funding Period (if any) or as a result of the exercise by the
Seller or Servicer of its option to purchase the related Receivables Pool.
To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, payments
to Noteholders of all classes within a series in respect of interest will have
the same priority. Under certain circumstances, the amount available for such
payments could be less than the amount of interest payable on the Notes on any
of the dates specified for payments in the related Prospectus Supplement (each,
a "Payment Date", which may be the same date as each applicable Distribution
Date as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement), in which case each
class of Noteholders will receive its ratable share (based upon the aggregate
amount of interest due to such class of Noteholders) of the aggregate amount
available to be distributed in respect of interest on the Notes of such series.
See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Distributions" and "-
- -Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement."
In the case of a series of Notes which includes two or more classes of
Notes, the sequential order and priority of payment in respect of principal and
interest, and any schedule or formula or other provisions applicable to the
determination thereof, of each such class will be set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Payments in respect of principal and interest of any
class of Notes will be made on a pro rata basis among all the Noteholders of
such class.
To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may be reduced to reflect
losses in the Receivables experienced prior to such time.
Fixed Payment Notes. To the extent specified in any Prospectus
Supplement, one or more classes of Notes of a given series may have fixed
principal payment schedules. Noteholders of such Notes would be entitled to
receive as payments of principal on any given Payment Date the applicable
amounts set forth on such schedule with respect to such Notes, in the manner and
to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Short Term Asset Backed Notes. To the extent specified in any
Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of Notes of a given series may be
entitled to receive principal payments prior to the receipt of principal
payments by
31
<PAGE>
other classes of Securities issued by the applicable Trust. If so provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, such class or classes of Notes will have a
final scheduled maturity date of less than 397 days from the initial trade date
related thereto and such class or classes will have received a short-term rating
by a Rating Agency that is in one of the two highest short-term rating
categories. The failure to pay such a class of Notes on or prior to the related
Final Scheduled Maturity Date would constitute an event of default under the
related Indenture. In general, such class or classes of Notes will otherwise be
similar to Notes which are described in this Prospectus.
Planned Amortization Class. To the extent specified in any Prospectus
Supplement, one or more classes of Notes of a given series may be structured as
a planned amortization class ("PAC"). A PAC will be retired according to a
predetermined amortization schedule set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement and structured to be substantially independent of the prepayment rate
on the Receivables. The timing of distributions in respect of the other classes
of Securities in the related series in some instances may be slowed down or
accelerated so that the PAC scheduled amortization may be met as provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The planned amortization for a PAC set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement generally will require scheduled sinking fund
payments for the PAC on each Payment Date. Payments to the other classes of
Securities in the related series will be allocated as otherwise set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement only after the scheduled sinking fund payments or
scheduled amortization payments to the PAC have been made.
Targeted Amortization Class. To the extent specified in any
Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of Notes of a given series may be
structured as a targeted amortization class ("TAC"). Any TAC will be similar to
a PAC, with support classes providing protection against prepayment risks to the
TAC. However, a TAC will differ from a PAC in that it generally may not receive
as much protection against prepayments on the Receivables as a PAC. In
particular, a TAC will generally provide no protection against the risk of
prepayments occurring more slowly than the rate of prepayment assumed for
structuring purposes and generally will not be structured to permit expected
cash flows from non-TAC classes of Securities to be diverted to the TAC.
Companion Class. To the extent specified in any Prospectus
Supplement, one or more classes of Notes of a given series may be designed to
receive principal payments on a Payment Date only if principal payments have
been made on a specified planned amortization class of Notes or targeted
amortization class of Notes, and to receive any excess payments over the amount
required to reduce the principal amount of the planned amortization class or
targeted amortization class to the planned or targeted balance for such Payment
Date.
The Indenture
Modification of Indenture. With respect to each Trust that has issued
Notes pursuant to an Indenture, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee may, with
the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Notes of the related
series, execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any
manner or eliminate any provisions of, the related Indenture, or modify (except
as provided below) in any manner the rights of the related Noteholders.
With respect to the Notes of a given series, without the consent of
the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, no supplemental indenture
will: (i) change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest on
any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the Interest Rate
specified thereon or the redemption price with respect thereto or change any
place of payment where or the coin or currency in which any such Note or any
interest thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to institute suit for the
enforcement of certain provisions of the related Indenture regarding payment;
(iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes of
such series, the consent of the holders of which is required for any such
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for
any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the related Indenture or of
certain defaults thereunder and their consequences as provided for in such
Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the related Indenture
regarding the voting of Notes held by the applicable Trust, any other obligor on
such Notes, the Seller or an affiliate of any of them; (v) reduce the percentage
of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Notes, the consent of the holders of
which is required to direct the related Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate
the Receivables; (vi) decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount
of such Notes required to amend the sections of the related Indenture which
specify the applicable percentage of aggregate principal amount of the Notes of
such series necessary to amend such Indenture or
32
<PAGE>
certain other related agreements; or (vii) permit the creation of any lien
ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of the related Indenture with
respect to any of the collateral for such Notes or, except as otherwise
permitted or contemplated in such Indenture, terminate the lien of such
Indenture on any such collateral or deprive the holder of any such Note of the
security afforded by the lien of such Indenture.
The Trust and the applicable Indenture Trustee may also enter into
supplemental indentures, without obtaining the consent of the Noteholders of the
related series, for the purpose of, among other things, adding any provisions to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the related
Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders; provided
that such action will not adversely affect in any material respect the interest
of any such Noteholder, unless each Rating Agency then rating the Notes shall
have notified the Seller, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee in writing that
such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of the
affected Notes of such series.
Events Of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default. With respect to the
Notes of a given series, "Events of Default" under the related Indenture will
consist of: (i) a default for five days or more in the payment of any interest
on any such Note; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal of or any
installment of the principal of any such Note when the same becomes due and
payable; (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any covenant or
agreement of the applicable Trust made in the related Indenture and the
continuation of any such default for a period of 30 days (or for such longer
period, not in excess of 90 days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such
default; provided that such default is capable of remedy within 90 days or less
and the Servicer on behalf of the related Indenture Trustee delivers an
officer's certificate to the Trustee to the effect that such Trust has
commenced, or will promptly commence and diligently pursue, all reasonable
efforts to remedy such default) after notice thereof is given to such Trust by
the applicable Indenture Trustee or to such Trust and such Indenture Trustee by
the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding;
(iv) any representation or warranty made by such Trust in the related Indenture
or in any certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith
having been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, and such breach
not having been cured within 30 days (or for such longer period, not in excess
of 90 days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such default; provided that
such default is capable of remedy within 90 days or less and the Servicer on
behalf of the related Indenture Trustee delivers an officer's certificate to the
related Indenture Trustee to the effect that such Trust has commenced, or will
promptly commence and diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such
default) after notice thereof is given to such Trust by the applicable Indenture
Trustee or to such Trust and such Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least
25% in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding; or (v) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the applicable Trust or
the Seller. However, the amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders
of such series under the related Indenture will generally be limited to amounts
available to be deposited in the applicable Note Distribution Account.
Therefore, the failure to pay principal on a class of Notes generally will not
result in the occurrence of an Event of Default until the final scheduled
Payment Date for such class of Notes.
If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to
the Notes of any series, the related Indenture Trustee or holders of a majority
in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of
such Notes to be immediately due and payable. Such declaration may, under
certain circumstances, be rescinded by the holders of a percentage of the
principal amount of Notes then outstanding specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement and, if not so specified, may be rescinded by the holder of a
majority in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding.
If the Notes of any series are due and payable following an Event of
Default with respect thereto, the related Indenture Trustee may institute
proceedings to collect amounts due or foreclose on Trust property, exercise
remedies as a secured party, sell the related Receivables or elect to have the
applicable Trust maintain possession of such Receivables and continue to apply
collections on such Receivables as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration. Such Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling the related
Receivables following an Event of Default, other than a default in the payment
of any principal of or a default for five days or more in the payment of any
interest on any Note of such series, unless (i) the holders of all such
outstanding Notes and the holders of all outstanding certificates consent to
such sale, (ii) the proceeds of such sale are sufficient to pay in full the
principal of and the accrued interest on such outstanding Notes and all
outstanding Certificates on the date of such sale, or (iii) such Indenture
Trustee determines
33
<PAGE>
that the proceeds of Receivables would not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to
make all payments on such Notes as such payments would have become due if such
obligations had not been declared due and payable, and such Indenture Trustee
obtains the consent of the holders of 66-2/3% of the aggregate outstanding
amount of such Notes and the holders of 100% of the aggregate outstanding amount
of the Certificates.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to a
series of Notes, such Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise
any of the rights or powers under such Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the holders of such Notes, if such Indenture Trustee believes it will not
be adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which
might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction. Subject to
the provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained in the
related Indenture, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes of a given series will have the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to the
applicable Indenture Trustee, and the holders of a majority in principal amount
of such Notes then outstanding may, in certain cases, waive any default with
respect thereto, except a default in the payment of principal or interest or a
default in respect of a covenant or provision of such Indenture that cannot be
modified without the waiver or consent of all the holders of such outstanding
Notes.
No holder of a Note of any series will have the right to institute any
proceeding with respect to the related Indenture, unless (i) such holder
previously has given to the applicable Indenture Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default, (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have made written request to such
Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Indenture
Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders have offered such Indenture Trustee
satisfactory indemnity, (iv) such Indenture Trustee has for 60 days failed to
institute such proceeding, and (v) no direction inconsistent with such written
request has been given to such Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by
the holders of a majority in principal amount of such outstanding Notes.
With respect to any Trust, neither the related Indenture Trustee nor
the related Trustee in its individual capacity, nor any holder of a Certificate
representing an ownership interest in such Trust nor any of their respective
owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates,
successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express agreement to the
contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or interest
on the related Notes or for the agreements of such Trust contained in the
applicable Indenture.
Certain Covenants
Each Indenture will provide that the related Trust may not consolidate
with or merge into any other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by or
surviving such consolidation or merger is organized under the laws of the United
States or any state, (ii) such entity expressly assumes such Trust's obligation
to make due and punctual payments upon the Notes of the related series and the
performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of such Trust under
the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) such Trust has been advised
that the rating of the Notes or the Certificates of such series then in effect
would not be reduced or withdrawn by the Rating Agencies as a result of such
merger or consolidation, (v) such Trust has received an opinion of counsel to
the effect that such consolidation or merger would have no material adverse tax
consequence to the Trust or to any related Noteholder or Certificateholder, and
(vi) any action necessary to maintain the lien and security interest under the
Indenture has been taken.
Each Trust will not, among other things, (i) except as expressly
permitted by the applicable Indenture, the applicable Transfer and Servicing
Agreements or certain related documents with respect to such Trust
(collectively, the "Related Documents"), sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise
dispose of any of the assets of such Trust, (ii) claim any credit on or make any
deduction from the principal and interest payable in respect of the Notes of the
related series (other than amounts withheld under the Code or applicable state
law) or assert any claim against any present or former holder of such Notes
because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed upon such Trust, (iii) permit
the validity or effectiveness of the related Indenture to be impaired or permit
any person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to such
Notes under such Indenture except as may be expressly permitted thereby, (iv)
permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other
encumbrance (other than certain liens that arise by
34
<PAGE>
operation of law) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or
burden the assets of such Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or
the proceeds thereof, or (v) permit the lien of the related Indenture not to
constitute a valid first priority (other than certain liens that arise by
operation of law) security interest in the assets of such Trust.
No Trust may engage in any activity other than as specified under the
section of the related Prospectus Supplement entitled "The Trust." No Trust
will incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than indebtedness
incurred pursuant to the related Notes and the related Indenture or otherwise in
accordance with the Related Documents.
Annual Compliance Statement. Each Trust will be required to file
annually with the related Indenture Trustee a written statement as to the
fulfillment of its obligations under the Indenture.
Indenture Trustee's Annual Report. The Indenture Trustee for each
Trust will be required to mail each year to all related Noteholders a brief
report relating to its eligibility and qualification to continue as Indenture
Trustee under the related Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under the
Indenture, the amount, interest rate and maturity date of certain indebtedness
owing by such Trust to the applicable Indenture Trustee in its individual
capacity, the property and funds physically held by such Indenture Trustee as
such and any action taken by it that materially affects the related Notes and
that has not been previously reported.
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. An Indenture will be
discharged with respect to the collateral securing the related Notes upon the
delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all such Notes or,
with certain limitations, upon deposit with such Indenture Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all such Notes.
The Indenture Trustee
The Indenture Trustee for a series of Notes will be specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The Indenture Trustee for any series may resign
at any time, in which event the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a successor
trustee for such series. The Issuer may also remove any such Indenture Trustee
if such Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the
related Indenture or if such Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent. In such
circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee for
the applicable series of Notes. Any resignation or removal of the Indenture
Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee for any series of Notes does not
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor trustee
for such series.
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
General
With respect to each Trust, one or more classes of Certificates of the
related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of a Trust Agreement or a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a form of each of which has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the
Certificates and the Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
applicable.
Except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by
the Seller, each class of Certificates will initially be represented by one or
more Certificates registered in the name of the Depository, except as set forth
below. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Definitive
Securities." Except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by
the Seller, the Certificates will be available for purchase in minimum
denominations specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, or if not so
specified, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof. Certificates may be issued in book-entry form or as Definitive
Certificates and if not otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
will be available in book-entry form only. As to the Certificates issued in
book-entry form, the Seller has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be
Cede, unless another nominee is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the
Certificates of any series that are not purchased by the Seller. Unless and
until Definitive Certificates are issued in
35
<PAGE>
replacement for book-entry Certificates under the limited circumstances
described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement, no Certificate Owner
(other than the Seller) will be entitled to receive a physical certificate
representing a Certificate. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities --
Definitive Securities." As to Certificates issued in book-entry form, all
references herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement to actions by
Certificateholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from the
Participants and all references herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement
to distributions, notices, reports and statements to Certificateholders refer to
distributions, notices, reports and statements to DTC or its nominee, as the
case may be, as the registered holder of the Certificates, for distribution to
Certificateholders in accordance with DTC's procedures with respect thereto. See
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and
"--Definitive Securities." Any Certificates of such series owned by the Seller
or its affiliates will be entitled to equal and proportionate benefits under the
applicable Trust Agreement, except that such Certificates will be deemed not to
be outstanding for the purpose of determining whether the requisite percentage
of Certificateholders have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or other action under the Related Documents (other than the
commencement by the related Trust of a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy as
described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Insolvency Event").
Distributions of Principal and Interest
The timing and priority of distributions, seniority, allocations of
losses, Certificate Rate and amount of or method of determining distributions
with respect to principal and interest of each class of Certificates will be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions of interest on
such Certificates other than certain Strip Certificates will be made on the
dates specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Distribution
Date") and will be made prior to distributions with respect to principal of such
Certificates. To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a
series may include one or more classes of Strip Certificates entitled to (i)
distributions in respect of principal with disproportionate, nominal or no
interest distributions, or (ii) interest distributions with disproportionate,
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal. Each class of Certificates
may have a different Certificate Rate, which may be a fixed, variable or
adjustable Certificate Rate (and which may be zero for certain classes of Strip
Certificates) or any combination of the foregoing. The related Prospectus
Supplement will specify the Certificate Rate for each class of Certificates of a
given series or the method for determining such Certificate Rate. See also
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Fixed Rate Securities" and "--
Floating Rate Securities." If a series of Securities includes classes of Notes,
such Notes and Certificates will be issued by the same Trust and payable from
the same Trust property, to the extent specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions in respect of the Certificates of such series will be
subordinate to payments in respect of the Notes of such series as more fully
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions in respect of
interest on and principal of any class of Certificates will be made on a pro
rata basis among all the Certificateholders of such class.
In the case of a series of Certificates which includes two or more
classes of Certificates, the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or
amount of distributions in respect of interest and principal, and any schedule
or formula or other provisions applicable to the determination thereof, of each
such class shall be as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
principal amount of Certificates outstanding at any time may be reduced to
reflect losses on the Receivables experienced prior to such time.
CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES
Fixed Rate Securities
Each class of Securities (other than certain classes of Strip Notes or
Strip Certificates) may bear interest at a fixed rate per annum ("Fixed Rate
Securities") or at a variable or adjustable rate per annum ("Floating Rate
Securities"), as more fully described below and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Each class of Fixed Rate Securities will bear interest at the
applicable per annum Interest Rate or Certificate Rate, as the case may be,
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Interest on each class of Fixed
Rate Securities will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months or on such other day count basis as is specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement. See
36
<PAGE>
"Description of the Notes--Principal and Interest on the Notes" and "Description
of the Certificates-- Distributions of Principal and Interest."
Floating Rate Securities
Each class of Floating Rate Securities will bear interest for each
applicable Interest Reset Period (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement with respect to a class of Floating Rate Securities,
"Interest Reset Period") at a rate per annum determined by reference to an
interest rate basis (the "Base Rate"), plus or minus the Spread, if any, or
multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The "Spread" is the number of basis points (one
basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) that may be specified in
the applicable Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such class, and the
"Spread Multiplier" is the percentage that may be specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such class.
The applicable Prospectus Supplement will designate a Base Rate for a
given Floating Rate Security based on the London interbank offered rate
("LIBOR"), commercial paper rates, Federal funds rates, U.S. Government treasury
securities rates, negotiable certificates of deposit rates or another rate as
set forth in such Prospectus Supplement.
As specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, Floating Rate
Securities of a given class may also have either or both of the following (in
each case expressed as a rate per annum): (i) a maximum limitation, or ceiling,
on the rate at which interest may accrue during any interest period and (ii) a
minimum limitation, or floor, on the rate at which interest may accrue during
any interest period. In addition to any maximum interest rate that may be
applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities, the interest rate
applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities will in no event be higher
than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, as the same may be modified
by United States law of general application.
Each Trust with respect to which a class of Floating Rate Securities
will be issued will appoint, and enter into agreements with, a calculation agent
(each, a "Calculation Agent") to calculate interest rates on each such class of
Floating Rate Securities issued with respect thereto. The applicable Prospectus
Supplement will set forth the identity of the Calculation Agent for each such
class of Floating Rate Securities of a given series, which may be either the
Trustee or Indenture Trustee with respect to such series. All determinations of
interest by the Calculation Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
conclusive for all purposes and binding on the holders of Floating Rate
Securities of a given class. All percentages resulting from any calculation of
the rate of interest on a Floating Rate Security will be rounded, if necessary,
in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement or, if not so
specified to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1% (.0000001), with five one-millionths of
a percentage point rounded upward.
Book-Entry Registration
With respect to each class of Securities of a given series issued in
book-entry form, Securityholders may hold their Securities through DTC (in the
United States) or Cedel or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of
such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such
systems. DTC's Nominee will hold the global Securities. Cedel and Euroclear will
hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Cedel Participants and the Euroclear
Participants, respectively, through customers' securities accounts in Cedel's
and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositories
(collectively, the "Depositaries") which in turn will hold such positions in
customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the books of DTC.
For additional information regarding clearance and settlement procedures see
Annex I hereto.
DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York
Banking Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking
Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC
holds securities for its Participants ("DTC Participants") and facilitates the
clearance and settlement among DTC Participants of securities transactions, such
as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic book-entry
changes in DTC Participants' accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers
and dealers, banks, trust
37
<PAGE>
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect
access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities brokers
and dealers, banks, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly
("Indirect Participants"). The rules applicable to DTC and DTC Participants are
on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC
rules. Transfers between Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will
occur in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and
operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and
procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant
European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Cedel Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.
Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC Participant will be made
during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day
following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant Cedel
Participant or Euroclear Participant on such business day. Cash received in
Cedel or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a Cedel
Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant will be received
with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant
Cedel or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement
in DTC.
Purchases of Securities under the DTC system must be made by or
through DTC Participants, which will receive a credit for the Securities on
DTC's records. The ownership interest of each actual Security Owner is in turn
to be recorded on the DTC Participants' and Indirect Participants' records.
Security Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their
purchase, but Security Owners are expected to receive written confirmations
providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their
holdings, from the DTC Participant or Indirect Participant through which the
Security Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in
the Securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of DTC
Participants acting on behalf of Security Owners. Security Owners will not
receive certificates representing their ownership interest in Securities, except
in the event that use of the book-entry system for the Securities is
discontinued. Except to the extent Seller holds Certificates with respect to
any series of Securities, it is anticipated that the only "Securityholder",
"Noteholder" and "Certificateholder" will be DTC's Nominee. Note Owners will
not be recognized by each Indenture Trustee as Noteholders, as such term is used
in each Indenture, and Note Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of
Noteholders only indirectly through DTC and DTC Participants. Similarly,
Certificate Owners will not be recognized by each Trustee as Certificateholders
as such term is used in each Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
and Certificate Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of
Certificateholders only indirectly through DTC and DTC Participants.
To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Securities deposited by DTC
Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC's Nominee. The deposit
of Securities with DTC and their registration in the name of DTC's Nominee
effects no change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual
Security Owners of the Securities; DTC's records reflect only the identity of
the DTC Participants to whose accounts such Securities are credited, which may
or may not be the Security Owners. The DTC Participants will remain responsible
for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
38
<PAGE>
Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to DTC
Participants, by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants, and by DTC
Participants and Indirect Participants to Security Owners will be governed by
arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as
may be in effect from time to time.
Neither DTC nor DTC's Nominee will consent or vote with respect to
Securities. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to the issuer
as soon as possible after the record date, which assigns DTC's Nominees's
consenting or voting rights to those DTC Participants to whose accounts the
Securities are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached
thereto).
Principal and interest payments on the Securities will be made to DTC.
DTC's practice is to credit Participants' accounts on the applicable
Distribution Date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC's
records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on
such Distribution Date. Payments by DTC Participants to Security Owners will be
governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with
securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in
"street name" and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participant and not of
DTC, the related Indenture Trustee or the related Trustee, as applicable (the
"Applicable Trustee") or the Seller, subject to any statutory or regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of principal and
interest to DTC is the responsibility of the Applicable Trustee, disbursement of
such payments to DTC Participants shall be the responsibility of DTC, and
disbursement of such payments to Security Owners shall be the responsibility of
DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Under a book-entry format,
Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since
such payments will be forwarded by the Applicable Trustee to DTC's Nominee. DTC
will forward such payments to DTC Participants which thereafter will forward
them to Indirect Participants or Security Owners.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of DTC Participants, who in turn
act on behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a
Securityholder to pledge Securities to persons or entities that do not
participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions with respect to such
Securities, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such
Securities.
DTC has advised the Seller that it will take any action permitted to
be taken by a Noteholder under the related Indenture or a Certificateholder
under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement only at the
direction of one or more DTC Participants to whose accounts with DTC the
applicable Notes or Certificates are credited. DTC may take conflicting actions
with respect to other undivided interests to the extent that such actions are
taken on behalf of Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.
The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry
system has been obtained from sources that the Seller believes to be reliable,
but the Seller takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.
Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel") is incorporated under the laws
of Luxembourg as a professional depository. Cedel holds securities for its
participating organizations ("Cedel Participants") and facilitates the clearance
and settlement of securities transactions between Cedel Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Cedel Participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Transactions may be
settled in Cedel in any of 32 currencies, including United States dollars. Cedel
provides to its Cedel Participants, among other things, services for
safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing. Cedel interfaces with domestic
markets in several countries. As a professional depository, Cedel is subject to
regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedel Participants are
recognized financial institutions around the world, including underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations
and certain other organizations and may include the underwriters of any series
of Securities. Indirect access to Cedel is also available to others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly.
The Euroclear System was created in 1968 to hold securities for
participants of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and
settle transactions between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous
electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of certificates and
39
<PAGE>
any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash.
Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United States
dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services, including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in 25
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with
DTC described above. The Euroclear System is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York, Brussels, Belgium office (the "Euroclear Operator" or
"Euroclear"), under contract with Euroclear Clearance System, Societe
Cooperative, a Belgian cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All
operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all Euroclear securities
clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear
Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative Board establishes policy for the
Euroclear System. Euroclear Participants include banks (including central
banks), securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial
intermediaries and may include the underwriters of any series of Securities.
Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other firms that
maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly
or indirectly.
The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System (collectively, the
"Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities
and cash within the Euroclear System, withdrawal of securities and cash from the
Euroclear System, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in the
Euroclear System. All securities in the Euroclear System are held on a fungible
basis without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities
clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions
only on behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no record of or relationship
with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
Distributions with respect to Securities held through Cedel or
Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or
Euroclear Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and
procedures, to the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be
subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences." Cedel or the Euroclear
Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken
by a Securityholder under a related Agreement on behalf of a Cedel Participant
or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and
procedures and subject to its Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its
behalf through DTC.
Although DTC, Cedel and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Securities among participants of
DTC, Cedel and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository
for DTC is not obtained, Definitive Securities are required to be printed and
delivered. The Seller may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry
transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event,
Definitive Securities will be delivered to Securityholders. See "--Definitive
Securities."
NONE OF THE TRUST, THE SELLER, THE BANK, THE SERVICER, ANY
SUBSERVICER, ANY APPLICABLE TRUSTEE NOR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS WILL HAVE ANY
RESPONSIBILITY OR OBLIGATION TO ANY DTC PARTICIPANTS, CEDEL PARTICIPANTS OR
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS OR THE PERSONS FOR WHOM THEY ACT AS NOMINEES WITH RESPECT
TO (1) THE ACCURACY OF ANY RECORDS MAINTAINED BY DTC, CEDEL, EUROCLEAR OR ANY
PARTICIPANT, (2) THE PAYMENT BY DTC, CEDEL, EUROCLEAR OR ANY PARTICIPANT OF ANY
AMOUNT DUE TO ANY SECURITY OWNER IN RESPECT OF THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF, OR
INTEREST ON, THE SECURITIES, (3) THE DELIVERY BY ANY DTC PARTICIPANT, CEDEL
PARTICIPANT, OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT OF ANY NOTICE TO ANY SECURITY OWNER WHICH
IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE APPLICABLE AGREEMENTS TO BE
GIVEN TO SECURITYHOLDERS OR (4) ANY OTHER ACTION TAKEN BY DTC OR DTC'S NOMINEE
AS THE SECURITYHOLDER.
40
<PAGE>
Definitive Securities
With respect to any series of Notes and any series of Certificates
issued in book-entry form, such Notes or Certificates will be issued in fully
registered, certificated form ("Definitive Notes" and "Definitive Certificates",
respectively, and collectively referred to herein as "Definitive Securities") to
Noteholders or Certificateholders or their respective nominees, rather than to
DTC or its nominee, if the related Prospectus Supplement so provides with
respect to the initial issuance of any such Securities thereunder and, if the
related Prospectus Supplement does not so provide, only if (i) Seller advises
the related Trustee that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly
its responsibilities as depository with respect to such Securities and such
Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Seller at its
option, advises the related Trustee that it elects to terminate the book-entry
system through DTC, or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a
Servicer Termination Event with respect to such Securities, holders representing
at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or the
Certificates, as the case may be, of such series advise the Applicable Trustee
and DTC through its Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-
entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) with respect to such Notes or
Certificates is no longer in the best interest of the holders of such
Securities.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Applicable Trustee will be required to notify all
applicable Security Owners of a given series through Participants of the
availability of Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive
certificates representing the corresponding Securities and receipt of
instructions for re-registration, the Applicable Trustee will reissue such
Securities as Definitive Securities to such Securityholders.
Distributions of principal of, and interest on, Definitive Securities
will be made by the Applicable Trustee in accordance with the procedures set
forth in the related Indenture or the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, directly to holders of Definitive Securities
in whose names the Definitive Securities were registered at the close of
business on the applicable record date specified for such Securities in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Such distributions will be made by check mailed
to the address of such holder as it appears on the register maintained by the
Applicable Trustee. The final payment on any such Definitive Security, however,
will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such Definitive Security at
the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution to the
applicable Securityholders.
Definitive Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the
offices of the Applicable Trustee or of a registrar named in a notice delivered
to holders of Definitive Securities. No service charge will be imposed for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Applicable Trustee may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
imposed in connection therewith.
List of Securityholders
Three or more holders of the Notes of a given series or one or more
holders of such Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate outstanding
principal balance of such Notes may, by written request to the related Indenture
Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Noteholders of such series maintained
by such Indenture Trustee for the purpose of communicating with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under the related Indenture or under
such Notes. Unless Definitive Notes have been issued, the only "Noteholder"
appearing on the list maintained by the related Indenture Trustee will be Cede,
as nominee for DTC. In such circumstances, any Note Owner wishing to communicate
with other Note Owners will not be able to identify those Note Owners through
the Indenture Trustee and instead will have to attempt to identify them through
DTC and its Participants or such other means as such Note Owner may find
available.
Three or more holders of the Certificates of a given series or one or
more holders of such Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the
Certificate Balance of such Certificates may, by written request to the related
Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Certificateholders of such series
maintained by such Trustee for the purpose of communicating with other
Certificateholders with respect to their rights under the related Trust
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or under such Certificates. Unless
Definitive Certificates have been issued, the only "Certificateholder"
41
<PAGE>
appearing on the list maintained by the related Trustee will be Cede, as nominee
for DTC. In such circumstances, any Certificate Owner wishing to communicate
with other Certificate Owners will not be able to identify those Certificate
Owners through the Trustee and instead will have to attempt to identify them
through DTC and its Participants or such other means as such Certificate Owner
may find available.
Reports to Securityholders
With respect to each series of Securities, on or prior to each Payment
Date or Distribution Date, as applicable, the Servicer will prepare and provide
to the related Trustee a statement to be delivered to the related
Securityholders. With respect to each series of Securities, each such statement
to be delivered to Noteholders will include (to the extent applicable) the
following information (and any other information so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement) as to the Notes of such series with respect to such
Payment Date or the period since the previous Payment Date, as applicable, and
each such statement to be delivered to Certificateholders will include (to the
extent applicable) the following information (and any other information so
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) as to the Certificates of such
series with respect to such Distribution Date or the period since the previous
Distribution Date, as applicable:
(i) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal of each
class of such Notes and to the Certificate Balance of each class of such
Certificates;
(ii) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on or
with respect to each class of Securities of such series;
(iii) the amount of the distribution allocable to draws from the
Reserve Account (if any), any Yield Supplement Account or payments in respect of
any other credit or cash flow enhancement arrangement;
(iv) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day
of the preceding Collection Period;
(v) the aggregate outstanding principal balance and the Note Pool
Factor for each class of such Notes, and the Certificate Balance and the
Certificate Pool Factor for each class of such Certificates, each after giving
effect to all payments reported under clause (i) above on such date;
(vi) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with
respect to the related Collection Period or Collection Periods, as the case may
be;
(vii) the Interest Rate or Certificate Rate for the next period
for any class of Notes or Certificates of such series with variable or
adjustable rates;
(viii) the amount of the aggregate Realized Losses, if any, for
the preceding Collection Period;
(ix) the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the
Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall, the Certificateholders' Interest
Carryover Shortfall and the Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall
(each as defined in the related Prospectus Supplement), if any, in each case as
applicable to each class of Securities, and the change in such amounts from the
preceding statement ;
(x) the aggregate Purchase Amounts for Receivables, if any, that
were repurchased in such Collection Period;
(xi) the balance of any Yield Supplement Account or the Reserve
Account (if any) on such date, after giving effect to changes therein on such
date;
(xii) for each such date during the Funding Period (if any), the
remaining Pre-Funded Amount;
42
<PAGE>
(xiii) for the first such date that is on or immediately following
the end of the Funding Period (if any), the amount of any remaining Pre-Funded
Amount that has not been used to fund the purchase of Subsequent Receivables and
is being passed through as payments of principal on the Securities of such
series;
(xiv) to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the amount of advances made by the Servicer, if any, on such date;
(xv) the number, and aggregate principal amount outstanding, of
Receivables past due 31-60, 61-90 and over 90 days; and
(xvi) such other information as may be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii), (vi) and (ix) with
respect to the Notes or the Certificates of any series will be expressed as a
dollar amount per $1,000 of the initial principal balance of such Notes or the
initial Certificate Balance of such Certificates, as applicable.
Within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes after the
end of each calendar year during the term of each Trust, the Applicable Trustee
will mail to each person who at any time during such calendar year has been a
Securityholder with respect to such Trust and received any payment thereon a
statement containing certain information for the purposes of such
Securityholder's preparation of federal income tax returns. See "Federal Income
Tax Consequences."
Funding Period or Revolving Period
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, during a Funding Period
and/or Revolving Period, the Pre-Funding Account and/or Revolving Account will
be maintained as a trust account in the name of the Applicable Trustee. The Pre-
Funded Amount will initially equal the amount specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, which may be up to 100% of the aggregate principal amount
of the series of Securities offered thereunder. During the Funding Period, the
Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced by the amount thereof used to purchase
Subsequent Receivables in accordance with the applicable Transfer and Servicing
Agreement and the amounts thereof deposited in the Reserve Account in connection
with the purchase of such Subsequent Receivables.
Prior to being used to purchase Subsequent Receivables or paid to the
Noteholders and Certificateholders, the Pre-Funded Amount and amounts on deposit
in the Revolving Account will be invested from time to time in Permitted
Investments. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Accounts."
If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement for a Trust that issues
Notes, during a Revolving Period, the Applicable Trustee will deposit in the
related Revolving Account the principal collections on the related Receivables
as described above. In addition, on each Distribution Date or Payment Date, as
applicable during the Revolving Period, the applicable Trustee will deposit in
the related Revolving Account any other amount described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Funds on deposit in a Revolving Account will be
withdrawn from time to time during the related Revolving Period for delivery to
the Seller in exchange for the transfer and assignment of Subsequent Receivables
to the related Trust in the manner specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. In addition, on the Distribution Date or Payment Date, as
applicable following the end of the related Revolving Period, the Applicable
Trustee will transfer the amount, if any, on deposit in the related Revolving
Account at the close of business on the last day of such Revolving Period, less
any investment earnings on deposit therein, to the related Collection Account
for distribution to the related Securityholders on such Distribution Date or
Payment Date. In addition, on each Distribution Date or Payment Date, as
applicable during the related Revolving Period, the Applicable Trustee will
transfer to the related Collection Account for distribution to the related
Securityholders on such Distribution Date or Payment Date the amount, if any, by
which the amount on deposit in the related Revolving Account at the close of
business on the last day of the preceding calendar month, less any investment
earnings on deposit therein, exceeds the maximum permitted Revolving Account
balance specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
43
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
The following summary describes the material terms of each Sale and
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement pursuant to which a Trust
will purchase Receivables from the Seller and the Servicer will agree to service
such Receivables and each Trust Agreement (in the case of a grantor trust, the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement) pursuant to which a Trust will be created and
Certificates will be issued and pursuant to which the Trustee will undertake
certain administrative duties with respect to a Trust that issues Notes. Forms
of each type of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements and the Trust Agreement
have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part. This summary does not purport to be complete and is
subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements and the Trust Agreement.
Sale and Assignment of Receivables
Prior to or at the time of issuance of the Securities of a given Trust,
pursuant to a related Purchase Agreement, each Originator will sell and assign
to the Seller, without recourse, its entire interest in the Initial Receivables,
if any, of the related Receivables Pool, including its security interests in the
related Financed Vehicles. The Seller will, if so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, transfer and assign to the Applicable Trustee, without
recourse, pursuant to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement, its entire interest in
the Initial Receivables, if any, of the related Receivables Pool, including its
security interests in the related Financed Vehicles. The Trustee will not
independently verify the existence and qualification of any Receivables. The
Trustee will, concurrently with such sale and assignment, execute, authenticate,
and deliver the related Notes and/or Certificates to the Seller in exchange for
the Receivables. Each such Receivable will be identified in a schedule delivered
pursuant to such Transfer and Servicing Agreement (a "Schedule of Receivables").
The net proceeds received by the Seller from the sale of the Certificates and
the Notes of a given series will be applied to the purchase of the related
Receivables from each Originator and, to the extent specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, to the repayment of any Warehouse Financing or deposit of
the Pre-Funded Amount into the Pre-Funding Account and to make any required
initial deposit in any Reserve Account. The related Prospectus Supplement for a
given Trust will specify whether, and the terms, conditions and manner under
which, Subsequent Receivables will be sold by the Seller to the applicable Trust
from time to time during any Funding Period on each date specified as a transfer
date in the related Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Subsequent Transfer Date").
The purchase price for the Receivables purchased by the Trust from the
Seller and by the Seller from any Originator may be more or less than the
aggregate principal balance thereof. If any Receivables are purchased for a
purchase price less than their respective principal balances, a portion of the
collections or proceeds in respect of principal from such Receivables may be
deemed collections or proceeds in respect of interest on such Receivables for
the purposes of allocating distributions on the Securities.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may acquire
Initial Receivables pursuant to Warehouse Financing arrangements entered into
prior to the issuance by that Trust of any Securities offered hereby. It will be
a condition to the issuance of Securities by any such Trust that any Warehouse
Financing be repaid in full, and any related security interests released, at or
prior to the time of such issuance.
In each Purchase Agreement, each Originator will represent and warrant to
the Seller and in each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will
represent and warrant to the applicable Trust, among other things, that: (i) the
information provided in the related Schedule of Receivables is correct in all
material respects; (ii) the Obligor on each related Receivable is required to
maintain physical damage insurance covering the Financed Vehicle; (iii) neither
Seller nor any Originator has received notice of any liens or claims, including
liens for work, labor, materials or unpaid state or federal taxes, relating to
the Financed Vehicle securing the Receivable, that are or may be prior to or
equal to the lien granted by the Receivable; (iv) as of the Closing Date or the
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, each of such Receivables is owned
by Seller free and clear of any lien and is secured by a first perfected
security interest in favor of the Seller in the Financed Vehicle; (v) each
related Receivable, at the time it was originated, complied and, as of the
Closing Date or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, complies in all
material respects with applicable federal and state laws, including, without
limitation, consumer credit, truth in lending, equal credit opportunity and
disclosure laws; and (vi) any other representations and warranties that may be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
44
<PAGE>
As of the last day of the month that includes the sixtieth day (or if the
Seller elects, the thirtieth day) following the discovery by or notice to the
Seller of a breach of any representation or warranty of the Seller that
materially and adversely affects the interests of the related Trust in any
Receivable, the Seller, unless the breach is cured, will repurchase such
Receivable from such Trust at a price equal to the amount of principal plus
accrued interest calculated in accordance with the Servicer's customary
practices for such Receivable, after giving effect to the receipt of any moneys
collected (from whatever source) on such Receivable, if any (the "Purchase
Amount"). The repurchase obligation constitutes the sole remedy available to
the Certificateholders or the Trustee and any Noteholders or Indenture Trustee
in respect of such Trust for any such uncured breach.
Pursuant to each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, to assure uniform
quality in servicing the Receivables and to reduce administrative costs, the
Seller and each Trust will designate the Servicer or an Affiliate as custodian
to maintain possession, as such Trust's agent, of the related motor vehicle
retail installment sales contract or promissory note and security agreement and
any other documents relating to the Receivables. The Receivables will not be
segregated, stamped or otherwise marked to indicate that they have been sold to
the related Trust. The accounting records and computer systems of each
Affiliate, the Servicer and the Seller will reflect the sales and assignments of
the related Receivables to the Seller or a Trust, as applicable, and Uniform
Commercial Code ("UCC") financing statements reflecting such sales and
assignments will be filed. If through inadvertence or otherwise, another party
purchases (or takes a security interest in) the Receivables for new value in the
ordinary course of business and takes possession of the Receivables without
actual knowledge of the related Trust's interest, the purchaser (or secured
party) will acquire an interest in the Receivables superior to the interest of
the related Trust. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Security
Interest in Vehicles."
Accounts
With respect to each Trust that issues Notes, the Servicer will establish
and maintain with the related Indenture Trustee one or more accounts, in the
name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the related Noteholders and
Certificateholders, into which all payments made on or with respect to the
related Receivables will be deposited (the "Collection Account"). The Servicer
will establish and maintain with such Indenture Trustee an account, in the name
of such Indenture Trustee on behalf of such Noteholders, into which amounts
released from the Collection Account and any Pre-Funding Account, Revolving
Account, Reserve Account or other credit enhancement for payment to such
Noteholders will be deposited and from which all distributions to such
Noteholders will be made (the "Note Distribution Account"). The Servicer will
establish and maintain with the related Trustee one or more accounts, in the
name of such Trustee on behalf of such Certificateholders, into which amounts
released from the Collection Account and any Pre-Funding Account, Revolving
Account, Reserve Account or other credit or cash flow enhancement for
distribution to such Certificateholders will be deposited and from which all
distributions to such Certificateholders will be made (each, a "Certificate
Distribution Account"). With respect to each Trust that does not issue Notes,
the Servicer will also establish and maintain the Collection Account and any
other Trust Account in the name of the related Trustee on behalf of the related
Certificateholders.
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer will
establish an additional account (the "Payahead Account"), into which, to the
extent required by the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, early
payments by or on behalf of Obligors on Precomputed Receivables which do not
constitute scheduled payments, full prepayments, nor certain partial prepayments
that result in a reduction of the Obligor's periodic payment below the scheduled
payment as of the applicable Cutoff Date ("Payaheads") will be deposited until
such time as the payment falls due. Until such time as payments are transferred
from the Payahead Account to the Collection Account, they will not constitute
collected interest or collected principal and will not be available for
distribution to the applicable Noteholders or Certificateholders. For each
Trust that issues Notes, the Payahead Account will initially be maintained with
and in the name of the applicable Indenture Trustee. With respect to each Trust
that does not issue Notes, the Servicer will establish and maintain with the
related Trustee the Payahead Account in the name of such Trustee. So long as
the Bank is the Servicer and provided that (i) there exists no Servicer
Termination Event and (ii) each other condition to holding Payaheads as may be
required by the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement is satisfied,
Payaheads may be retained by the Servicer until the applicable Payment Date or
Distribution Date.
45
<PAGE>
Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including any
Pre-Funding Account, Revolving Account, Yield Supplement Account (as such term
is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Yield Supplement Account")
or Reserve Account, will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
For any series of Securities, funds in the Collection Account, the Note
Distribution Account, the Certificate Distribution Account(s) and any Pre-
Funding Account, Revolving Account, Reserve Account and other accounts
identified as such in the related Prospectus Supplement (collectively, the
"Trust Accounts") will be invested as provided in the related Transfer and
Servicing Agreement in Permitted Investments.
"Permitted Investments" will be any Eligible Investments, except that money
market funds will not be Permitted Investments in the case of a Pre-Funding
Account unless the Indenture Trustee receives an opinion of counsel to the
effect that making such investments will not require the related Trust to
register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. "Eligible Investments" consist of book-entry securities, negotiable
instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered
form which evidence: (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed
as to timely payment by, the United States of America; (b) demand deposits, time
deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository institution (including the
Seller or any affiliate of the Seller) or trust company incorporated under the
laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision
and examination by Federal or state banking of depository institution
authorities (but excluding depository receipts issued by any such institution or
trust company); provided that at the time of the investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein (which shall be deemed to be made again each time
funds are reinvested following each Distribution Date), the commercial paper or
other short-term senior unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations
the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other than such
depository institution or trust company) of such depository institution or trust
company shall have a short term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating
Agencies; (c) commercial paper (including commercial paper of the Seller or any
affiliate of the Seller) having, at the time of the investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein, a short term unsecured debt rating acceptable to
the Rating Agencies; (d) investments in money market funds (including funds for
which the Seller, Indenture Trustee or Trustee or any of their respective
affiliates is investment manager or advisor) having a rating acceptable to the
Rating Agencies; (e) bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution
or trust company referred to in clause (b) above; (f) repurchase obligations
with respect to any security that is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed
by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the
obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or
trust company (acting as principal) referred to in clause (b) above; and (g) any
other investment which would not cause either Rating Agency to downgrade or
withdraw its then current rating of any class of Notes or the Certificates.
Permitted Investments generally are limited to obligations or securities
that mature on or before the date of the next distribution for such series.
However, to the extent permitted by the Rating Agencies, funds in any Reserve
Account may be invested in securities that will not mature prior to the date of
the next distribution with respect to such Certificates or Notes and will not be
sold to meet any shortfalls. Thus, the amount of cash in any Reserve Account at
any time may be less than the balance of the Reserve Account. If the amount
required to be withdrawn from any Reserve Account to cover shortfalls in
collections on the related Receivables (as provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement) exceeds the amount of cash in the Reserve Account, a temporary
shortfall in the amounts distributed to the related Noteholders or
Certificateholders could result, which could, in turn, increase the average life
of the Notes or the Certificates of such series. To the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, investment earnings on funds deposited in the
Trust Accounts, net of losses and investment expenses (collectively, "Investment
Earnings"), will be either deposited in the applicable Collection Account on
each Distribution Date and shall be treated as collections of interest on the
related Receivables or distributed to the Servicer and not be treated as
collections on the Receivables or otherwise be available for Noteholders or
Certificateholders.
The Trust Accounts will be maintained as Eligible Deposit Accounts.
"Eligible Deposit Account" means either (x) a segregated account with an
Eligible Institution or (y) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia
(or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee
46
<PAGE>
for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such
depository institution have a credit rating from each Rating Agency in one of
its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade. "Eligible
Institution" means, with respect to a Trust, (a) the corporate trust department
of the related Indenture Trustee or the related Trustee, as applicable, or (b) a
depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America
or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic
branch of a foreign bank), in each case (i) which has either (A) a long-term
unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or (B) a short-term
unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to the Rating
Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.
Servicing Procedures
The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments due with
respect to the Receivables held by any Trust and will, consistent with the
related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, follow such collection procedures as
it follows with respect to comparable motor vehicle retail installment sales
contracts and promissory note and security agreements it services for itself or
others. Consistent with its customary procedures, the Servicer may, in its
discretion, arrange with the Obligor on a Receivable to extend or modify the
payment schedule, but no such arrangement will, for purposes of any Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, reduce the principal balance or Contract Rate of any
Receivable or modify any Receivable if such amendment or modification would
extend the final payment date of any Receivable beyond the Final Scheduled
Maturity Date. Some of such arrangements may result in the Servicer purchasing
the Receivable for the Purchase Amount. See "Risk Factors--Risk of Prepayment
and Possible Adverse Effect on Yield." The Servicer may sell the Financed
Vehicle securing the respective Receivable at public or private sale, or take
any other action permitted by applicable law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables."
Pursuant to the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Bank, as
Servicer, has the right to delegate any or all of its responsibilities and
obligations as Servicer to any of its affiliates and to delegate specific duties
to third-party service providers who are in the business of performing such
duties. Notwithstanding any delegation of its responsibilities and obligations
to any other entity, the Servicer will continue to be liable for all its
servicing obligations under the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement as
if the Servicer alone were servicing the Receivables.
Collections
With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will deposit all payments on the
related Receivables received from Obligors and all proceeds of the related
Receivables collected during each collection period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Collection Period") into the related Collection
Account not later than two business days after receipt. However, so long as the
Bank is the Servicer and provided that (i) there exists no Servicer Termination
Event and (ii) each other condition to making monthly deposits as may be
required by the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement is satisfied, the
Servicer may retain such amounts until the Business Day (as defined in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a "Business Day") prior to the applicable
Distribution Date or Payment Date. The Servicer or the Seller, as the case may
be, will remit the aggregate Purchase Amount of any Receivables to be purchased
from a Trust to the related Collection Account on the Business Day prior to the
applicable Distribution Date or Payment Date. Pending deposit into the
Collection Account, collections may be employed by the Servicer at its own risk
and for its own benefit and will not be segregated from its own funds. To the
extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in
order to satisfy the requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit or
other security for the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances
of collections on the related Receivables and payment of the aggregate Purchase
Amount with respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer. If so provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, to the extent the collections on a
Precomputed Receivable for a Collection Period are less than the scheduled
payment, the amount of Payaheads made on such Precomputed Receivable not
previously applied (the "Payahead Balance"), if any, with respect to such
Precomputed Receivable shall be applied by the Servicer to the extent of the
shortfall.
47
<PAGE>
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses
On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will be entitled to receive the
Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period in an amount generally equal to
a specified percentage per annum (as set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Servicing Fee Rate") of the Pool Balance as of the first day of
such Collection Period (the "Servicing Fee"). To the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer's right to receive all or a portion
of the Servicing Fee on one or more Distribution Dates may be subordinated to
the rights of Securityholders to receive principal and interest for the related
Collection Period. In addition, to the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, on one or more Distribution Dates all or a portion of
such Servicing Fee may be deposited in the Reserve Account until the Specified
Reserve Account Balance or such other amount specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement is on deposit in the Reserve Account. If it is acceptable to each
Rating Agency without a reduction in the rating of any of the Securities, the
Servicing Fee in respect of a Collection Period (together with any portion of a
Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates) at the option
of the Servicer may be paid at or as soon as possible after the beginning of
such Collection Period out of the first collections of interest received on the
Receivables for such Collection Period.
The Servicer will also collect and retain any late fees, extension fees,
prepayment charges and certain non-sufficient funds charges and other
administrative fees or similar charges ("Supplemental Servicing Fees") allowed
by applicable law with respect to the related Receivables and will be entitled
to reimbursement from such Trust for certain liabilities. Payments by or on
behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late fees and
other charges in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices and
procedures. To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
Supplemental Servicing Fees will include investment earnings on investments of
funds deposited in the Trust Accounts and other accounts with respect to a
Trust. In addition, the Servicer or the Seller will be entitled to receive such
fees and other amounts specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Servicing Compensation
and Payment of Expenses" and "--Distributions" in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
The Servicing Fee and Supplemental Servicing Fee will compensate the
Servicer for performing the functions of a third party servicer of motor vehicle
receivables as an agent for its beneficial owner, including collecting and
posting all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables,
investigating delinquencies, sending billing information to Obligors, reporting
tax information to Obligors, paying costs of collections and disposition of
defaults and policing the collateral. The Servicing Fee also will compensate
the Servicer for administering the particular Receivables Pool, accounting for
collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the related Trustee
and Indenture Trustee with respect to distributions and generating federal
income tax information for such Trust and for the related Noteholders and
Certificateholders. The Servicing Fee also will reimburse the Servicer for
certain taxes, the fees of the related Trustee and Indenture Trustee, if any,
accounting fees, outside auditor fees, data processing costs and other costs
incurred in connection with administering the applicable Receivables Pool.
Distributions
With respect to each series of Securities, beginning on the Payment Date or
Distribution Date, as applicable, specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions of principal and interest (or, where applicable, of
principal or interest only) on each class of such Securities entitled thereto
will be made by the Applicable Trustee to the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders of such series. The timing, calculation, allocation, order,
source, priorities of and requirements for all payments to each class of
Noteholders and all distributions to each class of Certificateholders of such
series will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
With respect to each Trust, on each Payment Date and Distribution Date, as
applicable, collections on the related Receivables will be transferred from the
Collection Account to the Note Distribution Account for distribution to
Noteholders, if any, and to each Certificate Distribution Account for
distribution to Certificateholders to the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Credit enhancement, such as a Reserve Account, will be
available to cover any shortfalls in the amount available for distribution on
such date to the extent (a) specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and
(b) that such credit enhancement is actually available for such purpose from
time to time.
48
<PAGE>
As more fully described in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions in
respect of principal of a class of Securities of a given series will be
subordinate to distributions in respect of interest on such class, and
distributions in respect of one or more classes of Certificates of such series
may be subordinate to payments in respect of Notes, if any, of such series or
other classes of Certificates of such series.
Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement
The amounts and types of credit and cash flow enhancement arrangements and
the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class of Securities of
a given series, if any, will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
If and to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit and
cash flow enhancement may be in the form of subordination of one or more classes
of Securities or all or a portion of the Servicing Fee, Supplemental Servicing
Fee or certain other amounts payable to the Servicer or the Seller pursuant to
the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, Reserve Accounts, over-
collateralization, letters of credit, credit or liquidity facilities, surety
bonds, guaranteed investment contracts, guaranteed rate agreements, swaps or
other interest rate protection agreements, repurchase obligations, yield
supplement agreements, other agreements with respect to third party payments or
other support, cash deposits or such other arrangements as may be described in
the related Prospectus Supplement or any combination of two or more of the
foregoing. If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit or cash
flow enhancement for a class of Securities may cover one or more other classes
of Securities of the same series, and credit or cash flow enhancement for a
series of Securities may cover one or more other series of Securities.
The presence of a Reserve Account and other forms of credit enhancement for
the benefit of any class or series of Securities is intended to enhance the
likelihood of receipt by the Securityholders of such class or series of the full
amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the likelihood that
such Securityholders will experience losses. The credit enhancement for a class
or series of Securities will not provide protection against all risks of loss
and will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance and interest
thereon except to the extent so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by any credit enhancement or
which are not covered by any credit enhancement, Securityholders of any class
or series will bear their allocable share of deficiencies, as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, if a form of credit enhancement
covers more than one series of Securities, Securityholders of any such series
will be subject to the risk that such credit enhancement will be exhausted by
the claims of Securityholders of other series.
Reserve Account. If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,
pursuant to the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will
establish for a series or class of Securities an account, as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the "Reserve Account"), which will be maintained
with the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable. The Reserve
Account will be funded by an initial deposit on the Closing Date in the amount
(if any) set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement and, if the related
series has a Funding Period, will also be funded on each Subsequent Transfer
Date to the extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement. To the extent
described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the amount (if any) on deposit
in the Reserve Account will be increased on each Distribution Date or Payment
Date thereafter up to the Specified Reserve Account Balance (as defined in the
related Prospectus Supplement) by the deposit therein of the amount of
collections on the related Receivables remaining on each such Distribution Date
or Payment Date after the payment of all other required payments and
distributions on such date. The related Prospectus Supplement will describe the
circumstances and manner under which distributions may be made out of the
Reserve Account, either to holders of the Securities covered thereby or to the
Seller.
The Seller may at any time, without consent of the Securityholders, sell,
transfer, convey or assign in any manner its rights to and interests in
distributions from the Reserve Account provided that (i) the Rating Agencies
confirm in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal
of the rating of any class of Securities, (ii) the Seller provides to the
applicable trustee and any Indenture Trustee an opinion of counsel from
independent counsel that such action will not cause the related Trust to be
classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes and (iii) such transferee or
assignee agrees in writing to take positions for federal income tax purposes
consistent with the federal income tax positions agreed to be taken by the
Seller.
49
<PAGE>
Yield Supplement Account; Yield Supplement Agreement. If so provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, pursuant to the related Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, the Affiliates, the Seller or another person will enter
into a Yield Supplement Agreement (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the "Yield Supplement Agreement") pursuant to which the
Affiliates, the Seller or such other person will establish for a series a Yield
Supplement Account which will be maintained with the same entity at which the
related Collection Account is maintained and, if so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, will be created with an initial deposit by the Seller.
Each Yield Supplement Account will be designed solely to hold funds to be
applied by the Indenture Trustee or applicable Trustee to provide payments to
Securityholders in respect of Receivables the Contract Rate of which is less
than the Required Rate (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Required Rate").
On each Distribution Date, the obligor under the Yield Supplement Agreement
will pay to the Trust an amount equal to the Yield Supplement Amount (as such
term is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Yield Supplement
Amount") in respect of the Receivables for such Distribution Date. If so
specified in the Prospectus Supplement, in the event that such obligor defaults
on its obligation to make payments under the Yield Supplement Agreement, the
related Prospectus Supplement will describe the manner and circumstances in
which amounts on deposit on any Distribution Date in the Yield Supplement
Account in excess of the Required Yield Supplement Amount (as such term is
defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Required Yield Supplement
Amount") will be released, and to whom such amounts will be distributed. Monies
on deposit in the Yield Supplement Account may be invested in Permitted
Investments under the circumstances and in the manner described in the related
Transfer and Servicing Agreement. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, investment earnings on investment of funds in a Yield Supplement
Account will be deposited into such Yield Supplement Account. The related
Prospectus Supplement, will describe the manner in which any monies remaining on
deposit in a Yield Supplement Account upon the termination of the related Trust
pursuant to its terms will be released and to whom such amounts will be
distributed.
If a Yield Supplement Account is established with respect to any Trust as
to which a Pre-Funding Account has been established, the Seller and the related
Indenture Trustee or applicable Trustee, will enter into a Yield Supplement
Agreement pursuant to which, on each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Seller will
deposit into the Yield Supplement Account the Additional Yield Supplement Amount
(as such term is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Additional
Yield Supplement Amount") in respect of the related Subsequent Receivables. Each
Yield Supplement Agreement will affect only Receivables having a Contract Rate
less than the related Required Rate.
Net Deposits
As an administrative convenience if certain conditions acceptable to the
Rating Agencies are satisfied, the Servicer will be permitted to make the
deposit of collections and aggregate Purchase Amounts for any Trust for or with
respect to the related Collection Period net of distributions to be made to the
Servicer for such Trust with respect to such Collection Period. See "--
Collections." With respect to any Trust that issues both Certificates and
Notes, if the related Payment Dates do not coincide with Distribution Dates, all
distributions, deposits or other remittances made on a Payment Date will be
treated as having been distributed, deposited or remitted on the Distribution
Date for the applicable Collection Period for purposes of determining other
amounts required to be distributed, deposited or otherwise remitted on such
Distribution Date. Similarly, the Servicer may cause to be made a single, net
transfer from the Collection Account to the related Payahead Account, if any, or
vice versa. The Servicer, however, will account to the Trustee, any Indenture
Trustee, the Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders with respect to
each Trust as if all deposits, distributions, and transfers were made
individually.
Statements to Trustees and Trust
Prior to each Distribution Date with respect to each series of Securities,
the Servicer will provide to the applicable Indenture Trustee, if any, and the
Applicable Trustee as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
Collection Period a statement setting forth substantially the same information
as is required to be provided in the periodic reports provided to
Securityholders of such series described under "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders."
50
<PAGE>
Evidence as to Compliance
Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer will
furnish to the related Trust and Indenture Trustee or Trustee, as applicable, on
or before April 30 of each year, beginning in the calendar year following the
establishment of the related Trust, a statement of a firm of independent
certified public accountants (or other evidence satisfactory to the applicable
Rating Agencies) as to compliance by the Servicer during the preceding twelve
months ended December 31 (or, in the case of the first such certificate, from
the applicable Closing Date) with certain standards relating to the servicing of
the applicable Receivables, the Servicer's accounting records and computer files
with respect thereto and certain other matters.
Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will also provide for delivery to the
related Trust and Indenture Trustee or Trustee, as applicable, substantially
simultaneously with the delivery of such accountants' statement referred to
above, of a certificate signed by an officer of the Servicer stating that the
Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the applicable Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, throughout the preceding twelve months (or, in the case of
the first such certificate, from the Closing Date) or, if there has been a
default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, describing each such default.
The Servicer has agreed to give each Indenture Trustee and each Trustee notice
of certain Servicer Termination Events under the related Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.
Copies of such statements and certificates may be obtained by
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the Applicable Trustee at
the appropriate address set forth in the Prospectus Supplement.
Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer
Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer may
not resign from its obligations and duties as Servicer thereunder, except upon
determination that the Servicer's performance of such duties is no longer
permissible under applicable law. No such resignation will become effective
until the related Indenture Trustee or Trustee, as applicable, or a successor
servicer, has assumed the Servicer's servicing obligations and duties under such
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will further provide that neither the
Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees and agents will be under
any liability to the related Trust or the related Noteholders or
Certificateholders for taking any action or for refraining from taking any
action pursuant to such Transfer and Servicing Agreement or for errors in
judgment; except that neither the Servicer nor any such person will be protected
against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of the Servicer's duties
thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties
thereunder. In addition, each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will provide
that the Servicer is under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any
legal action that is not incidental to the Servicer's servicing responsibilities
under such Transfer and Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause
it to incur any expense or liability.
Under the circumstances specified in each Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
any entity into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any entity
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or
any entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer or, with respect to its
obligations as Servicer, any corporation 50% or more of the voting stock of
which is owned, directly or indirectly, by AmSouth, which corporation or other
entity in each of the foregoing cases assumes the obligations of the Servicer,
will be the successor of the Servicer under such Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.
Servicer Termination Events
"Servicer Termination Events" under each Transfer and Servicing Agreement
will consist of (i) any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Applicable
Trustee for deposit in any of the Trust Accounts any required payment or to
direct the Applicable Trustee to make any required distributions therefrom,
which failure continues unremedied for five business days after written notice
from the Applicable Trustee is received by the Servicer or after discovery of
such failure by the Servicer, (ii) any failure by the Servicer duly to observe
or perform in any material respect any other
51
<PAGE>
covenant or agreement in such Transfer and Servicing Agreement, which failure
materially and adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders of the related series and which continues unremedied for 60
days after the giving of written notice of such failure (A) to the Servicer by
the Applicable Trustee or (B) to the Servicer and to the Applicable Trustee by
holders of Notes or Certificates of such series, as applicable, evidencing not
less than 25% in principal amount of such outstanding Notes or of such
Certificate Balance (or, in either case, for such longer period, not in excess
of 120 days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such default; provided
that such default is capable of remedy within 120 days and the Servicer delivers
an officer's certificate to the Applicable Trustee to such effect and to the
effect that Servicer has commenced or will promptly commence, and will
diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such default); and (iii) the
occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer. "Insolvency
Event" means, with respect to any person, any of the following events or
actions: certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of
assets and liabilities or similar proceedings with respect to such person and
certain actions by such person indicating its insolvency, reorganization
pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to pay its obligations.
Rights Upon Servicer Termination Events
In the case of any Trust that has issued Notes, as long as a Servicer
Termination Event under a Sale and Servicing Agreement remains unremedied, the
related Trustee or the related Indenture Trustee or holders of Notes of the
related series evidencing greater than 50% of the principal amount of such Notes
then outstanding may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer
under such Sale and Servicing Agreement, whereupon such Indenture Trustee or a
successor servicer appointed by such Indenture Trustee will succeed to all the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under such Sale and
Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.
In the case of any Trust that has not issued Notes, as long as a Servicer
Termination Event under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement remains
unremedied, the related Trustee or holders of Certificates of the related series
evidencing greater than 50% of the principal amount of such Certificates then
outstanding may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under
such Pooling and Servicing Agreement, whereupon such Trustee or a successor
servicer appointed by such Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities,
duties and liabilities of the Servicer under such Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements. If,
however, a conservator, receiver or similar official has been appointed for the
Servicer, and no Servicer Termination Event other than such appointment has
occurred, such official may have the power to prevent such Indenture Trustee,
such Noteholders, such Trustee or such Certificateholders from effecting a
transfer of servicing. In the event that such Indenture Trustee or Trustee is
unwilling or unable to so act, it may appoint, or petition a court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of, a successor with a net worth of at least
$50,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of motor vehicle
receivables. Such Indenture Trustee or Trustee may make such arrangements for
compensation to be paid, which in no event may be greater than the servicing
compensation to the Servicer under the applicable Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.
Waiver of Past Servicer Termination Events
With respect to each Trust that has issued Notes, the holders of Notes
evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
of the related series (or the holders of the Certificates of such series
evidencing not less than a majority of the outstanding Certificate Balance, in
the case of any Servicer Termination Event which does not adversely affect the
related Indenture Trustee or such Noteholders) may, on behalf of all such
Noteholders and Certificateholders, waive any Servicer Termination Event by the
Servicer in the performance of its obligations under the related Sale and
Servicing Agreement and its consequences, except a Servicer Termination Event in
making any required deposits to or payments from any of the Trust Accounts in
accordance with such Sale and Servicing Agreement. With respect to each Trust
that has not issued Notes, holders of Certificates of such series evidencing not
less than a majority of the principal amount of such Certificates then
outstanding may, on behalf of all such Certificateholders, waive any Servicer
Termination Event by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations under
the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, except a Servicer Termination
Event in making any required deposits to or payments from the related Trust
Accounts in accordance with such Transfer and Servicing Agreement. No such
waiver will impair such Noteholders' or Certificateholders' rights with respect
to subsequent defaults.
52
<PAGE>
Amendment
Each of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended by the parties
thereto, without the consent of the related Noteholders or Certificateholders,
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of such Transfer and Servicing Agreements or
of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders or Certificateholders;
provided that such action will not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable, materially and
adversely affect the interest of any such Noteholder or Certificateholder. The
Transfer and Servicing Agreements may also be amended by the Seller, the
Servicer, the related Trustee and any related Indenture Trustee with the consent
of the holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of
then outstanding Notes, if any, of the related series and the holders of the
Certificates of such series evidencing at least a majority of the Certificate
Balance of such Certificates then outstanding, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
such Transfer and Servicing Agreements or of modifying in any manner the rights
of such Noteholders or Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such
amendment may (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate
or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the related Receivables or
distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of such Noteholders
or Certificateholders or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Notes or
Certificates of such series which are required to consent to any such amendment,
without the consent of the holders of all the outstanding Notes or Certificates,
as the case may be, of such series.
Additionally, each of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended
by the parties thereto at the direction of the Seller or Servicer without the
consent of any of the Securityholders to add, modify or eliminate such
provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a portion
of a Trust to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause all or a
portion of a Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization
investment trust" as described in the provisions of the "Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996," H.R. 3448, and in connection with any such election, to
modify or eliminate existing provisions of a Transfer and Servicing Agreement
relating to the intended federal income tax treatment of the Securities and the
related Trust in the absence of the election. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--FASIT Legislation." It is a condition to any such amendment that
each Rating Agency will have notified the Seller, the Servicer and the
Applicable Trustee in writing that the amendment will not result in a reduction
or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Securities with respect to which
it is a Rating Agency.
Additionally, each of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended
by the parties thereto at the direction of the Seller or Servicer without the
consent of any of the Securityholders (i) to add, modify or eliminate such
provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable (a) the transfer
to the Trust of all or any portion of the Receivables to be derecognized under
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") by the Seller to the
applicable Trust, (b) the applicable Trust to avoid becoming a member of the
Seller's consolidated group under GAAP, or (c) the Seller or any of its
affiliates to otherwise comply with or obtain more favorable treatment under any
law or regulation or any accounting rule or principle; and (ii) in connection
with any such addition, modification or elimination, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing clause (i), to cause the Receivables to be
transferred by the Seller first to a bankruptcy remote affiliate and from such
affiliate to a Trust; provided, however, that it is a condition to any such
amendment that (i) the Seller delivers an officer's certificate to the related
Trustee to the effect that such amendment meets the requirements set forth in
this paragraph and (ii) such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or
reduction of the rating of any outstanding series of Securities under the
related Trust.
Insolvency
Each Trust Agreement will provide that the applicable Trustee does not have
the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy with respect to the
related Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all Certificateholders
(including the Seller) of such Trust and the delivery to such Trustee by each
such Certificateholder (including the Seller) of a certificate certifying that
such Certificateholder reasonably believes that such Trust is insolvent.
53
<PAGE>
Non-Recourse Sale and Assignment
The Notes of any series will represent obligations solely of, and the
Certificates of any series will represent interests solely in, the related Trust
and neither the Notes nor the Certificates of any series will be insured or
guaranteed by any Affiliate, the Seller, the Servicer, any Trustee, any
Indenture Trustee or, except to the extent provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, any other person or entity.
Payment of Notes
Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes of a given series and the
satisfaction and discharge of the related Indenture, the related Trustee will
succeed to all the rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders
of such series will succeed to all the rights of the Noteholders of such series,
under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement, except as otherwise provided
therein.
Termination
With respect to each Trust, the obligations of the Servicer, the Seller,
the related Trustee and the related Indenture Trustee, if any, pursuant to the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the
maturity or other liquidation of the last related Receivable and the disposition
of any amounts received upon liquidation of any such remaining Receivables, (ii)
the payment to Noteholders, if any, and Certificateholders of the related series
of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements and (iii) the occurrence of either event described below.
In order to avoid excessive administrative expense, each of the Seller and
the Servicer will be permitted at its respective option to purchase from each
Trust, as of the end of any applicable Collection Period, if the then
outstanding Pool Balance with respect to the Receivables held by such Trust is
equal to or less than the percentage of the Initial Pool Balance set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement (as defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Initial Pool Balance"), all remaining related Receivables at a
price equal to the aggregate of the Purchase Amounts thereof as of the end of
such Collection Period.
As more fully described in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
outstanding Notes of the related series will be redeemed concurrently with
either of the events specified above and the subsequent distribution to the
related Certificateholders of all amounts required to be distributed to them
pursuant to the applicable Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement
will effect early retirement of the Certificates of such series.
Termination Auction.
To the extent specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the
Trustee for the related Trust shall conduct a Termination Auction of the
Receivables remaining in the Trust no later than ninety days following the
Distribution Date as of which the Pool Balance for a Receivables Pool is less
than 10% of such Receivables Pool's Initial Pool Balance. In the event that
satisfactory bids are received as described in the applicable Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, the net sale proceeds will be distributed to
Securityholders, in the same order of priority as collections received in
respect of the Receivables. If satisfactory bids are not received, the Trustee
shall decline to sell the Receivables and shall not be under any obligation to
solicit any further bids or otherwise negotiate any further sale of the
Receivables.
Administration Agreement
The Bank, in its capacity as administrator (the "Administrator"), will
enter into an agreement (as amended and supplemented from time to time, an
"Administration Agreement") with each Trust that issues Notes and the related
Indenture Trustee pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent
provided in such Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform
other administrative obligations required by the related Indenture. With
respect to any such Trust, as compensation for the performance of the
Administrator's obligations under the applicable Administration Agreement and as
reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator will be
54
<PAGE>
entitled to a monthly administration fee in an amount equal to such amount as
may be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Administration
Fee"), which fee will be paid by the Seller.
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
Rights in the Receivables
The Receivables are "chattel paper" as defined in the UCC. Pursuant to the
UCC, a sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to a transaction
creating a security interest in chattel paper. The Seller will cause
appropriate financing statements to be filed with the appropriate governmental
authorities to perfect the interest of the related Trust in its purchase of
Receivables from the Seller and in the appropriate jurisdictions in which the
Affiliates are located to perfect the interest of the Seller in its purchase of
Receivables from the Affiliates.
Pursuant to the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, an Originator
will hold the Receivables as custodian for the Applicable Trustee following the
sale and assignment of the Receivables to the related Trust. The Seller will
take such action as is required to perfect the rights of the Applicable Trustee
in the Receivables. The Receivables will not be segregated, stamped or
otherwise marked to indicate that they have been sold to the related Trust. If
through inadvertence or otherwise, another party purchases (or takes a security
interest in) the Receivables for new value in the ordinary course of business
and takes possession of the Receivables without knowledge of the related Trust's
security interest, the purchaser (or secured party) will acquire an interest in
the Receivables superior to the interest of the related Trust. Any such
purchaser/secured party would not be deemed to have such knowledge merely
because there are UCC filings of record and would not learn of the sale of the
Receivables from a review of the Receivables since they would not be marked to
show the sale of such Receivables to the Trust.
Under the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be
obligated from time to time to take such actions as are necessary to protect and
perfect the related Trust's interest in the Receivables and their proceeds.
Security Interest in Vehicles
Each retail installment sales contract or promissory note and security
agreement evidencing a Receivable grants a security interest in the Financed
Vehicle under the applicable UCC. Perfection of security interests in
automobiles and light duty trucks is generally governed by the motor vehicle
registration laws of the state in which the vehicle is located. In most states
in which the Receivables are originated, a security interest in automobiles and
light duty trucks is perfected by notation (or compliance with the requirements
to effect such notation) of the secured party's lien on the vehicles'
certificate of title within the time permitted by applicable law. In Alabama,
perfection must be completed within 20 days in order to relate back. Each
Affiliate takes all actions necessary under the laws of the state in which the
financed vehicle is located to perfect its security interest in the financed
vehicle securing a retail installment sales contract purchased by it from a
Dealer or Direct Loan made by such Affiliate, including, where applicable,
having a notation of its lien recorded on such vehicle's certificate of title.
Because the Servicer continues to service the contracts and loans, the Obligors
on the contracts and loans will not be notified of the sales from an Affiliate
to the Seller or from the Seller to the Trust, and no action will be taken to
record the transfer of the security interest from an Affiliate to the Seller or
from the Seller to the Trust by amendment of the certificates of title for the
Financed Vehicles or otherwise.
Pursuant to each Purchase Agreement, each Affiliate will assign to the
Seller its interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables assigned
by that Affiliate to the Seller and, with respect to each Trust, pursuant to the
related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will assign its interests
in the Financed Vehicles securing the related Receivables to such Trust.
However, because of the administrative burden and expense, none of the
Affiliates, the Seller, the Servicer or the related Trustee will amend any
certificate of title to identify either the Seller or such Trust as the new
secured party on such certificate of title relating to a Financed Vehicle.
Also, each Affiliate will continue to hold any certificates of title relating to
the Financed Vehicles in its possession as custodian for the Seller and such
Trust pursuant to the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement. See "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of Receivables."
55
<PAGE>
In most states, an assignment such as that under each Transfer and
Servicing Agreement is an effective conveyance of a security interest without
amendment of any lien noted on a vehicle's certificate of title, and the
assignee succeeds thereby to the assignor's rights as secured party. However,
by not identifying the related Trust as the secured party on the certificate of
title, the security interest of such Trust in the vehicle could be defeated
through fraud or negligence and, in most states including Alabama, any person
without notice of the assignment is protected in dealing with the lienholder of
record as the holder of the security interest. In most states, in the absence of
fraud or forgery by the vehicle owner or an Affiliate or administrative error by
state or local agencies, the notation of the lien of the applicable Affiliate on
the certificates of title will be sufficient to protect the related Trust
against the rights of subsequent purchasers of a Financed Vehicle or subsequent
lenders who take a security interest in a Financed Vehicle. If there are any
Financed Vehicles as to which the Seller failed to obtain and assign to the
related Trust a perfected security interest, the security interest of such Trust
would be subordinate to, among others, subsequent purchasers of the Financed
Vehicles and holders of perfected security interests. Such a failure, however,
would constitute a breach of the warranties of the Seller under the related
Transfer and Servicing Agreement and would create an obligation of the Seller to
repurchase the related Receivable unless the breach is cured. Pursuant to each
Transfer and Servicing Agreement the Seller will assign such rights to the
related Trust. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale
and Assignment of Receivables" and "Risk Factors--Risk of Unenforceable Security
Interest in Financed Vehicles."
Under the laws of most states, the perfected security interest in a vehicle
would continue for four months after the vehicle is moved to a state other than
the state in which it is initially registered and thereafter until the owner
thereof re-registers the vehicle in the new state but in any event not beyond
the surrender of the certificate of title. A majority of states generally
require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a vehicle.
Accordingly, a secured party must surrender possession if it holds the
certificate of title to the vehicle or, in the case of a vehicle registered in a
state providing for the notation of a lien on the certificate of title but not
possession by the secured party, the secured party noted on the certificate of
title would receive notice of surrender if the security interest is noted on the
certificate of title. Thus, the secured party noted on the certificate of title
would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in the vehicle in
the state of relocation. In states that do not require a certificate of title
for registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could defeat perfection. In
the ordinary course of servicing motor vehicle receivables, the applicable
Affiliate takes any necessary steps to effect re-perfection upon receipt of
notice of re-registration or information from the Obligor as to relocation.
Similarly, when an Obligor sells a vehicle, the applicable Affiliate generally
must surrender possession of the certificate of title or if noted as lienholder
on the certificate of title will receive notice as a result of its lien noted
thereon and accordingly will have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the
related Receivable before release of the lien. Under each Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer is obligated to take appropriate steps, at the
Servicer's expense, to maintain perfection of security interests in the Financed
Vehicles and is obligated to purchase the related Receivable if it fails to do
so.
Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on, or storage
of, a motor vehicle and liens for unpaid taxes take priority over even a
perfected security interest in a financed vehicle. The Code also grants priority
to certain federal tax liens over the lien of a secured party. The laws of
certain states and federal law permit the confiscation of vehicles by
governmental authorities under certain circumstances if used in unlawful
activities, which may result in the loss of a secured party's perfected security
interest in the confiscated vehicle. Under each Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, the Seller will represent to the related Trust that, as of the date
the related Receivable is sold to such Trust, each security interest in a
Financed Vehicle is or will be prior to all other present liens (other than tax
liens and other liens that arise by operation of law) upon and security
interests in such Financed Vehicle. However, liens for repairs, storage or taxes
could arise, or the confiscation of a Financed Vehicle could occur, at any time
during the term of a Receivable. No notice will be given to the Trustee, any
Indenture Trustee, any Noteholders or the Certificateholders in respect of a
given Trust if such a lien arises or confiscation occurs.
Repossession
In the event of default by vehicle purchasers, the holder of the motor
vehicle retail installment sales contract or Direct Loan has all the remedies of
a secured party under the UCC, except where specifically limited by other state
laws or federal consumer protection laws. Among the UCC remedies, the secured
party has the right to perform self-help repossession unless such act would
constitute a breach of the peace. Self-help is the method employed by the
Servicer in most cases and is accomplished simply by retaking possession of the
financed vehicle. In the event of default by the obligor, some jurisdictions
require that the obligor be notified of the default and be given a time period
within which he may cure the default prior to repossession. Generally, the right
of reinstatement may be exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-
year
56
<PAGE>
period. In cases where the obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession,
or if otherwise required by applicable state law, a court order must be obtained
from the appropriate state court, and the vehicle must then be repossessed in
accordance with that order.
Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights
The UCC and other state laws require the secured party to provide the
obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the collateral may be held. The
obligor has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale, in some
states, by payment of delinquent installments or the unpaid balance and, in
other states, by paying the secured party the unpaid principal balance of the
obligation plus reasonable expenses for repossessing, holding and preparing the
collateral for disposition and arranging for its sale, plus, in some
jurisdictions, reasonable attorneys' fees.
Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds
The proceeds of resale of the vehicles generally will be applied first to
the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of the
indebtedness. While some states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency
judgments if the net proceeds from resale do not cover the full amount of the
indebtedness, a deficiency judgment can be sought in those states that do not
prohibit or limit such judgments. However, the deficiency judgment would be a
personal judgment against the obligor for the shortfall, and a defaulting
obligor can be expected to have very little capital or sources of income
available following repossession. In addition, if any aspects of the
repossession or sale do not comply with applicable law, any otherwise existing
right to a deficiency judgment may be prohibited or limited. Therefore, in many
cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment or, if one is
obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount.
Occasionally, after resale of a vehicle and payment of all expenses and all
indebtedness, there is a surplus of funds. In that case, the UCC requires the
creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a lien with respect to the
vehicle or if no such lienholder exists or there are remaining funds, to remit
the surplus to the former owner of the vehicle.
Soldiers' and Sailors Civil Relief Act
The Soldiers' and Sailors Civil Relief Act of 1940 (the "Relief Act")
imposes certain limitations upon the actions of creditors with respect to
persons serving in the Armed Forces of the United States, and, to a more limited
extent, their dependents and guarantors and sureties of debt incurred by such
persons. An obligation incurred by a person prior to entering military service
cannot bear interest at a rate in excess of 6% during the person's term of
military service, unless the obligee petitions a court which determines that the
person's military service does not impair his or her ability to pay interest at
a higher rate. Further, a secured party may not repossess during a person's
military service a motor vehicle subject to an installment sales contract or a
promissory note entered into prior to the person's entering military service,
for a loan default which occurred prior to or during such service, without court
action. The Relief Act imposes penalties for knowingly repossessing property in
contravention of its provisions. Additionally, dependents of military personnel
are entitled to the protection of the Relief Act, upon application to a court,
if such court determines the obligation of such dependent has been materially
impaired by reason of military service. To the extent an obligation is
unenforceable against the person in military service or a dependent, any
guarantor or surety of such obligation will not be liable for performance.
Consumer Protection Laws
Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Truth-in-Lending Act,
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair
Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection
Procedures Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's
Regulations B, Z and AA, the Relief Act, state adoptions of the National
Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and state motor vehicle
retail installment sales acts, retail installment sales acts and other similar
laws. In addition to Federal law, state consumer protection statutes regulate,
among other things, the terms and conditions of the motor vehicle retail
installment sales contracts and promissory notes and security agreements
pursuant
57
<PAGE>
to which purchasers finance the acquisition of motor vehicles. These laws place
finance charge ceilings and other restrictions on consumer transactions and
require contract disclosures in addition to those required under federal law.
These requirements impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail
to comply. In some cases, this liability could affect the ability of an
assignee, such as the Applicable Trustee, to enforce consumer finance contracts
such as the Receivables. The "Credit Practices" Rule of the Federal Trade
Commission imposes additional restrictions on contract provisions and credit
practices.
The so-called "Holder-in-Due-Course" Rule of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated by the
Uniform Consumer Credit Code, other statutes or the common law, has the effect
of subjecting a seller in a consumer credit transaction (and certain related
creditors and their assignees) to all claims and defenses which the obligor in
the transaction could assert against the seller of the goods. Liability under
the FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the contract
and the holder of the contract may also be unable to collect any balance
remaining due thereunder from the obligor.
Most of the Receivables will be subject to the requirements of the FTC
Rule. Accordingly, each Trust, as holder of the related Receivables, will be
subject to any claims or defenses that the purchaser of the applicable Financed
Vehicle may assert against the seller of the Financed Vehicle. Such claims are
limited to a maximum liability equal to the amounts paid by the Obligor on the
Receivable. If an Obligor were successful in asserting any such claim or
defense, such claim or defense would constitute a breach of the Seller's
warranties under the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement and would create
an obligation of the Seller to repurchase the Receivable unless the breach is
cured. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and
Assignment of Receivables."
Under the motor vehicle dealer licensing laws of most states, sellers of
motor vehicles are required to be licensed to sell such vehicles at retail sale.
In addition, with respect to used motor vehicles , the FTC's Rule on Sale of
Used Vehicles requires all sellers of used motor vehicles to prepare, complete
and display a "Buyer's Guide" which explains the warranty coverage for such
vehicles. Federal Odometer Regulations promulgated under the Motor Vehicle
Information and Cost Savings Act require that all sellers of used motor vehicles
furnish a written statement signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the
odometer reading. If a seller is not properly licensed or if either a Buyer's
Guide or Odometer Disclosure Statement was not properly provided to the
purchaser of a Financed Vehicle, such purchaser may be able to assert a claim
against the seller of such vehicle. Although the Affiliates are not sellers of
motor vehicles and are not subject to these laws, a violation thereof may form
the basis for a claim or defense against the applicable Affiliate, the Seller or
the Applicable Trustee as holder of the Receivables.
Courts have applied general equitable principles to secured parties
pursuing repossession and litigation involving deficiency balances. These
equitable principles may have the effect of relieving an Obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.
In several cases, consumers have asserted that the self-help remedies of
secured parties under the UCC and related laws violate the due process
protections provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United
States. Courts have generally upheld the notice provisions of the UCC and
related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale by the
creditor do not involve sufficient state action to afford constitutional
protection to borrowers.
Under each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will warrant to the
related Trust that each Receivable complies with all requirements of law in all
material respects. Accordingly, if an Obligor has a claim against a Trust for
violation of any law and such claim materially and adversely affects such
Trust's interest in a Receivable, such violation would constitute a breach of
the warranties of the Seller under such Transfer and Servicing Agreement and
would create an obligation of the Seller to repurchase the Receivable unless the
breach is cured. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements --
Sale and Assignment of Receivables."
58
<PAGE>
Certain Matters Relating to Conservatorship and Receivership
The Bank is chartered as an Alabama state bank and is subject to regulation
and supervision by, among others, the Alabama Superintendent of Banking. The
rights of creditors of a failed bank are determined in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Alabama law and applicable federal law. When the
Alabama Superintendent concludes that an Alabama state bank is in an unsound or
unsafe condition to transact business, the Superintendent, with the approval of
the Banking Board, is authorized to take possession of the property and business
of such bank and retain such possession until such bank shall resume business or
a receiver is appointed. Once the Superintendent has taken possession of the
bank, he may appoint a receiver to liquidate and distribute its assets. Upon the
appointment of a receiver to liquidate a bank, the possession of and title to
all assets, business and property of such bank vests in the receiver. The
receiver may be the FDIC or any other agency or corporation created by the
United States to act in such capacity or any person selected by the
superintendent.
The FDIC, however, has broad discretion and authority to appoint itself
conservator or receiver of any insured state depository institution, even if the
state has appointed another person as receiver. The FDIC may appoint itself as
conservator or receiver for any Affiliate subject to FIRREA if the FDIC
determines that one or more of certain conditions exist (such as, but not
limited to, such Affiliate's assets being insufficient for obligations,
substantial dissipation of assets or earnings, the existence of unsafe or
unsound conditions, the willful violation of a cease and desist order,
concealment of records or assets, inability to meet obligations, the incurrence
(or likelihood) of losses resulting in depletion of substantially all of its
capital, violations of law likely to cause financial deterioration, cessation of
insured status or undercapitalization of such Affiliate). The FDIC would likely
exercise its right to act as receiver under the broad authority discussed above
in order to protect its interests as the insurer of insured deposit accounts.
The FDIA sets forth certain powers that the FDIC in its capacity as
conservator or receiver for any Affiliate subject to FIRREA could exercise. To
the extent that any Affiliate subject to FIRREA has granted a security interest
in the Receivables to the Trust, and that interest was validly perfected before
the appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver and before such
Affiliate's insolvency, was not taken in contemplation of the insolvency of such
Affiliate, and certain other conditions are satisfied, including that such
security interest was not taken with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud such
Affiliate or the creditors of such Affiliate, such security interest, to the
extent of the Trusts "actual, direct compensatory damages" as described below,
should not be subject to avoidance if the Transfer and Servicing Agreements and
related documents are approved by such Affiliate and are continuously maintained
as records of such Affiliate (as required by the FDIA) and the transactions
represent bona fide and arm's length transactions undertaken for adequate
consideration in the ordinary course of business and the secured party is
neither an insider nor an affiliate of such Affiliate. As a result, in such
circumstances, payments to the Trust with respect to the Receivables (up to the
amount of "actual, direct compensatory damages," as described below) should not
be subject to recovery by the FDIC as conservator or receiver of such Affiliate.
The foregoing conclusions regarding avoidance or recovery are based on FDIC
general counsel opinions and policy statements regarding the application of
certain provisions of the FDIA. However, such opinions and policy statements are
not necessarily binding on the FDIC. If, the FDIC, as conservator or receiver
for any such Affiliate were to assert a contrary position, or were to require
the Applicable Trustee to establish its right to those payments by submitting to
and completing the administrative claims procedure established under the FDIA,
or the conservator or receiver were to request a stay of proceedings with
respect to such Affiliate as provided under the FDIA, delays in payments on the
Securities and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.
The FDIA provides that the FDIC may repudiate contracts (including secured
contracts) determined by it to be burdensome and that claims for repudiated
obligations are limited to actual, direct compensatory damages determined as of
the date of the appointment of the conservator or receiver. The FDIA does not
define the term "actual direct compensatory damages." On April 10, 1990, the
RTC, formerly a sister agency of the FDIC, adopted a statement of policy (the
"RTC Policy Statement") with respect to the payment of interest on direct
collateralized borrowings of savings associations. The RTC Policy Statement
states that interest on such borrowings will be payable at the contract rate up
to the date of the redemption or payment by the conservator, receiver, or the
trustee of an amount equal to the principal owed plus the contract rate of
interest up to the date of such payment or redemption, plus any expenses of
liquidation if provided for in the contract to the extent secured by the
collateral. However, in a case involving zero-coupon bonds issued by a savings
association which were repudiated by the RTC, a federal district court in the
Southern District of New York held, in 1993, that the RTC was obligated to pay
holders the fair market value of repudiated bonds as of the date of repudiation.
The FDIC, as conservator or receiver, would also have the rights and powers
conferred under state law.
In addition, while the Bank or any other Affiliate subject to FIRREA is the
Servicer, cash collections held by the Servicer may, subject to certain
conditions, be commingled and used for the benefit of the Servicer prior to the
date on which such collections are required to be deposited in the Collection
Account. In the event of the conservatorship or receivership of the Servicer or,
in certain circumstances, the lapse of certain time periods, the Trust may not
have a perfected interest in such collections and, in such event, the Trust may
suffer a loss of all or part of such collections which may result in a loss to
Securityholders.
A conservator or receiver may also have the power to cause the early sale
of the Receivables and the early retirement of the Securities, to prohibit the
continued transfer of Receivables to the Trust during any Pre-Funding or
Revolving Period, and to repudiate any servicing obligations of the applicable
Affiliate. In addition, in the event of a Servicer Termination Event relating to
the insolvency of the Servicer, if no Servicer Termination Event of than such
conservatorship or receivership or insolvency exists, the conservator or
receiver for the Servicer may have the power to prevent the appointment of a
successor Servicer.
Alabama law provides that a receiver of an Alabama bank must assume or
reject an executory contract within sixty days after appointment. Alabama
statutes governing bank receivership do not expressly limit the amount of
damages which may be claimed by or awarded to party arising out of a claim
against an Alabama bank in receivership, whether the claim arises from
repudiation or otherwise, and contain no provision which expressly allows or
authorizes the receiver of an Alabama bank to override or void a perfected
security interest in the assets of the failed bank. See "Risk Factors--Financial
Institution Insolvency Risks."
59
<PAGE>
Other Limitations
In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments,
numerous other statutory provisions, including federal bankruptcy laws and
related state laws, may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured party
to realize upon collateral or to enforce a deficiency judgment. For example, in
a Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy law, a court may prevent a
creditor from repossessing a vehicle, and, as part of the rehabilitation plan,
reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of the vehicle
at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court), leaving the creditor as
a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of the indebtedness. A
bankruptcy court may also reduce the monthly payments due under a contract or
change the rate of interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
Set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement is a general summary of
material federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Notes and the Certificates. The summary is intended as an
explanatory discussion of the possible effects of certain federal income tax
consequences to holders generally, but does not purport to furnish information
in the level of detail or with the attention to a holder's specific tax
circumstances that would be provided by a holder's own tax advisor. For
example, it does not discuss the tax treatment of Noteholders or
Certificateholders that are insurance companies, regulated investment companies
or dealers in securities. In addition, any discussion regarding the Notes is
limited to the federal income tax consequences of the initial Noteholders and
not a purchaser in the secondary market. Moreover, there are no cases or
Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving both
debt and equity interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the
Notes and the Certificates. As a result, the IRS may disagree with all or a
part of the discussion in the Prospectus Supplement. Prospective investors are
urged to consult their own tax advisors in determining the federal, state,
local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership
and disposition of the Notes and the Certificates.
The summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder and judicial or ruling authority, all of which are subject to change,
which change may be retroactive. Each Trust will be provided with an opinion of
Federal Tax Counsel, regarding certain federal income tax matters. An opinion
of Federal Tax Counsel, however, is not binding on the IRS or the courts. No
ruling on any of the issues discussed in the related Prospectus Supplement will
be sought from the IRS. For purposes of the summary, references to the Trust,
the Notes, the Certificates and related terms, parties and documents shall be
deemed to refer, unless otherwise specified therein, to each Trust and the
Notes, Certificates and related terms, parties and documents applicable to such
Trust.
The general summary of material federal tax consequences to the
Certificateholders, and, if applicable, to the Noteholders, is set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The federal income tax consequences to
Certificateholders will vary depending on whether the Trust is intended to be
treated as a partnership under the Code or as a grantor trust. The Prospectus
Supplement for each series of Certificates will specify whether a partnership
election will be made or the Trust will be treated as a grantor trust. In
addition, to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the tax
consequences to Securityholders may vary depending upon whether the related
Prospectus Supplement provides for a Revolving Period for Trusts that issue
Notes.
SCOPE OF THE TAX OPINIONS
Unless the Prospectus Supplement specifies that the Trust will be treated
as a grantor trust, Balch & Bingham LLP, special federal tax counsel for the
Seller ("Federal Tax Counsel") will, prior to issuance of a series of Notes
and/or Certificates, deliver its opinion that the applicable Trust will not be
classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes. Further, with respect to each
series of Notes, Federal Tax Counsel will advise the Trust that the Notes will
be characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes.
60
<PAGE>
If the Prospectus Supplement specifies that the Trust will be treated as a
grantor trust, Federal Tax Counsel will prior to issuance of a series of
Certificates deliver its opinion that the applicable Trust will not be
classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation and that such Trust will be classified as a grantor trust under
subpart E, Part I of subchapter J of the Code for federal income tax purposes.
In addition, Federal Tax Counsel will render its opinion that it has
prepared or reviewed the statements herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement under the heading "Summary of Terms--Tax Status" as they relate to
federal income tax matters and under the heading "Federal Income Tax
Consequences," and is of the opinion that such statements are correct in all
material respects. Any such opinions will be filed either as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part or will be filed as
an exhibit to a Form 8-K filed prior to the establishment of the related Trust
and issuance of the Securities. Such statements are intended as an explanatory
discussion of the possible effects of the classification of the Trust as a
partnership or a grantor trust, as the case may be, for federal income tax
purposes on investors generally and of related tax matters affecting investors
generally, but do not purport to furnish information in the level of detail or
with the attention to the investor's specific tax circumstances that would be
provided by an investor's own tax adviser. Accordingly, each investor is advised
to consult its own tax advisers with regard to the tax consequences to it of
investing in the Notes and/or Certificates.
FASIT LEGISLATION
In August, 1996, the United States Congress passed and President Clinton
signed into law the "Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996," H.R. 3448 (the
"Act"). The Act, which was effective September 1, 1997, created a new type of
entity for federal income tax purposes called a "financial asset securitization
investment trust" or "FASIT." The Act enables certain arrangements similar to
a Trust to elect to be treated as a FASIT. Under the FASIT provisions of the
Act, a FASIT generally would avoid federal income taxation and could issue
securities substantially similar to the Certificates and Notes, and those
securities would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes. If so
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may make an election to
be treated as a FASIT. The applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement for such
a Trust may contain any such terms and provide for the issuance of Notes or
Certificates on such terms and conditions as are permitted to a FASIT and
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, upon satisfying
certain conditions set forth in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements, the
Seller and Servicer will be permitted to amend the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements in order to enable all or a portion of a Trust to qualify as a FASIT
and to permit a FASIT election to be made with respect thereto, and to make such
modifications to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement as may be permitted by
reason of the making of such an election. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Amendment." However, there can be no assurance that the
Seller will or will not cause any permissible FASIT election to be made with
respect to a Trust or amend a Transfer and Servicing Agreement in connection
with any election. In addition, if such an election is made, it may cause a
holder to recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to any Notes or
Certificates held by it, even though Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its
opinion that a Note will be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes
without regard to the election and the Note or Certificate would be treated as
debt following the election. Additionally, any such election and any related
amendments to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement may have other tax and non-tax
consequences to Securityholders. Accordingly, prospective Securityholders should
consult their tax advisors with regard to the effects of any such election and
any permitted related amendments on them in their particular circumstances.
STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES
The above discussion does not address the tax treatment of any Tax
Partnership, Grantor Trust, Notes, Certificates, Noteholders or
Certificateholders under any state tax laws. Prospective investors are urged to
consult with their own tax advisors regarding the state tax treatment of any Tax
Partnership or Grantor Trust as well as any state tax consequences to them of
purchasing, holding and disposing of Notes or Certificates.
61
<PAGE>
* * *
THE FEDERAL TAX DISCUSSIONS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT ARE INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE
DEPENDING UPON A NOTEHOLDER'S OR CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.
PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND
CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND
OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension,
profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan subject to ERISA, as well as
individual retirement accounts, certain types of Keogh Plans and other plans
subject to Section 4975 of the Code (each a "Benefit Plan"), from engaging in
certain transactions with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA or
"disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules may result in an excise tax or
other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.
A fiduciary of a Benefit Plan considering the purchase of Securities of any
series should carefully review with its legal and other advisors whether the
assets of the related Trust would be considered plan assets, whether the
purchase or holding of the Securities could give rise to a transaction
prohibited or otherwise impermissible under ERISA or the Code, and should refer
to the discussion under "ERISA Considerations" in the related Prospectus
Supplement regarding any restrictions on the purchase or holding of the
Securities offered thereby.
Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of
ERISA) are not subject to the fiduciary and prohibited transaction provisions
under ERISA or the Code discussed herein, but governmental plans may be subject
to comparable restrictions under applicable state law.
Trusts That Issue Notes
The following discussion applies only to Trusts that issue Notes.
Certain transactions involving a Trust might be deemed to constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Benefit Plan
that purchased Notes or Certificates if assets of the Trust were deemed to be
assets of the Benefit Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States
Department of Labor (the "Plan Asset Regulation"), the assets of a Trust would
be treated as plan assets of a Benefit Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the
Code only if the Benefit Plan acquired an "equity interest" in the Trust and
none of the exceptions contained in the Plan Asset Regulation was applicable.
An equity interest is defined under the Plan Asset Regulation as an interest
other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local
law and which has no substantial equity features. The likely treatment of the
Notes as debt under ERISA will be described in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
Regardless of whether the Notes are treated as an equity interest for
purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation, the acquisition or holding of such Notes
with plan assets of a Benefit Plan could be considered to give rise to a
prohibited transaction if the Seller, the Servicer or the applicable Issuer,
Trustee or Indenture Trustee is or becomes a party in interest under ERISA or a
disqualified person under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. In such
case, certain exemptions from the prohibited transactions rules may be
available, depending upon the type and circumstances of the Benefit Plan
fiduciary making the decision to purchase the Notes with assets of the Benefit
Plan. Included among these
62
<PAGE>
exemptions are Prohibited Transaction Exemption ("PTE") 84-14, applicable to
certain transactions effected by a qualified professional asset manager; PTE 90-
1, applicable to certain transactions entered into by an insurance company
separate account; PTE 91-38, applicable to certain transactions entered into by
a bank collective investment trust; PTE 95-60, applicable to certain
transactions entered into by an insurance company general account; and PTE 96-
23, applicable to certain transactions entered into by an in-house asset
manager. Purchasers acquiring Notes of any series with the assets of a Benefit
Plan shall be deemed to represent and warrant that such purchase and holding
will not give rise to a nonexempt prohibited transaction.
Because the Certificates issued by a Trust that also issues Notes will most
likely be treated as equity interests under the Plan Asset Regulation, such
Certificates may not be acquired with the assets of any Benefit Plan.
Purchasers of the Certificates issued by a Trust that also issues Notes shall be
deemed to represent and warrant that they are not purchasing the Certificates
with the assets of a Benefit Plan.
Trusts That Do Not Issue Notes
The following discussion applies only to nonsubordinated Certificates
(referred to herein as "Senior Certificates") issued by a Trust that does not
issue Notes.
The related Prospectus Supplement will indicate whether the lead
underwriter named therein has been granted by the U.S. Department of Labor, an
exemption (the "Exemption") from certain of the prohibited transaction rules of
ERISA with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent
resale by Benefit Plans of certificates representing interests in asset-backed
pass-through trusts that consist of certain receivables, loans and other
obligations that meet the conditions and requirements of the Exemption. The
receivables covered by the Exemption include motor vehicle installment sales
contracts such as the Receivables.
Among the conditions which must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply to
the Senior Certificates are the following:
(1) the acquisition of the Senior Certificates by a Benefit Plan is on
terms (including the price for the Senior Certificates) that are at least as
favorable to the Benefit Plan as they would be in an arm's length transaction
with an unrelated party;
(2) the rights and interests evidenced by the Senior Certificates
acquired by the Benefit Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests
evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;
(3) the Senior Certificates acquired by the Benefit Plan have received
a rating at the time of such acquisition that is in one of the three highest
generic rating categories from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Services,
Moody's Investors Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. or Fitch
Investors Service, L.P.;
(4) the Trustee is not an affiliate of any other member of the
Restricted Group (as defined below);
(5) the sum of all payments made to the underwriters in connection with
the distribution of the Senior Certificates represents not more than reasonable
compensation for underwriting the Senior Certificates; the sum of all payments
made to and retained by the Seller pursuant to the sale of the Receivables to
the Trust represents not more than the fair market value of such Receivables;
and the sum of all payments made to and retained by
63
<PAGE>
the Servicer represents not more than reasonable compensation for the Servicer's
services under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and reimbursement of the
Servicer's reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and
(6) the Benefit Plan investing in the Senior Certificates is an
"accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the
Commission under the Securities Act.
Additional conditions must be satisfied for a Trust with a Pre-Funding
Account to be covered by the Exemption.
Moreover, the Exemption would provide relief from certain self-
dealing/conflict of interest or prohibited transactions only if, among other
requirements, (i) in the case of the acquisition of Senior Certificates in
connection with the initial issuance, at least fifty (50) percent of the Senior
Certificates are acquired by persons independent of the Restricted Group, (ii)
the Benefit Plan's investment in Senior Certificates does not exceed twenty-five
(25) percent of all of the Senior Certificates outstanding at the time of the
acquisition, and (iii) immediately after the acquisition, no more than twenty-
five (25) percent of the assets of the Benefit Plan are invested in certificates
representing an interest in one or more trusts containing assets sold or
serviced by the same entity. The Exemption does not apply to Benefit Plans
sponsored by the Seller, any underwriter, the Trustee, the Servicer, any Obligor
with respect to Receivables included in the Trust constituting more than five
percent of the aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets in the
Trust, or any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").
The related Prospectus Supplement will indicate whether the Seller believes
that all conditions of the Exemption other than those within the control of the
investors have been met with respect to the Senior Certificates, and whether the
Senior Certificates may be acquired by Benefit Plans.
Because any Certificates issued by a Trust that are subordinate to any
other class of Securities (the "Subordinate Certificates") will not be eligible
for the relief afforded by the Exemption, such Subordinate Certificates may not
be acquired with the assets of a Benefit Plan. Each purchaser of a Subordinate
Certificate shall be deemed to represent and warrant that it is not acquiring or
holding the Subordinate Certificate with the assets of a Benefit Plan.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
On the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with
respect to the Notes, if any, of a given series and an underwriting agreement
with respect to the Certificates of such series (collectively, the "Underwriting
Agreements"), the Seller will agree to cause the related Trust to sell to the
underwriters named therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, and each of
such underwriters will severally agree to purchase, the principal amount of each
class of Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, of the related series set
forth therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
In each of the Underwriting Agreements with respect to any given series of
Securities, the several underwriters will agree, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Notes and Certificates, as the
case may be, described therein which are offered hereby and by the related
Prospectus Supplement if any of such Notes and Certificates, as the case may be,
are purchased.
Each Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set forth the price at which
each class of Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, being offered thereby
will be offered to the public and any concessions that may be offered to certain
dealers, if any, participating in the offering of such Notes and Certificates or
(ii) specify that the related Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, are to
be resold by the underwriters in negotiated transactions at varying prices to be
determined at the time of such sale. After the initial public offering of any
such Notes and Certificates, such public offering prices and such concessions
may be changed.
Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that the Seller will indemnify the
underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act, or contribute to payments the several underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.
64
<PAGE>
Each Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in its Trust Accounts
in Permitted Investments acquired from such underwriters or from the Seller.
Pursuant to each Underwriting Agreement with respect to a given series of
Securities, the closing of the sale of any class of Securities subject to such
Underwriting Agreement will be conditioned on the closing of the sale of all
other such classes of Securities of that series.
The place and time of delivery for the Securities in respect of which this
Prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
Resale Restrictions
The distribution of the Securities in Canada is being made only on a
private placement basis exempt from the requirement that each Trust prepare and
file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province
where trades of the Securities are effected. Accordingly, any resale of the
Securities in Canada must be made in accordance with applicable securities law
which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require
resales to be made in accordance with available statutory exemptions or pursuant
to a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities
regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any
resale of the Securities.
Representation of Purchasers
Each purchaser of Securities in Canada who receives a purchase confirmation
will be deemed to represent to the Seller, the applicable Trust and the dealer
from whom such purchase confirmation is received that (i) such purchaser is
entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase such Securities
without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under such securities laws, (ii)
where required by law, that such purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as
agent, and (iii) such purchaser has reviewed the text above under "Resale
Restrictions."
Rights of Action and Enforcement
The securities being offered are those of a foreign issuer and Ontario
purchasers will not receive the contractual right of action prescribed by
section 32 of the Regulation under the Securities Act (Ontario). As a result,
Ontario purchasers must rely on other remedies that may be available, including
common law rights of action for damages or rescission or rights of action under
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.
The applicable Trust, the Seller, the Bank, the Servicer and the Applicable
Trustee and their respective directors and officers, if any, as well as the
experts named herein, may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may
not be possible for Ontario purchasers to effect service of process within
Canada upon the Seller or such persons. All or a substantial portion of the
assets of the Seller and such persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a
result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against the Seller or such
persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against
such Seller or persons outside of Canada.
Notice to British Columbia Residents
A purchaser of the Securities to whom the Securities Act (British Columbia)
applies is advised that such purchaser is required to file with the British
Columbia Securities Commission a report within ten days of the sale of any of
the Securities acquired by such purchaser pursuant to this offering. Such
report must be in the form attached to British Columbia Securities Commission
Blanket Order BOR #88/5. Only one such report must be filed in respect of the
Securities acquired on the same date and under the same prospectus exemption.
65
<PAGE>
LEGAL OPINIONS
Certain legal matters relating to the Securities of any series will be
passed upon for the related Trust, the Seller and the Servicer by Stephen A.
Yoder, Esq., Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Bank, by Mayer,
Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois and by Balch & Bingham LLP, Birmingham,
Alabama. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by
Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois. Balch & Bingham LLP and Mayer, Brown
& Platt may from time to time render legal services to the Seller, the Servicer
and their affiliates.
66
<PAGE>
INDEX OF TERMS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Acquired Receivables............................ 9
Additional Yield Supplement Amount.............. 50
Administration Agreement........................ 54
Administration Fee.............................. 55
Administrator................................... 54
Affiliate....................................... 9
AmSouth......................................... 29
Applicable Trustee.............................. 39
Bank............................................ 4
Bankruptcy Code................................. 17
Base Rate....................................... 37
Benefit Plan.................................... 62
Bill............................................ 61
Business Day.................................... 47
Calculation Agent............................... 37
Cede............................................ 23
Cedel........................................... 39
Cedel Participants.............................. 39
Certificate Balance............................. 6
Certificate Distribution Account................ 45
Certificate Owners.............................. 6
Certificate Pool Factor......................... 29
Certificate Rate................................ 6
Certificateholders.............................. 10
Certificates.................................... 1
Closing Date.................................... 44
Code............................................ 60
Collection Account.............................. 45
Collection Period............................... 47
Commission...................................... 2
Contract Rate................................... 13
Cooperative..................................... 40
Cutoff Date..................................... 23
Dealer.......................................... 9
Dealer Agreements............................... 8
Dealer Recourse................................. 23
Definitive Certificates......................... 41
Definitive Notes................................ 41
Definitive Securities........................... 41
Depositaries.................................... 37
Depository...................................... 30
Direct Loans.................................... 9
Distribution Date............................... 36
DTC.............................................23, A-1
DTC Participants................................ 37
DTC's Nominee................................... 23
Eligible Deposit Account........................ 46
Eligible Institution............................ 47
Eligible Investments............................ 46
ERISA........................................... 14
Euroclear....................................... 40
</TABLE>
67
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Euroclear Operator.............................. 40
Euroclear Participants.......................... 39
Events of Default............................... 33
Exchange Act.................................... 2
Exemption....................................... 63
Federal Tax Counsel............................. 60
Final Scheduled Distribution Date............... 21
Final Scheduled Maturity Date................... 12
Financed Vehicles............................... 8
Fixed Rate Securities........................... 36
Floating Rate Securities........................ 36
FTC Rule........................................ 58
Funding Period.................................. 6
GAAP............................................ 53
Global Securities............................... A-1
Indenture....................................... 4
Indenture Trustee............................... 1
Indirect Participants........................... 38
Initial Pool Balance............................ 54
Initial Receivables............................. 8
Insolvency Event................................ 52
Insolvency Laws................................. 17
Interest Rate................................... 5
Interest Reset Period........................... 37
Investment Earnings............................. 46
IRS............................................. 60
Issuer.......................................... 4
LIBOR........................................... 37
Motor Vehicle Loans............................. 9
Note Distribution Account....................... 45
Note Owners..................................... 4
Note Pool Factor................................ 29
Noteholders..................................... 10
Notes........................................... 1
Obligor......................................... 23
Originator...................................... 9
PAC............................................. 32
Participants.................................... 31
Payahead Account................................ 45
Payahead Balance................................ 47
Payaheads....................................... 45
Payment Date.................................... 31
Plan Assets Regulation.......................... 62
Pool Balance.................................... 29
Pooling and Servicing Agreement................. 8
Pre-Funded Amount............................... 9
Pre-Funding Account............................. 6
Precomputed Receivables......................... 25
Prepayments..................................... 15
Prospectus Supplement........................... 1
Purchase Amount................................. 45
Rating Agencies................................. 22
Receivables..................................... 8
</TABLE>
68
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Receivables Pool................................ 23
Registration Statement.......................... 2
Related Documents............................... 34
Relief Act...................................... 57
Required Rate................................... 50
Required Yield Supplement Amount................ 50
Reserve Account................................. 49
Restricted Group................................ 64
Revolving Account............................... 11
Revolving Period................................ 11
RTC Policy Statement............................ 60
Rule of 78's Receivables........................ 25
Sale and Servicing Agreement.................... 8
Schedule of Receivables......................... 44
Securities...................................... 1
Securities Act.................................. 2
Security Owners................................. 23
Securityholders................................. 10
Seller.......................................... 4
Senior Certificates............................. 63
Series.......................................... A-1
Servicer........................................ 4
Servicer Termination Events..................... 51
Servicing Fee................................... 48
Servicing Fee Rate.............................. 48
Simple Interest Receivables..................... 26
Specified Reserve Account Balance............... 12
Spread.......................................... 37
Spread Multiplier............................... 37
Strip Certificates.............................. 7
Strip Notes..................................... 5
Strip Securities................................ 7
Subsequent Transfer Date........................ 44
Subsidiary...................................... 9
Supplemental Servicing Fees..................... 48
TAC............................................. 32
Termination Auction............................. 7
Terms and Conditions............................ 40
Transfer and Servicing Agreement................ 8
Trust........................................... 1
Trust Accounts.................................. 46
Trust Agreement................................. 4
U.S. Person..................................... A-3
UCC............................................. 45
Underwriter..................................... 15
Underwriting Agreements......................... 64
Warehouse Financing............................. 44
Withholding Tax Regulations..................... A-4
Yield Supplement Account........................ 46
Yield Supplement Agreement...................... 50
Yield Supplement Amount......................... 50
</TABLE>
69
<PAGE>
ANNEX I
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered AmSouth Auto
Trust Asset Backed Notes and Asset Backed Certificates (the "Global Securities")
will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global Securities
may hold such Global Securities through any of The Depository Trust Company
("DTC"), Cedel or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be tradeable as home
market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial
settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through
Cedel and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with
their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with conventional
eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through DTC
will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable to U.S.
corporate debt obligations.
Secondary cross-market trading between Cedel or Euroclear and DTC Participants
holding Securities will be effected on a delivery-against-payment basis through
the respective Depositaries of Cedel and Euroclear (in such capacity) and as DTC
Participants.
Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject to
U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and deliver
appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations or their
participants.
Initial Settlement
All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will be
represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Cedel and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow the
settlement practices applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations. Investor
securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings against payment
in same-day funds on the settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Cedel or Euroclear
accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to conventional
eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security and no "lock-
up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the securities
custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day funds.
Secondary Market Trading
Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to U.S. corporate
debt obligations in same-day funds.
Trading between Cedel and/or Euroclear Participants. Secondary market trading
between Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled using the
procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
A-1
<PAGE>
Trading between DTC seller and Cedel or Euroclear purchaser. When Global
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the
account of a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. Cedel or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment date to and
excluding the settlement date. Payment will then be made by the respective
Depositary to the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the Global
Securities. After settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be
credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in
accordance with its usual procedures, to the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's account. The Global Securities credit will appear the next day
(European time) and the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on
the Global Securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the
preceding day when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not
completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Cedel or
Euroclear cash debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.
Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available to
the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement occurring within Cedel or Euroclear. Under this approach,
they may take on credit exposure to Cedel or Euroclear until the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
As an alternative, if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to pre-position
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under
this procedure, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However,
interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore,
in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges, although this result will depend on each Cedel Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.
Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective Depositary for the benefit of Cedel Participants or Euroclear
Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the
settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participant a cross-market transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
Trading between Cedel or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser. Due to time zone
differences in their favor, Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants may
employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global Securities
are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the respective
Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send instructions to Cedel or
Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant at least one
business day prior to settlement. In these cases, Cedel or Euroclear will
instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global
Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment. Payment will
include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last
coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date. The payment will then
be reflected in the account of the Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant
the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's
or Euroclear Participant's account would be back-valued to the value date (which
would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the
Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its
respective clearing system and elect to be in debit in anticipation of receipt
of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will extinguish any
overdraft charges incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not
completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the
cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date. Finally, day traders
that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase Global Securities from DTC
Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants should
note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale side unless
affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should be readily
available to eliminate this potential problem:
A-2
<PAGE>
(a) borrowing through Cedel or Euroclear for one day (until the
purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear
accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
(b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant no
later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global
Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear
account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
(c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade so
that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one
day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedel Participant or
Euroclear Participant.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements
Subject to the discussion below concerning final withholding tax
regulations, a beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through
Cedel or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the
U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to
payments of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt
issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification
requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to
obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of Securities
that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from the withholding
tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status). If the
information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within 30
days of such change.
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form 4224).
A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S. branch,
for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct of a
trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United
States).
Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Security Owners residing in a country
that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or reduced
tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 1001 (Ownership,
Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only for a
reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate unless the filer
alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Security Owner or
his agent.
Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number and Certification).
U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Security Owner of a Global
Security or in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files by
submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds (the
clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of the
clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years
and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.
The term "U.S. Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation or partnership (unless the IRS provides otherwise by Treasury
regulations) organized in or under the laws of the United States or any
political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate or, for taxable years beginning
before January 1, 1997, a trust the income of which is includible in gross
income for United States tax purposes, regardless of its source or, (iv) for
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996, a trust if a U.S. court is able
to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or
more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the
trust. This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal income tax
withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global
A-3
<PAGE>
Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisers for specific
tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.
On October 6, 1997, final Treasury regulations (the "Withholding Tax
Regulations") were issued that modify certain of the filing requirements with
which non-U.S. persons must comply in order to be entitled to an exemption from
U.S. withholding tax or a reduction to the applicable U.S. withholding tax rate.
Those persons currently required to file Form W-8 generally will continue to be
required to file that form. However, the requirement that non-U.S. persons
submit Form W-8 is extended to most non-U.S. persons who wish to seek an
exemption from withholding tax on the basis that income from the Global
Securities is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business
(in lieu of Form 4224) and to non-U.S. persons wishing to rely on a tax treaty
to reduce the withholding tax rate (in lieu of Form 1001). The Withholding Tax
Regulations generally are effective for payments of interest due after December
31, 1998, but Forms 4224 and 1001 filed prior to that date will continue to be
effective until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the current expiration date
of those forms. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors
with respect to the effect of the Withholding Tax Regulations.
A-4
<PAGE>
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED __________, 199_
[PRELIMINARY GRANTOR TRUST PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FORM]
(To Prospectus dated __________, 199_)
[$______________]
AmSouth Auto Trust 199_ - _
$_____________ ____% Asset Backed Certificates, Class A
$_____________ ____% Asset Backed Certificates, Class B
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
Seller
AMSOUTH BANK
Servicer
The AmSouth Auto Finance Trust 199__-__ (the "Trust") will be formed
pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to be dated as of _________,
199_, among AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc., as seller (the "Seller"), AmSouth Bank in
its capacity as servicer (in such capacity, the "Servicer"), and ___________, as
Trustee. The Trust will issue $_________ aggregate principal amount of ____%
Asset Backed Certificates, Class A (the " Class A Certificates"), and $________
aggregate principal amount of ____% Asset Backed Certificates, Class B (the
"Class B Certificates" and, together with the Class A Certificates, the
"Certificates"). The Class A Certificates will evidence in the aggregate an
approximate ___% undivided ownership in the Trust and the Class B Certificates
will evidence in the aggregate an approximate ___% undivided ownership interest
in the Trust. The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive
distributions with respect to the Receivables are subordinated to the rights of
the Class A Certificateholders to the extent described herein. See "Description
of the Certificates--Distributions." The Trust property will include a pool of
motor vehicle promissory notes and security agreements and/or retail installment
sale contracts secured by new or used automobiles and light duty trucks
(collectively, the "Receivables"), payments received thereunder after _________,
199_, security interests in the motor vehicles financed thereby, rights under
Dealer Agreements, rights under Purchase Agreements, rights with respect to
deposit accounts in which collections are held, any proceeds from claims on
certain insurance policies and the proceeds of the foregoing.
(cover continued on following next page)
_________________
Prospective investors should consider the material risks involved with an
investment in the securities discussed in the"Risk Factors" set forth at page
S-__ herein and at page ___ in the accompanying Prospectus (the "Prospectus").
THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT
REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN THE AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC., AMSOUTH
BANK OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES. NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES NOR THE RECEIVABLES
ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, ANY
OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.,
AMSOUTH BANK OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Underwriting
Price to Discounts and Proceeds to
Public(1) Commissions the Seller(1)(2)
--------- ------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Per Class A Certificate % % %
Per Class B Certificate % % %
Total $________ $________ $________
</TABLE>
__________________________
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from _______, 199__.
(2) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $_________.
_________________
The Certificates are offered by the Underwriters when, as and if issued and
accepted by the Underwriters and subject to their right to reject orders in
whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the Certificates will be made
in book-entry form through the Same Day Funds Settlement System of The
Depository Trust Company, or through Cedel Bank, societe anonyme or the
Euroclear System, on or about _______, 199_.
____________________, 19_.
<PAGE>
Certain capitalized terms used in this Prospectus Supplement are defined in
this Prospectus Supplement on the pages indicated in the "Index of Terms" on
page ___ of this Prospectus Supplement or, to the extent not defined herein,
have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Prospectus. Principal and
interest to the extent of the Class A Certificate Rate or Class B Certificate
Rate, as appropriate, generally will be distributed on the [15th] day of each
month (the " Distribution Date") commencing ________, 199_. The Final
Scheduled Distribution Date on the Certificates will be in ____________, 199_
(the "Final Scheduled Distribution Date").
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
OFFERING OF THE CERTIFICATES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE
PROSPECTUS, AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE
CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND THE PROSPECTUS.
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICES OF THE CERTIFICATES
AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED
TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
There is currently no secondary market for the Certificates offered hereby
and there is no assurance that one will develop. Each Underwriter expects, but
it is not obligated, to make a market in the Certificates. There can be no
assurance that a secondary market will develop, or that it will provide
Certificateholders with liquidity of investment or that it will continue for the
life of the Certificates offered hereby.
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued, monthly and annual
unaudited reports containing information concerning the Receivables will be
prepared by the Servicer and sent on behalf of the Trust only to Cede & Co., as
nominee of the Depository Trust Company and registered holder of the
Certificates. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Book-Entry
Registration" and "--Reports to Securityholders" in the accompanying Prospectus.
Such reports will not constitute financial statements prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. The Seller, as originator of the
Trust, will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
such periodic reports as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. In
addition, the Commission maintains a public access site on the Internet through
the World Wide Web at which site reports, information statements and other
information, including all electronic filings, may be viewed. The Internet
address of such World Wide Web site is http://www.sec.gov.
S-2
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF TERMS
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in the
Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined elsewhere in this
Prospectus Supplement on the pages indicated in the "Index of Terms" beginning
at page S-30 or, to the extent not defined herein, have the meanings assigned to
such terms in the Prospectus.
Issuer................. AmSouth Auto Finance Trust 199_-_ (the "Trust" or the
" Issuer"), a trust established pursuant to a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to be dated as of
______, 199_ (as amended and supplemented from time
to time, the " Agreement"), among the Seller, the
Servicer and the Trustee.
Seller................. AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Seller"). See "The Seller."
Servicer............... AmSouth Bank, a banking corporation organized under
the laws of the State of Alabama (the "Bank" or in
its capacity as servicer, the "Servicer").
Trustee................ _________________________, a ____________ banking
corporation, as trustee under the Agreement (the
"Trustee"). The principal offices of the Trustee
from which information regarding the Trust and the
Certificates are located at _______________.
The Certificates....... The Trust will issue Asset Backed Certificates
pursuant to the Agreement in an aggregate initial
principal amount of $_______. The Certificates
represent fractional undivided interests in the
Trust.
The Certificates will consist of $_____ aggregate
principal amount of ____% Asset Backed
Certificates, Class A (the "Class A Certificates"),
and $_____ aggregate principal amount of ____%
Asset Backed Certificates, Class B (the "Class B
Certificates"). The Trust assets will include a
pool of motor vehicle promissory notes and security
agreements and/or retail installment sale contracts
secured by new or used automobiles or light duty
trucks (collectively, the "Receivables"), all
monies received thereunder on and after __________,
199_ (the "Cutoff Date"), security interests in the
vehicles financed thereby (the "Financed
Vehicles"), certain rights under Dealer Agreements,
certain Eligible Deposit Accounts in which
collections are held, any proceeds from claims on
certain insurance policies and the proceeds of the
foregoing. The Certificates will be issued in fully
registered form in denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples thereof.
The Class A Certificates will evidence in the
aggregate an approximate ___% undivided ownership
interest (the "Class A Percentage") in the Trust,
and the Class B Certificates will
S-3
<PAGE>
evidence in the aggregate an approximate _____%
undivided ownership interest (the "Class B
Percentage") in the Trust. The Class B Certificates
are subordinated to the Class A Certificates to the
extent described herein. See "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions."
The Receivables........ On __________, 199__ (the "Closing Date"), pursuant
to the Agreement, the Trust will purchase from the
Seller Receivables having an aggregate principal
balance of approximately $______________ as of the
Cutoff Date.
The Receivables consist of (i) motor vehicle
promissory notes and security agreements executed
by an Obligor in favor of a motor vehicle lender
("Direct Loans") and/or (ii) motor vehicle retail
installment sales contracts between an Obligor and
a vehicle dealer (collectively, "Motor Vehicle
Loans"). Direct Loans include promissory notes and
security agreements for which a Dealer performed
certain ministerial loan processing functions on
behalf of the lender. In addition, the Receivables
Pool includes Motor Vehicle Loans acquired by an
Affiliate through acquisitions or Motor Vehicle
Loans originated by a bank, financial institution
or other entity acquired by an Affiliate ("Acquired
Receivables"). "Originator" means, with respect to
any Motor Vehicle Loan, the Affiliate that (i) was
the lender with respect to a Direct Loan made by an
Affiliate or (ii) acquired such Motor Vehicle Loan
from a vehicle dealer or other third party.
"Affiliate" means AmSouth Bancorporation and any
bank or other nonbank entity owned or acquired by
AmSouth Bancorporation or by its subsidiaries.
"Subsidiary" includes both direct and indirect
subsidiaries. See "The Receivables Pool" herein and
"The Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus.
The Receivables have been selected from the Motor
Vehicle Loans owned by the Affiliate based on the
criteria specified in the Agreement and described
herein and in the Prospectus. See "The Receivables
Pool" herein and "The Receivables Pools" in the
Prospectus. No Receivable has or will have a
scheduled maturity that, after giving prospective
effect to any permitted extensions or deferrals,
would be later than _________, 199__ (the "Final
Scheduled Maturity Date"). As of the Cutoff Date,
the weighted average annual percentage rate of the
Receivables was approximately ______% per annum,
the weighted average remaining term to maturity of
the Receivables was approximately _____ months and
the weighted average original term to maturity of
the Receivables was approximately _____ months. As
of the Cutoff Date, approximately _____% of the
aggregate principal balance of the Receivables
represented financing of new vehicles and the
remainder represented financing of used vehicles.
The "Pool Balance" means, at any time, the sum of the
outstanding Principal Balances of the Receivables.
The
S-4
<PAGE>
"Principal Balance" for any Receivable, at any
time, means the principal balance of such
Receivable at the end of the preceding Collection
Period, after giving effect to all payments
received from Obligors and Purchase Amounts to be
remitted by the Servicer or the Seller, as the case
may be, for such Collection Period and otherwise
determined in accordance with the Servicer's
customary practices.
Terms of the Certificates
A. Distribution Dates. Distributions with respect to the Certificates will
be made on the 15th day of each month or, if any
such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each, a "Distribution
Date"), commencing __________, 199_. Distributions
will be made to Certificateholders of record as of
the last Business Day of the Collection Period
immediately preceding the applicable Distribution
Date (each, a " Record Date"). A "Business Day" is
a day that is not a Saturday or a Sunday and a day
that in New York City, Birmingham, Alabama and
_____________, Delaware, is neither a legal holiday
nor a day on which banking institutions are
authorized by law, regulation or executive order to
be closed. "Collection Period" means (a) the period
from (but not including) the Cutoff Date to and
including __________, 199_ and (b) thereafter, each
calendar month during the term of the Agreement.
B. Class A Certificate
Rate............... ____% per annum (the "Class A Certificate Rate").
C. Class B Certificate
Rate............... ____% per annum (the "Class B Certificate Rate").
D. Interest........... On each Distribution Date, interest at the Class A
Certificate Rate on the Class A Certificate Balance
and interest at the Class B Certificate Rate on the
Class B Certificate Balance, in each case as of the
immediately preceding Distribution Date (after
giving effect to all payments of principal made on
such preceding Distribution Date) will be paid to
the holders of record of the Class A Certificates
("Class A Certificateholders") and the holders of
record of the Class B Certificates ("Class B
Certificateholders"; the Class A Certificateholders
and the Class B Certificateholders are collectively
referred to herein as the "Certificateholders") as
of the Record Date to the extent that sufficient
funds are on deposit for such Distribution Date in
the Collection Account or available in the Reserve
Account to make such distribution. See "Description
of the Certificates--Distributions" and "--
Accounts" herein. The rights of Class B
Certificateholders to receive payments of interest
will be subordinated to the rights of the Class A
Certificateholders to receive payments of interest
to the extent described herein. See "Description of
the Certificates--Distributions." Interest in
respect of a Distribution Date will accrue from the
preceding Distribution
S-5
<PAGE>
Date (or, for the first Distribution Date, from
______, 199_) to and including such Distribution
Date.
E. Principal.......... On each Distribution Date, all payments of principal
on the Receivables received by the Servicer during
the preceding Collection Period, as described more
fully herein, plus an amount equal to the aggregate
principal balance of any Receivables which became
Defaulted Receivables during the preceding
Collection Period, will be distributed by the
Trustee pro rata to the Class A Certificateholders
and to the Class B Certificateholders of record on
the preceding Record Date, to the extent that
sufficient funds are on deposit in the Collection
Account or available in the Reserve Account to make
such distribution. See "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions" and "--Accounts." The
rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive
payments of principal will be subordinated to the
rights of the Class A Certificateholders to receive
payments of interest and principal to the extent
described herein. See "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions." The "Class A
Certificate Balance" and "Class B Certificate
Balance" will initially equal $________ and
$_________, respectively, and, in each case, will
thereafter equal the initial Class A Certificate
Balance or the initial Class B Certificate Balance,
as the case may be, reduced by all principal
distributions on the Class A Certificates and the
Class B Certificates, respectively.
F. Optional
Prepayment......... If the Pool Balance as of the last day of a
Collection Period has declined to 5% or less of the
Original Pool Balance, the Seller or Servicer may
purchase all remaining Trust Property on any
Distribution Date occurring in a subsequent
Collection Period at a purchase price equal to the
aggregate of the Purchase Amounts of the remaining
Receivables (other than Defaulted Receivables),
which would result in a prepayment of the
Certificates. The "Original Pool Balance" will
equal the Pool Balance as of the Cutoff Date. See
"Description of the Certificates--Optional
Prepayment."
Subordination of Class
B Certificates........ Distributions of interest and principal on the Class
B Certificates will be subordinated in priority of
payment to interest and principal due on the Class
A Certificates to the extent described herein. See
"Description of the Certificates--Distributions."
The Class B Certificateholders will not receive any
distributions of interest with respect to a
Collection Period until the full amount of interest
on the Class A Certificates relating to such
Collection Period has been deposited in the Class A
Distribution Account. The Class B
Certificateholders will not receive any
distributions of principal with respect to such
Collection Period until the full amount of interest
on and principal of the Class A Certificates
relating to such Collection Period has been
deposited in the Class A Distribution Account. See
"Risk
S-6
<PAGE>
Factors--Subordination and "--Limited Assets" in
the Prospectus.
[Pre-Funding Account]... [During the period (the "Funding Period") from and
including the Closing Date until the earliest of
(i) the Determination Date on which (a) the Pre-
Funded Amount is less than $________, (b) an Event
of Default has occurred under the Indenture or a
Servicer Termination Event has occurred under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, (c) certain events of
insolvency have occurred with respect to the Seller
or the Servicer or (ii) the close of business on
the [Date] Distribution Date, the Pre-Funded Amount
will be maintained in an account in the name of the
Indenture Trustee (the "Pre- Funding Account"). The
Pre-Funded Amount is expected to initially equal
approximately $_____________ and, during the
Funding Period, will be reduced by the principal
balance of Subsequent Receivables purchased by the
Trust from time to time in accordance with the Sale
and Servicing Agreement. The Seller expects that
the Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced to less than
$_________ by the [Date] Distribution Date. Any
Pre-Funded Amount remaining at the end of the
Funding Period will be payable to the Noteholders
and Certificateholders pro rata in proportion to
the respective principal balances of each class of
Notes and the Certificates. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Pre-Funding
Account; Subsequent Receivables."]
Reserve Account......... A reserve account (the "Reserve Account") will be
created with an initial deposit by the Seller of
cash or certain investments having a value of at
least $________ (the "Reserve Account Initial
Deposit"). In addition, on each Distribution Date,
any amounts on deposit in the Collection Account
with respect to the preceding Collection Period
after payments to the Certificateholders and the
Servicer have been made will be deposited into the
Reserve Account until the amount on deposit in the
Reserve Account is equal to the Specified Reserve
Account Balance.
On or prior to the Business Day preceding each
Distribution Date (the " Deposit Date"), the
Trustee will withdraw funds from the Reserve
Account, to the extent of the funds therein
(exclusive of investment earnings), to the extent
(a) the sum of the amounts required to be
distributed to Certificateholders and the Servicer
on the related Distribution Date exceeds (b) the
amount on deposit in the Collection Account with
respect to the preceding Collection Period (net of
investment income). If the amount on deposit in the
Reserve Account is reduced to zero,
Certificateholders will bear the credit and other
risks associated with ownership of the Receivables,
including the risk that the Trust may not have a
perfected security interest in the Financed
Vehicles. See "Risk Factors" herein and in the
Prospectus, "Description of the
S-7
<PAGE>
Certificates--Accounts" herein and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
Tax Status.............. In the opinion of Balch & Bingham LLP, the Trust will
be treated as a grantor trust for federal income
tax purposes and will not be subject to federal
income tax. Accordingly, the Certificateholders
will be treated as owners of the Receivables for
federal income tax purposes. Certificateholders
will report their pro rata share of all income
earned on the Receivables (other than amounts, if
any, treated as "stripped coupons") and, subject to
certain limitations in the case of
Certificateholders who are individuals, trusts, or
estates, may deduct their pro rata share of
reasonable servicing and other fees. See "Federal
Income Tax Consequences" and "Certain State Tax
Consequences" in the Prospectus for additional
information concerning the application of federal
and state tax laws to the Trust and the Securities.
ERISA Considerations.... Subject to the considerations discussed under "ERISA
Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus, the
Class A Certificates are eligible for purchase by
employee benefit plans.
The Class B Certificates and any beneficial interest
in such Class B Certificates may not be acquired
with the assets of an employee benefit plan subject
to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or with the assets of
an individual retirement account. See "ERISA
Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus.
Risk Factors............ See "Risk Factors" herein and in the Prospectus for a
discussion of certain factors that potential
investors should consider in determining whether to
invest in the Certificates.
[No] Listing of
Certificates............ [The Certificates will not be listed on any national
securities exchange or on any automated quotation
system of a registered securities association.]
[The Certificates will be listed on the
_____________.]
Ratings of the
Certificates............ It is a condition to the issuance of the Class A
Certificates that they be rated in the highest
investment rating category by at least two
nationally recognized rating agencies (the "Rating
Agencies"), and it is a condition to the issuance
of the Class B Certificates that they be rated by
at least two nationally recognized rating agencies
in the "A" category. There can be no assurance that
a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn by a
rating agency if circumstances so warrant. See
"Risk Factors--Ratings of the Securities" in the
Prospectus and "Risk Factors--Ratings of the
Certificates" herein.
S-8
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained herein and in the
Prospectus, prospective investors should consider carefully the following risk
factors and the information contained in "Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.
Subordination
Distributions of interest and principal on the Class B Certificates
will be subordinated in priority of payment to interest on the Class A
Certificates. No distributions with respect to a Collection Period will be made
on the Class B Certificates until the full amount of interest on and principal
of the Class A Certificates on the related Distribution Date has been
distributed to the Class A Certificateholders.
Limited Assets
The Trust will not have, nor is it permitted or expected to have, any
significant assets or sources of funds other than the Receivables and the
Reserve Account. Holders of the Certificates must rely for repayment upon
payments on the Receivables and, if and to the extent available, amounts on
deposit in the Reserve Account. Similarly, although funds in the Reserve
Account will be available on each Distribution Date to cover shortfalls in
distributions of interest and principal on the Certificates, amounts to be
deposited in the Reserve Account are limited in amount. If the Reserve Account
is exhausted, the Trust will depend solely on current distributions on the
Receivables to make payments on the Certificates.
Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be available on any
Distribution Date first to cover payment of Servicing Fees to the Servicer, then
shortfalls in distributions of interest on the Class A Certificates and then
shortfalls in distributions of interest on the Class B Certificates. After
distributions of interest on the Certificates have been made, the remaining
amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be available first to cover
shortfalls in distributions of principal on the Class A Certificates and then
shortfalls in distributions of principal on the Class B Certificates. If the
Reserve Account is exhausted, the Trust will depend solely on payments on the
Receivables to make distributions on the Certificates, and Certificateholders
will bear the risk of delinquency, loan losses and repossessions with respect to
the Receivables. There can be no assurance that the future delinquency, loan
loss and repossession experience of the Trust with respect to the Receivables
will be better or worse than that set forth herein with respect to the Motor
Vehicle Loans serviced by the Servicer. Any amounts released from the Reserve
Account to the Seller will not be available to the Certificateholders. See "The
Receivables Pool--Pool Composition" and "Delinquency and Net Losses" and "The
Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus and "Description of the Certificates--
Reserve Account" and "Distributions."
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations
As the rate of payment of principal of each class of the Certificates
depends on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the principal balance
of the Receivables, the final distribution in respect of each class of the
Certificates could occur significantly earlier than the Final Scheduled
Distribution Date. It is expected that the final distribution in respect of the
Certificates will occur on or prior to the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.
However, if sufficient funds are not available to reduce the aggregate
Certificate Balance of either class of Certificates to zero on or prior to the
Final Scheduled Distribution Date, the final distribution in respect of such
class of Certificates could occur later than such date. See "Weighted Average
Life of the Certificates" herein and "Weighted Average Life of the Securities"
in the Prospectus.
Ratings of the Certificates
It is a condition to the issuance of the Class A Certificates that
they be rated in the highest investment rating category by at least two Rating
Agencies, and it is a condition to the issuance of the Class B Certificates that
they
S-9
<PAGE>
be rated by at least two Rating Agencies in the "A" category. A rating is not a
recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Certificates, inasmuch as such
rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular
investor. The ratings of the Certificates address the likelihood of the payment
of principal and interest on the Certificates pursuant to their terms. There can
be no assurance that a rating will remain for any given period of time or that a
rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its
judgment circumstances in the future so warrant.
THE TRUST
The Seller will establish the Trust by selling and assigning the Trust
property, as described below, to the Trustee in exchange for the Certificates.
The Servicer will service the Receivables pursuant to the Agreement and will be
compensated for acting as the Servicer. See "Description of the Certificates--
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses." To facilitate servicing and to
minimize administrative burden and expense, each Originator will be appointed to
act as custodian for the Receivables originated by it or purchased by it from a
Dealer, but the Trustee will not stamp the Receivables to reflect the sale and
assignment of the Receivables to the Trust or amend the certificates of title to
the Financed Vehicles. In the absence of amendments to the certificates of
title, the Trustee may not have perfected security interests in the Financed
Vehicles securing the Receivables originated in some states. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
If the protection provided to the investment of the Certificateholders
by the Reserve Account and, in the case of the Class A Certificateholders, the
subordination of the Class B Certificates, is insufficient, the Trust will look
only to the Obligors on the Receivables, the proceeds from the repossession and
sale of Financed Vehicles which secure defaulted Receivables and the proceeds
from any Dealer Recourse. In such event, certain factors, such as the Trust's
not having first priority perfected security interests in some of the Financed
Vehicles, may affect the Trust's ability to realize on the collateral securing
the Receivables, and thus may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to
Certificateholders with respect to the Certificates. See "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions" and "--Accounts" herein and "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
Each Certificate represents a fractional undivided ownership interest
in the Trust. The Trust property includes Direct Loans and/or retail installment
sale contracts secured by new or used automobiles or light duty trucks, and all
payments received thereunder after the Cutoff Date. The Trust property also
includes (a) such amounts as from time to time may be held in one or more trust
accounts established and maintained by the Servicer pursuant to the Agreement,
as described below; (b) security interests in the Financed Vehicles and any
accessions thereto; (c) the rights to proceeds with respect to the Receivables
from claims on insurance policies covering the Financed Vehicles; (d) any
property that shall have secured a Receivable and that shall have been acquired
by the Trustee; (e) any Dealer Recourse and any other rights of Affiliates under
Dealer Agreements; (f) rights under the Purchase Agreement; (g) the Seller's
rights to certain documents and instruments relating to the Receivables; (h)
certain rebates of premiums and other amounts relating to certain insurance
policies and other items financed under the Receivables; and (i) any and all
proceeds of the foregoing. The Reserve Account will be maintained by the Trustee
for the benefit of the Certificateholders, but will not be part of the Trust.
THE RECEIVABLES POOL
The Receivables were purchased or originated by the Originators in the
ordinary course of their respective businesses. The pool of Receivables (the
"Receivables Pool") will consist of Receivables purchased by the Trust as of the
Cutoff Date. The Receivables have been selected from the Motor Vehicle Loan
portfolio of each Affiliate for inclusion in the Receivables Pool by several
criteria, some of which are set forth in the Prospectus under "The Receivables
Pool," as well as the requirement that each Receivable (a) has an outstanding
principal balance of at least $_____, (b) as of the Cutoff Date, was not more
than 30 days past due, (c) has a scheduled maturity not later than six months
before the Final Scheduled Maturity Date, (d) was not subject to a force-placed
physical damage
S-10
<PAGE>
insurance policy on the related Financed Vehicle and (e) had an original term to
maturity of not more than ___ months. No selection criteria or procedures
believed by the Seller to be adverse to the Certificateholders were used in
selecting the Receivables.
S-11
<PAGE>
Pool Composition
Set forth in the following tables is information concerning the
composition, distribution by Contract Rate and the geographic distribution of
the Receivables to be conveyed by the Seller to the Trust as of the Cutoff Date.
Composition of the Receivables Pool
as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Aggregate Principal Balance.................................. $_______________
Number of Receivables........................................ $_______________
Average Principal Balance.................................... $_______________
(Range)................................................... $_____ to $_____
Average Original Amount Financed............................. $_______________
(Range)................................................... $_____ to $_____
Weighted Average Contract Rate......................................... _____%
(Range)....................................................... ___% to ___%
Weighted Average Original Term.................................... ____ months
(Range)................................................. ____ to ___ months
Weighted Average Remaining Term................................... ____ months
(Range)................................................. ____ to ___ months
Scheduled Weighted Average Life (1)................................ ____ years
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) Based on payments due on or after the Cutoff Date, assuming that no
prepayments on the Receivables are made after the Cutoff Date and that all
payments on Simple Interest Receivables are received on their respective due
dates.
S-12
<PAGE>
Distribution by Contract Rate of the Receivables
as of the Cutoff Date(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage
Number of Aggregate of Aggregate
Contract Range Receivables Principal Balance Principal Balance
- -------------- ----------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
7.75 to 8.00
8.01 to 9.00
9.01 to 10.00
10.01 to 11.00
11.01 to 12.00
12.01 to 13.00
13.01 to 14.00
14.01 to 15.00
15.01 to 16.00
16.01 to 17.00
17.01 to 18.00
18.01 to 19.00
19.01 to 20.00
20.01 to 21.00
21.01 to 22.00
22.01 to 23.00
23.01 to 24.00
24.01 to 25.00
Totals 100%
=========== ================= =====
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100% because of rounding.
Approximately ___% of the aggregate principal balance of the Receivables,
constituting ___% of the number of such Receivables, as of the Cutoff Date
represented financing of new vehicles and the remainder represented financing of
used vehicles. Approximately __% of the aggregate principal balance of the
Receivables, constituting __% of the number of such Receivables, are Precomputed
Receivables and the remainder are Simple Interest Receivables.
S-13
<PAGE>
Geographic Distribution of the Receivables Pool
as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage of Percentage of
Aggregate Aggregate
Principal Principal
Balance Balance
------- -------
State(1) State(1)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Alabama............... Missouri..............
Alaska................ Montana...............
Arizona............... Nebraska..............
Arkansas.............. Nevada................
California............ New Hampshire.........
Colorado.............. New Jersey............
Connecticut........... New Mexico............
Delaware.............. New York..............
District of Columbia.. North Carolina........
Florida............... North Dakota..........
Georgia............... Ohio..................
Hawaii................ Oklahoma..............
Idaho................. Oregon................
Illinois.............. Pennsylvania..........
Indiana............... Rhode Island..........
Iowa.................. South Carolina........
Kansas................ South Dakota..........
Kentucky.............. Tennessee.............
Louisiana............. Texas.................
Maine................. Utah..................
Maryland.............. Vermont...............
Massachusetts......... Virginia..............
Michigan.............. Washington............
Minnesota............. West Virginia.........
Mississippi........... Wisconsin.............
Wyoming...............
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) Based on the billing addresses of the Obligors on the Receivables as of the
Cutoff Date.
S-14
<PAGE>
Delinquencies and Net Losses
Set forth below is certain information concerning the combined historical
delinquency and loss experience of the Originators pertaining to Motor Vehicle
Loans.
[The tables set forth below combine historical Motor Vehicle Loan data for
banks and other financial institutions which are direct or indirect subsidiaries
of AmSouth Bancorporation (the "Combined Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio").]
Because the composition of the Receivables included in the Trust differs
from the Combined Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio, there can be no assurance that
the delinquency and net loss experience on the Receivables of the Trust will be
comparable to that set forth below.
Combined Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio
Delinquency Experience(1)
(Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At March 31, At December 31,
------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1997 1996 1995
-------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
$ Percent $ Percent $ Percent $ Percent $ Percent
----- ------- ----- ------- ----- ------- ----- ------- ----- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Amount of Motor
Vehicle Loans
Outstanding....
Period of
Delinquency:
31-90 days....
over 90 days..
Repossessions...
Total...........
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the principal amount scheduled to
be paid on each Motor Vehicle Loan, including unearned finance and other
charges.
S-15
<PAGE>
Combined Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio
Historical Net Loss Experience
(Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
March 31, Year Ended December 31,
------------------ ----------------------------
1998 1997 1997 1996 1995
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Principal Amount of Motor
Vehicle Loans Outstanding(1).....
Average Principal Amount of
Motor Vehicle Loans Outstanding..
Gross Charge-Offs.................
Recoveries........................
Net Losses(2).....................
Net Losses as a Percent of
Principal Amount Outstanding(2)..
Net Losses as a Percent of
Average Principal Amount
Outstanding(2)...................
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) Amount represents net principal amounts of Motor Vehicle Loans outstanding.
(2) Amount represents the aggregate balance of all Motor Vehicle Loans which
were determined to be uncollectible in the period, less any recoveries on
Motor Vehicle Loans charged-off in the period or any prior period.
Delinquencies and net charge-offs are affected by a number of social, economic
and other factors that may affect an Obligor's ability or willingness to pay,
such as the amount or types of indebtedness incurred by such Obligor in addition
to the Receivable on which such Obligor is indebted, and there can be no
assurance as to the level of future total delinquencies or the severity of
future net charge-offs. As a result, the delinquency and net charge-off
experience of the Receivables may differ from those shown in the tables.
THE SELLER, THE SERVICER AND AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION
Information regarding the Seller is set forth under "The Seller" in the
Prospectus and information regarding the Servicer is set forth under "The Bank"
in the Prospectus. Each of the Seller and the Servicer is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of AmSouth Bancorporation. AmSouth Bancorporation operates through
subsidiaries engaged in banking and a variety of related businesses. As of
December 31, 1997, AmSouth Bancorporation had consolidated total assets of
$____________ billion, total deposits of $_______________ billion, and total
stockholders' equity of $____________ billion. [Based on total assets as of
December 31, 1997, AmSouth Bancorporation was the [__________] largest
commercial banking organization in the United States.]
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE CERTIFICATES
Information regarding certain maturity and prepayment considerations with
respect to the Certificates is set forth under "Weighted Average Life of the
Securities" in the Prospectus. As the rate of payment of principal of each
S-16
<PAGE>
class of the Certificates depends primarily on the rate of payment (including
prepayments and liquidations due to default) of the aggregate principal balance
of the Receivables, the final distribution in respect of the Certificates could
occur significantly earlier than the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.
Consistent with its customary servicing practices and procedures, the Servicer
may, in its discretion and on a case-by-case basis, arrange with Obligors to
extend or modify the terms of Receivables. Any such extension or modification
will have the effect of extending the weighted average life of the Certificates.
However, the Servicer will not be permitted to grant any such deferral or
extension if as a result the final scheduled payment on a Receivable would fall
after the Final Scheduled Maturity Date, unless the Servicer repurchases such
Receivable. Certificateholders will bear the risk of being able to reinvest
principal payments on the Certificates at yields at least equal to the yield on
their respective Certificates.
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, a
form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy
of the Agreement will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the
Certificates. The following summary describes certain terms of the Certificates
and the Agreement. The summary describes the material terms of the Certificates
and the Agreement, but it does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the
Certificates and the Agreement. The following summary supplements the
description of the general terms and provisions of the Certificates of any given
series and the related Agreement set forth in the Prospectus, to which
description reference is hereby made.
General
The Certificates will evidence interests in the Trust created pursuant to
the Agreement. The Class A Certificates will evidence in the aggregate an
undivided ownership interest of approximately ___% (the "Class A Percentage") in
the Trust and the Class B Certificates will evidence in the aggregate an
undivided ownership interest of approximately ___% (the "Class B Percentage") in
the Trust. In general, it is intended that Class A Certificateholders receive,
on each Distribution Date, the Class A Percentage of the Principal Distribution
Amount plus interest at the Class A Certificate Rate on the Class A Certificate
Balance. Subject to the prior rights of the Class A Certificateholders, it is
intended that the Class B Certificateholders receive, on each Distribution Date,
the Class B Percentage of the Principal Distribution Amount plus interest at the
Class B Certificate Rate on the Class B Principal Certificate.
"Available Principal" for a Distribution Date means the sum of the
following amounts with respect to the related Collection Period: (a) that
portion of the collections on the Receivables received during the related
Collection Period that is allocable to interest in accordance with the
Servicer's customary procedures; (b) all Liquidation Proceeds received
during such Collection Period; and (c) all Purchase Amounts, each to the
extent attributable to accrued interest, of all Receivables that are
repurchased by the Seller or purchased by the Servicer under an obligation
which arose during the related Collection Period. "Available Interest" for
any Distribution Date shall exclude all payments and proceeds of any
Receivables the Purchase Amount of which has been distributed on a prior
Distribution Date.
"Defaulted Receivable" means, with respect to any Collection Period, a
Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable) which the Servicer has
determined to charge off during such Collection Period in accordance with
its customary servicing practices; provided, that any Receivable which the
Seller or Servicer is obligated to repurchase or purchase shall be deemed
to have become a Defaulted Receivable during a Collection Period if the
Seller or Servicer fails to deposit the Purchase Amount on the related
Deposit Date when due.
"Principal Distribution Amount" means, for any Distribution Date, the
sum of the Available Principal for such Distribution Date plus the Realized
Losses with respect to the related Collection Period.
S-17
<PAGE>
"Purchased Receivable" means, at any time, a Receivable as to which
payment of the Purchase Amount has previously been made by the Seller or
the Servicer pursuant to the Agreement.
"Realized Losses" means, for any Collection Period, the aggregate
principal balances of any Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables
during such Collection Period.
Optional Prepayment
If the Pool Balance as of the last day of a Collection Period has declined
to 5% or less of the Original Pool Balance, the Seller or Servicer may purchase
all remaining Trust Property on any Distribution Date occurring in a subsequent
Collection Period at a purchase price equal to the aggregate of the Purchase
Amounts of the remaining Receivables (other than Defaulted Receivables), which
purchases would result in a prepayment of the Certificates. See "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Termination" in the Prospectus.
Accounts
Separate Certificate Distribution Accounts will be established for the
Class A Certificates (the "Class A Distribution Account") and the Class B
Certificates (the "Class B Distribution Account"). In addition to those accounts
and a Collection Account for the Trust (see "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Accounts" in the Prospectus), the Seller will also
establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, the Reserve Account. The
Reserve Account will be created with an initial deposit by the Seller of cash or
Eligible Investments having a value of at least equal to the Reserve Account
Initial Deposit. In addition, on each Distribution Date, any amounts on deposit
in the Collection Account with respect to the preceding Collection Period after
payments to the Certificateholders and the Servicer have been made will be
deposited into the Reserve Account until the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Account is equal to the Specified Reserve Account Balance. All investment
earnings on funds deposited in the Trust Accounts, net of losses and investment
expenses, will be distributed to the Seller and not be treated as collections on
the Receivables or otherwise be available for Certificateholders.
The Reserve Account will be an Eligible Deposit Account which the Seller
shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee. Funds on deposit in the
Reserve Account will be invested in Eligible Investments selected by the Seller
and, if permitted by the Rating Agencies, funds on deposit in the Reserve
Account may be invested in Eligible Investments that mature later than the next
Deposit Date. The Reserve Account and any amounts therein will not be property
of the Trust, but will be pledged to and held for the benefit of the Trustee, as
secured party.
On each Distribution Date, the amount available in the Reserve Account (the
"Available Reserve Amount") will equal the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit
in the Reserve Account (exclusive of investment earnings) and (b) the Specified
Reserve Account Balance.
On each Deposit Date, the Trustee will withdraw funds from the Reserve
Account to the extent (a) the sum of the amounts required to be distributed to
Certificateholders and the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees payable to the
Servicer on such Distribution Date exceeds (b) the amount on deposit in the
Collection Account with respect to the preceding Collection Period (net of
investment income). Such deficiencies in the Collection Account may result from,
among other things, Receivables becoming Defaulted Receivables or the failure by
the Servicer to make any remittance required to be made under the Agreement. The
aggregate amount to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account on any Deposit Date
will not exceed the Available Reserve Amount with respect to the related
Distribution Date. The Trustee will deposit the proceeds of such withdrawal into
the Collection Account on or before the Distribution Date with respect to which
such withdrawal was made.
Subject to reduction as described below, the "Specified Reserve Account
Balance" means the greater of (i) the excess, if any, of (A) _____% of the Pool
Balance at the end of the preceding Collection Period over (B) the
Overcollateralization Amount (after giving effect to any distributions on the
Securities on such Distribution Date), and (ii) the Minimum Specified Reserve
Balance. The Specified Reserve Account Balance may be reduced from time
S-18
<PAGE>
to time if the Rating Agencies have delivered prior written notice to the
Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee that such reduction will not result in a
reduction, withdrawal or qualification of each Rating Agency's then current
ratings of each class of the Certificates. The time necessary for the Reserve
Account to reach and maintain the Specified Reserve Account Balance at any time
after the Closing Date will be affected by the delinquency, credit loss,
repossession and prepayment experience of the Receivables and, therefore, cannot
be accurately predicted. Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be
released to the Servicer on each Distribution Date to the extent that the amount
on deposit in the Reserve Account would exceed the Specified Reserve Account
Balance. The Trustee also will cause all investment earnings attributable to the
Reserve Account to be distributed on each Distribution Date to the Seller. Upon
any distribution to the Servicer of amounts from the Reserve Account, the
Certificateholders will not have any rights in, or claims to, such amounts.
"Liquidation Proceeds" means, with respect to any Receivable that has
become a Defaulted Receivable, (a) insurance proceeds received by the
Servicer, with respect to insurance policies relating to the Financed
Vehicles or the Obligors and/or any proceeds from lender's single interest
insurance policies to the extent not included in collections distributable
to Certificateholders, (b) amounts received by the Servicer in connection
with such Defaulted Receivable pursuant to the exercise of rights under the
related Motor Vehicle Loan, and (c) the monies collected by the Servicer
(from whatever source, including, but not limited to proceeds of a sale of
a Financed Vehicle or deficiency balance recovered after the charge-off of
the related Receivable or as a result of the exercise of any rights against
the related Dealer) on such Defaulted Receivable net of any expenses
incurred by the Servicer in connection therewith and any payments required
by law to be remitted to the Obligor.
"Minimum Specified Reserve Balance" with respect to any Distribution
Date means the lesser of (i) $________________ and (ii) the Certificate
Balance (after giving effect to any distributions on the Securities on such
Distribution Date).
"Overcollateralization Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the excess, if any, of the Pool Balance at the end of the preceding
Collection Period over the Certificate Balance on such Distribution Date
(after giving effect to any distributions made on such Distribution Date).
If funds in the Reserve Account are reduced to zero, the Certificateholders
will bear the credit and other risks associated with ownership of the
Receivables. In such a case, the amount available for distribution may be less
than that described below, and the Certificateholders may experience delays or
suffer losses as a result, among other things, of defaults or delinquencies by
the Obligors or previous extensions made by the Servicer.
[Pre-Funding Account; Subsequent Receivables]
[On the Closing Date, approximately $____________ of Initial Receivables
will be transferred to the Trust by the Seller and the approximately
$______________ Pre-Funded Amount will be deposited by the Trust in the Pre-
Funding Account. If the principal amount of eligible Receivables originated by
the Originators during the Funding Period is less than the Pre-Funded Amount,
the Seller will have insufficient Receivables to sell to the Trust on the
Subsequent Transfer Dates, thereby resulting in a prepayment of principal to the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders as described in the following paragraph.]
[In addition, any conveyance of Subsequent Receivables is subject to the
satisfaction, on or before the related Subsequent Transfer Date, of the
condition that each such Subsequent Receivable satisfies the eligibility
criteria specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement for Initial Receivables.]
[To the extent that the Pre-Funded Amount has not been fully applied to the
purchase of Subsequent Receivables by the Trust during the Funding Period, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders will receive, on the Distribution Date on
or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, a prepayment of
principal in an amount equal to their pro rata share (based on the current
principal balance of each class of Notes and the Certificate Balance) of any
remaining Pre-Funded Amount following the purchase of any Subsequent Receivables
on such
S-19
<PAGE>
Distribution Date. It is anticipated that the principal amount of
Subsequent Receivables sold to the Trust will not be exactly equal to the
original Pre-Funded Amount and that therefore there will be at least a nominal
amount of principal prepaid to the Noteholders and to the Certificateholders.]
[If the amount of the Pre-Funding Account will exceed 25% of the aggregate
proceeds from the offering, include the specific investments in which the Pre-
Funding Account will be invested and specify that the actual investments of the
Pre-Funding Account as of the end of the preceding month will be provided in the
periodic reports on Form 8-K and Form 10-K to be filed by the Seller with
respect to the Trust.]
S-20
<PAGE>
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses
The Servicing Fee Rate will be 1.0% per annum of the Pool Balance as of the
first day of the related Collection Period (after giving effect to the
distributions to be made on the following Distribution Date). The Servicing Fee
(together with any portion of the Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior
Distribution Dates) will be paid on each Distribution Date solely to the extent
of the Available Interest. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements--Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.
The Servicer will also collect and retain any late fees, extension fees,
prepayment charges and certain non-sufficient funds charges and other
administrative fees or similar charges (the "Supplemental Servicing Fee")
allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables. Payments by or on
behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late fees and
other charges in accordance with the Servicer's normal practices and procedures.
As additional compensation, the Servicer may be entitled to receive for the
related Collection Period some or all of the portion, if any, of the Available
Interest and Available Principal for such Collection Period remaining after
payment of the Servicing Fee and interest and principal in respect of the
Certificates and any required deposit to the Reserve Account. See "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Compensation and Payment
of Expenses" in the Prospectus and "--Distributions" herein.
Distributions
Deposits to Collection Account. On or before the eighth calendar day of
each month, or if such eighth day is not a Business Day, the immediately
preceding Business Day (the "Determination Date"), the Servicer will provide
the Trustee with a report (the "Servicer's Report") containing certain
information with respect to the preceding Collection Period, including the
amount of aggregate collections on the Receivables during such Collection
Period, the aggregate amount of Receivables which became Defaulted Receivables
during such Collection Period, the aggregate Purchase Amounts of Receivables to
be repurchased by the Seller or to be purchased by the Servicer on the related
Deposit Date and the aggregate amount to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account.
Trustee has agreed to act as Servicer's agent for the purpose of preparing and
delivering Servicer's Reports, and so long as Trustee timely prepares and
delivers Servicer's Report, Servicer shall not be required to do so. Any failure
by Trustee to prepare and deliver a Servicer's Report, or inaccuracy in any
Servicer's Report so prepared and delivered shall (so long as Servicer shall
also not timely prepare and deliver such Servicer's Report or correct any such
inaccuracy) have the same effect as would such a failure by Servicer or
inaccuracy in a Servicer's Report prepared and filed by Servicer.
On or before each Deposit Date, (a) the Servicer will cause all collections
and Liquidation Proceeds to be deposited into the Collection Account and will
deposit into the Collection Account all Purchase Amounts of Receivables to be
purchased by the Servicer on such Deposit Date, (b) the Seller will deposit into
the Collection Account all Purchase Amounts of Receivables to be repurchased by
the Seller on such Deposit Date, (c) the Trustee will make any required
withdrawals for the related Distribution Date from the Reserve Account and
deposit such amounts into the Collection Account and (d) the Servicer will
deposit all Advances for the related Distribution Date into the Collection
Account.
Deposits to the Distribution Accounts. On each Distribution Date, the
Trustee will make the following deposits and distributions from the Collection
Account, to the extent of the sum of Available Interest and any Available
Reserve Amount remaining after such reimbursements (and, in the case of
shortfalls occurring under clause (b) below in the Class A Interest
Distributable Amount, the Class B Percentage of Available Principal to the
extent of such shortfalls), in the following priority:
(a) to the Servicer, any unpaid Servicing Fee for the related Collection
Period and all unpaid Servicing Fees from prior Collection Periods;
(b) to the Class A Distribution Account, the Class A Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date; and
S-21
<PAGE>
(c) to the Class B Distribution Account, the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.
On each Distribution Date based on the related Servicer's Report, the
Trustee will make the following deposits and distributions, to the extent of
Available Principal and the portions of Available Interest and Available Reserve
Amount remaining after the application of clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, in the
following priority:
(d) to the Class A Distribution Account, the Class A Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;
(e) to the Class B Distribution Account, the Class B Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;
(f) to the Reserve Account, any amounts remaining, until the amount on
deposit in the Reserve Account equals the Specified Reserve Account
Balance; and
(g) to the Seller or the Servicer, as an additional servicing, any
amounts remaining.
On each Distribution Date, all amounts on deposit in the Class A
Distribution Account will be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders as of
the Record Date and all amounts on deposit in the Class B Distribution Account
will be distributed to the Class B Certificateholders as of the Record Date by
the Trustee.
"Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, (a) with respect to
the initial Distribution Date, zero, and (b) with respect to any other
Distribution Date, the excess of Class A Monthly Interest for the preceding
Distribution Date and any outstanding Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall
on such preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest
that is actually deposited in the Class A Distribution Account on such
preceding Distribution Date, plus 30 days of interest on such excess, to
the extent permitted by law, at the Class A Certificate Rate.
"Class A Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of Class A Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date and the Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall for such
Distribution Date.
"Class A Monthly Interest" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, one-twelfth of the Class A Certificate Rate multiplied by the Class A
Certificate Balance as of the Distribution Date occurring in the preceding
Collection Period (after giving effect to any payments made on such
Distribution Date) or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, as of
the Closing Date.
"Class A Monthly Principal" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the Class A Percentage of the Principal Distribution Amount for such
Distribution Date.
"Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of
business on any Distribution Date, the excess of Class A Monthly Principal
for such Distribution Date and any outstanding Class A Principal Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect
of principal that is actually deposited in the Class A Distribution Account
on such Distribution Date.
"Class A Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of Class A Monthly Principal for such
Distribution Date and, in the case of any Distribution Date other than the
initial Distribution Date, the Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall as of
the close of business on the preceding Distribution Date; provided,
however, that the Class A Principal Distributable Amount shall not exceed
the outstanding aggregate principal balance of the Class A Certificates
prior to such Distribution Date. In addition, on the Final Scheduled
Distribution Date, the Class A Principal Distributable Amount
S-22
<PAGE>
shall include any additional amount available to reduce the outstanding
aggregate principal balance of the Class A Certificates to zero.
"Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, (a) with respect to
the initial Distribution Date, zero, and (b) with respect to any other
Distribution Date, the excess of Class B Monthly Interest for the preceding
Distribution Date and any outstanding Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall
on such preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest
that is actually deposited in the Class B Distribution Account on such
preceding Distribution Date, plus 30 days of interest on such excess, to
the extent permitted by law, at the Class B Certificate Rate.
"Class B Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of Class B Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date and the Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall for such
Distribution Date.
"Class B Monthly Interest" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, one-twelfth of the Class B Certificate Rate multiplied by the Class B
Certificate Balance as of the Distribution Date occurring in the preceding
Collection Period (after giving effect to any payments made on such
Distribution Date) or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, as of
the Closing Date.
"Class B Monthly Principal" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the Class B Percentage of the Principal Distribution Amount for such
Distribution Date.
"Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of
business on any Distribution Date, the excess of Class B Monthly Principal
for such Distribution Date and any outstanding Class B Principal Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect
of principal that is actually deposited in the Class B Distribution Account
on such Distribution Date.
"Class B Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of Class B Monthly Principal for such
Distribution Date and, in the case of any Distribution Date other than the
initial Distribution Date, the Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall as of
the close of business on the preceding Distribution Date; provided,
however, that the Class B Interest Distributable Amount shall not exceed
the outstanding aggregate principal balance of the Class B Certificates
prior to such Distribution Date. In addition, on the Final Scheduled
Distribution Date, the Class B Interest Distributable Amount will include
any additional amount available to reduce the outstanding aggregate
principal balance of the Class B Certificates to zero.
The following chart sets forth an example of the application of the
foregoing provisions to a hypothetical monthly distribution:
March 1 - March 31 ........ Collection Period. The Servicer receives monthly
payments, prepayments, and other proceeds in
respect of the Receivables.
March 31 .................. Record Date. Distributions on the next Distribution
Date are made to Certificateholders of record at
the close of business on this date.
April 8 ................... Determination Date. On or before this date, the
Servicer, delivers to the Trustee the Servicer's
Report, which notifies the Trustee of the amounts
required to be distributed and the amounts
available for distribution on the next Distribution
Date.
S-23
<PAGE>
April 12 .................. Deposit Date. All Collections relating to the
preceding Collection Period are required to be
deposited in the Collection Account on or before
this date. The Trustee withdraws funds from the
Reserve Account to the extent necessary.
April 15 .................. Distribution Date. The Trustee distributes to
Certificateholders amounts payable in respect of
the Certificates, pays the Servicing Fee to the
Servicer, deposits any excess funds to the Reserve
Account and, if the Reserve Account is equal to the
Specified Reserve Account Balance, pays any
remaining funds to the Seller.
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
Information regarding certain legal aspects of the Receivables is set forth
under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a general summary of material federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Certificates.
Such summary represents the opinion of Federal Tax Counsel subject to the
qualifications set forth herein. An opinion of Federal Tax Counsel, however, is
not binding on the IRS or the courts. No ruling on any of the issues discussed
below will be sought from the IRS. The following summary is intended as an
explanatory discussion of the possible effects of certain federal income tax
consequences to holders generally, but does not purport to furnish information
in the level of detail or with the attention to a holder's specific tax
circumstances that would be provided by a holder's own tax advisor. For example,
it does not discuss the tax treatment of Certificateholders that are insurance
companies, regulated investment companies or dealers in securities. Moreover,
there are no cases or Internal Revenue Service (" IRS") rulings on similar
transactions involving interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those
of the Certificates. As a result, the IRS may disagree with all or a part of the
discussion below. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax
advisors in determining the federal, state, local, foreign and any other tax
consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the
Certificates.
The following summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder and judicial or ruling authority, all of which are subject to change,
which change may be retroactive.
Scope of the Tax Opinions
In the opinion of Federal Tax Counsel, the Trust will not be classified as
an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and
that such Trust will be classified as a grantor trust under subpart E, Part I of
subchapter J of the Code for federal income tax purposes.
In addition, Federal Tax Counsel has prepared or reviewed the statements
herein and in the Prospectus under the heading "Summary of Terms--Tax Status" as
they relate to federal income tax matters and under the heading "Federal Income
Tax Consequences," and is of the opinion that such statements are correct in all
material respects. Such statements are intended as an explanatory discussion of
the possible effects of the classification of the Trust as a grantor trust for
federal income tax purposes on investors generally and of related tax matters
affecting investors generally, but do not purport to furnish information in the
level of detail or with the attention to the investor's
S-24
<PAGE>
specific tax circumstances that would be provided by an investor's own tax
adviser. Accordingly, each investor is advised to consult its own tax advisers
with regard to the tax consequences to it of investing in the Certificates.
Tax Classification of the Trust as a Grantor Trust
Federal Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the Trust will not be
classified as an association taxable as a corporation and that such Trust will
be classified as a grantor trust under subpart E, Part 1 of subchapter J of the
Code. A copy of such opinion of Federal Tax Counsel will be filed with the
Commission as an exhibit to a Form 8-K prior to the issuance of the Certificates
by the Trust. Owners of Certificates (referred to herein as "Grantor Trust
Certificateholders") will be treated for federal income tax purposes as owners
of a portion of the Trust's assets as described below. The Certificates issued
by the Trust are referred to herein as "Grantor Trust Certificates".
Characterization. Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be
treated as the owner of a pro rata undivided interest in the interest and
principal portions of the Trust represented by the Grantor Trust Certificates
and will be considered the equitable owner of a pro rata undivided interest in
each of the Receivables in the Trust. Any amounts received by a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder in lieu of amounts due with respect to any Receivable because
of a default or delinquency in payment will be treated for federal income tax
purposes as having the same character as the payments they replace.
Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be required to report on its
federal income tax return in accordance with such Grantor Trust
Certificateholder's method of accounting its pro rata share of the entire income
from the Receivables in the Trust represented by the Grantor Trust Certificates,
including interest, OID, if any, market discount, if any, prepayment fees,
assumption fees, any gain recognized upon an assumption and late payment charges
received by the Servicer. Under Sections 162 or 212 of the Code each Grantor
Trust Certificateholder will be entitled to deduct its pro rata share of
servicing fees, prepayment fees, assumption fees, any loss recognized upon an
assumption and late payment charges retained by the Servicer, provided that such
amounts are reasonable compensation for services rendered to the Trust. Grantor
Trust Certificateholders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be
entitled to deduct their share of expenses only to the extent such expenses plus
all other miscellaneous itemized deductions exceed two percent of its adjusted
gross income. In addition, the Code provides that the amount of itemized
deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year for an individual whose
adjusted gross income exceeds a threshold amount specified in the Code adjusted
for inflation ($_______ in 199_, in the case of a joint return) will be reduced
by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of adjusted gross income over the
specified threshold amount or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions
otherwise allowable for such taxable year. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder
using the cash method of accounting must take into account its pro rata share of
income and deductions as and when collected by or paid to the Servicer. A
Grantor Trust Certificateholder using an accrual method of accounting must take
into account its pro rata share of income and deductions as they become due or
are paid to the Servicer, whichever is earlier. If the servicing fees paid to
the Servicer are deemed to exceed reasonable servicing compensation, the amount
of such excess could be considered as an ownership interest retained by the
Servicer (or any person to whom the Servicer assigned for value all or a portion
of the servicing fees) in a portion of the interest payments on the Receivables.
The Receivables would then be subject to the "coupon stripping" rules of the
Code discussed below.
Premium. The price paid for a Grantor Trust Certificate by a holder
will be allocated to such holder's undivided interest in each Receivable based
on each Receivable's relative fair market value, so that such holder's undivided
interest in each Receivable will have its own tax basis. A Grantor Trust
Certificateholder that acquires an interest in Receivables at a premium may
elect to amortize such premium under a constant yield method. Amortizable bond
premium will be treated as an offset to interest income on such Grantor Trust
Certificate. The basis for such Grantor Trust Certificate will be reduced to
the extent that amortizable premium is applied to offset interest payments. A
Grantor Trust Certificateholder that makes this election for a Grantor Trust
Certificate that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have made an
election to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having
amortizable bond premium that such Grantor Trust Certificateholder held at the
beginning of the
S-25
<PAGE>
year of the election or acquired thereafter. Absent such an election, the
premium will be deductible as an ordinary loss only upon disposition of the
Certificate or pro rata as principal is paid on the Receivables.
Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons
To the extent a transaction is determined to involve "excess
servicing" (as described above), or that the classes of Certificates represent
stripped interests in the underlying Receivables, the Grantor Trust Certificates
will represent interests in stripped bonds for federal income tax purposes.
Although the tax treatment of stripped bonds is not entirely clear, based on
recent guidance by the IRS, each purchaser of a Grantor Trust Certificate will
be treated as the purchaser of a stripped bond which generally should be treated
as a single debt instrument issued on the day it is purchased for purposes of
calculating any OID. Generally, under Treasury regulations (the "Section 1286
Treasury Regulations"), if the discount on a stripped bond is larger than a de
minimis amount (as calculated for purposes of the OID rules of the Code) such
stripped bond will be considered to have been issued with OID. If OID rules
were to apply, all of the taxable income to be recognized with respect to the
Certificates would be includible in income as OID but would not be includible
again when the interest is actually received. Regulations do not adequately
address the circumstances in which payment of interest on Certificates such as
the Grantor Trust Certificates would be considered unconditionally payable, and
thus, Federal Tax Counsel is unable to opine as to the extent to which interest
payments on the Certificates would be treated as qualified stated interest.
Market Discount and Premium. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder that
acquires an undivided interest in Receivables may be subject to the market
discount rules of Code Sections 1276 through 1278 to the extent an undivided
interest in a Receivable is considered to have been purchased at a "market
discount." Generally, the amount of market discount is equal to the excess of
the portion of the principal amount of such Receivable allocable to such
holder's undivided interest over such holder's tax basis in such interest.
Market discount with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate will be considered
to be zero if the amount allocable to the Grantor Trust Certificate is less than
0.25% of the Grantor Trust Certificate's stated redemption price at maturity
multiplied by the weighted average maturity remaining after the date of
purchase. Treasury regulations implementing the market discount rules have not
yet been issued; therefore, investors should consult their own tax advisors
regarding the application of these rules and the advisability of making any of
the elections allowed under Code Sections 1276 through 1278.
The Code provides that any principal payment (whether a scheduled
payment or a prepayment) or any gain on disposition of a market discount bond
shall be treated as ordinary income to the extent that it does not exceed the
accrued market discount at the time of such payment. The amount of accrued
market discount for purposes of determining the tax treatment of subsequent
principal payments or dispositions of the market discount bond is to be reduced
by the amount so treated as ordinary income.
The Code also grants the Treasury Department authority to issue
regulations providing for the computation of accrued market discount on debt
instruments, the principal of which is payable in more than one installment.
While the Treasury Department has not yet issued regulations, rules described in
the relevant legislative history likely will apply. Under those rules, the
holder of a market discount bond may elect to accrue market discount on the
basis of a constant yield method.
A holder who acquired a Grantor Trust Certificate at a market discount
may be required to defer a portion of its interest deductions for the taxable
year attributable to any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry
such Grantor Trust Certificate purchased with market discount. For these
purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies. Any such deferred
interest expense would not exceed the market discount that accrues during such
taxable year and is, in general, allowed as a deduction not later than the year
in which such market discount is includible in income. If such holder elects to
include market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market discount
instruments acquired by such holder in that taxable year or thereafter, the
interest deferral rule described above will not apply.
S-26
<PAGE>
To the extent a Grantor Trust Certificateholder is considered to have
purchased an undivided interest in a Receivable for an amount that is greater
than its stated redemption price at maturity of such Receivable, such Grantor
Trust Certificateholder will be considered to have purchased the Receivable with
"amortizable bond premium" equal in amount to such excess. See "--Premium."
Election to Treat All Interest as OID. The OID regulations permit a
Grantor Trust Certificateholder to elect to accrue all interest, discount
(including de minimis market or OID) and premium in income as interest, based on
a constant yield method. If such an election were to be made with respect to a
Grantor Trust Certificate with market discount, the Certificateholder would be
deemed to have made an election to include in income currently market discount
with respect to all other debt instruments having market discount that such
Grantor Trust Certificateholder acquires during the year of the election or
thereafter. Similarly, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder that makes this
election for a Grantor Trust Certificate that is acquired at a premium will be
deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium with respect to all
debt instruments having amortizable bond premium that such Grantor Trust
Certificateholder held at the beginning of the year of the election or acquired
thereafter. See "--Premium." The election to accrue interest, discount and
premium on a constant yield method with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate
is generally irrevocable.
Sale or Exchange of a Grantor Trust Certificate. Sale or exchange of
a Grantor Trust Certificate prior to its maturity will result in gain or loss
equal to the difference, if any, between the amount received and the owner's
adjusted basis in the Grantor Trust Certificate. Such adjusted basis generally
will equal the seller's purchase price for the Grantor Trust Certificate,
increased by the OID included in the seller's gross income with respect to the
Grantor Trust Certificate, and reduced by principal payments on the Grantor
Trust Certificate previously received by the seller. Such gain or loss will be
capital gain or loss to an owner for which a Grantor Trust Certificate is a
"capital asset" within the meaning of Code Section 1221, and will be long-term
or short-term depending on whether the Grantor Trust Certificate has been owned
for the long-term capital gain holding period (currently more than one year).
Grantor Trust Certificates will be "evidences of indebtedness" within
the meaning of Code Section 582(c)(1), so that gain or loss recognized from the
sale of a Grantor Trust Certificate by a bank or a thrift institution to which
such section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.
Non-U.S. Persons. Generally, interest or OID paid by the person
required to withhold tax under Code Section 1441 or 1442 to (i) an owner that is
not a U.S. Person (as defined below) or (ii) a Grantor Trust Certificateholder
holding on behalf of an owner that is not a U.S. Person would not be subject to
withholding if such Grantor Trust Certificateholder complies with certain
identification requirements (including delivery of a statement, signed by the
Grantor Trust Certificateholder under penalties of perjury, certifying that such
Grantor Trust Certificateholder is not a U.S. Person and providing the name and
address of such Grantor Trust Certificateholder).
As used herein, a "U.S. Person" means a citizen or resident of the
United States, a corporation or a partnership organized in or under the laws of
the United States or any political subdivision thereof or an estate or trust,
the income of which is includible in gross income for federal income tax
purposes regardless of its source.
On October 6, 1997, final Treasury regulations (the "Withholding Tax
Regulations") were issued that modify certain of the filing requirements with
which foreign persons must comply in order to be entitled to an exemption from
U.S. withholding tax or a reduction to the applicable U.S. withholding tax rate.
Those persons currently required to file Form W-8 generally will continue to be
required to file that form. However, the requirement that foreign persons
submit Form W-8 is extended to most foreign persons who wish to seek an
exemption from withholding tax on the basis that income from the Certificates is
effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (in lieu of
Form 4224) and to foreign persons wishing to rely on a tax treaty to reduce the
withholding tax rate (in lieu of Form 1001). The Withholding Tax Regulations
generally are effective for payments of interest due after December 31, 1998,
but Forms 4224 and 1001 filed prior to that date will continue to be
S-27
<PAGE>
effective until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the current expiration date
of those forms. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors
with respect to the effect of the Withholding Tax Regulations.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The Servicer will
furnish or make available, within a reasonable time after the end of each
calendar year, to each person who was a Grantor Trust Certificateholder at any
time during such year, such information as may be deemed necessary or desirable
to assist Grantor Trust Certificateholders in preparing their federal income tax
returns, or to enable holders to make such information available to beneficial
owners or financial intermediaries that hold Grantor Trust Certificates as
nominees on behalf of beneficial owners. If a holder, beneficial owner,
financial intermediary or other recipient of a payment on behalf of a beneficial
owner fails to supply a certified taxpayer identification number or if the
Secretary of the Treasury determines that such person has not reported all
interest and dividend income required to be shown on its federal income tax
return, 31% backup withholding may be required with respect to any payments.
Any amounts deducted and withheld from a distribution to a recipient would be
allowed as a credit against such recipient's federal income tax liability.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the
potential impact of the Withholding Tax Regulations.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The Class A Certificates
Subject to the considerations set forth under "ERISA Considerations--
Trusts That Do Not Issue Notes" in the Prospectus, the Class A Certificates may
be purchased with the assets of an employee benefit plan or an individual
retirement account (a "Plan") subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). A fiduciary of a Plan must
determine that the purchase of a Class A Certificate is consistent with its
fiduciary duties under ERISA and does not result in a nonexempt prohibited
transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. For
additional information regarding treatment of the Class A Certificates under
ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
The Class B Certificates
The Class B Certificates and any beneficial interest in such Class B
Certificates may not be acquired (a) with the assets of an employee benefit plan
(as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title
I of ERISA, (b) by a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (c) by
any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity. By its acceptance of a Class B Certificate, each Class
B Certificateholder will be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is
not subject to the foregoing limitation. For additional information regarding
treatment of the Class B Certificates under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in
the Prospectus.
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting
agreement, the Seller has agreed to cause the Trust to sell to each of the
underwriters listed below (each, an " Underwriter"), and each of the
Underwriters has agreed to purchase, the principal amount of the Certificates
set forth opposite its name below. Under the terms and conditions of the
Underwriting Agreement, each of the Underwriters is obligated to take and pay
for all of the Certificates, if any are taken.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Principal Amount of Principal Amount of
Class A Certificates Class B Certificates
-------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
______________________............ $___________________ $___________________
</TABLE>
S-28
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
______________________............ $___________________ $___________________
______________________............ $___________________ $___________________
Total $___________________ $___________________
</TABLE>
The Seller has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose
initially to offer the Certificates to the public at the prices set forth
herein, and to certain dealers at such prices less the initial concession not in
excess of _____% per Class A Certificate and ____% per Class B Certificate. The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess
of ____% per Class A Certificate and ____% per Class B Certificate to certain
other dealers. After the initial public offering of the Certificates, the public
offering prices and such concessions may be changed.
The Seller does not intend to apply for listing of the Certificates on
a national securities exchange, but has been advised by the Underwriters that
they intend to make a market in the Certificates. The Underwriters are not
obligated, however, to make a market in the Certificates and may discontinue
market making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the
liquidity of the trading market for the Certificates.
The Seller and the Bank have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, each
Underwriter and its affiliates have engaged and may in the future engage in
commercial banking and investment banking transactions with the Seller.
LEGAL OPINIONS
In addition to the legal opinions described in the Prospectus, certain
federal income tax and other legal matters will be passed upon for the Trust by
Balch & Bingham LLP, Birmingham, Alabama. Certain legal matters will be passed
upon for the Underwriters by Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois. Balch &
Bingham LLP and Mayer, Brown & Platt may from time to time render legal services
to the Seller, the Servicer and its affiliates.
S-29
<PAGE>
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Page
----
Acquired Receivables..................................................... S-4
Affiliate................................................................ S-4
Agreement................................................................ S-3
Available Principal...................................................... S-16
Available Reserve Amount................................................. S-17
Bank..................................................................... S-3
Business Day............................................................. S-5
Certificate Rate......................................................... S-5
Certificateholders....................................................... S-5
Certificates............................................................. S-1
Class A Certificate Balance.............................................. S-6
Class A Certificate Rate................................................. S-5
Class A Certificateholders............................................... S-5
Class A Certificates..................................................... S-1
Class A Distribution Account............................................. S-17
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall..................................... S-20
Class A Interest Distributable Amount.................................... S-20
Class A Monthly Interest................................................. S-20
Class A Monthly Principal................................................ S-20
Class A Percentage....................................................... S-3
Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall.................................... S-20
Class A Principal Distributable Amount................................... S-20
Class B Certificate Balance.............................................. S-6
Class B Certificate Rate................................................. S-5
Class B Certificateholders............................................... S-5
Class B Certificates..................................................... S-1
Class B Distribution Account............................................. S-17
Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall..................................... S-21
Class B Interest Distributable Amount.................................... S-21
Class B Monthly Interest................................................. S-21
Class B Monthly Principal................................................ S-21
Class B Percentage....................................................... S-3
Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall.................................... S-21
Class B Principal Distributable Amount................................... S-21
Closing Date............................................................. S-4
Code..................................................................... S-26
Collection Period........................................................ S-5
Commission............................................................... S-2
Cutoff Date.............................................................. S-3
Defaulted Receivable..................................................... S-16
Deposit Date............................................................. S-7
Determination Date....................................................... S-19
Direct Loans............................................................. S-4
Distribution Date........................................................ S-2
ERISA.................................................................... S-8
Federal Tax Counsel...................................................... S-22
Final Scheduled Distribution Date........................................ S-2
Final Scheduled Maturity Date............................................ S-4
S-30
<PAGE>
Financed Vehicles........................................................ S-3
Grantor Trust Certificateholders......................................... S-23
Grantor Trust Certificates............................................... S-23
IRS...................................................................... S-22
Issuer................................................................... S-3
Liquidation Proceeds..................................................... S-18
Minimum Specified Reserve Balance........................................ S-18
Motor Vehicle Loans...................................................... S-4
Original Pool Balance.................................................... S-6
Originator............................................................... S-4
Overcollateralization Amount............................................. S-18
Plan..................................................................... S-26
Pool Balance............................................................. S-4
Principal Balance........................................................ S-4
Principal Distribution Amount............................................ S-16
Prospectus............................................................... S-1
Purchased Receivable..................................................... S-16
Rating Agencies.......................................................... S-8
Realized Losses.......................................................... S-17
Receivables.............................................................. S-1
Receivables Pool......................................................... S-10
Record Date.............................................................. S-5
Reserve Account.......................................................... S-7
Reserve Account Initial Deposit.......................................... S-7
Section 1286 Treasury Regulations........................................ S-24
Seller................................................................... S-1
Servicer................................................................. S-1
Servicer's Report........................................................ S-19
Specified Reserve Account Balance........................................ S-17
Subsidiary............................................................... S-4
Supplemental Servicing Fee............................................... S-19
Trust.................................................................... S-1
Trustee.................................................................. S-3
U.S. Person.............................................................. S-25
Underwriter.............................................................. S-26
S-31
<PAGE>
================================================================================
No dealer, salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representation not contained in this Prospectus Supplement or the
Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be
relied upon as having been authorized by the Seller or the Underwriters. This
Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus do not constitute an offer of any
securities other than those to which they relate or an offer to sell, or a
solicitation of an offer to buy, to any person in any jurisdiction where such an
offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that the information contained herein is
correct as of any time subsequent to their respective dates.
___________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
Page
----
Reports to Certificateholders............................................ S-2
Summary of Terms......................................................... S-3
Risk Factors............................................................. S-9
The Trust................................................................ S-10
The Receivables Pool..................................................... S-10
The Seller, the Servicer and AmSouth Bancorporation...................... S-14
Weighted Average Life of the Certificates................................ S-14
Description of the Certificates.......................................... S-14
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables................................. S-20
ERISA Considerations..................................................... S-20
Underwriting............................................................. S-21
Legal Opinions........................................................... S-21
Index of Defined Terms................................................... S-22
Prospectus
Page
----
Available Information....................................................
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference..........................
Summary of Terms.........................................................
Risk Factors.............................................................
The Trusts...............................................................
The Receivables Pools....................................................
Weighted Average Life of the Securities..................................
Pool Factors and Trading Information.....................................
Use of Proceeds..........................................................
The Seller...............................................................
The Bank.................................................................
Description of the Notes.................................................
Description of the Certificates..........................................
Certain Information Regarding the Securities.............................
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.....................
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables.................................
Federal Income Tax Consequences..........................................
Certain State Tax Consequences...........................................
ERISA Considerations.....................................................
Plan of Distribution.....................................................
Notice to Canadian Residents.............................................
Legal Opinions...........................................................
Index of Defined Terms...................................................
Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures............
================================================================================
================================================================================
$_________________________
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
(Seller)
$_______________
__% Asset Backed
Certificates
Class A
$_______________
__% Asset Backed
Certificates
Class B
=====================
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
_______________, 199_
=====================
================================================================================
<PAGE>
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED __________, 199_
[PRELIMINARY OWNER TRUST PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FORM]
(To Prospectus dated __________, 199_)
[$______________]
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_ - _
$______________ Class A-1 ____% Asset Backed Notes
$______________ Class A-2 ____% Asset Backed Notes
$______________ ____% Asset Backed Certificates
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
Seller
AMSOUTH BANK
Servicer
The AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-__ (the "Trust") will be governed by a Trust
Agreement, to be dated as of ___________________, 199_, AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc.,
as seller (the "Seller") and ___________________, as Owner Trustee. The Trust
will issue $_____________ aggregate principal amount of Class A-1 ___% Asset
Backed Notes (the "Class A-1 Notes"), and $____________ aggregate principal
amount of Class A-2 ___% Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes" and, together
with the Class A-1 Notes, the "Notes") pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as
of _____________, 199_, between the Trust and ___________________, as Indenture
Trustee. The Trust will also issue $__________________ aggregate principal
amount of ___% Asset Backed Certificates (the "Certificates" and, together with
the Notes, the "Securities"). The rights of Certificateholders will be
subordinated to the rights of Noteholders to the extent described herein. The
assets of the Trust will include a pool of motor vehicle promissory notes and
security agreements and/or retail installment sale contracts secured by new or
used automobiles and light duty trucks (collectively, The "Receivables"),
payments received thereunder after _________, 199__, security interests in the
motor vehicles financed thereby, rights under Dealer Agreements, rights under
Purchase Agreements, rights with respect to deposit accounts in which
collections are held, any proceeds from claims on insurance policies relating to
the Financed Vehicles and the proceeds of the foregoing.
(cover continued on next page)
________________________
Prospective investors should consider the material risks involved with or
investment in the Securities described in "Risk Factors" set forth at page S-12
herein and at page 15 in the accompanying Prospectus (the "Prospectus").
THE NOTES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR
INTERESTS IN AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC., AMSOUTH BANK OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR THE RECEIVABLES ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR
INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC., AMSOUTH BANK OR ANY OF THEIR
AFFILIATES.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Underwriting
Price to Discounts and Proceeds to
Public(1) Commissions the Seller(1)(2)
------------- ------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Per Class A-1 Note % % %
Per Class A-2 Note % % %
Per Certificate % % %
Total $___________ $___________ $__________
</TABLE>
______________________
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from ___________, 199__.
(2) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $___________.
________________________
The Notes and Certificates are offered by the Underwriters when, as and if
issued and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to their right to reject
orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the Notes and the
Certificates will be made in book-entry form only through the Same Day Funds
Settlement System of The Depository Trust Company, or through Cedel Bank,
societe anonyme or the Euroclear System, on or about __________, 199_.
_____________, 199_.
<PAGE>
The assets of the Trust will be transferred by the Seller to the Trust on
or prior to the Closing Date. The Notes will be secured by the assets of the
Trust pursuant to the Indenture. Certain capitalized terms used in this
Prospectus Supplement are defined in this Prospectus Supplement on the pages
indicated in the "Index of Terms" on page ___ of this Prospectus Supplement or,
to the extent not defined herein, have the meanings assigned to such terms in
the Prospectus. Interest on all classes of Notes will accrue at the fixed per
annum interest rates specified above. Interest on the Notes will generally be
payable on the [15th] day of each month (each, a "Distribution Date"),
commencing _______, 199_. Principal of the Notes will be payable on each
Distribution Date to the extent described herein, except that no principal will
be paid on the Class A-2 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full.
See "Description of the Notes--Payments of Interest."
The Certificates will represent fractional undivided interests in the
Trust. Interest, at the Certificate Rate, will be distributed to the
Certificateholders on each Distribution Date to the extent of available funds.
Principal, to the extent described herein, will be distributed to the
Certificateholders on each Distribution Date commencing with the Distribution
Date on which the Notes were paid in full to the extent of available funds. See
"Description of the Certificates--Distributions of Principal Payments."
Distributions of interest and principal on the Certificates will be subordinated
in priority to payments due on the Notes as described herein. See "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Subordination of Certificates."
Each class of the Notes and the Certificates will be payable in full on the
applicable final scheduled Distribution Date as set forth herein. However,
payment in full of a class of Notes or of the Certificates could occur earlier
or later than such dates as described herein. See "Weighted Average Life of the
Securities." In addition, the Class A-2 Notes and the Certificates will be
subject to prepayment in whole, but not in part, on any Distribution Date on
which AmSouth Bank in its capacity as servicer (in such capacity, the "
Servicer"), or the Seller exercises its option to purchase the Receivables. The
Seller or Servicer may purchase the Receivables when the aggregate principal
balance of the Receivables has declined to 5% or less of the initial aggregate
principal balance of the Receivables purchased by the Trust.
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPETE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
OFFERING OF THE NOTES AND THE CERTIFICATES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED
IN THE PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE NOTES OR THE
CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS. TO THE EXTENT ANY STATEMENTS IN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR SPECIFY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO
STATEMENTS IN THE PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SHALL
CONTROL.
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICES OF THE NOTES AND THE
CERTIFICATES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED
TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITER AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
There is currently no secondary market for the Securities offered hereby.
Each Underwriter expects, but is not obligated to make a market in the Notes and
Certificates. There can be no assurance that a secondary market
S-2
<PAGE>
will develop or that it will provide Securityholders with liquidity of
investment or that it will continue for the life of the Securities offered
hereby.
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
Unless and until Definitive Notes or Definitive Certificates are issued,
monthly and annual unaudited reports containing information concerning the
Receivables will be prepared by the Servicer and sent on behalf of the Trust
only to Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depository Trust Company and registered
holder of the Notes and the Certificates. See "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Reports to Securityholders" in
the accompanying Prospectus. Such reports will not constitute financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
The Seller, as originator of the Trust, will file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") such periodic reports as are required
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder. In addition, the Commission maintains
a public access site on the Internet through the World Wide Web at which site
reports, information statements and other information, including all electronic
filings, may be viewed. The Internet address of such World Wide Web site is
http://www.sec.gov.
S-3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF TERMS
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in
the Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined elsewhere in
this Prospectus Supplement on the pages indicated in the "Index of Terms"
beginning at page S-43 or, to the extent not defined herein, have the meanings
assigned to such terms in the Prospectus.
Issuer.................. AmSouth Auto Trust 199"-__ (the "Trust" or the
"Issuer"), a [Delaware business] trust established
pursuant to a trust agreement (as amended and
supplemented, the "Trust Agreement"), dated as of
________________, 199_ between the Seller and the
Owner Trustee.
Seller.................. AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Seller"). See "The Seller."
Servicer................ AmSouth Bank, a state bank organized under the laws
of the State of Alabama (the "Bank" or in its
capacity as servicer, the "Servicer").
Indenture Trustee....... ____________________, as trustee under the Indenture
(the "Indenture Trustee").
Owner Trustee........... ____________________, as trustee under the Trust
Agreement (the "Owner Trustee").
The Notes............... The Trust will issue Asset Backed Notes (the
"Notes"), pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as
of _______________, 199_ (as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"),
between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as
follows: (a) Class A-1 __% Asset Backed Notes (the
"Class A-1 Notes") in the aggregate initial
principal amount of $______________; and (b) Class
A-2 __% Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes")
in the aggregate initial principal amount of
$____________.
The Notes will be secured by the assets of the Trust
pursuant to the Indenture.
The Certificates........ The Trust will issue __% Asset Backed Certificates
(the "Certificates" and, together with the Notes,
the "Securities") with an aggregate initial
Certificate Balance of $________________. The
Certificates will represent fractional undivided
interests in the Trust and will be issued pursuant
to the Trust Agreement.
The Receivables......... On or prior to __________, 199_ (the "Closing Date"),
the Trust will purchase a pool of motor vehicle
promissory notes and security agreements and/or
retail installment sale contracts secured by new or
used automobiles or light duty trucks
(collectively, the "Receivables"), including rights
to receive certain payments made with respect to
such
S-4
<PAGE>
Receivables, security interests in the vehicles
financed thereby (the "Financed Vehicles"), rights
under Dealer Agreements, certain deposit accounts
in which collections are held, any proceeds from
claims on insurance policies and the proceeds of
the foregoing, having an aggregate principal
balance of approximately $___________ as of
______________, 199_ (the "Cutoff Date"), from the
Seller pursuant to a Sale and Servicing Agreement
to be dated as of ____________, 199_ (as amended
and supplemented from time to time, the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement"), among the Trust, the Seller
and the Servicer. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements" herein and in the
Prospectus.
The Receivables consist of (i) motor vehicle
promissory notes and security agreements executed
by an Obligor in favor of a motor vehicle lender
("Direct Loans") and/or (ii) motor vehicle retail
installment sales contracts between an Obligor and
a vehicle dealer (collectively, "Motor Vehicle
Loans"). Direct Loans include promissory notes and
security agreements for which a Dealer performed
certain ministerial loan processing functions on
behalf of the lender. In addition, the Receivables
Pool includes Motor Vehicle Loans acquired by an
Affiliate through acquisitions or Motor Vehicle
Loans originated by a bank, financial institution
or other entity acquired by an Affiliate ("Acquired
Receivables"). "Originator" means, with respect to
any Motor Vehicle Loan, the Affiliate that (i) was
the lender with respect to a Direct Loan made by an
Affiliate or (ii) acquired such Motor Vehicle Loan
from a vehicle dealer or other third party.
"Affiliate" means AmSouth Bancorporation and any
bank or other nonbank entity owned or acquired by
AmSouth Bancorporation or by its subsidiaries.
"Subsidiary" includes both direct and indirect
subsidiaries. See "The Receivables Pool" herein and
"The Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus.
The Receivables have been selected from Motor Vehicle
Loans owned by the Affiliates based on the criteria
specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
described herein and in the Prospectus. See "The
Receivables Pool" herein and "The Receivables
Pools" in the Prospectus. No Receivable will have a
scheduled maturity that, after giving prospective
effect to any permitted extensions or such
deferrals, would be later than ____________ (the
"Final Scheduled Maturity Date"). As of the Cutoff
Date, the weighted average remaining maturity of
the Receivables was approximately _____ months and
the weighted average original maturity of the
Receivables was approximately ____ months. As of
the Cutoff Date, approximately ____% of the
aggregate principal balance of the Receivables
represented financing of new vehicles and the
remainder represented financing of use vehicles.
S-5
<PAGE>
The "Pool Balance" means, at any time, the sum of the
outstanding Principal Balances of the Receivables.
The "Principal Balance" for any Receivable, at any
time, means the principal balance of such
Receivable at the end of the preceding Collection
Period, after giving effect to all payments
received from Obligors and Purchase Amounts to be
remitted by the Servicer or the Seller, as the case
may be, for such Collection Period and otherwise
determined in accordance with the Servicer's
customary practices.
Terms of the Notes
A. Distribution Dates.. Payments of interest and principal on the Notes will
be made on the [15th] day of each month or, if any
such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each, a "Distribution
Date"), commencing ______________, 199_. Each
reference to a " Payment Date" in the Prospectus
shall refer to a Distribution Date herein. Payments
will be made to holders of record of the Notes (the
"Noteholders") as of the day immediately preceding
such Distribution Date or, if Definitive Notes are
issued, as of the last Business Day of the
preceding month (a "Record Date"). A "Business Day"
is a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday and a day
that, in New York City, Birmingham, Alabama and
_____________, Delaware, is neither a legal holiday
nor a day on which banking institutions are
authorized by law, regulation or executive order to
be closed.
B. Interest Rates...... The Class A-1 Notes will bear interest at the rate of
__% per annum (the "Class A-1 Interest Rate") and
the Class A-2 Notes will bear interest at the rate
of __% per annum (the "Class A-2 Interest Rate").
The Class A-1 Interest Rate and the Class A-2
Interest Rate are referred to herein collectively
as "Interest Rates".
C. Interest............ Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the
Notes of each class will accrue at the applicable
Interest Rate from the Closing Date (in the case of
the first Distribution Date) and thereafter from
the preceding Distribution Date through the current
Distribution Date (each an "Interest Period").
Interest on the Notes will be calculated on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months. See "Description of the Notes--Payments of
Interest."
D. Principal........... Principal of the Notes will be payable on each
Distribution Date in an amount equal to the
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount for the
calendar month (the "Collection Period") preceding
such Distribution Date.
No principal payments will be made on the Class A-2
Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in
full.
The outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1
Notes, to the extent not previously paid, will be
payable on the
S-6
<PAGE>
_____________, 199_ Distribution Date (the "Class
A-1 Final Scheduled Distribution Date"); and the
outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2
Notes, to the extent not previously paid, will be
payable on the ____________, 199_ Distribution Date
(the "Class A-2 Final Scheduled Distribution
Date").
E. Significant
Characteristics of
Class __ Notes...... [Interest will accrue on the Class __ Notes from [the
Closing Date] but no interest will be payable on
the Class __ Notes until [[the Distribution]
[Payment] Date]] [the [Distribution] [Payment] Date
on or after which the Class __ Notes have been paid
in full]. [The Class __ Notes [do not bear
interest] [bear interest at a nominal rate] and
principal thereon is due and payable on [and after]
[the [Distribution] [Payment] Date following the
[Distribution] [Payment] Date on or after which the
Class __ Notes have been paid in full] [each
[Distribution] [Payment] Date to the extent that
principal available to be paid on the Class __
Notes exceeds the amount necessary to reduce the
outstanding principal balance of the Class __ Notes
to the [planned balance] for such [Distribution]
[Payment] Date. [No principal is payable with
respect to the Class __ Notes. The Class __ Notes
are entitled only to interest on the [nominal]
[notional] amount thereof, as described above under
"Principal."] As a result the yield to maturity on
the Class __ Notes will be particularly sensitive
to the rate and timing of repayment, repurchase and
defaults on the Receivables.] [See "Risk Factors"
and "The Receivables Pool -- Weighted Average Life
of the Securities."]
F. Optional Redemption. After the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full, the
Class A-2 Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not
in part, on any Distribution Date on which the
Seller or Servicer exercises its option to purchase
the Receivables, which can occur after the Pool
Balance declines to 5% or less of the Original Pool
Balance, at a redemption price equal to the unpaid
principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon. See
"Description of the Notes--Optional Redemption."
The "Original Pool Balance" will equal the
aggregate principal balance of the Receivables as
of the Cutoff Date.
Terms of the Certificates
A. Distribution Dates.. Distributions with respect to the Certificates will
be made on each Distribution Date, commencing
__________, 199_. Distributions will be made to
holders of record of the Certificates (the
"Certificateholders" and, together with the
Noteholders, the "Securityholders") as of the
related Record Date (which will be the last
Business Day of the preceding month if Definitive
Certificates are issued).
S-7
<PAGE>
B. Certificate Rate.... ___% per annum (the "Certificate Rate").
C. Interest............ On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee will
distribute pro rata to Certificateholders accrued
interest at the Certificate Rate on the outstanding
Certificate Balance generally to the extent of
funds available following payment of the Servicing
Fee and distributions in respect of interest on the
Notes from the Total Distribution Amount and the
Reserve Account. Interest will be calculated on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months. Interest in respect of a Distribution Date
will accrue from the Closing Date (in the case of
the first Distribution Date) and thereafter from
the preceding Distribution Date to and including
such Distribution Date.
D. Principal........... No distributions of principal on the Certificates
will be made until all of the Notes have been paid
in full. On each Distribution Date commencing on
the Distribution Date on which the Class A-2 Notes
are paid in full, principal of the Certificates
will be payable in an amount generally equal to the
Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount
for the Collection Period preceding such
Distribution Date, to the extent of funds available
therefor following payment of the Servicing Fee,
payments of interest and principal, if any, due in
respect of the Notes and the distribution of
interest in respect of the Certificates.
The outstanding principal amount, if any, of the
Certificates will be payable in full on the
__________ Distribution Date (the "Certificate
Final Scheduled Distribution Date").
E. Optional Prepayment. If the Pool Balance as of the last day of a
Collection Period has declined to 5% or less of the
Original Pool Balance, the Seller or Servicer may
purchase all remaining Trust Property on any
Distribution Date occurring in a subsequent
Collection Period at a purchase price equal to the
aggregate of the Purchase Amounts of the remaining
Receivables (other than Defaulted Receivables),
which would result in a prepayment of the
Certificates. See "Description of the Certificates
--Optional Prepayment."
[Pre-Funding Account]... [During the period (the "Funding Period") from and
including the Closing Date until the earliest of
(i) the Determination Date on which (a) the Pre-
Funded Amount is less than $________, (b) an Event
of Default has occurred under the Indenture or a
Servicer Termination Event has occurred under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, (c) certain events of
insolvency have occurred with respect to the Seller
or the Servicer or (ii) the close of business on
the [Date] Distribution Date, the Pre-Funded Amount
will be maintained in an account in the name of the
Indenture Trustee (the "Pre-Funding Account"). The
Pre-Funded Amount is expected to initially equal
approximately
S-8
<PAGE>
$_____________ and, during the Funding Period, will
be reduced by the principal balance of Subsequent
Receivables purchased by the Trust from time to
time in accordance with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement. The Seller expects that the Pre-Funded
Amount will be reduced to less than $_________ by
the [Date] Distribution Date. Any Pre-Funded Amount
remaining at the end of the Funding Period will be
payable to the Noteholders and Certificateholders
pro rata in proportion to the respective principal
balances of each class of Notes and the
Certificates. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Pre-Funding Account;
Subsequent Receivables."]
Reserve Account......... A reserve account (the "Reserve Account") will be
created with an initial deposit by the Seller of
cash or certain investments having a value of at
least $________ (the "Reserve Account Deposit").
In addition, on each Distribution Date, any amounts
on deposit in the Collection Account with respect
to the preceding Collection Period after payments
to the Certificateholders and the Servicer have
been made will be deposited into the Reserve
Account until the amount of the Reserve Account is
equal to the Specified Reserve Account Balance.
On or prior to the Business Day preceding each
Distribution Date (the "Deposit Date"), the
Indenture Trustee will withdraw funds from the
Reserve Account, to the extent of the funds therein
(exclusive of investment earnings), to the extent
(a) the sum of the amounts required to be
distributed to Noteholders and Certificateholders
and the Servicer on the related Distribution Date
exceeds (b) the amount on deposit in the Collection
Account with respect to the preceding Collection
Period (net of investment income). If the amount in
the Reserve Account is reduced to zero,
Noteholders, Certificateholders will bear the
credit and other risks associated with ownership of
the Receivables, including the risk that the Trust
may not have a perfected security interest in the
Financed Vehicles. See "Risk Factors" herein and in
the Prospectus, "Description of the Certificates--
The Reserve Account"; and "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
Tax Status.............. In the opinion of Balch & Bingham LLP for federal
income tax purposes, the Notes will be
characterized as debt, and the Trust will not be
classified as a separate entity that is an
association (or a publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation. In the opinion of Balch &
Bingham LLP, Alabama tax counsel to the Trust, the
same characterization of the Notes as debt would
apply for Alabama corporation franchise tax
purposes as for federal income tax purposes. [In
addition, since Alabama follows the recently issued
entity classification rules of federal income tax
law, the Trust will
S-9
<PAGE>
not be treated as a separate entity taxable as a
corporation for Alabama corporation franchise tax
purposes.] Each Noteholder, by the acceptance of a
Note, will agree to treat the Notes as
indebtedness, and each Certificateholder, by the
acceptance of a Certificate, will agree to treat
the Trust as a partnership in which the
Certificateholders are partners for federal, state
and local income and franchise tax purposes. See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "State Tax
Consequences" herein and in the Prospectus for
additional information concerning the application
of federal and state tax laws to the Trust and the
Securities.
ERISA Considerations.... Subject to the considerations discussed under "ERISA
Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus, the
Notes are eligible for purchase by employee benefit
plans.
The Certificates may not be acquired with the assets
of any employee benefit plan subject to the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), or Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or
with the assets of an individual retirement
account. See "ERISA Considerations" herein and in
the Prospectus.
[Legal Investment....... The Class A-1 Notes will be eligible securities for
purchase by money market funds under Rule 2a-7
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.]
Risk Factors............ See "Risk Factors" herein and in the Prospectus for a
discussion of certain factors that potential
investors should consider in determining whether to
invest in the Securities.
[No] Listing of
Securities.............. [The [Securities]/[Notes]/[Certificates] will not be
listed on any national securities exchange or
automated quotation system of a registered
securities association.] [The Certificates] [Notes]
[Securities] will be listed on ______________.]
Rating of the Notes..... It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that
the Class A-1 Notes be rated in the highest short-
term rating category and that the Class A-2 Notes
be rated in the highest long-term rating category
by at least two nationally recognized rating
agencies (the "Rating Agencies"). There can be no
assurance that a rating will not be lowered or
withdrawn by a Rating Agency if circumstances so
warrant. See "Risk Factors--Ratings of the
Securities" herein and in the Prospectus.
Rating of the
Certificates............ It is a condition to the issuance of the Certificates
that they be rated at least "A" or its equivalent
by at least two nationally recognized rating
agencies. There can be no assurance that a rating
will not be lowered or withdrawn by a rating agency
if circumstances so warrant. See "Risk Factors--
Ratings of the Securities" in the Prospectus.
S-10
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained herein and in the
Prospectus, prospective investors should consider carefully the following risk
factors and the information contained in "Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.
Subordination
Distributions of interest and principal on the Certificates will be
subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal due on the Class
A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes. Consequently, the Certificateholders will not
receive any distributions with respect to a Collection Period until the full
amount of interest on and principal of the Notes on such Distribution Date has
been deposited in the Note Distribution Account. The Certificateholders will
not receive any distributions of principal until the Distribution Date on which
the Class A-2 Notes were paid in full. However, upon the occurrence and during
the continuation of an Event of Default which has resulted in an acceleration of
the Notes, distributions of all amounts on the Certificates will be subordinated
in priority of payment to payment in full of principal of the Notes.
If an Event of Default occurs, the Indenture Trustee or the holders of
a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all the Notes may declare the
principal of the Notes to be immediately due and payable, and the Indenture
Trustee may institute or be required to institute proceedings to collect amounts
due or exercise its remedies as a secured party (including foreclosure or sale
of the Receivables). In the event of a sale of Receivables by the Indenture
Trustee following an Event of Default, there is no assurance that the proceeds
of such sale will be equal to or greater than the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance plus accrued interest.
Because neither interest nor principal is distributed to Certificateholders upon
sale of the Receivables following an Event of Default and acceleration of the
Notes under the Indenture until all the Notes have been paid in full, the
interests of Noteholders and the Certificateholders may conflict, and the
exercise by the Indenture Trustee of its right to sell the Receivables or
exercise other remedies under the Indenture and applicable law may cause the
Certificateholders to suffer a loss of all or part of their investment. See
"Description of the Notes--The Indenture--Events of Default; Rights upon Event
of Default" and "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Insolvency Event" in the Prospectus.
In general, the Seller may, and in certain circumstances the
Certificateholders may, direct the Owner Trustee in the administration of the
Trust. However, because the Trust has pledged the property of the Trust to the
Indenture Trustee to secure the payment of the Notes, including in such pledge
certain rights of the Trust under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
Indenture Trustee and not the Seller or the Certificateholders has the power to
direct the Trust to take certain actions in connection with the administration
of the property of the Trust until the Notes have been paid in full and the lien
of the Indenture has been released. In addition, the Seller and
Certificateholders are not allowed to direct the Owner Trustee to take any
action which conflicts with the provisions of any of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Trust Agreement or the Indenture (together the "Basic
Documents"). The Indenture specifically prohibits the Issuer from taking any
action which would impair the Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Trust
and generally requires the Owner Trustee to obtain the consent of the Indenture
Trustee or the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the
Notes before modifying, amending, supplementing, waiving or terminating any
Basic Document or any provision of any Basic Document. Therefore, until the
Notes have been paid in full, the ability to direct the Trust with respect to
certain actions permitted to be taken by it under the Basic Documents rests with
the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders instead of the Seller or the
Certificateholders.
If a Servicer Termination Event were to occur, the holders of a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, the Indenture Trustee
acting on behalf of the Noteholders, or the Owner Trustee and not the Seller or
the Certificateholders, would have the right to terminate the Servicer as the
servicer of the Receivables without consideration of the effect such termination
would have on Certificateholders. In addition, the holders of not less than a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes would have the right
to waive certain
S-11
<PAGE>
Servicer Termination Events, without consideration of the effect such waiver
would have on Certificateholders. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements--Servicer Termination Events" and "--Rights upon Servicer Termination
Events" in the Prospectus.
Limited Assets
The Trust will not have, nor is it permitted or expected to have, any
significant assets or sources of funds other than the Receivables and the
Reserve Account. Holders of the Notes and the Certificates must rely for
repayment upon payments on the Receivables and, if and to the extent available,
amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account. Similarly, although funds in the
Reserve Account will be available on each Distribution Date to cover shortfalls
in distributions of interest and principal on the Notes and the Certificates,
amounts to be deposited in the Reserve Account are limited in amount. If the
Reserve Account is exhausted, the Trust will depend solely on current
distributions on the Receivables to make payments on the Notes and the
Certificates.
Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be available on any
Distribution Date first to cover payment of Servicing Fees to the Servicer, then
shortfalls in distributions of interest on the Notes then shortfalls in
distributions of interest on Certificates. After distributions of interest on
the Certificates have been made, the remaining amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Account will be available first to cover shortfalls in distributions of
principal on the Notes and then shortfalls in distributions of principal on the
Certificates. If the Reserve Account is exhausted, the Trust will depend solely
on payments on the Receivables to make distributions on the Securities, and
Securityholders will bear the risk of delinquency, loan losses and repossessions
with respect to the Receivables. There can be no assurance that the future
delinquency, loan loss and repossession experience of the Trust with respect to
the Receivables will be better or worse than that set forth herein with respect
to the portfolio of Motor Vehicle Loans serviced by the Servicer. Any amounts
released from the Reserve Account to the Seller will not be available to the
Securityholders. See "The Receivables Pool--Pool Composition" and "Delinquency
and Net Losses" herein and "The Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus and
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Subordination of
Certificateholders; Reserve Account" and "--Distributions" herein.
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations
The Class A-2 Notes will not receive any principal payments until the
Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full. In addition, no principal payments on
the Certificates will be made until the Distribution Date on which the Notes are
paid in full. As the rate of payment of principal of the Notes and the
Certificates depends on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the
principal balance of the Receivables, final payment of the Notes and the final
distribution in respect of the Certificates could occur significantly earlier
than the applicable Final Scheduled Distribution Date. It is expected that final
payment of the Notes and the final distribution in respect of the Certificates
will occur on or prior to the applicable Final Scheduled Distribution Date.
However, if sufficient funds are not available to pay the Notes or the
Certificates in full on or prior to the applicable Final Scheduled Distribution
Date, final payment of the Notes and the final distribution in respect of the
Certificates could occur later than such date. See "Weighted Average Life of the
Securities" herein and in the Prospectus.
[THE YIELD ON THE CLASS ____ NOTES WILL BE EXTREMELY SENSITIVE TO THE
RATE AND TIMING OF PAYMENTS (INCLUDING PREPAYMENTS) ON THE RECEIVABLES. [AN
INVESTOR PURCHASING A CLASS ____ NOTE AT A SIGNIFICANT PREMIUM COULD, UNDER
CERTAIN PREPAYMENT SCENARIOS, FAIL TO RECOUP ITS ORIGINAL INVESTMENT.] [THE
YIELD TO MATURITY ON THE CLASS ____ NOTES WILL BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY A LOWER
THAN ANTICIPATED RATE OF PAYMENT ON THE RECEIVABLES.] [The reinvestment risk to
an investor in the Class ____ Notes may be exacerbated in the event of [an
increase in the rate of payment on the Receivables in a decreasing interest rate
environment] [a decrease in the rate of payment on the Receivables in an
increasing rate environment]. Any ratings assigned to the Class ____ Notes by a
Rating Agency will reflect only such Rating Agency's assessment of the
likelihood that timely distributions will be made with respect to the Class ____
Notes
S-12
<PAGE>
in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture. Such
rating will not constitute an assessment of the likelihood that principal
prepayments on the Receivables will occur or of the degree to which the rate of
such prepayments might differ from that originally anticipated. As a result,
such rating will not address the possibility that prepayment rates higher or
lower than anticipated by an investor may cause [such investor to experience a
lower than anticipated yield] [an investor purchasing a Class ____ Note at a
significant premium might fail to recoup its investment]. See "The Receivable
Pool -- Sensitivity of the Class ____ Notes to Prepayments."]
Ratings of the Securities
It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes and of the Certificates
that the Class A-1 Notes be rated in the highest short-term rating category and
that the Class A-2 Notes be rated in the highest long-term rating category, and
that the Certificates be rated at least "A" or its equivalent, by at least two
nationally recognized rating agencies. A rating is not a recommendation to
purchase, hold or sell Securities, inasmuch as such rating does not comment as
to market price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings of the
Securities address the likelihood of the payment of principal and interest on
the Securities pursuant to their terms. There can be no assurance that a rating
will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or
withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances in the
future so warrant.
THE TRUST
General
The Issuer, AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_, is a [business] trust formed
under the laws of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement for the
transactions described in this Prospectus Supplement. After its formation, the
Trust will not engage in any activity other than (a) acquiring, holding and
managing the Receivables and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds
therefrom, (b) from time to time prior to the Closing Date, issuing indebtedness
or other securities to finance its purchase of the Receivables and such other
assets and, on and after the Closing Date, issuing the Notes and the
Certificates to finance such assets, (c) making payments on the indebtedness and
other securities and the Notes and the Certificates issued by it, and (d)
engaging in other activities that are necessary, suitable or convenient to
accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.
At the time the Notes and Certificates are issued, the Trust will be
capitalized with equity in an amount equal to the Certificate Balance of
$__________, excluding amounts deposited in the Reserve Account. The equity of
the Trust, together with the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes, will be
used by the Trust to purchase the Receivables from the Seller pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement [or to repayment of any related Warehouse
Financing.]
If the protection provided to the investment of the Securityholders by
the Reserve Account is insufficient, the Trust will look only to the Obligors on
the Receivables, the proceeds from the repossession and sale of Financed
Vehicles which secure defaulted Receivables and the proceeds from any Dealer
Recourse. In such event, certain factors, such as the Trust's not having first
priority perfected security interests in some of the Financed Vehicles, may
affect the Trust's ability to realize on the collateral securing the
Receivables, and thus may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to
Securityholders with respect to the Securities. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Distributions" and "--Reserve Account" and
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
The Trust's principal offices are in Delaware, in care of
__________________, as Owner Trustee, at the address listed below under "--The
Owner Trustee".
S-13
<PAGE>
Capitalization of the Trust
The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Trust as of
the Closing Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Notes and the Certificates
have taken place on such date:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Class A-1 __% Asset Backed Notes....... $________________
Class A-2 __% Asset Backed Notes....... ________________
__% Asset Backed Certificates.......... ________________
Total.................................. $
================
</TABLE>
The Owner Trustee
_______________ is the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.
_____________ is a __________________ and its principal offices where
information can be obtained relating to the Trust and the Certificates are
located at _____________________. The Seller and its affiliates may maintain
normal commercial banking relations with the Owner Trustee and its affiliates.
THE RECEIVABLES POOL
The Receivables were purchased or originated by the Originators in the
ordinary course of their respective businesses. The pool of Receivables (the
"Receivables Pool") will consist of Receivables purchased by the Trust as of the
Cutoff Date. The Receivables have been selected from the Motor Vehicle Loan
portfolio of each Affiliate for inclusion in the Receivables Pool by several
criteria, some of which are set forth in the Prospectus under "The Receivables
Pool," as well as the requirement that each Receivable (a) has an outstanding
principal balance of at least $_____, (b) as of the Cutoff Date, was not more
than 30 days past due, (c) has a scheduled maturity not later than six months
before the Final Scheduled Maturity Date, (d) was not subject to a force-placed
physical damage insurance policy on the related Financed Vehicle and (e) had an
original term to maturity of not more than ___ months. No selection criteria or
procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse to the Certificateholders were
used in selecting the Receivables.
S-14
<PAGE>
Pool Composition
Set forth in the following tables is information concerning the
composition, distribution by Contract Rate and the geographic distribution of
the Receivables to be conveyed by the Seller to the Trust as of the Cutoff Date.
Composition of the Receivables Pool
as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Aggregate Principal Balance.................................. $_______________
Number of Receivables........................................ $_______________
Average Principal Balance.................................... $_______________
(Range)................................................. $_____ to $_____
Average Original Amount Financed............................. $_______________
(Range)................................................. $_____ to $_____
Weighted Average Contract Rate......................................... _____%
(Range)...................................................... ___% to___%
Weighted Average Original Term.................................... ____ months
(Range)............................................... ____ to ___ months
Weighted Average Remaining Term................................... ____ months
(Range)............................................... ____ to ___ months
Scheduled Weighted Average Life (1)................................ ____ years
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) Based on payments due on or after the Cutoff Date, assuming that no
prepayments on the Receivables are made after the Cutoff Date and that all
payments on Simple Interest Receivables are received on their respective
due dates.
S-15
<PAGE>
Distribution by Contract Rate of the Receivables
as of the Cutoff Date(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage
Number of Aggregate of Aggregate
Contract Range Receivables Principal Balance Principal Balance
- -------------- ------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
7.75 to 8.00
8.01 to 9.00
9.01 to 10.00
10.01 to 11.00
11.01 to 12.00
12.01 to 13.00
13.01 to 14.00
14.01 to 15.00
15.01 to 16.00
16.01 to 17.00
17.01 to 18.00
18.01 to 19.00
19.01 to 20.00
20.01 to 21.00
21.01 to 22.00
22.01 to 23.00
23.01 to 24.00
24.01 to 25.00
Totals 100%
============= ================= ======
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100% because of rounding.
Approximately ___% of the aggregate principal balance of the Receivables,
constituting ___% of the number of such Receivables, as of the Cutoff Date
represented financing of new vehicles and the remainder represented financing of
used vehicles. Approximately __% of the aggregate principal balance of the
Receivables, constituting __% of the number of such Receivables, are Precomputed
Receivables and the remainder are Simple Interest Receivables.
S-16
<PAGE>
Geographic Distribution of the Receivables Pool
as of the Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage of Percentage of
Aggregate Aggregate
Principal Principal
Balance Balance
------- -------
State(1) State(1)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Alabama............... Missouri..............
Alaska................ Montana...............
Arizona............... Nebraska..............
Arkansas.............. Nevada................
California............ New Hampshire.........
Colorado.............. New Jersey............
Connecticut........... New Mexico............
Delaware.............. New York..............
District of Columbia.. North Carolina........
Florida............... North Dakota..........
Georgia............... Ohio..................
Hawaii................ Oklahoma..............
Idaho................. Oregon................
Illinois.............. Pennsylvania..........
Indiana............... Rhode Island..........
Iowa.................. South Carolina........
Kansas................ South Dakota..........
Kentucky.............. Tennessee.............
Louisiana............. Texas.................
Maine................. Utah..................
Maryland.............. Vermont...............
Massachusetts......... Virginia..............
Michigan.............. Washington............
Minnesota............. West Virginia.........
Mississippi........... Wisconsin.............
Wyoming...............
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) Based on the billing addresses of the Obligors on the Receivables as of the
Cutoff Date.
S-17
<PAGE>
Delinquencies and Net Losses
Set forth below is certain information concerning the combined historical
delinquency and loss experience of the Originators pertaining to Motor Vehicle
Loans.
[The tables set forth below combine historical Motor Vehicle Loan data for
banks and other financial institutions which are direct or indirect subsidiaries
of AmSouth Corporation (the "Combined Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio"). ]
Because the composition of the Receivables included in the Trust differs
from the Combined Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio there can be no assurance that
the delinquency and net loss experience on the Receivables of the Trust will be
comparable to that set forth below.
Combined Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio
Delinquency Experience(1)
(Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At March 31, At December 31,
------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1997 1996 1995
-------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
$ Percent $ Percent $ Percent $ Percent $ Percent
----- ------- ----- ------- ----- ------- ----- ------- ----- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Amount of Motor
Vehicle Loans
Outstanding....
Period of
Delinquency:
31-90 days....
over 90 days..
Repossessions...
Total...........
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the principal amount scheduled to
be paid on each Motor Vehicle Loan, including unearned finance and other
charges.
S-18
<PAGE>
Combined Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio
Historical Net Loss Experience
(Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
March 31, Year Ended December 31,
------------------ ----------------------------
1998 1997 1997 1996 1995
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Principal Amount of Motor
Vehicle Loans Outstanding(1).....
Average Principal Amount of
Motor Vehicle Loans Outstanding..
Gross Charge-Offs.................
Recoveries........................
Net Losses(2).....................
Net Losses as a Percent of
Principal Amount Outstanding(2)..
Net Losses as a Percent of
Average Principal Amount
Outstanding(2)...................
</TABLE>
_______________________
(1) Amount represents net principal amounts of Motor Vehicle Loans outstanding.
(2) Amount represents the aggregate balance of all Motor Vehicle Loans which
were determined to be uncollectible in the period, less any recoveries on
Motor Vehicle Loans charged-off in the period or any prior period.
Delinquencies and net charge-offs are affected by a number of social,
economic and other factors that may affect an Obligor's ability or willingness
to pay, such as the amount or types of indebtedness incurred by such Obligor in
addition to the Receivable on which such Obligor is indebted, and there can be
no assurance as to the level of future total delinquencies or the severity of
future net charge-offs. As a result, the delinquency and net charge-off
experience of the Receivables may differ from those shown in the tables.
THE SELLER, THE SERVICER AND AMSOUTH BANCORPORATION
Information regarding the Seller is set forth under "The Seller" in the
Prospectus and information regarding the Servicer is set forth under "The Bank"
in the Prospectus. Each of the Seller and the Servicer is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of AmSouth Bancorporation. AmSouth Bancorporation operates through
subsidiaries engaged in banking and a variety of related businesses. As of
December 31, 1997, AmSouth Bancorporation had consolidated total assets of
$_____________ billion, total deposits of $_____________ billion, and total
stockholders' equity of $______________ billion. [Based on total assets as of
December 31, 1997, AmSouth Bancorporation was the [______________] largest
commercial banking organization in the United States. ]
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES
Information regarding certain maturity and prepayment considerations with
respect to the Securities is set forth under "Weighted Average Life of
Securities" in the Prospectus. No principal payments will be made on the
S-19
<PAGE>
Class A-2 Notes until all Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full. In addition,
no principal payments on the Certificates will be made until all of the Notes
have been paid in full. See "Description of the Notes--Payments of Principal"
and "Description of the Certificates--Distributions of Principal Payments." As
the rate of payment of principal of each class of Notes and the Certificates
depends primarily on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the
principal balance of the Receivables, final payment of any class of the Notes
and the final distribution in respect of the Certificates could occur
significantly earlier than the respective Final Scheduled Distribution Dates. It
is expected that final payment of the Notes and the final distribution in
respect of the Certificates will occur on or prior to the applicable Final
Scheduled Distribution Date. However, if sufficient funds are not available to
pay the Notes or the Certificates in full on or prior to the applicable Final
Scheduled Distribution Date, final payment of the Notes and the final
distribution in respect of the Certificates could occur later than such date.
Prepayments on motor vehicle receivables can be measured relative to a
prepayment standard or model. The model used in this Prospectus Supplement, the
Absolute Prepayment Model ("ABS"), represents an assumed rate of prepayment
each month relative to the original number of receivables in a pool of
receivables. ABS further assumes that all the receivables are the same size and
amortize at the same rate and that each receivable in each month of its life
will either be paid as scheduled or be prepaid in full. For example, in a pool
of receivables originally containing 10,000 receivables, a 1% ABS rate means
that 100 receivables prepay each month. ABS does not purport to be an
historical description of prepayment experience or a prediction of the
anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of receivables, including the
Receivables.
As the rate of payment of principal with respect of the Securities will
depend on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the principal balance
of the Receivables, final payment of any class of Notes could occur
significantly earlier than the Class A-1 or Class A-2 Final Scheduled
Distribution Date, as applicable. The final distribution in respect of the
Certificates also could occur prior to the Certificate Final Scheduled
Distribution Date. Reinvestment risk associated with early payment of the Notes
and the Certificates will be borne exclusively by the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders, respectively.
The table captioned "Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance or Initial
Certificate Balance at Various ABS Percentages" (the "ABS Table") has been
prepared on the basis of the characteristics of the Receivables. The ABS Table
assumes that (a) the Receivables prepay in full at the specified constant
percentage of ABS monthly, with no defaults, losses or repurchases, (b) each
scheduled monthly payment on the Receivables is made on the last day of each
month and each month has 30 days, (c) payments on the Notes and distributions on
the Certificates are made on each Distribution Date (and each such date is
assumed to be the 15th day of each applicable month), (d) the balance in the
Reserve Account on each Distribution Date is equal to the Specified Reserve
Account Balance, and (e) the Seller or Servicer does not exercise its option to
purchase the Receivables. The pool has an assumed cutoff date of the Cutoff
Date. The ABS Table indicates the projected weighted average life of each class
of Notes and the Certificates and sets forth the percent of the initial
principal amount of each class of Notes and the percent of the initial
Certificate Balance that is projected to be outstanding after each of the
Distribution Dates shown at various constant ABS percentages.
The ABS Tables also assume that the Receivables have been aggregated into
hypothetical pools with all of the Receivables within each such pool having the
following characteristics and that the level scheduled monthly payment for each
of the pools (which is based on its aggregate principal balance, Contract Rate,
original number of scheduled payments and remaining number of scheduled payments
as of the Cut-Off Date) will be such that each pool will be fully amortized by
the end of its remaining term to maturity.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Original Term Remaining Term
Aggregate Contract Rate to Maturity to Maturity
Pool Principal Balance Contract Rate (in Months) (in Months)
- -------------- ----------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1............. $ %
</TABLE>
S-20
<PAGE>
The actual characteristics and performance of the Receivables will differ
from the assumptions used in constructing the ABS Table. The assumptions used
are hypothetical and have been provided only to give a gneral sense of how the
principal cash flows might behave under varying prepayment scenarios. For
example, it is very unlikely that the Receivables will prepay at a constant
level of ABS until maturity or that all of the Receivables will prepay at the
same level of ABS. Moreover, the diverse teams of Receivables within each of the
four hypothetical pools could produce slower or faster principal distributions
than indicated in the ABS Table at the various constant percentages of ABS
specified, even if the original and remaining terms to maturity of the
Receivables are as assumed. Any difference between such assumptions and the
actual characteristics and performance of the Receivables, or actual prepayment
experience, will affect the percentages of initial balances outstanding over
time and the weighted average lives of each class of Notes and the Certificates.
Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance at Various ABS Percentages
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class A-1 Notes Class A-2 Notes Class A-3 Notes
------------------------------- -------------------------------- -------------------------------
Distribution Date 0.0% 1.0% 1.5% 1.7% 2.0% 0.0% 1.0% 1.5% 1.7% 2.0% 0.0% 1.0% 1.5% 1.7% 2.0%
- ----------------- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Closing Date..............
June, 1998................
July, 1998................
August, 1998..............
September, 1998...........
October, 1998.............
November, 1998............
December, 1998............
January, 1999.............
February, 1999............
March, 1999...............
April, 1999...............
May, 1999.................
Weighted Average Life
(years) (1).............
</TABLE>
_________________
(1) The weighted average life of a Class A-1 Note or Class A-2 Note is
determined by (a) multiplying the amount of each principal payment of such
Note by the number of years from the date of the issuance of such Note to
the related Distribution Date, (b) adding the results and (c) dividing the
sum by the related initial principal amount of such Note.
The ABS Table has been prepared based on the assumptions described above
(including the assumptions regarding the characteristics and performance of the
Receivables which will differ from the actual characteristics and performance
thereof) and should be read in conjunction therewith.
S-21
<PAGE>
Percent of Initial Certificate Balance at Various ABS Percentages
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Certificates
------------------------------------------
Distribution Date 0.0% 1.0% 1.5% 1.7% 2.0%
- ----------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Closing Date........................
June, 1998..........................
July, 1998..........................
August, 1998........................
September, 1998.....................
October, 1998.......................
November, 1998......................
December, 1998......................
January, 1999.......................
February, 1999......................
March, 1999.........................
April, 1999.........................
May, 1999...........................
Weighted Average Life (years)(1)....
</TABLE>
______________________
(1) The weighted average life of a Certificate is determined by (a) multiplying
the amount of each distribution in respect of the Certificate Balance of
such Certificate by the number of years from the date of the issuance of
such Certificate to the related Distribution Date, (b) adding the results
and (c) dividing the sum by the original Certificate Balance of such
Certificate.
The ABS Tables have been prepared based on the assumptions described above
(including the assumptions regarding the characteristics and performance of the
Receivables which will differ from the actual characteristics and performance
thereof) and should be read in conjunction therewith.
[SENSITIVITY OF THE CLASS ____ NOTES TO PREPAYMENTS
[Describe method of calculating principal and interest payable on the Class
____ Notes, including setting forth notional balance for each [Distribution]
[Payment] Date, if applicable. Set forth in tabular form relationship between
yield to maturity of the Class ____ Notes and assumed prepayment speeds. State
assumptions, including as to purchase price of the Class ____ Notes, if
applicable, used in calculating the data set forth in the table.]
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
General
The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, a form of which has
been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy of the Indenture
will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the Securities. The
following summary describes certain terms of the Notes and the Indenture. The
summary describes the material terms of the Notes and the Indenture, but it does
not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to, all the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture. Where
particular provisions or terms used in the Indenture are referred to, the actual
provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference as
part of such summary. The following summary supplements the description of the
S-22
<PAGE>
general terms and provisions of the Notes of any given series and the related
Indenture set forth in the Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby
made. _____________________ will be the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.
The address of the Indenture Trustee at which information regarding the Trust
and Notes may be obtained is ________________.
Payments of Interest
Each class of the Notes will constitute Fixed Rate Securities, as such term
is defined under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Fixed Rate
Securities" in the Prospectus. Interest on the principal balances of the
classes of the Notes will accrue at their respective per annum Interest Rates
and will be payable to the Noteholders monthly on each Distribution Date,
commencing _____, 199_. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the
Notes will accrue at the applicable Interest Rate for the applicable Interest
Accrual Period. Interest distributions due for any Distribution Date but not
distributed on such Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution Date
increased by an amount equal to interest on such amount at the applicable
Interest Rate (to the extent lawful). Interest on the Notes will be calculated
on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Interest
payments on the Notes will generally be derived from the Total Distribution
Amount remaining after the payment of the Servicing Fee. See "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Distributions" and "--Reserve Account."
Interest payments to both classes of Noteholders will have the same
priority. Under certain circumstances, the amount available for interest
payments could be less than the amount of interest payable on the Notes on any
Distribution Date, in which case each class of Noteholders will receive their
ratable share (based upon the aggregate amount of interest due to such class of
Noteholders) of the aggregate amount available to be distributed in respect of
interest on the Notes.
Payments of Principal
Principal payments will be made to the Noteholders on each Distribution
Date in an amount generally equal to the Noteholders' Principal Distributable
Amount. Principal payments on the Notes will generally be derived from the Total
Distribution Amount remaining after the payment of the Servicing Fee and the
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Distributions" and "--Reserve Account."
On the Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution Date (a
"Determination Date"), the Indenture Trustee shall determine the amount in the
Collection Account allocable to interest and the amount allocable to principal.
On each Distribution Date, principal payments on the Notes will be applied
in the following order of priority: (a) to the principal balance of the Class A-
1 Notes until the principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero;
and (b) to the principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes until the principal
balance of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero. The principal balance of the
Class A-1 Notes, to the extent not previously paid, will be due on the Class A-1
Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the principal balance of the Class A-2
Notes, to the extent not previously paid, will be due on the Class A-2 Final
Scheduled Distribution Date. The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of either class of Notes is paid may be earlier than the
respective final scheduled Distribution Dates set forth above based on a variety
of factors, including those described under "Weighted Average Life of the
Securities" herein and in the Prospectus.
S-23
<PAGE>
Optional Redemption
On any Distribution Date after the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full,
the Class A-2 Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, if the Seller or
Servicer exercises its option to purchase the Receivables. The Seller or
Servicer may purchase the Receivables when the Pool Balance shall have declined
to 5% or less of the Original Pool Balance, as described in the Prospectus under
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Termination". The
redemption price will be equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Class A-2
Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
General
The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement, a form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy of the
Trust Agreement will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the
Securities. The following summary describes certain terms of the Certificates
and the Trust Agreement. The summary describes the material terms of the
Certificates and the Trust Agreement, but it does not purport to be complete and
is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions
of the Certificates and the Trust Agreement. The following summary supplements
the description of the general terms and provisions of the Certificates of any
given series and the related Trust Agreement set forth in the Prospectus, to
which description reference is hereby made.
Distribution of Interest Income
On each Distribution Date, commencing ______, 199_, the Certificateholders
will be entitled to distributions in an amount equal to the amount of interest
that would accrue on the Certificate Balance at the Certificate Rate. The
Certificates will constitute Fixed Rate Securities, as such term is defined
under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Fixed Rate Securities" in
the Prospectus. Interest in respect of a Distribution Date will accrue from the
Closing Date (in the case of the First Distribution Date) and thereafter, from
the [15th] day of the month preceding the month of the Distribution Date to and
including the ___ day of the month of such Distribution Date. Interest
distributions due for any Distribution Date but not distributed on such
Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution Date increased by an
amount equal to interest on such amount at the Certificate Rate (to the extent
lawful). Interest distributions with respect to the Certificates will generally
be funded from the portion of the Total Distribution Amount and the funds in the
Reserve Account remaining after the distribution of the Servicing Fee and the
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements--Distributions" and "--Reserve Account."
Distributions of Principal Payments
Certificateholders will be entitled to distributions of principal on each
Distribution Date, commencing with the Distribution Date on which the Notes are
paid in full, in an amount generally equal to the Principal Distribution Amount
(less on the Distribution Date on which the Notes are paid in full, the portion
thereof payable on the Notes). Distributions with respect to principal payments
will generally be funded from the portion of the Total Distribution Amount
remaining after the distribution of the Servicing Fee, the Noteholders'
Distributable Amount (on the Distribution Date on which the Notes are paid in
full) and the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Distributions" and "--
Reserve Account".
S-24
<PAGE>
Optional Prepayment
If the Seller or Servicer exercises its option to purchase the Receivables
when the Pool Balance declines to 5% or less of the Original Pool Balance, the
Seller or Servicer may purchase all remaining Trust Property on any Distribution
Date occurring in a subsequent Collection Period at a purchase price equal to
the aggregate of the Purchase Amounts of the remaining Receivables (other than
Defaulted Receivables), which purchases would result in a prepayment of the
Certificates. The proceeds from any such purchase would be first be applied to
any unpaid principal amount on the Class A-2 Notes and accrued interest thereon
and then to the Certificates and accrued interest thereon. See "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Termination" in the Prospectus.
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
The following summary describes certain terms of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement and the Trust Agreement. Forms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and the Trust Agreement have been filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement. A copy of the Sale and Servicing Agreement will be filed with the
Commission following the issuance of the Securities. The summary describes the
material terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement, but
it does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its
entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and the Trust Agreement. The following summary supplements the description of
the general terms and provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
Trust Agreement set forth in the Prospectus, to which description reference is
hereby made.
Accounts
Accounts referred to under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements--Accounts" in the Prospectus, as well as the Reserve Account, will be
established by the Servicer and maintained in the name of the Indenture Trustee
on behalf of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders. Amounts held from time
to time in the Reserve Account will be held for the benefit of Noteholders and
Certificateholders. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account will be invested in
Eligible Investments selected by the Seller and, if permitted by the Rating
Agencies, funds on deposit in the Reserve Account may be invested in Eligible
Investments that mature later than the next Deposit Date. All investment
earnings on funds deposited in the Trust Accounts, net of losses and investment
expenses, will be distributed to the Servicer and will not be treated as
Collections on the Receivables or otherwise be available for Noteholders or
Certificateholders. Upon any distribution to the Servicer of amounts from the
Reserve Account, the Securityholders will not have any rights in, or claims to,
such amounts. On or before each Distribution Date, funds in the amount of the
Reserve Account Transfer Amount for such Distribution Date will be withdrawn
from the Reserve Account and deposited in the Collection Account.
On each Distribution Date, the amount available in the Reserve Account (the
"Available Reserve Amount") will equal the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit
in the Reserve Account (exclusive of investment earnings) and (b) the Specified
Reserve Account Balance.
On each Deposit Date, the Trustee will withdraw funds from the Reserve
Account in the amount of the Reserve Account Transfer Amount. Such withdrawal
may result from, among other things, Receivables becoming Defaulted Receivables
or the failure by the Servicer to make any remittance required to be made under
the Agreement. The aggregate amount to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account on
any Deposit Date will not exceed the Available Reserve Amount with respect to
the related Distribution Date. The Trustee will deposit the proceeds of such
withdrawal into the Collection Account on or before the Distribution Date with
respect to which such withdrawal was made.
Subject to reduction as described below, the "Specified Reserve Account
Balance" means the greater of (i) the excess, if any, of (A) _____% of the Pool
Balance at the end of the preceding Collection Period over (B)
S-25
<PAGE>
the Overcollateralization Amount (after giving effect to any distributions on
the Securities on such Distribution Date), and (ii) the Minimum Specified
Reserve Balance. The Specified Reserve Account Balance may be reduced from time
to time if the Rating Agencies have delivered prior written notice to the
Seller, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee that such
reduction will not result in a reduction, withdrawal or qualification of each
Rating Agency's then current ratings of each class of the Notes and the
Certificates. The time necessary for the Reserve Account to reach and maintain
the Specified Reserve Account Balance at any time after the Closing Date will be
affected by the delinquency, credit loss, repossession and prepayment experience
of the Receivables and, therefore, cannot be accurately predicted. Amounts on
deposit in the Reserve Account will be released to the Servicer on each
Distribution Date to the extent that the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Account would exceed the Specified Reserve Account Balance.
"Liquidation Proceeds" means, with respect to any Receivable that has
become a Defaulted Receivable, (a) insurance proceeds received by the
Servicer, with respect to insurance policies relating to the Financed
Vehicles or the Obligors and/or any proceeds from lender's single interest
insurance policies to the extent not included in collections distributable
to Securityholders, (b) amounts received by the Servicer in connection with
such Defaulted Receivable pursuant to the exercise of rights under the
related Motor Vehicle Loan, and (c) the monies collected by the Servicer
(from whatever source, including, but not limited to proceeds of a sale of
a Financed Vehicle or deficiency balance recovered after the charge-off of
the related Receivable) on such Defaulted Receivable, net of any expenses
incurred by the Servicer in connection therewith and any payments required
by law to be remitted to the Obligor.
"Minimum Specified Reserve Balance" with respect to any Distribution
Date means the lesser of (i) $__________________ and (ii) the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance
(after giving effect to any distributions on the Securities on such
Distribution Date).
"Overcollateralization Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the excess, if any, of the Pool Balance at the end of the preceding
Collection Period over the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance on such Distribution Date
(after giving effect to any distributions made on such Distribution Date).
"Reserve Account Transfer Amount" means, on any Distribution Date, an
amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of cash or other immediately
available funds on deposit in the Reserve Account on such Distribution Date
(before giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom relating to such
Distribution Date) or (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the sum of the
Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period and all accrued and unpaid
Servicing Fees for prior Collection Periods, the Noteholders' Interest
Distributable Amount, the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable
Amount, the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount and the
Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution
Date exceeds (ii) the sum of the Available Interest and the Available
Principal for such Distribution Date.
If funds in the Reserve Account are reduced to zero, the Securityholders
will bear the credit and other risks associated with ownership of the
Receivables. In such a case, the amount available for distribution may be less
than that described below, and the Certificateholders may experience delays or
suffer losses as a result, among other things, of defaults or delinquencies by
the Obligors or previous extensions made by the Servicer.
[Pre-Funding Account; Subsequent Receivables]
[On the Closing Date, approximately $____________ of Initial Receivables
will be transferred to the Trust by the Seller and the approximately
$______________ Pre-Funded Amount will be deposited by the Trust in the Pre-
Funding Account. If the principal amount of eligible Receivables originated by
the Originators during the Funding Period is less than the Pre-Funded Amount,
the Seller will have insufficient Receivables to sell to the Trust on the
Subsequent Transfer Dates, thereby resulting in a prepayment of principal to the
Noteholders and the
S-26
<PAGE>
Certificateholders as described in the following paragraph.] [In addition, any
conveyance of Subsequent Receivables is subject to the satisfaction, on or
before the related Subsequent Transfer Date, of the condition that each such
Subsequent Receivable satisfies the eligibility criteria specified in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement for Initial Receivables.]
[To the extent that the Pre-Funded Amount has not been fully applied to the
purchase of Subsequent Receivables by the Trust during the Funding Period, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders will receive, on the Distribution Date on
or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, a prepayment of
principal in an amount equal to their pro rata share (based on the current
principal balance of each class of Notes and the Certificate Balance) of any
remaining Pre-Funded Amount following the purchase of any Subsequent Receivables
on such Distribution Date. It is anticipated that the principal amount of
Subsequent Receivables sold to the Trust will not be exactly equal to the
original Pre-Funded Amount and that therefore there will be at least a nominal
amount of principal prepaid to the Noteholders and to the Certificateholders.]
[If the amount of the Pre-Funding Account will exceed 25% of the aggregate
proceeds from the offering, include the specific investments in which the Pre-
Funding Account will be invested and specify that the actual investments of the
Pre-Funding Account as of the end of the preceding month will be provided in the
periodic reports on Form 8-K and Form 10-K to be filed by the Seller with
respect to the Trust.]
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses
The Servicing Fee Rate shall be 1.0% per annum, calculated on the basis of
a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The Servicing Fee, with
respect to any Distribution Date, will be an amount equal to the product of (a)
one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate, multiplied by (b) the Pool Balance as of
the first day of the preceding Collection Period. The Servicing Fee in respect
of a Collection Period (together with any portion of the Servicing Fee that
remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates) may be paid at the beginning of
such Collection Period out of collections for such Collection Period. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Servicing Compensation
and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.
The Servicer will also collect and retain any late fees, extension fees,
prepayment charges and certain non-sufficient funds charges and other
administrative fees or similar charges (the " Supplemental Servicing Fee")
allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables. Payments by or on
behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late fees and
other charges in accordance with the Servicer's normal practices and procedures.
As additional compensation, the Servicer may be entitled to receive for the
related Collection Period some or all of the portion, if any, of the Total
Distribution Amount for such Collection Period remaining after payment of the
Servicing Fee and interest and principal in respect of the Securities and any
required deposit to the Reserve Account. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the
Prospectus and "--Distributions" herein.
Distributions
Deposits to Collection Account. On or before each Distribution Date, the
Servicer will cause all collections and other amounts constituting the Total
Distribution Amount to be deposited into the Collection Account.
"Available Interest" for a Distribution Date shall mean the sum of the
following amounts with respect to the related Collection Period: (a) that
portion of the Collections on the Receivables received during the related
Collection Period that is allocable to interest in accordance with the
Servicer's customary procedures; (b) all Liquidation Proceeds received
during such Collection Period; and (c) all Purchase Amounts, to the extent
attributable to accrued interest, of all Receivables that are repurchased
by the Seller or purchased by the Servicer under an obligation which arose
during the related Collection Period.
S-27
<PAGE>
"Available Interest" for any Distribution Date shall exclude all payments
and proceeds of any Receivables the Purchase Amount of which has been
distributed on a prior Distribution Date.
"Available Principal" for a Distribution Date means the sum of the
following amounts with respect to the preceding Collection Period: (a) that
portion of all Collections received during such Collection Period and
allocable to principal in accordance with Servicer's customary servicing
procedures; and (b) to the extent attributable to principal, the Purchase
Amount received with respect to each Receivable repurchased by Seller or
purchased by Servicer under an obligation which arose during the related
Collection Period. "Available Principal" on any Distribution Date shall
exclude all payments and proceeds of any Receivables the Purchase Amount of
which has been distributed on a prior Distribution Date.
"Certificate Balance" equals, initially, $_________ and, thereafter,
equals the initial Certificate Balance, reduced by all amounts allocable to
principal previously distributed to Certificateholders.
"Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect
to any Distribution Date, the excess of the Certificateholders' Monthly
Interest Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any
outstanding Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such
preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest that is
actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such
preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on such excess, to the extent
permitted by law, at the Certificate Rate from and including such preceding
Distribution Date to but excluding the current Distribution Date.
"Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificateholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificateholders'
Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.
"Certificateholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means, for
any Distribution Date, the amount of interest accrued on the Certificates
at the Certificate Rate during the related Interest Period (calculated on
the basis of a 360-day year and twelve 30-day months).
"Certificateholders' Percentage" means 100% minus the Noteholders'
Percentage.
"Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificateholders' Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificateholders'
Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of the preceding Distribution
Date; provided that the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount
shall not exceed the Certificate Balance. In addition, on the Certificate
Final Scheduled Distribution Date, the principal required to be distributed
to Certificateholders will include the lesser of (a) any payments of
principal due and remaining unpaid on each Receivable owned by Issuer as of
___________ or (b) the portion of the amount that is necessary (after
giving effect to the other amounts to be deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to principal)
to reduce the Certificate Balance to zero, in either case after giving
effect to any required distribution of the Noteholders' Principal
Distributable Amount to the Note Distribution Account. In addition, on any
Distribution Date on which, after giving effect to all distributions to
Servicer, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders on such Distribution
Date, (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Notes is zero and (ii)
the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account is equal to or greater than
the Certificate Balance, Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount
shall include an amount equal to such Certificate Balance.
"Certificateholder's Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means,
for any Distribution Date, the Certificateholders' Percentage of the
Principal Distribution Amount or, for any Distribution Date on or after the
Distribution Date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Class
A-2 Notes is reduced
S-28
<PAGE>
to zero, 100% of the Principal Distribution Amount (less any amount
required on the first such Distribution Date to reduce the outstanding
principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes to zero, which shall be deposited
into the Note Distribution Account).
"Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the
close of any Distribution Date, the excess of the Certificateholders'
Monthly Principal Distributable Amount and any outstanding
Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall from the preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of principal that is actually
deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account.
"Contract Rate" means, with respect to a Receivable, the rate per
annum of interest charged on the outstanding principal balance of such
Receivable.
"Defaulted Receivable" means, with respect to any Collection Period, a
Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable) which the Servicer has
determined to charge off during such Collection Period in accordance with
its customary servicing practices; provided, however, that any Receivable
which the Seller or Servicer is obligated to repurchase or purchase shall
be deemed to have become a Defaulted Receivable during a Collection Period
if the Seller or Servicer fails to deposit the Purchase Amount on the
related Deposit Date when due.
"Principal Distribution Amount" means, for any Distribution Date, the
sum of (a) the Available Principal for such Distribution Date, and (b) the
amount of Realized Losses for the related Collection Period.
"Purchase Amount" means for any Receivable, as of the close of
business on the last day of a Collection Period, the amount of principal
plus accrued interest calculated in accordance with the Servicer's
customary practices, for such Receivable as of such day.
"Purchased Receivable" means a Receivable purchased as of the close of
business on the last day of a Collection Period by the Servicer or
repurchased by the Seller pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Realized Losses" means, for any Collection Period, the aggregate
principal balances of any Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables
during such Collection Period.
"Total Distribution Amount" means, for each Distribution Date, the sum
of (a) the Available Interest, (b) the Available Principal and (c) the
Reserve Account Transfer Amount, in each case in respect of such
Distribution Date.
Deposits to the Distribution Accounts. On each Distribution Date, Servicer
shall instruct the Indenture Trustee or, in the event that the Collection
Account is maintained with an institution other than Indenture Trustee, instruct
and cause such institution (based on the information contained in the Servicer's
Report delivered on the related Determination Date) to make, and Indenture
Trustee or such other institution shall make, the following deposits and
distributions from the Collection Account for deposit in the applicable account
by 11:00 a.m. (New York time), to the extent of the Total Distribution Amount,
in the following order of priority:
(a) to the Servicer, from the Total Distribution Amount, the
Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period and all accrued and unpaid
Servicing Fees for prior Collection Periods;
(b) to the Note Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution
Amount remaining after the application of clause (a), the Noteholders'
Interest Distributable Amount;
S-29
<PAGE>
(c) to the Note Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution
Amount remaining after the application of clause (a) and (b), the
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount;
(d) to Owner Trustee for deposit in the Certificate Distribution
Account, from the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the application
of clauses (a) through (c), the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable
Amount;
(e) to Owner Trustee for deposit in the Certificate Distribution
Account, from the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the application
of clauses (a) through (d), the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable
Amount;
(f) to the Reserve Account until the amount on deposit in the Reserve
Account equals the Specified Reserve Account Balance; and
(g) to the Seller or the Servicer, any amounts remaining.
On each Determination Date (other than the first Determination Date), the
Servicer will provide the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee with certain
information with respect to the Collection Period related to the prior
Distribution Date, including the amount of aggregate collections on the
Receivables, the aggregate amount of Receivables which were written off and the
aggregate Purchase Amount of Receivables to be repurchased by the Seller or to
be purchased by the Servicer.
For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
"Noteholders' Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Principal Distributable
Amount and the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount.
"Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the excess of the Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any
outstanding Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest that is actually
deposited in the Note Distribution Account on such preceding Distribution
Date, plus interest on the amount of interest due but not paid to
Noteholders on the preceding Distribution Date, to the extent permitted by
law, at the respective Interest Rates borne by each class of Notes from
such preceding Distribution Date through the current Distribution Date.
"Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Noteholders'
Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.
"Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date and for each class of Notes, the amount of interest
accrued on such class at its respective Interest Rate during the related
Interest Period (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and twelve 30-
day months).
"Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the Noteholders' Percentage of the Principal
Distribution Amount.
"Noteholders' Percentage" means 100% until the point in time at which
Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes have been paid in full and zero
thereafter.
"Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of
any Distribution Date, the excess of the Noteholders' Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Noteholders'
S-30
<PAGE>
Principal Carryover Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date over the
amount in respect of principal that is actually deposited in the Note
Distribution Account.
"Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholder's Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Noteholders'
Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of the preceding Distribution
Date; provided that the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount shall
not exceed the outstanding principal balance of the Notes. In addition, on
the Final Scheduled Distribution Date of each class of Notes, the principal
required to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account will include the
amount necessary (after giving effect to the other amounts to be deposited
in the Note Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to
principal) to reduce the outstanding amount of such class of Notes to zero.
On each Distribution Date, all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution
Account (other than investment earnings) will be generally paid in the following
order of priority:
(a) to the applicable Noteholders, accrued and unpaid interest on the
outstanding principal balance of the applicable class of Notes at the
applicable Interest Rate;
(b) the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount in the following
order of priority:
(i) to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes in reduction of
principal until the principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes has been
reduced to zero; and
(ii) to the Holders of the Class A-2 Notes in reduction of
principal until the principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes has been
reduced to zero.
On each Distribution Date, all amounts on deposit in the Certificate
Distribution Account will be distributed to the Certificateholders in the
following priority:
(a) first, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an amount
equal to the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount; and
(b) second, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an amount
equal to the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount.
Subordination of Certificateholders
The rights of the Certificateholders to receive distributions with respect
to the Receivables generally will be subordinated to the rights of the
Noteholders in the event of defaults and delinquencies on the Receivables as
provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The protection afforded to the
Noteholders through subordination will be effected both by the preferential
right of the Noteholders to receive current distributions with respect to the
Receivables and by the establishment of the Reserve Account. If on any
Distribution Date the entire Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount for such
Distribution Date (after giving effect to any amounts withdrawn from the Reserve
Account) is not deposited in the Note Distribution Account, the
Certificateholders will not receive any distributions.
The subordination of the Certificates and the Reserve Account are intended
to enhance the likelihood of receipt by Noteholders of the full amount of
principal and interest due them and to decrease the likelihood that the
Noteholders will experience losses. In addition, the Reserve Account is intended
to enhance the likelihood of receipt by Certificateholders of the full amount of
principal and interest due them and to decrease the likelihood that the
Certificateholders will experience losses. However, in certain circumstances,
the Reserve Account could be
S-31
<PAGE>
depleted. If the amount required to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account to
cover shortfalls in collections on the Receivables exceeds the amount of
available cash in the Reserve Account, Noteholders or Certificateholders could
incur losses or a temporary shortfall in the amounts distributed to the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders could result, which could, in turn,
increase the average life of the Notes or the Certificates.
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
Information regarding certain legal aspects of the Receivables is set forth
under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
[The Class A-1 Notes will be eligible for purchase by money market funds
under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.]
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a general summary of material federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and the
Certificates. The following summary represents the opinion of Federal Tax
Counsel subject to the qualifications set forth herein. An opinion of Federal
Tax Counsel, however, is not binding on the IRS or the courts. No ruling on any
of the issues discussed below will be sought from the IRS. The following
summary is intended as an explanatory discussion of the possible effects of
certain federal income tax consequences to holders generally, but does not
purport to furnish information in the level of detail or with the attention to a
holder's specific tax circumstances that would be provided by a holder's own tax
advisor. For example, it does not discuss the tax treatment of Noteholders or
Certificateholders that are insurance companies, regulated investment companies
or dealers in securities. In addition, the discussion regarding the Notes is
limited to the federal income tax consequences of the initial Noteholders and
not a purchaser in the secondary market. Moreover, there are no cases or
Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving both
debt and equity interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the
Notes and the Certificates. As a result, the IRS may disagree with all or a
part of the discussion below. Prospective investors are urged to consult their
own tax advisors in determining the federal, state, local, foreign and any other
tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes
and the Certificates.
The following summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder and judicial or ruling authority, all of which are subject to change,
which change may be retroactive.
Scope of the Tax Opinions
In the opinion of Federal Tax Counsel, the Trust will not be classified as
a separate entity that is an association (or publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Further, with respect
to the Notes, Federal Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the Notes will be
characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes.
In addition, Federal Tax Counsel has prepared or reviewed the statements
under the heading "Summary of Terms--Tax Status" as they relate to federal
income tax matters and under the heading "Federal Income Tax Consequences"
herein and in the Prospectus and is of the opinion that such statements are
correct in all material respects. Such statements are intended as an explanatory
discussion of the possible effects of the classification of
S-32
<PAGE>
the Trust as a partnership for federal income tax purposes on investors
generally and of related tax matters affecting investors generally, but do not
purport to furnish information in the level of detail or with the attention to
the investor's specific tax circumstances that would be provided by an
investor's own tax adviser. Accordingly, each investor is advised to consult its
own tax advisers with regard to the tax consequences to it of investing in the
Notes and the Certificates.
Tax Classification of the Trust as a Partnership
Federal Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the Trust (which the Trust
Agreement specifies is intended to be treated as a partnership) will not be
classified as a separate entity that is an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. A copy
of such opinion of Federal Tax Counsel will be filed with the Commission as an
exhibit to a Form 8-K prior to an issuance of Securities by the Trust. This
opinion is based on the assumption that the terms of the Trust Agreement and
related documents will be complied with, and on Federal Tax Counsel's conclusion
that the nature of the income of the Trust will exempt it from the rule that
certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations.
If the Trust were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes,
the Trust would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The
Trust's taxable income would include all its income on the Receivables, reduced
by its interest expense on the Notes provided the Notes are respected as debt
for federal income tax purposes (see discussion in the following paragraph).
Any such corporate income tax could materially reduce cash available to make
payments on the Notes and distributions on the Certificates, and
Certificateholders could be liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust.
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes
Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness. The Seller will agree, and the
Noteholders will agree by their purchase of Notes, to treat the Notes as debt
for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes. In the opinion
of Federal Tax Counsel, the Notes will be characterized as debt for federal
income tax purposes. A copy of such opinion of Federal Tax Counsel will be
filed with the Commission with a Form 8-K following the issuance of the Notes.
The discussion below assumes this characterization of the Notes is correct.
The discussion below assumes that all payments on the Notes are denominated
in U.S. dollars, and that the Notes are not Strip Notes. Moreover, the
discussion assumes that the interest formula for the Notes meets the
requirements for "qualified stated interest" under Treasury regulations (the
"OID regulations") relating to original issue discount ("OID"), and that any OID
on the Notes (i.e., any excess of the principal amount of the Notes over their
issue price) does not exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., 1/4% of their principal
amount multiplied by the number of full years included in their term), all
within the meaning of the OID regulations.
Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered issued
with OID. The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a Noteholder as
ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with such
Noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a
Note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include such OID in income, on
a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note. It is believed
that any prepayment premium paid as a result of a mandatory redemption will be
taxable as contingent interest when it becomes fixed and unconditionally
payable. A purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount
will generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market
discount rules of the Code.
Sale or Other Disposition. If a Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note. The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note, increased by any market discount, OID and gain previously
included by such Noteholder in income with respect to the Note and
S-33
<PAGE>
decreased by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously amortized and by the
amount of principal payments previously received by such Noteholder with respect
to such Note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Note was
held as a capital asset, except for gain representing accrued interest and
accrued market discount not previously included in income. Capital losses
generally may be used by a corporate taxpayer only to offset capital gains, and
by an individual taxpayer only to the extent of capital gains plus $3,000 of
other income.
Foreign Holders. Interest payments made (or accrued) to a Noteholder who
is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-United States person (a
"foreign person") generally will be considered "portfolio interest", and
generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and
withholding tax, if the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign person and the
foreign person (i) is not actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder"
of the Trust or the Seller (including a holder of 10% of the outstanding
Certificates) or a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the
Trust or the Seller is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code and
(ii) provides the Trustee or other person who is otherwise required to withhold
U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on IRS Form W-
8 or a similar form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the
beneficial owner of the Note is a foreign person and providing the foreign
person's name and address. If a Note is held through a securities clearing
organization or certain other financial institutions, the organization or
institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent;
in that case, however, the signed statement must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or
substitute form provided by the foreign person that owns the Note. If such
interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States
federal withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless that rate is reduced or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty and the foreign person provides
the trustee or other payor of the interest with a copy of IRS Form 1001, or if
the interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or
business and the foreign person provides a copy of IRS Form 4224.
Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the foreign person and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year.
On October 6, 1997, final Treasury regulations (the "Withholding Tax
Regulations") were issued that modify certain of the filing requirements with
which foreign persons must comply in order to be entitled to an exemption from
U.S. withholding tax or a reduction to the applicable U.S. withholding tax rate.
Those persons currently required to file Form W-8 generally will continue to be
required to file that form. However, the requirement that foreign persons
submit Form W-8 is extended to most foreign persons who wish to seek an
exemption from withholding tax on the basis that income from the Certificates is
effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (in lieu of
Form 4224) and to foreign persons wishing to rely on a tax treaty to reduce the
withholding tax rate (in lieu of Form 1001). The Withholding Tax Regulations
generally are effective for payments of interest due after December 31, 1998,
but Forms 4224 and 1001 filed prior to that date will continue to be effective
until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the current expiration date of those
forms. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with
respect to the effect of the Withholding Tax Regulations.
Backup Withholding. Each holder of a Note (other than an exempt holder
such as a corporation, tax exempt organization, qualified pension and profit
sharing trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who provides
certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide, under
penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address,
correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the holder
is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Noteholder fail to
provide the required certification, the Trust will be required to withhold 31
percent of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.
Noteholders
S-34
<PAGE>
should consult with their tax advisors as to their eligibility for exemption
from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining the exemption, and the
potential impact of the Withholding Tax Regulations.
Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the opinion
of Federal Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might be
treated as equity interests in the Trust. If so treated, the Trust might be
taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences described above (and the
taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its taxable income by deductions
for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as equity). Alternatively, and
most likely in the view of Federal Tax Counsel, the Trust might be treated as a
publicly traded partnership that would not be taxable as a corporation because
it would meet certain qualifying income tests. Nonetheless, treatment of the
Notes as equity interests in such a publicly traded partnership could have
adverse tax consequences to certain holders. For example, income to certain tax-
exempt entities (including pension funds) would be "unrelated business taxable
income", income to foreign holders generally would be subject to U.S. tax and
U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements, and individual holders
might be subject to certain limitations on their ability to deduct their share
of Trust expenses. Furthermore, such a characterization could subject holders to
state and local taxation in jurisdictions in which they are not currently
subject to tax.
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates
Treatment of the Trust as a Partnership. The Seller, the Servicer, the
Trustee, and the Certificateholders, by their purchase of Certificates, will
agree to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of federal and state
income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by
income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by the Trust,
the partners of the partnership being the Certificateholders, and the Notes
being debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of the
arrangement involving the Trust, the Certificates, the Notes, the Seller, and
the Servicer is not clear because there is no authority on transactions closely
comparable to that contemplated herein.
A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example,
because the Certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the
Certificates might be considered debt of the Seller or the Trust. Any such
characterization would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to
Certificateholders as compared to the intended consequences from treatment of
the Certificates as equity in a partnership, described below. The following
discussion assumes that the Certificates represent equity interests in a
partnership.
The following discussion assumes that all payments on the Certificates are
denominated in U.S. dollars, none of the Certificates are Strip Certificates,
and that a series of Securities includes a single class of Certificates.
Partnership Taxation. As a partnership, the Trust will not be subject to
federal income tax. Rather, each Certificateholder will be required to
separately take into account such holder's accruals of guaranteed payments from
the Trust and its allocated share of other income, gains, losses, deductions and
credits of the Trust. The Trust's income will consist primarily of interest and
finance charges earned on the Receivables (including appropriate adjustments for
market discount, OID and bond premium) and any gain upon collection or
disposition of Receivables. The Trust's deductions will consist primarily of
interest accruing with respect to the Notes, guaranteed payments on the
Certificates, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection
or disposition of Receivables.
The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (here, the
Trust Agreement and related documents). Under the Trust Agreement, interest
payments on the Certificates at the Certificate Rate (including interest on
amounts previously due on the Certificates but not yet distributed) will be
treated as "guaranteed payments" under Section 707(c) of the Code. Guaranteed
payments are payments to partners for the use of their capital and, in the
present circumstances, are treated as deductible to the Trust and ordinary
income to the Certificateholders. The Trust will have a calendar
S-35
<PAGE>
year tax year and will deduct the guaranteed payments under the accrual method
of accounting. Certificateholders with a calendar year tax year are required to
include the accruals of guaranteed payments in income in their taxable year that
corresponds to the year in which the Trust deducts the payments, and
Certificateholders with a different taxable year are required to include the
payments in income in their taxable year that includes the December 31 of the
Trust year in which the Trust deducts the payments. It is possible that
guaranteed payments will not be treated as interest for all purposes of the
Code.
In addition, the Trust Agreement will provide, in general, that the
Certificateholders will be allocated taxable income of the Trust for each
Collection Period equal to the sum of (i) any Trust income attributable to
discount on the Receivables that corresponds to any excess of the principal
amount of the Certificates over their initial issue price, (ii) prepayment
premium, if any, payable to the Certificateholders for such month and (iii) any
other amounts of income payable to the Certificateholders for such month. Such
allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust of premium on
Receivables that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of Certificates
over their principal amount. All remaining items of taxable income, gain, loss
and deduction of the Trust, if any, will be allocated to the Seller.
Based on the economic arrangement of the parties, this approach for
allocating Trust income arguably should be permissible under applicable Treasury
regulations, although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not require a
greater amount of income to be allocated to Certificateholders. Moreover, even
under the foregoing method of allocation, Certificateholders may be allocated
income equal to the entire Certificate Rate plus the other items described above
even though the Trust might not have sufficient cash to make current cash
distributions of such amount. Thus, cash basis holders would, in effect, be
required to report income from the Certificates on the accrual basis and
Certificateholders may become liable for taxes on Trust income even if they have
not received cash from the Trust to pay such taxes. In addition, because tax
allocations and tax reporting will be done on a uniform basis for all
Certificateholders but Certificateholders may be purchasing Certificates at
different times and at different prices, Certificateholders may be required to
report on their tax returns taxable income that is greater or less than the
amount reported to them by the Trust.
All of the guaranteed payments and taxable income allocated to a
Certificateholder that is a pension, profit sharing or employee benefit plan or
other tax-exempt entity (including an individual retirement account) will
constitute "unrelated business taxable income" generally taxable to such a
holder under the Code.
An individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust (including fees to
the Servicer but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized
deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or
in part and might result in such holder being taxed on an amount of income that
exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over the life of
the Trust. It is not clear whether these rules would be applicable to a
Certificateholder accruing guaranteed payments.
The Trust intends to make all tax calculations relating to income and
allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each Receivable, the Trust
might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that there
would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.
Discount and Premium. It is believed that the Receivables were not issued
with OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income. However, the
purchase price paid by the Trust for the Receivables may be greater or less than
the remaining principal balance of the Receivables at the time of purchase. If
so, the Receivables will have been acquired at a premium or discount, as the
case may be. (As indicated above, the Trust will make this calculation on an
aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a Receivable-by-
Receivable basis.)
S-36
<PAGE>
If the Trust acquires the Receivables at a market discount or premium, the
Trust will elect to include any such discount in income currently as it accrues
over the life of the Receivables or to offset any such premium against interest
income on the Receivables. As indicated above, a portion of such market
discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.
Section 708 Termination. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to terminate for federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits interests in the Trust are sold or exchanged within a 12-
month period. If such a termination occurs, under current Treasury regulations
the Trust will be considered to distribute its assets to the partners, who would
then be treated as recontributing those assets to the Trust, as a new
partnership. Proposed Treasury regulations would modify this treatment. The
Trust will not comply with certain technical requirements that might apply when
such a constructive termination occurs. As a result, the Trust may be subject
to certain tax penalties and may incur additional expenses if it is required to
comply with those requirements. Furthermore, the Trust might not be able to
comply due to lack of data.
Disposition of Certificates. Subject to the discussion in the immediately
following paragraph, generally, capital gain or loss will be recognized on a
sale of Certificates in an amount equal to the difference between the amount
realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold. A
Certificateholder's tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal the holder's
cost increased by the holder's share of Trust income (includible in income) and
decreased by any distributions received with respect to such Certificate. In
addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount realized on a
sale of a Certificate would include the holder's share of the Notes and other
liabilities of the Trust. A holder acquiring Certificates at different prices
may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in such
Certificates, and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the Certificates,
allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold (rather
than maintaining a separate tax basis in each Certificate for purposes of
computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).
Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized accrued market discount on the Receivables would generally be
treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax
reporting requirements. The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give rise to such special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid those
special reporting requirements, the Trust will elect to include market discount
in income as it accrues.
If a Certificateholder is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, the Trust's
taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items for a
particular calendar month will be apportioned among the Certificateholders in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates
may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and tax basis)
attributable to periods before the actual purchase.
The use of such a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing
Treasury regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies
to transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or
losses of the Trust might be reallocated among the Certificateholders. The
Seller is authorized to revise the Trust's method of allocation between
transferors and transferees to conform to a method permitted by future
regulations.
Section 754 Election. In the event that a Certificateholder sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the Trust's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that higher
(or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election under Section 754 of
the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that would
S-37
<PAGE>
be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially
onerous information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such
election. As a result, Certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser
amount of Trust income than would be appropriate based on their own purchase
price for Certificates.
Administrative Matters. The Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books will be maintained for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of
the Trust will be the calendar year. The Trust will file a partnership
information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the
Trust and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of Trust
income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The Trust will
provide the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that fail to provide the Trust
with the information statement described below and such nominees will be
required to forward such information to the beneficial owners of the
Certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information return filed by the Trust or be subject to penalties unless the
holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.
Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust with
a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial owners
and the Certificates so held. Such information includes (i) the name, address
and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each beneficial
owner (x) the name, address and identification number of such person, (y)
whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity or a foreign
government, an international organization, or any wholly-owned agency or
instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (z) certain information on
Certificates that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold
Certificates through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the Trust
information as to themselves and their ownership of Certificates. A clearing
agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required to
furnish any such information statement to the Trust. The information referred
to above for any calendar year must be furnished to the Trust on or before the
following January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide the Trust with the information described above may be subject to
penalties.
The Seller will be designated as the tax matters partner in the related
Trust Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for representing the
Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS. The Code provides for
administrative examination of a partnership as if the partnership were a
separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of limitations for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the return of the Trust by the appropriate taxing authorities could
result in an adjustment of the returns of the Certificateholders, and, under
certain circumstances, a Certificateholder may be precluded from separately
litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the Trust. An adjustment could
also result in an audit of a Certificateholder's returns and adjustments of
items not related to the income and losses of the Trust.
Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders. It is not clear whether
the Trust would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United
States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S.
persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue under facts
substantially similar to those described herein. Although it is not expected
that the Trust would be engaged in a trade or business in the United States for
such purposes, the Trust will withhold as if it were so engaged in order to
protect the Trust from possible adverse consequences of a failure to withhold.
The Trust expects to withhold on the portion of its taxable income that is
allocable to foreign Certificateholders pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as
if such income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, at a rate
of 35% for foreign holders that are taxable as corporations and 39.6% for all
other foreign holders. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the
issuance of other administrative pronouncements may require the Trust to change
its withholding procedures. In determining a Certificateholder's withholding
status, the Trust may rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the holder's
certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.
S-38
<PAGE>
Each foreign Certificateholder might be required to file a U.S. individual
or corporate income tax return and pay U.S. income tax on the amount computed
therein (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch profits tax) on its
share of accruals of guaranteed payments and the Trust's income. Each foreign
Certificateholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and
submit that number to the Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate
crediting of the taxes withheld. A foreign Certificateholder generally would be
entitled to file with the IRS a claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld
by the Trust, taking the position that no taxes were due because the Trust was
not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, the IRS may assert additional
taxes are due, and no assurance can be given as to the appropriate amount of tax
liability.
The Withholding Tax Regulations modify certain of the filing requirements
with which foreign persons must comply in order to be entitled to an exemption
from U.S. withholding tax or a reduction to the applicable U.S. withholding tax
rate. Those persons currently required to file Form W-8 generally will continue
to be required to file that form. However, the requirement that foreign persons
submit Form W-8 is extended to most foreign persons who wish to seek an
exemption from withholding tax on the basis that income from the Certificates is
effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (in lieu of
Form 4224) and to foreign persons wishing to rely on a tax treaty to reduce the
withholding tax rate (in lieu of Form 1001). The Withholding Tax Regulations
generally are effective for payments of interest due after December 31, 1998,
but Forms 4224 and 1001 filed prior to that date will continue to be effective
until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the current expiration date of those
forms. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with
respect to the effect of the Withholding Tax Regulations.
Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "backup" withholding tax
of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code. Certificateholders should consult with their
tax advisors as to their eligibility for exemption to backup withholding, the
procedure for obtaining the exemption, and the potential impact of the
Withholding Tax Regulations.
STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES
In the opinion of Balch & Bingham LLP, Alabama tax counsel to the Trust,
the Notes will be characterized as debt for Alabama corporation franchise tax
purposes. [In addition, since Alabama follows the recently issued entity
classification rules of federal income tax law, the Trust will not be treated as
a separate entity taxable as a corporation for Alabama corporation franchise tax
purposes].
Prospective investors are urged to consult with their own tax advisors
regarding the state tax consequences to them of purchasing, holding and
disposing of Notes or Certificates.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The Notes
The Notes may be purchased by an employee benefit plan or an individual
retirement account (a "Plan") subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. A
fiduciary of a Plan must determine that the purchase of a Note is consistent
with its fiduciary duties under ERISA and does not result in the assets of the
Trust being deemed to constitute plan assets or in a nonexempt prohibited
transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. For
additional information regarding the potential prohibited transactions and
exemptions that may be available and the ERISA principals regarding debt, see
"ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
S-39
<PAGE>
Alabama tax counsel to the trust has rendered its opinion that the Notes
will be characterized as debt for Alabama corporation franchise tax purposes,
see "State Tax Consequences" herein. Although there is little guidance on the
subject, the Seller believes that, at the time of their issuance, the Notes
should be treated as an instrument without substantial equity features for
purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation. The debt status of the Notes could be
affected, after their initial issuance, by certain changes in the financial
condition of the trust.
By its acceptance of a Note, each Noteholder shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted that its purchase and holding of the Note will not
result in a nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406(a) of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code.
The Certificates
The Certificates may not be acquired (a) with the assets of an employee
benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) by a plan described in Section 4975(e) (1)
of the Code or (c) by any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by
reason of a plan's investment in the entity or which uses plan assets to acquire
Certificates. For additional information regarding treatment of the Certificates
under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement,
the Seller has agreed to cause the Trust to sell to each of the underwriters
listed below (each, an " Underwriter"), and each of the Underwriters has agreed
to purchase, the principal amount of the Securities set forth opposite its name
below. Under the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, each of the
Underwriters is obligated to take and pay for all of the Securities if any are
taken.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Principal Amount of Principal Amount Principal Amount
Class A-1 of Class A-2 of Asset-Backed
Asset-Backed Notes Asset-Backed Notes Certificates
------------------- ------------------ ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
__________________ $__________________ $_________________ $_______________
__________________ ___________________ __________________ ________________
__________________ ___________________ __________________ ________________
Total: $ $ $
================== ================= ===============
</TABLE>
S-40
<PAGE>
The Seller has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose initially
to offer the Securities to the public at the prices set forth herein, and to
certain dealers at such prices less the initial concession not in excess of
____% per Class A-1 Note; _____% per Class A-2 Note; and _____% per Certificate.
The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in
excess of __% of the principal amount of the Securities to certain other
dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price and such
concessions may be changed.
The Seller does not intend to apply for listing of the Notes or the
Certificates on a national securities exchange, but has been advised by the
Underwriters that they intend to make a market in the Notes and Certificates.
The Underwriters are not obligated, however, to make a market in the Notes and
the Certificates and may discontinue market making at any time without notice.
No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the
Notes or the Certificates.
The Seller and the Bank have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, each Underwriter and
its affiliates have engaged and may in the future engage in commercial banking
and investment banking transactions with the Seller.
LEGAL OPINIONS
In addition to the legal opinions described in the Prospectus, certain
legal matters relating to the Notes and the Certificates and certain federal
income tax and other matters will be passed upon for the Trust by Balch &
Bingham LLP, Birmingham, Alabama. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for
the Underwriters by Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois. Balch & Bingham LLP
and Mayer, Brown & Platt may from time to time render legal services to the
Seller, the Servicer and its affiliates.
S-41
<PAGE>
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Page
----
ABS...................................................................... S-22
ABS Table................................................................ S-22
Acquired Receivables..................................................... S-6
Affiliate................................................................ S-6
Available Interest....................................................... S-29
Available Reserve Amount................................................. S-27
Basic Documents.......................................................... S-13
Business Day............................................................. S-7
Certificate Balance...................................................... S-30
Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date............................ S-9
Certificate Rate......................................................... S-9
Certificateholder's Monthly Principal Distributable Amount............... S-30
Certificateholders....................................................... S-8
Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall......................... S-30
Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount........................ S-30
Certificateholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount................ S-30
Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall........................ S-31
Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount....................... S-30
Certificates............................................................. S-1
Class A-1 Final Scheduled Distribution Date.............................. S-8
Class A-1 Interest Rate.................................................. S-7
Class A-1 Notes.......................................................... S-1
Class A-2 Final Scheduled Distribution Date.............................. S-8
Class A-2 Interest Rate.................................................. S-7
Class A-2 Notes.......................................................... S-1
Closing Date............................................................. S-5
Code..................................................................... S-11
Collection Period........................................................ S-7
Commission............................................................... S-4
Contract Rate............................................................ S-31
Cutoff Date.............................................................. S-6
Defaulted Receivable..................................................... S-31
Deposit Date............................................................. S-10
Determination Date....................................................... S-25
Direct Loans............................................................. S-6
Distribution Date........................................................ S-7
ERISA.................................................................... S-11
Final Scheduled Maturity Date............................................ S-6
Financed Vehicles........................................................ S-6
Foreign person........................................................... S-36
Indenture................................................................ S-5
Indenture Trustee........................................................ S-5
Interest Accrual Period.................................................. S-7
Interest Period.......................................................... S-7
Interest Rates........................................................... S-7
IRS...................................................................... S-34
Issuer................................................................... S-5
Liquidation Proceeds..................................................... S-28
Minimum Specified Reserve Balance........................................ S-28
Motor Vehicle Loans...................................................... S-6
Noteholders.............................................................. S-7
S-42
<PAGE>
Noteholders' Distributable Amount........................................ S-32
Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall................................ S-32
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount............................... S-32
Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount....................... S-32
Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount...................... S-32
Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall............................... S-32
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount.............................. S-33
Notes.................................................................... S-5
OID...................................................................... S-35
OID regulations.......................................................... S-35
Original Pool Balance.................................................... S-8
Originator............................................................... S-6
Overcollateralization Amount............................................. S-28
Owner Trustee............................................................ S-5
Payment Date............................................................. S-7
Plan..................................................................... S-41
Pool Balance............................................................. S-7
Portfolio interest....................................................... S-36
Principal Balance........................................................ S-7
Prospectus............................................................... S-1
Purchase Amount.......................................................... S-31
Purchased Receivable..................................................... S-31
Qualified stated interest................................................ S-35
Rating Agencies.......................................................... S-11
Realized Losses.......................................................... S-31
Receivables Pool......................................................... S-16
Record Date.............................................................. S-7
Reserve Account.......................................................... S-10
Reserve Account Deposit.................................................. S-10
Sale and Servicing Agreement............................................. S-6
Securities............................................................... S-5
Securityholders.......................................................... S-8
Seller................................................................... S-5
Servicer................................................................. S-3
Specified Reserve Account Balance........................................ S-27
Subsidiary............................................................... S-6
Supplemental Servicing Fee............................................... S-29
Total Distribution Amount................................................ S-31
Trust.................................................................... S-5
Trust Agreement.......................................................... S-5
Underwriter.............................................................. S-42
S-43
<PAGE>
================================================================================
No dealer, salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representation not contained in this Prospectus Supplement or the
Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be
relied upon as having been authorized by the Seller or the Underwriters. This
Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus do not constitute an offer of any
securities other than those to which they relate or an offer to sell, or a
solicitation of an offer to buy, to any person in any jurisdiction where such an
offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that the information contained herein is
correct as of any time subsequent to their respective dates.
___________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
Page
----
Reports to Securityholders............................................... S-2
Summary of Terms......................................................... S-3
Risk Factors............................................................. S-9
The Trust................................................................ S-11
The Receivables Pool..................................................... S-11
The Seller, the Servicer and AmSouth Bancorporation...................... S-15
Weighted Average Life of the Securities.................................. S-15
Description of the Notes................................................. S-17
Description of the Certificates.......................................... S-18
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements..................... S-19
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables................................. S-26
Legal Investment......................................................... S-26
ERISA Considerations..................................................... S-26
Underwriting............................................................. S-27
Legal Opinions........................................................... S-27
Index of Defined Terms................................................... S-28
Prospectus
Page
----
Available Information....................................................
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference..........................
Summary of Terms.........................................................
Risk Factors.............................................................
The Trusts...............................................................
The Receivables Pools....................................................
Weighted Average Life of the Securities..................................
Pool Factors and Trading Information.....................................
Use of Proceeds..........................................................
The Seller...............................................................
The Bank.................................................................
Description of the Notes.................................................
Description of the Certificates..........................................
Certain Information Regarding the Securities.............................
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.....................
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables.................................
Federal Income Tax Consequences..........................................
Certain State Tax Consequences...........................................
ERISA Considerations.....................................................
Plan of Distribution.....................................................
Notice to Canadian Residents.............................................
Legal Opinions...........................................................
Index of Defined Terms...................................................
Global Clearance, Settlement and Documentation Procedures................
================================================================================
================================================================================
$_________________________
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
(Seller)
$______________
Class A-1
____%
Asset Backed Notes
$______________
Class A-2 ____%
Asset Backed Notes
$______________
____%
Asset Backed Certificates
=========================
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
_______________, 199_
=========================
================================================================================
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following is an itemized list of the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the offering of the securities being offered hereunder other
than underwriting discounts and commissions.
Registration Fee........................... $
"Blue Sky" Registration Fees...............
Printing and Engraving Expenses............
Trustee Fees and Expenses..................
Legal Fees and Expenses....................
Accountants' Fees and Expenses.............
Rating Agencies' Fees......................
Miscellaneous..............................
--------
Total................................ $
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware provides as follows:
145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents;
insurance
(a) A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation)
by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of
any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction,
or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself,
create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
(b) A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment
in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request
of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if
he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as
to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon
II-1
<PAGE>
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such
other court shall deem proper.
(c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a
corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of
any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of
this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall
be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.
(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section
(unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification
of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances
because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made
(1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action,
suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no
such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal
counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.
(e) Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or
director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such
amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be
indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be
so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors
deems appropriate.
(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or
granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification
or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote
of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action
in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding
such office.
(g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising
out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the
power to indemnify him against such liability under this section.
(h) For purposes of this section, references to "the corporation" shall
include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent
corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a
consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued,
would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers,
and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under
this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he
would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate
existence had continued.
(i) For purposes of this section, references to "other enterprises"
shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include
any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit
plan; and references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall
II-2
<PAGE>
include any service as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the
corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such
director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit
plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the
participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed
to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation" as referred to in this section.
(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or
granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when
authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a
director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
(k) The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction
to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or
indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of
Chancery may summarily determine a corporation's obligation to advance
expenses (including attorneys' fees).
Article VIII of the Bylaws of AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc. (referred to as the
"Corporation" therein) provides as follows:
Without limitation, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or
is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or
officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding
to the full extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, upon
such determination having been made as to his good faith and conduct as is
required by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Expenses incurred by a
director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking
by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall
ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation.
Section 7.02 of the Articles of Incorporation of AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc.
(referred to as the "Corporation" therein) provides as follows:
A director shall not be held personally liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except this provision shall not eliminate the liability of a director (i) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful
payment of dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption under Delaware
General Corporation Law, Section 174, or (iv) for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper personal benefit. It is the intention of the
stockholders that the directors of the Corporation be protected from personal
liability to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
as it now or hereafter exists. If at any time in the future the Delaware
General Corporation Law is modified to permit further or additional
limitations on the extent to which directors may be held personally liable to
the Corporation, the protection afforded by this Section 7.02 shall be
expanded to afford the maximum protection permitted under such law. Any repeal
or modification of this Section 7.02 by the stockholders of the Corporation
shall be prospective only, and shall not diminish the rights, or expand the
personal liability of a director of the Corporation with respect to any act or
omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(a) All financial statements, schedules and historical financial
information have been omitted as they are not applicable.
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc.*
3.2 By-Laws of AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc.*
3.3 Form of Certificate of Trust for AmSouth Auto Trusts (included in
Exhibit 4.2).**
4.1 Form of Indenture between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee
(including forms of Notes).**
4.2 Form of Trust Agreement between the Registrant and the Trustee
(including forms of Certificates).**
4.3 Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement, among the Registrant, the
Servicer and the Trustee (including forms of Certificates).**
5.1 Opinion of Balch & Bingham LLP with respect to legality.*
8.1 Opinion of Balch & Bingham LLP with respect to federal and Ohio tax
matters*
23.1 Consents of Balch & Bingham LLP (included in its opinions filed as
Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).*
24.1 Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page hereto).**
99.1 Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement among the Registrant, the
Servicer and the Trust.**
99.2 Form of Administration Agreement among the Seller, the Servicer and
the Indenture Trustee**
99.3 Form of Purchase Agreement between an Affiliate and the
Registrant.**
_____________________________
* To be filed by amendment.
** Filed herewith.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) As to Rule 415 and Rule 430A:
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made
of the securities registered hereby, a post-effective amendment to this
registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act");
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-
effective amendment hereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this
registration statement; and
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any
material change to such information in this registration statement;
provided, however, that the undertakings set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above
do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective
amendment by those clauses is contained in periodic reports filed by the
registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, that are incorporated by reference in this registration
statement.
(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
II-4
<PAGE>
form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(3) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.
(4) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.
(b) As to documents subsequently filed that are incorporated by reference:
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that is incorporated by reference
in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.
(c) As to Equity Offerings of Nonreporting Registrants:
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(d) As to indemnification:
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 15 above, or
otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(e) As to qualification of Trust Indentures under Trust Indenture Act of
1939 for delayed offerings:
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the
purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection
(a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the rules and
regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act.
II-5
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Birmingham, State of Alabama, on the 31st day of
March, 1998.
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
By: /s/ P.K. Chatterjee
---------------------------------
P.K. Chatterjee
President/Chief Executive Officer
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears below
constitutes and appoints P. K. Chatterjee and Harvey E. Campbell, and either of
them, such person's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full
power of substitution and revocation, for such person and in such person's name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments
(including post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement) and to file
the same with all exhibits thereto, and the other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and things requisite and necessary to be done, as
fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or
any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
- --------- ----- ----
/s/ P.K. Chatterjee President March 31, 1998
- ----------------------------- (principal executive
P.K. Chatterjee officer) and Director
/s/ Harvey E. Campbell Treasurer March 31, 1998
- ----------------------------- (principal financial
Harvey E. Campbell and accounting officer)
and Director
II-6
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
-------------
Exhibit Sequential
No. Description of Exhibit Page Number
- ------- ---------------------- -----------
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc.*
3.2 By-Laws of AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc.*
3.3 Form of Certificate of Trust for AmSouth Auto Trusts (included in
Exhibit 4.2).**
4.1 Form of Indenture between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee
(including forms of Notes).**
4.2 Form of Trust Agreement between the Registrant and the Trustee
(including forms of Certificates).**
4.3 Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement, among the Registrant, the
Servicer and the Trustee (including forms of Certificates).**
5.1 Opinion of Balch & Bingham LLP with respect to legality.*
8.1 Opinion of Balch & Bingham LLP with respect to federal and Ohio tax
matters*
23.1 Consents of Balch & Bingham LLP (included in its opinions filed as
Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).*
24.1 Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page hereto).**
99.1 Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement among the Registrant, the
Servicer and the Trust.**
99.2 Form of Administration Agreement among the Seller, the Servicer and
the Indenture Trustee**
99.3 Form of Purchase Agreement between an Affiliate and the
Registrant.**
_____________________________
* To be filed by amendment.
** Filed herewith.
II-7
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4.1
================================================================================
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
Class A-1 _____% Asset Backed Notes
Class A-2 _____% Asset Backed Notes
-------------------------------------
INDENTURE
Dated as of ________, 199_
____________________________
as Indenture Trustee
================================================================================
<PAGE>
CROSS REFERENCE TABLE/1/
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TIA Indenture
Section Section
<S> <C>
310 (a) (1)............................. 6.11
(a) (2)............................. 6.11
(a) (3)............................. 6.10
(a) (4)............................. N.A/2/
(a) (5)............................. 6.11
(b)................................. 6.8; 6.11
(c)................................. N.A.
311 (a)................................. 6.12
(b)................................. 6.12
(c)................................. N.A.
312 (a)................................. 7.1
(b)................................. 7.2
(c)................................. 7.2
(d)................................. 7.4
313 (a)................................. 7.4
(b) (1)............................. 7.4
(b) (2)............................. 11.5
(c)................................. 7.4
(d)................................. 7.3
314 (a)................................. 11.15
(b)................................. 11.1
(c) (1)............................. 11.1
(c) (2)............................. 11.1
(c) (3)............................. 11.1
(d)................................. 11.1
(e)................................. 11.1
(f)................................. 11.1
315 (a)................................. 6.1
(b)................................. 6.5; 11.5
(c)................................. 6.1
(d)................................. 6.1
(e)................................. 5.13
316 (a) (last sentence)................. 2.7
(a) (1) (A)......................... 5.11
(a) (1) (B)......................... 5.12
</TABLE>
____________________
/1/ Note: This Cross Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to
be part of this Indenture.
/2/ N.A. means Not Applicable.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(a) (2).............................. N.A.
(b).................................. 5.7
(c).................................. N.A.
317 (a) (1).............................. 5.3
(a) (2).............................. 5.3
(b).................................. 3.3
318 (a).................................. 11.7
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE................... 2
SECTION 1.1 Definitions........................................... 2
SECTION 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act..... 2
SECTION 1.3 Other Interpretive Provisions......................... 3
ARTICLE II THE NOTES................................................... 3
SECTION 2.1 Form.................................................. 3
SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery................ 4
SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes....................................... 4
SECTION 2.4 Registration of Transfer and Exchange................. 5
SECTION 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes............ 6
SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed Owner.................................. 7
SECTION 2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest..................... 7
SECTION 2.8 Cancellation.......................................... 8
SECTION 2.9 Release of Collateral................................. 9
SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes..................................... 9
SECTION 2.11 Notices to Clearing Agency........................... 10
SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes..................................... 10
SECTION 2.13 Authenticating Agents..................................... 11
SECTION 2.14 Tax Treatment............................................. 11
ARTICLE III COVENANTS.................................................. 12
SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest..................... 12
SECTION 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency....................... 12
SECTION 3.3 Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust................ 12
SECTION 3.4 Existence............................................. 14
SECTION 3.5 Protection of Trust Estate............................ 14
SECTION 3.6 Opinions as to Trust Estate........................... 15
SECTION 3.7 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables.. 15
SECTION 3.8 Negative Covenants.................................... 18
SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance..................... 18
SECTION 3.10 Issuer May Consolidate, Etc.......................... 19
SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee.............................. 21
SECTION 3.12 No Other Business.................................... 21
SECTION 3.13 No Borrowing......................................... 21
SECTION 3.14 Servicer's Obligations............................... 21
</TABLE>
(i)
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
SECTION 3.15 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities.... 21
SECTION 3.16 Capital Expenditures................................. 21
SECTION 3.17 Restricted Payments.................................. 22
SECTION 3.18 Notice of Events of Default.......................... 22
SECTION 3.19 Further Instruments and Acts......................... 22
SECTION 3.20 Removal of Administrator............................. 22
ARTICLE IV SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE.................................. 22
SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture............... 22
SECTION 4.2 Application of Trust Money............................ 24
SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent.............. 24
ARTICLE V REMEDIES..................................................... 24
SECTION 5.1 Events of Default..................................... 24
SECTION 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.... 26
SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Indenture Trustee.................................... 26
SECTION 5.4 Remedies; Priorities.................................. 29
SECTION 5.5 Optional Preservation of the Receivables.............. 30
SECTION 5.6 Limitation of Suits................................... 30
SECTION 5.7 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal
and Interest......................................... 31
SECTION 5.8 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.................... 32
SECTION 5.9 Rights and Remedies Cumulative........................ 32
SECTION 5.10 Delay or Omission Not a Waiver....................... 32
SECTION 5.11 Control by Noteholders............................... 32
SECTION 5.12 Waiver of Past Defaults.............................. 33
SECTION 5.13 Undertaking for Costs................................ 33
SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws..................... 34
SECTION 5.15 Action on Notes...................................... 34
SECTION 5.16 Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations... 34
ARTICLE VI INDENTURE TRUSTEE........................................... 35
SECTION 6.1 Duties of Indenture Trustee........................... 35
SECTION 6.2 Rights of Indenture Trustee........................... 36
SECTION 6.3 Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee................ 37
SECTION 6.4 Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer........................ 37
SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults.................................... 37
SECTION 6.6 Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders............... 37
SECTION 6.7 Compensation and Indemnity............................ 38
SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Indenture Trustee...................... 38
SECTION 6.9 Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger................. 39
</TABLE>
(ii)
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate
Indenture Trustee................................... 40
SECTION 6.11 Eligibility; Disqualification........................ 41
SECTION 6.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer..... 41
ARTICLE VII NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS............................. 42
SECTION 7.1 Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses
of Noteholders....................................... 42
SECTION 7.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to
Noteholders.......................................... 42
SECTION 7.3 Reports by Issuer..................................... 42
SECTION 7.4 Reports by Indenture Trustee.......................... 43
ARTICLE VIII ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES...................... 43
SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money................................... 43
SECTION 8.2 Trust Accounts........................................ 43
SECTION 8.3 General Provisions Regarding Accounts................. 44
SECTION 8.4 Release of Trust Estate............................... 45
SECTION 8.5 Opinion of Counsel.................................... 46
ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES..................................... 46
SECTION 9.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of
Noteholders.......................................... 46
SECTION 9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders... 48
SECTION 9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures.................. 50
SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture...................... 50
SECTION 9.5 Conformity With Trust Indenture Act................... 51
SECTION 9.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures......... 51
ARTICLE X REDEMPTION OF NOTES.......................................... 51
SECTION 10.1 Redemption........................................... 51
SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption Notice............................ 52
SECTION 10.3 Notes Payable on Redemption Date..................... 52
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS............................................... 53
SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc............ 53
SECTION 11.2 Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee..... 55
SECTION 11.3 Acts of Noteholders.................................. 56
SECTION 11.4 Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating
Agencies............................................ 56
SECTION 11.5 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver....................... 57
SECTION 11.6 Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.............. 58
</TABLE>
(iii)
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
SECTION 11.7 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act................... 58
SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents............ 58
SECTION 11.9 Successors and Assigns.............................. 58
SECTION 11.10 Separability....................................... 58
SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture.............................. 59
SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays..................................... 59
SECTION 11.13 GOVERNING LAW...................................... 59
SECTION 11.14 Counterparts....................................... 59
SECTION 11.15 Recording of Indenture............................. 59
SECTION 11.16 Trust Obligation................................... 59
SECTION 11.17 No Petition........................................ 60
SECTION 11.18 Inspection......................................... 60
</TABLE>
Exhibit A Schedule of Receivables
Exhibit B Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement
Exhibit C Form of Note Depository Agreement
Exhibit D Form of Class A-1 Note
Exhibit E Form of Class A-2 Note
(iv)
<PAGE>
INDENTURE dated as of __________, 199__, between AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_,
a Delaware business trust ("Issuer"), and _____________________________, a
____________________, solely as trustee and not in its individual capacity
("Indenture Trustee").
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of Issuer's Class A-1 _______% Asset
Backed Notes (the "Class A-1 Notes"), and Class A-2 ____% Asset Backed Notes
(the "Class A-2 Notes" and, together with the Class A-1 Notes, the "Notes"):
GRANTING CLAUSE
Issuer hereby Grants to Indenture Trustee at the Closing Date, as Indenture
Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, all of Issuer's right,
title and interest in and to (a) the Receivables, and all moneys received
thereon [on or] after the Cutoff Date; (b) the security interests in the
Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Receivables and any other
interest of Issuer in the Financed Vehicles and any other property that shall
secure the Receivables; (c) any proceeds with respect to (i) any Receivable
repurchased by a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a result of a breach
of a representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement, (ii) a default
by an Obligor resulting in the repossession of the Financed Vehicle, or (iii)
any Dealer Recourse and other rights of Affiliates under Dealer Agreements; (d)
any proceeds with respect to the Receivables from claims on any Insurance
Policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors or from claims under any
lender's single interest insurance policy naming any Seller Affiliate as an
insured; (e) rebates of premiums and other amounts relating to any Insurance
Policies and rebates of other items, such as extended warranties financed under
the Receivables, in each case, to the extent Servicer would, in accordance with
its customary practices, apply such amounts to the Principal Balance of the
related Receivable; (f) any instrument or document relating to the Receivables;
(g) all the Seller's rights under the Purchase Agreements, including the right
of the Seller to cause an Affiliate to repurchase Receivables from the Seller;
(h) the security interests in the Receivables and other assets granted by each
Seller Affiliate to the Issuer under the Affiliate Security Agreement and all
rights of the Issuer thereunder; (i) all funds on deposit from time to time in
the Trust Accounts and in all investments and proceeds thereof (including the
Reserve Account Property but excluding all investment income thereon); (j) the
Issuer's rights under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and (k) all present and
future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of
the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and
nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all
proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid
property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts,
<PAGE>
acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds,
condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of
obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at any time
constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the
foregoing (collectively, the "Collateral").
The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal of
and interest on, and any other amounts owing in respect of, the Notes, equally
and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction except as set forth
herein, and to secure compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, all as
provided in this Indenture.
Indenture Trustee, as Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the
Notes, acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its
duties required in this Indenture to the best of its ability to the end that the
interests of the Holders of the Notes may be adequately and effectively
protected.
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.
SECTION 1.1 Definitions. Capitalized terms are used in this Indenture as
defined in Appendix X to the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of
____________, 199_, among Special Purpose Entity, as Seller, the Issuer and
AmSouth Bank, as Servicer.
SECTION 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever
this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated
by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used
in this Indenture have the following meanings:
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"indenture securities" means the Notes.
"indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.
"indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.
"indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means Indenture Trustee.
"obligor" on the indenture securities means Issuer and any other obligor on
the indenture securities.
2
<PAGE>
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have
the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.
SECTION 1.3 Other Interpretive Provisions. All terms defined in this
Indenture shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other
document delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. For
purposes of this Indenture and all such certificates and other documents, unless
the context otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not otherwise defined in
this Indenture, and accounting terms partly defined in this Indenture to the
extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under
generally accepted accounting principles; (b) the words "hereof," "herein" and
"hereunder" and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Indenture; (c) references to any
Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Articles, Sections,
Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Indenture and references to any paragraph,
subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer
to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or
definition; (d) the term "including" means "including without limitation"; (e)
except as otherwise expressly provided herein, references to any law or
regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and
include any successor law or regulation; (f) references to any Person include
that Person's successors and assigns; and (g) headings are for purposes of
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of
any provision hereof.
ARTICLE II THE NOTES.
SECTION 2.1 Form. The Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, in each
case together with Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication, shall be
in substantially the forms set forth in Exhibits D and E, respectively, with
such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers
or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon
as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of
any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference
thereto on the face of the Note.
The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or
engraved or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel
engraved borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.
3
<PAGE>
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the
Notes set forth in Exhibits D and E are part of the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall be
executed on behalf of Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The signature of
any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.
Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at
any time Authorized Officers of Issuer shall bind Issuer, notwithstanding that
such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the
authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the
date of such Notes.
Indenture Trustee shall upon Issuer Order authenticate and deliver Class A-
1 Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $____________ and
Class A-2 Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of
_________________. The aggregate principal amount of Class A-1 Notes and Class
A-2 Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amounts except as provided
in Section 2.5.
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be
issuable as registered Notes in the minimum denomination of $1,000 and in
integral multiples thereof (except for one Note of each class which may be
issued in a denomination other than an integral multiple of $1,000).
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid
or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate
of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by
Indenture Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories,
and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only
evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.
SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Definitive Notes,
Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order, Indenture Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed,
typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the Definitive
Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such variations not inconsistent
with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing such Notes may
determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.
If temporary Notes are issued, Issuer will cause Definitive Notes to be
prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of Definitive Notes,
the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of
the temporary Notes at the office or agency of Issuer to be maintained as
4
<PAGE>
provided in Section 3.2, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for
cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, Issuer shall execute and
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like
principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so
exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as Definitive Notes.
SECTION 2.4 Registration of Transfer and Exchange. Issuer shall cause to
be kept a register (the "Note Register") in which, subject to such reasonable
regulations as it may prescribe, Issuer shall provide for the registration of
Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes. Indenture Trustee shall
initially be "Note Registrar" for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers
of Notes as herein provided. Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar, Issuer
shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an
appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.
If a Person other than Indenture Trustee is appointed by Issuer as Note
Registrar, Issuer will give Indenture Trustee prompt written notice of the
appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the
location, of the Note Register, and Indenture Trustee shall have the right to
inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof,
and Indenture Trustee shall have the right to conclusively rely upon a
certificate executed on behalf of Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof
as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Notes and the principal
amounts and number of such Notes.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or
agency of Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2, if the
requirements of Section 8-401(1) of the UCC are met Issuer shall execute and
upon its written request Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder
shall obtain from Indenture Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the same
class and a like aggregate principal amount.
At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in any
authorized denominations, of the same class and a like aggregate principal
amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.
Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, if the requirements of
Section 8-401(1) of the UCC are met Issuer shall execute and upon its written
request Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain
from Indenture Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is
entitled to receive.
5
<PAGE>
All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid obligations of Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such
registration of transfer or exchange.
Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to Note Registrar duly executed by,
the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, with
such signature guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the
requirements of Note Registrar which requirements include membership or
participation in a Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("Stamp") or
such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by Note Registrar
in addition to, or in substitution for, Stamp, all in accordance with the
Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as Indenture Trustee
may require.
No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, but Issuer may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than
exchanges pursuant to Section 2.3 or 9.6 not involving any transfer.
The preceding provisions of this section notwithstanding, Issuer shall not
be required to make and Note Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges
of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15 days
preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note.
SECTION 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to Indenture Trustee, or Indenture Trustee
receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any
Note, and (ii) there is delivered to Indenture Trustee such security or
indemnity as may be required by it to hold Issuer and Indenture Trustee
harmless, then, in the absence of notice to Issuer, Note Registrar or Indenture
Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and provided
that the requirements of Section 8-405 of the UCC are met, Issuer shall execute
and upon its written request Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Note, a replacement Note; provided that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen
Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within seven days shall be
due and payable, or shall have been called for redemption, instead of issuing a
replacement Note, Issuer may upon delivery of the security or indemnity herein
required pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or upon
the Redemption Date without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such
replacement Note or payment of a
6
<PAGE>
destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding
sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such
replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, Issuer and
Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such
payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such
replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or
any assignee of such Person, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled
to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any
loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by Issuer or Indenture Trustee in
connection therewith.
Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, Issuer may
require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any
other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of Indenture Trustee)
connected therewith.
Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of
any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.
SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentment for
registration of transfer of any Note, Issuer, Indenture Trustee and any agent of
Issuer or Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and
neither Issuer, Indenture Trustee nor any agent of Issuer or Indenture Trustee
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
SECTION 2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest. (a) The Notes shall accrue
interest as provided in the forms of the Class A-1 Note and the Class A-2 Note,
set forth in Exhibits D and E, respectively, and such interest shall be payable
on each Distribution Date as specified therein. Any installment of interest or
principal, if any, payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided
for by Issuer on the applicable Distribution Date shall be paid to the Person in
whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is
7
<PAGE>
registered on the Record Date, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to
such Person's address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date,
except that, unless Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12,
with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee
of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will
be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account
designated by such nominee and except for the final installment of principal
payable with respect to such Note on a Distribution Date or on the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date (and except for the Redemption Price for any Note
called for redemption pursuant to Section 10.1(a)) which shall be payable as
provided below. The funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered
shall be held in accordance with Section 3.3.
(b) The principal of each Note shall be payable on each Distribution Date
as provided in the forms of the Class A-1 Note and the Class A-2 Note, set forth
in Exhibits D and E, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire
unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously
paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, if Indenture Trustee or the Holders of the Notes representing not
less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes have declared the
Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2
and, in such event, all principal payments on each class of Notes shall be made
pro rata to the Noteholders of such class entitled thereto. Indenture Trustee
shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on the Record Date preceding the Distribution Date on which Issuer
expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on such Note
will be paid. Such notice shall be mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to
such final Distribution Date and shall specify that such final installment will
be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify
the place where such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such
installment. Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to
Noteholders as provided in Section 10.2.
SECTION 2.8 Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, registration
of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person other
than Indenture Trustee, be delivered to Indenture Trustee and shall be promptly
cancelled by Indenture Trustee. Issuer may at any time deliver to Indenture
Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder which Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes
so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in
this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled
Notes may be held or disposed of by Indenture Trustee in accordance with its
standard retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time unless Issuer
8
<PAGE>
shall direct by an Issuer Order that they be destroyed or returned to it;
provided that such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously
disposed of by Indenture Trustee.
SECTION 2.9 Release of Collateral. Subject to Section 11.1, Indenture
Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture only upon receipt
of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of
Counsel and Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA (S)(S) 314(c) and
314(d)(1) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such Independent Certificates to
the effect that the TIA does not require any such Independent Certificates. If
the Commission shall issue an exemptive order under TIA Section 304(d) modifying
Owner Trustee's obligations under TIA Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(1), subject to
Section 11.1 and the terms of the Basic Documents, Indenture Trustee shall
release property from the lien of this Indenture in accordance with the
conditions and procedures set forth in such exemptive order.
SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance, will be
issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes, to be
delivered to _____________________, as agent for The Depository Trust Company,
the initial Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of, Issuer. Such Notes shall
initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of Cede & Co., the
nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner will receive a
Definitive Note representing such Note Owner's interest in such Note, except as
provided in Section 2.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes
(the "Definitive Notes") have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.12:
(a) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect;
(b) Note Registrar and Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to deal
with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Indenture (including the
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and the giving of
instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and
shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;
(c) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with
any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section
shall control;
(d) the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only through the
Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established by law and
agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the
Clearing Agency Participants or Persons acting through Clearing Agency
Participants. Pursuant to the Note Depository Agreement, unless
9
<PAGE>
and until Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to Section 2.12, the initial
Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency
Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest
on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants; and
(e) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken
based upon instructions or directions of Holders of Notes evidencing a
specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Clearing
Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that
it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or
Clearing Agency Participants or Persons acting through Clearing Agency
Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage
of the beneficial interest in the Notes and has delivered such instructions
to Indenture Trustee.
SECTION 2.11 Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other
communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture, unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.12, Indenture Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified
herein to be given to Holders of the Notes to the Clearing Agency, and shall
have no obligation to the Note Owners.
SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes. If (a) Seller advises Indenture Trustee in
writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to properly
discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Notes, and Seller is unable
to locate a qualified successor, (b) Seller at its option advises Indenture
Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the
Clearing Agency or (c) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Note Owners
representing beneficial interests aggregating at least a majority of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes advise Indenture Trustee through the Clearing
Agency in writing that the continuation of a book entry system through the
Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Note Owners, then the
Clearing Agency shall notify all Note Owners and Indenture Trustee of the
occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note
Owners requesting the same. Upon surrender to Indenture Trustee of the
typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes by the Clearing
Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, Issuer shall execute and
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance with the
instructions of the Clearing Agency. None of Issuer, Note Registrar or Indenture
Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may
conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions.
Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, Indenture Trustee shall recognize the
Holders of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders.
10
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.13 Authenticating Agents. (a) The Indenture Trustee may appoint
one or more Persons (each, an "Authenticating Agent") with power to act on its
behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication of Notes in connection
with issuance, transfers and exchanges under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5, as
fully to all intents and purposes as though each such Authenticating Agent had
been expressly authorized by those Sections to authenticate such Notes. For all
purposes of this Indenture, the authentication of Notes by an Authenticating
Agent pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be the authentication of Notes
"by the Indenture Trustee."
(b) Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of
the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor
of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, without the execution or filing of any
further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent or
such successor corporation.
(c) Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written
notice of resignation to Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee. Indenture Trustee
may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent by giving
written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and Owner Trustee.
Upon receiving such notice of resignation or upon such a termination, Indenture
Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent and shall give written
notice of any such appointment to Owner Trustee.
(d) The Administrator agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time
to time reasonable compensation for its services. The provisions of Sections
2.8 and 6.4 shall be applicable to any Authenticating Agent.
SECTION 2.14 Tax Treatment. Issuer has entered into this Indenture, and
the Notes shall be issued, with the intention that, for federal, state and local
income and franchise tax purposes, the Notes shall qualify as indebtedness of
Issuer secured by the Trust Estate. Issuer, by entering into this Indenture,
and each Noteholder, by its acceptance of a Note (and each Note Owner by its
acceptance of an interest in the applicable Book-Entry Note), agree to treat the
Notes for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as
indebtedness of Issuer.
11
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III COVENANTS.
SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest. Issuer will duly and
punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the
terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Without limiting the foregoing, subject
to Section 8.2(c), Issuer will cause to be distributed all amounts on deposit in
the Note Distribution Account on a Distribution Date deposited therein pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (i) in the Class A-1 Noteholders' Interest
Distributable Amount, to Class A-1 Noteholders and (ii) in the Class A-2
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount, to Class A-2 Noteholders. Amounts
properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder
of interest and/or principal shall be considered as having been paid by Issuer
to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.
SECTION 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. Issuer will maintain in the
Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may
be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and
demands to or upon Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. Issuer hereby initially appoints Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent
for the foregoing purposes. Issuer will give prompt written notice to Indenture
Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office
or agency. If at any time Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or
agency or shall fail to furnish Indenture Trustee with the address thereof, such
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office, and Issuer hereby appoints Indenture Trustee as its agent to receive all
such surrenders, notices and demands.
SECTION 3.3 Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust. As provided in
Section 8.2, all payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes
that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account and the
Note Distribution Account pursuant to Section 8.2(c) shall be made on behalf of
Issuer by Indenture Trustee or by another Paying Agent, and no amounts so
withdrawn from the Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account for
payments of Notes shall be paid over to Issuer except as provided in this
Section.
On or before each Distribution Date and Redemption Date, Issuer shall
deposit or cause to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account an aggregate
sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due under the Notes, such sum to
be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless the
Paying Agent is Indenture Trustee) shall promptly notify Indenture Trustee of
its action or failure so to act.
Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than Indenture Trustee to execute
and deliver to Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying
12
<PAGE>
Agent shall agree with Indenture Trustee (and if Indenture Trustee acts as
Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section,
that such Paying Agent will:
(i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with
respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed
of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;
(ii) give Indenture Trustee notice of any default by Issuer (or any
other obligor upon the Notes) of which it has actual knowledge in the
making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;
(iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon
the written request of Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to Indenture
Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;
(iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to
Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if
at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying
Agent at the time of its appointment; and
(v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the
withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable
withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable
reporting requirements in connection therewith.
Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct any
Paying Agent to pay to Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying
Agent, such sums to be held by Indenture Trustee upon the same trusts as those
upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such a payment by
any Paying Agent to Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from
all further liability with respect to such money.
Subject to applicable laws with respect to the escheat of funds, any money
held by Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any
amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after
such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and
be paid to Issuer on Issuer Request; and the Holder of such Note shall
thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to Issuer for payment
thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to Issuer), and all
liability of Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money shall thereupon cease; provided that Indenture Trustee or such Paying
Agent, before being
13
<PAGE>
required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of Issuer cause to be
published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily
published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New
York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified
therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication,
any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to Issuer.
Indenture Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense of Issuer, any
other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including, but not
limited to, mailing notice of such repayment to Holders whose Notes have been
called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or
interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the
records of Indenture Trustee or of any Paying Agent, at the last address of
record for each such Holder).
SECTION 3.4 Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of
Section 3.10, Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and
franchises as a business trust under the laws of the State of Delaware (unless
it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the
laws of any other state or of the United States of America, in which case Issuer
will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of
such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do
business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be
necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the
Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument or agreement included in the
Trust Estate.
SECTION 3.5 Protection of Trust Estate. Issuer will from time to time
prepare (or shall cause to be prepared), execute and deliver all such
supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements,
continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments,
and will take such other action necessary or advisable to:
(a) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the
priority thereof) of this Indenture or carry out more effectively the
purposes hereof;
(b) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any Grant
made or to be made by this Indenture;
(c) enforce any of the Collateral; or
(d) preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the rights of
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders in such Trust Estate against the
claims of all persons and parties.
14
<PAGE>
Issuer hereby designates Indenture Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact
to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument
required by Issuer pursuant to this Section.
SECTION 3.6 Opinions as to Trust Estate. (a) On the Closing Date, Issuer
shall furnish to Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the
recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and
any other requisite documents, and with respect to the execution and filing of
any financing statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to
perfect and make effective the lien and security interest of this Indenture and
reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, no such action is necessary to make such lien and security interest
effective.
(b) Within 120 days after the beginning of each calendar year, beginning
with the first calendar year beginning more than three months after the Cutoff
Date, Issuer shall furnish to Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with
respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture,
any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and with
respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation
statements as are necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created
by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the
opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and
security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording,
filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental
hereto and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any
financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the opinion of
such counsel, be required to maintain the lien and security interest of this
Indenture until January 30 in the following calendar year.
SECTION 3.7 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables. (a)
Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit any
action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such
Person's material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement
included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the
validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as
ordered by any bankruptcy or other court or as expressly provided in this
Indenture, the Basic Documents or such other instrument or agreement.
(b) Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its
duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person
identified to Indenture Trustee in an Officer's Certificate of Issuer shall be
15
<PAGE>
deemed to be action taken by Issuer. Initially, Issuer has contracted with
Servicer and the Administrator to assist Issuer in performing its duties under
this Indenture.
(c) Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and
agreements contained in this Indenture, the Basic Documents and in the
instruments and agreements included in the Trust Estate, including but not
limited to preparing (or causing to prepared) and filing (or causing to be
filed) all UCC financing statements and continuation statements required to be
filed by the terms of this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement in
accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein.
Except as otherwise expressly provided therein, Issuer shall not waive, amend,
modify, supplement or terminate any Basic Document or any provision thereof
without the consent of Indenture Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.
(d) If Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer
Termination Event under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Issuer shall promptly
notify Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies thereof in accordance with
Section 11.4, and shall specify in such notice the action, if any, Issuer is
taking in respect of such default. If a Servicer Termination Event shall arise
from the failure of Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Receivables, Issuer shall
take all reasonable steps available to it to remedy such failure.
(e) As promptly as possible after the giving of notice of termination to
Servicer of Servicer's rights and powers pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, Issuer shall appoint a successor servicer (the "Successor
Servicer"), and such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a
written assumption in a form acceptable to Indenture Trustee. In the event that
a Successor Servicer has not been appointed and accepted its appointment at the
time when Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, Indenture Trustee without further
action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer. Indenture
Trustee may resign as Servicer by giving written notice of such resignation to
Issuer and in such event will be released from such duties and obligations, such
release not to be effective until the date a new servicer enters into a
servicing agreement with Issuer as provided below. Upon delivery of any such
notice to Issuer, Issuer shall obtain a new servicer as the Successor Servicer
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Any Successor Servicer other than
Indenture Trustee shall (i) be an established financial institution having a net
worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose regular business includes the
servicing of motor vehicle loans and (ii) enter into a servicing agreement with
Issuer having substantially the same provisions as the provisions of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement applicable to Servicer. If within 30 days after the
delivery of the notice referred to above,
16
<PAGE>
Issuer shall not have obtained such a new servicer, Indenture Trustee may
appoint, or may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, a
Successor Servicer. In connection with any such appointment, Indenture Trustee
may make such arrangements for the compensation of such successor as it and such
successor shall agree, subject to the limitations set forth below and in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, and in accordance with Section 8.2 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, Issuer shall enter into an agreement with such successor
for the servicing of the Receivables (such agreement to be in form and substance
satisfactory to Indenture Trustee). If Indenture Trustee shall succeed to
Servicer's duties as servicer of the Receivables as provided herein, it shall do
so in its individual capacity and not in its capacity as Indenture Trustee and,
accordingly, the provisions of Article VI shall be inapplicable to Indenture
Trustee in its duties as the successor to Servicer and the servicing of the
Receivables. In case Indenture Trustee shall become successor to Servicer under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to appoint
as Servicer any one of its Affiliates, or delegate any of its responsibilities
as Servicer to agents, subject to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
provided that such appointment or delegation shall not affect or alter in any
way the liability of Indenture Trustee as a successor for the performance of the
duties and obligations of Servicer in accordance with the terms hereof.
(f) Upon any termination of Servicer's rights and powers pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, Issuer shall promptly notify Indenture Trustee. As
soon as a Successor Servicer (other than Indenture Trustee) is appointed, Issuer
shall notify Indenture Trustee of such appointment, specifying in such notice
the name and address of such Successor Servicer.
(g) Without derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment granted
to Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or the rights of Indenture Trustee
hereunder, Issuer agrees that, unless such action is specifically permitted
hereunder or under the Basic Documents, it will not, without the prior written
consent of Indenture Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority in
Outstanding Amount of the Notes, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or
surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination,
waiver or surrender of, the terms of any Collateral or the Basic Documents, or
waive timely performance or observance by Servicer or Seller under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement; provided that no such amendment shall (i) except for
amendments and modifications of the Receivables permitted under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or
accelerate or delay the timing of, distributions that are required to be made
for the benefit of the Noteholders, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of
the Notes which are required to consent to any such amendment, without the
consent of the Holders of all the Outstanding Notes. If any such amendment,
modification, supplement or waiver shall be so consented to by Indenture Trustee
or such Holders, Issuer
17
<PAGE>
agrees, promptly following a request by Indenture Trustee to do so, to execute
and deliver, in its own name and at its own expense, such agreements,
instruments, consents and other documents as Indenture Trustee may deem
necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
SECTION 3.8 Negative Covenants. So long as any Notes are Outstanding,
Issuer shall not:
(a) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture or the Basic
Documents, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the
properties or assets of Issuer, including those included in the Trust
Estate, unless directed to do so by Indenture Trustee;
(b) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or
interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts properly
withheld from such payments under the Code) or assert any claim against any
present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied
or assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate;
(c) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part; or
(d) (i) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be
impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated,
subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released
from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this
Indenture except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (ii permit any lien,
charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance
(other than the lien of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or
otherwise arise upon or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any
interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics'
liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on a
Financed Vehicle and arising solely as a result of an action or omission of
the related Obligor) or (ii permit the lien of this Indenture not to
constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect to any such tax,
mechanics' or other lien) security interest in the Trust Estate.
SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance. Issuer will deliver to
Indenture Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Issuer
(commencing 120 days after the fiscal year ended _________, 199__), and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements of TIA Section 314(a)(4) an
Officer's Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such
Officer's Certificate, that:
18
<PAGE>
(a) a review of the activities of Issuer during such year and of
performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized
Officer's supervision; and
(b) to the best of such Authorized Officer's knowledge, based on such
review, Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants under this
Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the
compliance of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default
known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof.
SECTION 3.10 Issuer May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms. (a)
Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, unless
(i) the Person (if other than Issuer) formed by or surviving such
consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing under the
laws of the United States of America or any state and shall expressly
assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to
Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to Indenture Trustee, the due and
punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the
performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture
on the part of Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
respect to such transaction;
(iv) Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall
have delivered copies thereof to Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such
transaction will not have any material adverse tax consequence to the
Trust, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;
(v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security
interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and
(vi) Issuer shall have delivered to Indenture Trustee an Officer's
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation
or merger and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and
that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by the
Exchange Act).
19
<PAGE>
(b) Except as expressly contemplated by the Basic Documents, Issuer shall
not convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets,
including those included in the Trust Estate, to any Person, unless
(i) the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer the
properties and assets of Issuer the conveyance or transfer of which is
hereby restricted shall (A) be a United States citizen or a Person
organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or
any state, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto,
executed and delivered to Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to
Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and
interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement
and covenant of this Indenture on the part of Issuer to be performed or
observed, all as provided herein, (C) expressly agree by means of such
supplemental indenture that all right, title and interest so conveyed or
transferred shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of Holders of
the Notes, (D) unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture,
expressly agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Issuer against and
from any loss, liability or expense arising under or related to this
Indenture and the Notes and (E) expressly agree by means of such
supplemental indenture that such Person (or if a group of persons, then one
specified Person) shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) and make all
filings with the Commission (and any other appropriate Person) required by
the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;
(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
respect to such transaction;
(iv) Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall
have delivered copies thereof to Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such
transaction will not have any material adverse tax consequence to the
Trust, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;
(v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security
interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and
(vi) Issuer shall have delivered to Indenture Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such conveyance or
transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and
that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
20
<PAGE>
transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by the
Exchange Act).
SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee. (a) Upon any consolidation or
merger of Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or
surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than Issuer) shall succeed to,
and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Issuer under
this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as Issuer
herein.
(b) Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of
Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b), AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_ will be released
from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed or performed
on the part of Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon the delivery of
written notice to Indenture Trustee stating that AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_ is to
be so released.
SECTION 3.12 No Other Business. Issuer shall not engage in any business
other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the Receivables
in the manner contemplated by this Indenture and the Basic Documents and
activities incidental thereto.
SECTION 3.13 No Borrowing. Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any
indebtedness except for the Notes.
SECTION 3.14 Servicer's Obligations. Issuer shall cause Servicer to comply
with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, including Sections 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11
thereof.
SECTION 3.15 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except as
contemplated by the Sale and Servicing Agreement or this Indenture, Issuer shall
not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly
or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another's payment or
performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse
or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection
with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or
acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or
securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to,
any other Person.
SECTION 3.16 Capital Expenditures. Issuer shall not make any expenditure
(by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets (either realty
or personalty).
21
<PAGE>
SECTION 3.17 Restricted Payments. Issuer shall not, directly or
indirectly, (a) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of
capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination
thereof, to Owner Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in Issuer or
otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of
Issuer or to Servicer or Administrator, (b) redeem, purchase, retire or
otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or
(c) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose; provided
that Issuer may make, or cause to be made, (i) distributions to Servicer,
Administrator, Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee and the Certificateholders as
permitted by, and to the extent funds are available for such purpose under, the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement and (ii) distributions to the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii) of the Administration Agreement.
Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from
the Collection Account except in accordance with this Indenture and the Basic
Documents.
SECTION 3.18 Notice of Events of Default. Issuer agrees to give Indenture
Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of Default
hereunder and each Event of Servicing Termination or default on the part of
Seller of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
SECTION 3.19 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of Indenture
Trustee, Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such
further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
SECTION 3.20 Removal of Administrator. For so long as any Notes are
Outstanding, the Issuer shall not remove the Administrator without cause unless
the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied in connection therewith.
ARTICLE IV SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE.
SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall
cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (a) rights
of registration of transfer and exchange, (b) substitution of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (c) rights of Noteholders to receive payments
of principal thereof and interest thereon, (d) Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8,
3.10, 3.12, 3.13 and 3.18, (e) the rights, obligations and immunities of
Indenture Trustee hereunder (including the rights of Indenture Trustee under
Section 6.7 and the obligations of Indenture Trustee under Section 4.2) and (f)
the rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property
so deposited with Indenture Trustee payable to all or any of them, and Indenture
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of Issuer, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with
respect to the Notes, when
22
<PAGE>
(i) either
(A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other
than (1) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have
been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.5 and (2) Notes for
which payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or
segregated and held in trust by Issuer and thereafter repaid to Issuer
or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.3) have been
delivered to Indenture Trustee for cancellation; or
(B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to Indenture Trustee for
cancellation
(1) have become due and payable,
(2) will become due and payable at the Final Scheduled
Distribution Date within one year, or
(3) are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements satisfactory to Indenture Trustee for the giving of
notice of redemption by Indenture Trustee in the name, and at the
expense, of Issuer,
and Issuer, in the case of clauses (1), (2) or (3), has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with Indenture Trustee
cash or direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United
States of America (which will mature prior to the date such amounts
are payable), in trust for such purpose, in an amount sufficient to
pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not
theretofore delivered to Indenture Trustee for cancellation when due
to the Final Scheduled Distribution Date or Redemption Date (if Notes
shall have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 10.1(a)), as
the case may be;
(ii) Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
hereunder by Issuer;
(iii) Issuer has delivered to Indenture Trustee an Officer's
Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA or Indenture
Trustee) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public
accountants, each meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1(a)
and each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating
to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied
with; and
23
<PAGE>
(iv) Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the satisfaction and discharge of the Notes
pursuant to this Section will not cause any Noteholder to be treated as
having sold or exchanged any of its Notes for purposes of Section 1001 of
the Code.
SECTION 4.2 Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as Indenture Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption
of which such moneys have been deposited with Indenture Trustee, of all sums due
and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or required by law.
SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. In connection with
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all
moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than Indenture Trustee under the
provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of
Issuer, be paid to Indenture Trustee to be held and applied according to Section
3.3 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability
with respect to such moneys.
ARTICLE V REMEDIES.
SECTION 5.1 Events of Default. "Event of Default", wherever used herein,
means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by
operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a) default in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same
becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of
five days;
(b) default in the payment of the principal of or any installment of
the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable;
(c) default in the observance or performance of any material covenant
or agreement of Issuer made in this Indenture (other than a covenant or
agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere
in this Section specifically dealt with), or any representation or warranty
of Issuer made in this Indenture or in any
24
<PAGE>
certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection
herewith proving to have been incorrect in any material respect as of the
time when the same shall have been made, and such default shall continue or
not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of which such
misrepresentation or warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated
or otherwise cured, for a period of 30 days (or for such longer period, not
in excess of 90 days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such
default; provided that such default is capable of remedy within 90 days or
less and Servicer on behalf of Owner Trustee delivers an Officer's
Certificate to Indenture Trustee to the effect that Issuer has commenced,
or will promptly commence and diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to
remedy such default) after there shall have been given, by registered or
certified mail, to Issuer by Indenture Trustee or to Issuer and Indenture
Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes, a written notice specifying such default or incorrect representation
or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is
a "Notice of Default" hereunder;
(d) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having
jurisdiction in the premises in respect of Issuer or any substantial part
of the Trust Estate in an involuntary case under any applicable Federal or
state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official of Issuer or for any substantial part of
the Trust Estate, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of Issuer's
affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a
period of 60 consecutive days; or
(e) the commencement by Issuer of a voluntary case under any
applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now
or hereafter in effect, or the consent by Issuer to the entry of an order
for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by
Issuer to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of Issuer or
for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or the making by Issuer of
any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by
Issuer generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking
of action by Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
Issuer shall deliver to Indenture Trustee, within five days after the
occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer's Certificate of
any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an
Event of Default under clause (c), its status and what action Issuer is taking
or proposes to take with respect thereto.
25
<PAGE>
SECTION 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an
Event of Default should occur and be continuing, then and in every such case
Indenture Trustee or the Holders of Notes representing not less than a majority
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be
immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to Issuer (and to Indenture
Trustee if given by Noteholders), and upon any such declaration the unpaid
principal amount of such Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon through the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and
payable.
At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been
made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by Indenture Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the
Holders of Notes representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
by written notice to Issuer and Indenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such
declaration and its consequences if:
(a) Issuer has paid or deposited with Indenture Trustee a sum
sufficient to pay
(i) all payments of principal of and interest on all Notes and
all other amounts that would then be due hereunder or upon such Notes
if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not
occurred; and
(ii) all sums paid or advanced by Indenture Trustee hereunder and
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel; and
(b) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal
of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been
cured or waived as provided in Section 5.12.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right
consequent thereto.
SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Indenture Trustee. (a) Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the
payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and
such default continues for a period of five days, or (ii) default is made in the
payment of the principal of or any installment of the principal of any Note when
the same becomes due and payable, Issuer will, upon demand of Indenture Trustee,
pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then
due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the
overdue
26
<PAGE>
principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally
enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate specified in
Section 2.7 and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient
to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Indenture Trustee and its
agents and counsel.
(b) In case Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such
demand, Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust,
may institute a proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and
may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the
same against Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner
provided by law out of the property of Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes,
wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.
(c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Indenture Trustee
may, as more particularly provided in Section 5.4, in its discretion, proceed to
protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders, by such
appropriate proceedings as Indenture Trustee shall deem most effective to
protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any
covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power
granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable
right vested in Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law.
(d) In case there shall be pending, relative to Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in
the Trust Estate, proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any
other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law,
or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or
taken possession of Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person, or
in case of any other comparable judicial proceedings relative to Issuer or other
obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of Issuer or such other
obligor, Indenture Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes
shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or
otherwise and irrespective of whether Indenture Trustee shall have made any
demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and
empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:
(i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of
principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file
such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of Indenture Trustee (including any claim for reasonable
compensation to Indenture Trustee and each predecessor
27
<PAGE>
Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and
for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all
advances made, by Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee,
except as a result of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct) and of
the Noteholders allowed in such proceedings;
(ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on
behalf of the Holders of Notes in any election of a trustee, a standby
trustee or person performing similar functions in any such proceedings;
(iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or
deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts received with
respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of Indenture Trustee on their
behalf; and
(iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of Indenture
Trustee or the Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings
relative to Issuer, its creditors and its property;
and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in
any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make
payments to Indenture Trustee, and, in the event that Indenture Trustee shall
consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to
Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable
compensation to Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their
respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities
incurred, and all advances made, by Indenture Trustee and each predecessor
Indenture Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.
(e) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize Indenture
Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of
any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to
authorize Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in
any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee
in bankruptcy or similar person.
(f) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or
under any of the Notes, may be enforced by Indenture Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other
proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by
Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express
trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses,
28
<PAGE>
disbursements and compensation of Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture
Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Notes.
(g) In any proceedings brought by Indenture Trustee (and also any
proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to
which Indenture Trustee shall be a party), Indenture Trustee shall be held to
represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make
any Noteholder a party to any such proceedings.
SECTION 5.4 Remedies; Priorities. (a) If an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, Indenture Trustee may do one or more of the
following (subject to Section 5.5):
(i) institute proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an
express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes
or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or
otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from Issuer and any
other obligor upon such Notes moneys adjudged due;
(ii) institute proceedings from time to time for the complete or
partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Trust Estate;
(iii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take
any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies
of Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes; and
(iv) sell the Trust Estate or any portion thereof or rights or
interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called and
conducted in any manner permitted by law;
provided that Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Trust
Estate following an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default described
in Section 5.1(a) or (b), unless (A) the Holders of 100% of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes and Certificates consent thereto, (B) the proceeds of such
sale or liquidation distributable to the Noteholders and Certificateholders are
sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon such Notes
and Certificates for principal and interest or (C) Indenture Trustee determines
that the Trust Estate will not continue to provide sufficient funds for the
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have become due
if the Notes had not been declared due and payable, and Indenture Trustee
obtains the consent of Holders of 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes. In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clause
(B) and (C), Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an
opinion of an Independent
29
<PAGE>
investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the
feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust
Estate for such purpose.
(b) If Indenture Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this
Article V, it shall pay out such money or property (and other amounts including
amounts held on deposit in the Reserve Account) held as Collateral for the
benefit of the Noteholders in the following order:
FIRST: to Indenture Trustee for amounts due under Section 6.7;
SECOND: to Servicer for due and unpaid Servicing Fees;
THIRD: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;
FOURTH: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according
to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and
FIFTH: to Issuer for distribution to the Certificateholders.
Indenture Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date,
Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and Indenture Trustee a notice that states
the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.
SECTION 5.5 Optional Preservation of the Receivables. If the Notes have
been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.2 following an Event of
Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and
annulled, Indenture Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of
the Trust Estate. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders
that there be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes, and Indenture Trustee shall take such desire into account
when determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Trust Estate. In
determining whether to maintain possession of the Trust Estate, Indenture
Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent
investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the
feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust
Estate for such purpose.
SECTION 5.6 Limitation of Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any
right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
30
<PAGE>
Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:
(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to Indenture
Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;
(b) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes have made written request to Indenture Trustee to institute such
proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Indenture
Trustee hereunder;
(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to Indenture Trustee
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and
liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request;
(d) Indenture Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice,
request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such proceedings;
and
(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
given to Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes;
it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other
Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over
any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the
manner herein provided.
In the event Indenture Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent
requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders of Notes, each
representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any,
shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.
SECTION 5.7 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and
Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of
any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Note on or after the
respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in
the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) and to institute suit
for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired
without the consent of such Holder.
31
<PAGE>
SECTION 5.8 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If Indenture Trustee or
any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for
any reason or has been determined adversely to Indenture Trustee or to such
Noteholder, then and in every such case Issuer, Indenture Trustee and the
Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter
all rights and remedies of Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue
as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.
SECTION 5.9 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
SECTION 5.10 Delay or Omission Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of
Indenture Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time,
and as often as may be deemed expedient, by Indenture Trustee or by the
Noteholders, as the case may be.
SECTION 5.11 Control by Noteholders. The Holders of a majority of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to Indenture
Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on
Indenture Trustee; provided that
(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or
with this Indenture;
(b) subject to the express terms of Section 5.4, any direction to
Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be by the
Holders of Notes representing not less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount
of the Notes;
(c) if the conditions set forth in Section 5.5 have been satisfied
and Indenture Trustee elects to retain the Trust Estate pursuant to such
32
<PAGE>
Section, then any direction to Indenture Trustee by Holders of Notes
representing less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes to sell
or liquidate the Trust Estate shall be of no force and effect;
(d) Indenture Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by
Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; and
(e) such direction shall be in writing;
provided, further, that, subject to Section 6.1, Indenture Trustee need not take
any action that it determines might involve it in liability or might materially
adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.
SECTION 5.12 Waiver of Past Defaults. Prior to the declaration of the
acceleration of the maturity of the Notes as provided in Section 5.2, the
Holders of Notes of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes may waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences except
a Default (a) in payment of principal of or interest on any of the Notes or (b)
in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the Holder of each Note. In the case of any such waiver,
Issuer, Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to
their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent
thereto.
Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to
have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
SECTION 5.13 Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree,
and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed
to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for
the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit
against Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as
Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its
discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees,
against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and
good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the
provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by
Indenture Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of
Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder for
the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on
33
<PAGE>
any Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this
Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).
SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Issuer covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or
plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all
benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder,
delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to Indenture Trustee,
but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such
law had been enacted.
SECTION 5.15 Action on Notes. Indenture Trustee's right to seek and
recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by
the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect
to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies
of Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any
judgment by Indenture Trustee against Issuer or by the levy of any execution
under such judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the
assets of Issuer.
SECTION 5.16 Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations. (a)
Promptly following a request from Indenture Trustee to do so and at
Administrator's expense, Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as
Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance
by Seller and Servicer, as applicable, of each of their obligations to Issuer
under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement or by the Seller or
any Seller Affiliate, as applicable, of each of their obligations under or in
connection with each Purchase Agreement, in each case, in accordance with the
terms thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and
privileges lawfully available to Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and each Purchase Agreement, as the case may be, to the
extent and in the manner directed by Indenture Trustee, including the
transmission of notices of default on the part of Seller, Servicer or applicable
Seller Affiliate thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative
actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by Seller or Servicer of
each of their obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or by the
Seller or any Seller Affiliate, as applicable, of each of their obligations
under or in connection with each Purchase Agreement.
(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Indenture
Trustee may, and, at the direction (which direction shall be in writing or by
34
<PAGE>
telephone (confirmed in writing promptly thereafter)) of the Holders of 66-2/3%
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall, exercise all rights, remedies,
powers, privileges and claims of Issuer against Seller or Servicer under or in
connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or against the Seller or
Seller Affiliate under the applicable Purchase Agreement, including the right or
power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by
Seller, Servicer or applicable Seller Affiliate of each of their obligations to
Issuer thereunder and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval,
extension or waiver under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or any Purchase
Agreement, as applicable, and any right of Issuer to take such action shall be
suspended.
ARTICLE VI INDENTURE TRUSTEE.
SECTION 6.1 Duties of Indenture Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer of Indenture Trustee
has actual knowledge, Indenture Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in
their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such person's own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only
such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against
Indenture Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, Indenture Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
Indenture Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture;
however, Indenture Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to
determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this
Indenture.
(c) Indenture Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct,
except that:
(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
this Section;
35
<PAGE>
(ii) Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that
Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii) Indenture Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 5.11.
(d) Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as Indenture Trustee may agree in writing with Issuer.
(e) Money held in trust by Indenture Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this Indenture
or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(f) No provision of this Indenture shall require Indenture Trustee to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment
of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is
not assured to it.
(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting
the liability of or affording protection to Indenture Trustee shall be subject
to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.
(h) Indenture Trustee shall take all actions required to be taken by the
Indenture Trustee under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
SECTION 6.2 Rights of Indenture Trustee. (a) Indenture Trustee may
conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been
signed or presented by the proper person. Indenture Trustee need not investigate
any fact or matter stated in the document.
(b) Before Indenture Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require
an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. Indenture Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in good faith in
reliance on the Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and Indenture Trustee shall not be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the
supervision of, Special Purpose Entity, AmSouth, or any other such agent,
36
<PAGE>
attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.
Indenture Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the performance of Issuer.
(d) Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers; provided, that Indenture Trustee's conduct does not constitute wilful
misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
(e) Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion
of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the
Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in
respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith
and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
SECTION 6.3 Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee. Indenture Trustee in
its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Indenture Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar,
co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However,
Indenture Trustee must comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12.
SECTION 6.4 Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer. Indenture Trustee shall not
be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for Issuer's use of the
proceeds from the Notes, and shall not be responsible for any statement of
Issuer in the Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of
the Notes or in the Notes other than Indenture Trustee's certificate of
authentication.
SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and
if it is either actually known or written notice of the existence thereof has
been delivered to a Responsible Officer of Indenture Trustee, Indenture Trustee
shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after such
knowledge or notice occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of
principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the
mandatory redemption provisions of such Note), Indenture Trustee may withhold
the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good
faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.
SECTION 6.6 Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders. Indenture Trustee
shall deliver to each Noteholder such information as may be reasonably required
to enable such Holder to prepare its Federal and state income tax returns.
SECTION 6.7 Compensation and Indemnity. The compensation and reimbursement
of expenses of Indenture Trustee shall be governed by the
37
<PAGE>
Administration Agreement. In addition, Issuer shall reimburse any expenses
incurred by the Indenture Trustee in pursuing remedies pursuant to Section 5.4.
Issuer has caused Administrator to agree to indemnify Indenture Trustee and its
officers, directors, employee and agents against any and all loss, liability
or expense (including attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection
with the acceptance or the administration of this trust and the performance of
its duties hereunder. Neither Issuer nor Administrator need reimburse any
expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by
Indenture Trustee through Indenture Trustee's own wilful misconduct, negligence
or bad faith or to the extent arising from the breach by the Indenture Trustee
of any of its representations and warranties and covenants set forth herein.
Issuer's payment obligations to Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section
and the Administration Agreement referenced in the preceding paragraph shall
survive the discharge of this Indenture subject to a satisfaction of the Rating
Agency Condition. When Indenture Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of
a Default specified in Section 5.1(d) or (e) with respect to Issuer, the
expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of
the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar law.
SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Indenture Trustee. Indenture Trustee may
resign at any time by so notifying Issuer. The Holders of a majority in
Outstanding Amount of the Notes may remove Indenture Trustee by so notifying
Indenture Trustee and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. Issuer shall
remove Indenture Trustee if:
(a) Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;
(b) Indenture Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent;
(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of Indenture
Trustee or its property; or
(d) Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (Indenture Trustee in such event
being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee), Issuer shall
promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee.
A successor Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee and to Issuer. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee shall become effective,
38
<PAGE>
and the successor Indenture Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties
of Indenture Trustee under this Indenture subject to satisfaction of the Rating
Agency Condition. The successor Indenture Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Noteholders. The retiring Indenture Trustee shall promptly
transfer all property held by it as Indenture Trustee to the successor Indenture
Trustee.
If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within 60 days after
the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Indenture
Trustee, Issuer or the Holders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes
may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Indenture Trustee.
If Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of Indenture
Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.
Any resignation or removal of Indenture Trustee and appointment of a
Successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section
shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor
Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.8 and payment of all fees and
expenses owed to the outgoing Indenture Trustee.
Notwithstanding the resignation or removal of Indenture Trustee pursuant to
this Section, Issuer's and Administrator's obligations under Section 6.7 shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee.
Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any
successor Indenture Trustee.
SECTION 6.9 Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger. If Indenture Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any
further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee. Indenture Trustee shall
provide the Rating Agencies and the Administrator prior written notice of any
such transaction.
In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation to Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any
such successor to Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication
of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case
at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor
to Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any
39
<PAGE>
predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to Indenture Trustee; and
in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is
anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of
Indenture Trustee shall have.
SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture
Trustee. (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any
time, after delivering written notice to the Administrator, for the purpose of
meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of Issuer
may at the time be located, Indenture Trustee shall have the power and may
execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a
co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or
any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity
and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Trust, or any part
hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers,
duties, obligations, rights and trusts as Indenture Trustee may consider
necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be
required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section
6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or
separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.8.
(b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted
by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:
(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
upon Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or
performed by Indenture Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee
jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is
not authorized to act separately without Indenture Trustee joining in such
act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which
any particular act or acts are to be performed Indenture Trustee shall be
incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such
rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to
Issuer or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised
and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at
the direction of Indenture Trustee;
(ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any
act or omission of any other trustee hereunder, including acts or omissions
of predecessor or successor trustees; and
(iii) Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or
remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.
40
<PAGE>
(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to Indenture Trustee shall
be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-
trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon
its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or
property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with
Indenture Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the
provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording
protection to, Indenture Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with
Indenture Trustee.
(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute
Indenture Trustee its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority,
to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of
this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-
trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its
estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall invest in and be
exercised by Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the
appointment of a new or successor trustee.
SECTION 6.11 Eligibility; Disqualification. Indenture Trustee shall at all
times satisfy the requirements of TIA (S) 310(a). Indenture Trustee shall have a
combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most
recent published annual report of condition and shall have a long term debt
rating of investment grade or better by the Rating Agencies or shall otherwise
be acceptable to the Rating Agencies. Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA
(S) 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of
TIA (S) 310(b)(9); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of
TIA (S) 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of
Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA
(S) 310(b)(1) are met.
SECTION 6.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. Indenture
Trustee shall comply with TIA (S) 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship
listed in TIA (S) 311(b). An Indenture Trustee who has resigned or been removed
shall be subject to TIA (S) 311(a) to the extent indicated.
ARTICLE VII NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS.
SECTION 7.1 Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of
Noteholders. Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to Indenture Trustee
(a) not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii)
three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as Indenture
Trustee may
41
<PAGE>
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Record
Date, (b) at such other times as Indenture Trustee may request in writing,
within 30 days after receipt by Issuer of any such request, a list of similar
form and content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time such list
is furnished; provided that so long as (i) Indenture Trustee is Note Registrar,
or (ii) the Notes are Book-Entry Notes, no such list shall be required to be
furnished.
SECTION 7.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders.
(a) Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent
list furnished to Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and
addresses of Holders received by Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Note
Registrar. Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in
such Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
(b) Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA (S) 312(b) with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the
Notes. Upon receipt by the Indenture Trustee of any request by three or more
Noteholders or by one or more Noteholders of Notes evidencing not less than 25%
of the Outstanding Amount of Notes to receive a copy of the current list of
Noteholders (whether or not made pursuant to TIA (S) 312(b)), the Indenture
Trustee shall promptly notify the Administrator thereof by providing to the
Administrator a copy of such request and a copy of the list of Noteholders
produced in response thereto.
(c) Issuer, Indenture Trustee and Note Registrar shall have the protection
of TIA (S) 312(c).
SECTION 7.3 Reports by Issuer. (a) Issuer shall:
(i) file with Indenture Trustee, within 15 days after Issuer is
required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports
and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such
portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by
rules and regulations prescribe) which Issuer may be required to file with
the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
(ii) file with Indenture Trustee and the Commission in accordance
with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission
such additional information, documents and reports with respect to
compliance by Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as
may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and
42
<PAGE>
(iii) supply to Indenture Trustee (and Indenture Trustee shall
transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in TIA (S) 313(c)) such
summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by
Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.3(a) as may be
required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
Commission.
(b) Unless Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of Issuer shall end
on December 31 of each year.
SECTION 7.4 Reports by Indenture Trustee. If required by TIA (S) 313(a),
within 60 days after each March 31, beginning with March 31, 199__, Indenture
Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA (S) 313(c) a brief
report dated as of such date that complies with TIA (S) 313(a). Indenture
Trustee also shall comply with TIA (S) 313(b)(1). A copy of each report at the
time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed by Indenture Trustee with the
Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.
Issuer shall notify Indenture Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any
stock exchange.
ARTICLE VII ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES.
SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive
and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent
or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by
Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. Indenture Trustee shall apply all
such money received by it as provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any
payment or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of the
Trust Estate, Indenture Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to
enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution
of appropriate proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any
right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and any right
to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.
SECTION 8.2 Trust Accounts. (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, Issuer
shall cause Servicer to establish, in the name of Indenture Trustee, for the
benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, the Trust Accounts as
provided in Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(b) On or before each Distribution Date, the Total Distribution Amount with
respect to the preceding Collection Period will be deposited in the Collection
Account as provided in Section 5.2 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. On or
before each Distribution Date, the Noteholders' Distributable Amount with
43
<PAGE>
respect to the preceding Collection Period will be transferred from the
Collection Account and/or the Reserve Account to the Note Distribution Account
as provided in Sections 5.1 and 5.5 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
(c) On each Distribution Date and Redemption Date, Indenture Trustee shall
distribute all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account to
Noteholders in respect of the Notes to the extent of amounts due and unpaid on
the Notes for principal and interest in the following amounts and in the
following order of priority (except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(b)):
(i) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes (A) in the Class A-1
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount, to the Class A-1 Noteholders,
and (B) in the Class A-2 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount, to the
Class A-2 Noteholders, provided that if there are not sufficient funds in
the Note Distribution Account to pay the entire amount of accrued and
unpaid interest then due on the Notes for the related Distribution Date,
the amount in the Note Distribution Account shall be applied to the payment
of such interest on each class of the Notes pro rata on the basis of the
total amount of such interest due on such class of Notes for such
Distribution Date;
(ii) payment of principal to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes until
the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero provided
that if there are not sufficient funds in the Note Distribution Account to
pay in full the principal amount of the outstanding Class A-1 Notes, the
amounts in the Note Distribution Account shall be applied to the payment of
principal on the Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis; and
(iii) payment of principal to the Holders of the Class A-2 Notes until
the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero provided
that if there are not sufficient funds in the Note Distribution Account to
pay in full the principal amount of the outstanding Class A-2 Notes, the
amounts in the Note Distribution Account shall be applied to the payment of
principal on the Class A-2 Notes on a pro rata basis.
SECTION 8.3 General Provisions Regarding Accounts. (a) So long as no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or a
portion of the funds in the Trust Accounts shall be invested in Eligible
Investments and reinvested by Indenture Trustee upon Issuer Order, subject to
the provisions of Section 5.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. In
accordance with Section 5.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, on each
Distribution Date, all interest and other investment income (net of losses and
investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts shall be
distributed to the Seller by the Indenture Trustee. Issuer will not direct
Indenture Trustee to make
44
<PAGE>
any investment of any funds or to sell any investment held in any of the Trust
Accounts unless the security interest Granted and perfected in such account will
continue to be perfected in such investment or the proceeds of such sale, in
either case without any further action by any Person, and, in connection with
any direction to Indenture Trustee to make any such investment or sale, if
requested by Indenture Trustee, Issuer shall deliver to Indenture Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to Indenture Trustee, to such effect.
(b) Subject to Section 6.1(c), Indenture Trustee shall not in any way be
held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts
resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for
losses attributable to Indenture Trustee's failure to make payments on such
Eligible Investments issued by Indenture Trustee, in its commercial capacity as
principal obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms.
(c) If (i) Issuer shall have failed to give investment directions for any
funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to Indenture Trustee by 11:00 a.m.
Eastern Time (or such other time as may be agreed by Issuer and Indenture
Trustee) on any Business Day; (ii) a Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes but the Notes shall not
have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 5.2, or (iii) if such
Notes shall have been declared due and payable following an Event of Default,
amounts collected or receivable from the Trust Estate are being applied in
accordance with Section 5.5 as if there had not been such a declaration; then
Indenture Trustee shall, to the fullest extent practicable, invest and reinvest
funds in the Trust Accounts in one or more Eligible Investments. Indenture
Trustee shall not be liable for losses in respect of such investments in
Eligible Investments that comply with the requirements of the Basic Documents.
SECTION 8.4 Release of Trust Estate. (a) Subject to the payment of its
fees and expenses pursuant to Section 6.7, Indenture Trustee may, and when
required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to
release property from the lien of this Indenture, or convey Indenture Trustee's
interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances that are not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an
instrument executed by Indenture Trustee as provided in this Article VIII shall
be bound to ascertain Indenture Trustee's authority, inquire into the
satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any
moneys.
(b) Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes outstanding
and all sums due Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7 have been paid,
release any remaining portion of the Trust Estate that secured the Notes from
the lien of this Indenture and release to Issuer or any other Person entitled
thereto any funds then on deposit in the Trust Accounts. Indenture Trustee shall
45
<PAGE>
release property from the lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 8.4(b)
only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer's Certificate,
an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in
accordance with TIA (S)(S) 314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable
requirements of Section 11.1.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by its acceptance of a Note or, in the case
of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, acknowledges that from time to
time the Indenture Trustee shall release the lien of this Indenture on any
Receivable to be sold to (i) Seller in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and (ii) to Servicer in accordance with Section 4.7 of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
SECTION 8.5 Opinion of Counsel. Indenture Trustee shall receive at least
seven days' notice when requested by Issuer to take any action pursuant to
Section 8.4(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and Indenture
Trustee may also require as a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel,
in form and substance satisfactory to Indenture Trustee, stating the legal
effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same,
and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have
been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely impair the
security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in contravention of the
provisions of this Indenture; provided that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be
required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Trust Estate. Counsel
rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent investigation, on the
accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to
Indenture Trustee in connection with any such action.
ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.
SECTION 9.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders. (a)
Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with prior notice to the
Rating Agencies by Issuer, as evidenced to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and
Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time
to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall
conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of
the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to Indenture Trustee, for any of
the following purposes:
(i) to correct or amplify the description of any property at any
time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and
confirm unto Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be
subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject to the lien of this
Indenture additional property;
46
<PAGE>
(ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable
provisions hereof, of another person to Issuer, and the assumption by any
such successor of the covenants of Issuer herein and in the Notes
contained;
(iii) to add to the covenants of Issuer, for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
upon Issuer;
(iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to
or with Indenture Trustee;
(v) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision
herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be inconsistent with any
other provision herein or in any supplemental indenture or to make any
other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this
Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided that such action shall
not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the
Notes;
(vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment
hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or
change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to
facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one
trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI;
(vii) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture
to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualification of this
Indenture under the TIA or under any similar federal statute hereafter
enacted and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be
expressly required by the TIA; or
(viii) (A) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions of the
Indenture as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a
portion of Issuer to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to
cause all or a portion of Issuer to be treated as, a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" as described in the provisions of the
"Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996," or to enable all or a portion
of the Issuer to qualify and an election to be made for similar treatment
under such comparable subsequent federal income tax provisions as may
ultimately be enacted into law, and (B) in connection with any such
election, to modify or eliminate existing provisions set forth in this
Indenture relating to the intended federal income tax treatment of the
Notes or Certificates and Issuer in the absence of the election; it being a
47
<PAGE>
condition to any such amendment that each Rating Agency will have notified
the Indenture Trustee in writing that the amendment will not result in a
reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Notes or
Certificates with respect to which it is a Rating Agency; and
(ix) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary
or advisable in order to enable (a) the transfer to Issuer of all or any
portion of the Receivables to be derecognized under GAAP by Seller to
Issuer, (b) Issuer to avoid becoming a member of Seller's consolidated
group under GAAP or (c) the Seller, any Seller Affiliate or any of other
Affiliates to otherwise comply with or obtain more favorable treatment
under any law or regulation or any accounting rule or principle; it being a
condition to any such amendment that each Rating Agency will have notified
the Indenture Trustee in writing that the amendment will not result in a
reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Notes or
Certificates with respect to which it is a Rating Agency.
Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such
supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained.
(b) Issuer and Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may,
also without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes but with prior
notice to the Rating Agencies by Issuer, as evidenced to Indenture Trustee,
enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of
adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided that such action shall not,
as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect
the interests of any Noteholder.
SECTION 9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders. Issuer
and Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior
notice to the Rating Agencies and with the consent of the Holders of not less
than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, by Act of such Holders
delivered to Issuer and Indenture Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures
supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this
Indenture; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the
consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:
(i) change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or
interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the
48
<PAGE>
interest rate thereon or the Redemption Price with respect thereto, change
the provision of this Indenture relating to the application of collections
on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the Trust Estate to payment of
principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment
where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or the interest thereon
is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of
the provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds
available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such
amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates thereof (or,
in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);
(ii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental
indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any
waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain
defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture;
(iii) modify or alter the provisions of the proviso as to the
definition of the term "Outstanding";
(iv) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
required to direct Indenture Trustee to direct Issuer to sell or liquidate
the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.4;
(v) modify any provision of this Section except to increase any
percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional
provisions of this Indenture or the Basic Documents cannot be modified or
waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected
thereby;
(vi) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner as
to affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest or
principal due on any Note on any Distribution Date (including the
calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation) or to
affect the rights of the Holders of Notes to the benefit of any provisions
for the mandatory redemption of the Notes contained herein; or
(vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity
with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Trust
Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein or in the
Basic Documents, terminate the lien of this Indenture on any property at
any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note of the security
provided by the lien of this Indenture.
49
<PAGE>
Indenture Trustee may determine whether or not any Notes would be affected
by any supplemental indenture and any such determination shall be conclusive
upon the Holders of all Notes, whether theretofore or thereafter authenticated
and delivered hereunder. Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any such
determination made in good faith.
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
Promptly after the execution by Issuer and Indenture Trustee of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, Indenture Trustee shall mail to
the Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture
relates a notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such
supplemental indenture. Any failure of Indenture Trustee to mail such notice, or
any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity
of any such supplemental indenture.
SECTION 9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or
permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created
by this Indenture, Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject
to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of
Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture. Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects Indenture
Trustee's own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise.
SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall
be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect
to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights,
obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of
Indenture Trustee, Issuer and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be
determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such
modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such
supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and
conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
SECTION 9.5 Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of this
Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX
shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect
so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.
50
<PAGE>
SECTION 9.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by Indenture Trustee shall,
bear a notation in form approved by Indenture Trustee as to any matter provided
for in such supplemental indenture. If Issuer or Indenture Trustee shall so
determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of Indenture
Trustee and Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and
executed by Issuer and authenticated and delivered by Indenture Trustee in
exchange for Outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE X REDEMPTION OF NOTES.
SECTION 10.1 Redemption. (a) The Class A-2 Notes are subject to
redemption in whole, but not in part, at the direction of Seller or Servicer
pursuant to Section 9.1(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, on any
Distribution Date on which Seller or Servicer exercises its option to purchase
the Trust Estate pursuant to said Section 9.1(a), for a purchase price equal to
the Redemption Price; provided that Issuer has available funds sufficient to pay
the Redemption Price. Servicer or Issuer shall furnish the Rating Agencies
notice of such redemption. If the Class A-2 Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to
this Section 10.1(a), Servicer or Issuer shall furnish notice of such election
to Indenture Trustee not later than 25 days prior to the Redemption Date and
Issuer shall deposit with Indenture Trustee in the Note Distribution Account the
Redemption Price of the Class A-2 Notes to be redeemed whereupon all such Class
A-2 Notes shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date upon the furnishing of
a notice complying with Section 10.2 to each Holder of the Class A-2 Notes.
(b) If the assets of Issuer are sold pursuant to Section 9.2 of the
Trust Agreement, all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account
shall be paid to the Noteholders up to the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. If amounts are to be paid to
Noteholders pursuant to this Section 10.1(b), Servicer or Issuer shall, to
the extent practicable, furnish notice of such event to Indenture Trustee
not later than 25 days prior to the Redemption Date whereupon all such
amounts shall be payable on the Redemption Date.
SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption Notice. (a) Notice of redemption under
Section 10.1(a) shall be given by Indenture Trustee by facsimile or by first-
class mail, postage prepaid, transmitted or mailed prior to the applicable
Redemption Date to each Holder of Class A-2 Notes, as of the close of business
on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such Holder's
address appearing in the Note Register.
51
<PAGE>
All notices of redemption shall state:
(i) the Redemption Date;
(ii) the Redemption Price;
(iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such
Redemption Date is not applicable and that payments shall be made only
upon presentation and surrender of such Class A-2 Notes and the place
where such Class A-2 Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the
Redemption Price (which shall be the office or agency of Issuer to be
maintained as provided in Section 3.2); and
(iv) that interest on the Class A-2 Notes shall cease to accrue
on the Redemption Date.
Notice of redemption of the Class A-2 Notes shall be given by Indenture
Trustee in the name and at the expense of Issuer. Failure to give notice of
redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Class A-2 Note shall not
impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Class A-2 Note.
(b) Prior notice of redemption under Section 10.1(b) is not required
to be given to Noteholders.
SECTION 10.3 Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Class A-2 Notes to be
redeemed shall, following notice of redemption as required by Section 10.2 (in
the case of redemption pursuant to Section 10.1(a)), on the Redemption Date
become due and payable at the Redemption Price and (unless Issuer shall default
in the payment of the Redemption Price) no interest shall accrue on the
Redemption Price for any period after the date to which accrued interest is
calculated for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS.
SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc. (a) Upon any
application or request by Issuer to Indenture Trustee to take any action under
any provision of this Indenture, Issuer shall furnish to Indenture Trustee (i)
an Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided
for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with,
(ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such
conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with and (iii) (if required by
the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants
meeting the applicable requirements of this Section, except that, in the case of
any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
specifically
52
<PAGE>
required by any provision of this Indenture, no additional certificate or
opinion need be furnished.
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or
opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition
and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory,
such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is
necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with;
and
(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
signatory such condition or covenant has been complied with.
(b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other
property or securities with Indenture Trustee that is to be made the
basis for the release of any property or securities subject to the
lien of this Indenture, Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation
imposed in Section 11.1(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to
Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the
opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value
(within 90 days of such deposit) to Issuer of the Collateral or other
property or securities to be so deposited.
(ii) Whenever Issuer is required to furnish to Indenture Trustee
an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any
signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (i), Issuer shall
also deliver to Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the
same matters, if the fair value to Issuer of the securities to be so
deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such
withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current
fiscal year of Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered
pursuant to clause (i) and this clause (ii), is 10% or more of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be
furnished with respect to any securities so
53
<PAGE>
deposited, if the fair value thereof to Issuer as set forth in the
related Officer's Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one
percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.
(iii) Other than with respect to the release of any Purchased
Receivables or Defaulted Receivables, whenever any property or
securities are to be released from the lien of this Indenture, Issuer
shall also furnish to Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate
certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such
certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of
the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in
the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the
security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions
hereof.
(iv) Whenever Issuer is required to furnish to Indenture Trustee
an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any
signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (iii), Issuer
shall also furnish to Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as
to the same matters if the fair value of the property or securities
and of all other property other than Purchased Receivables and
Defaulted Receivables, or securities released from the lien of this
Indenture since the commencement of the then current calendar year, as
set forth in the certificates required by clause (iii) and this clause
(iv), equals 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but
such certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of
property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the
related Officer's Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one
percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes.
(v) Notwithstanding Section 2.9 or any other provision of this
Section, Issuer may (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose
of Receivables as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic
Documents and (B) make cash payments out of the Trust Accounts as and
to the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents.
SECTION 11.2 Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee. In any
case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an
opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be
certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they
be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify
or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such
54
<PAGE>
Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion
as to such matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of Issuer may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is
based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of
Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a
certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of
Servicer, Seller, Administrator or Issuer, stating that the information with
respect to such factual matters is in the possession of Servicer, Seller,
Administrator or Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to such matters are erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.
Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
certificate or report to Indenture Trustee, it is provided that Issuer shall
deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as
evidence of Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that the
truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at the
effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts
and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions precedent
to the right of Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency of
such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to
affect Indenture Trustee's right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any
statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article VI.
SECTION 11.3 Acts of Noteholders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to
be given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more
instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person
or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly
provided such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are delivered to Indenture Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required,
to Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the
Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of
55
<PAGE>
execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall
be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.1)
conclusive in favor of Indenture Trustee and Issuer, if made in the manner
provided in this Section.
(b) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved in any customary manner of Indenture
Trustee.
(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of
every Note issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or
in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be
done by Indenture Trustee or Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not
notation of such action is made upon such Note.
SECTION 11.4 Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating
Agencies. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture
to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:
(a) Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder, Administrator or Issuer shall
be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if personally delivered,
delivered by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt
requested and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt to
Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or
(b) Issuer by Indenture Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be
sufficient for every purpose hereunder if personally delivered, delivered
by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested and
shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt to Issuer addressed
to: AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_, in care of 5th Avenue North AmSouth/SONAT
Tower, Birmingham, Alabama, 35288, with a copy to Administrator at 5th
Avenue North AmSouth/SONAT Tower, Birmingham, Alabama, 35288, Attention:
______________, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to
Indenture Trustee by Issuer or Administrator. Issuer shall promptly
transmit any notice received by it from the Noteholders to Indenture
Trustee.
Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by Issuer, Indenture
Trustee or Owner Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered, delivered by
56
<PAGE>
overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested to (i) in
the case of Moody's, at the following address: Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,
99 Church Street, New York, New York 10004, (ii) in the case of S&P, at the
following address: Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, 26 Broadway (15th Floor),
New York, New York 10004, Attention of Asset Backed Surveillance Department; and
(iii) in the case of Fitch, at the following address: Fitch Investors Service,
L.P., One State Street Plaza, New York, New York 10004 or as to each of the
foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the
other parties.
SECTION 11.5 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides
for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given
(unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-
class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such event, at his address
as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not
earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any
case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail
such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Noteholder
shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders,
and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall conclusively
be presumed to have been duly given.
Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be
waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before
or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.
Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with Indenture Trustee but such
filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such a waiver.
In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of
a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail
notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given
pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such
notice as shall be satisfactory to Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to be a
sufficient giving of such notice.
Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to
give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created
hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of
Default.
SECTION 11.6 Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding any
provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, Issuer may
enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note
57
<PAGE>
providing for a method of payment, or notice by Indenture Trustee or any Paying
Agent to such Holder, that is different from the methods provided for in this
Indenture for such payments or notices, provided that such methods are
reasonable and consented to by Indenture Trustee (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld). Issuer will furnish to the trustee a copy of each such
agreement and Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be
given in accordance with such agreements.
SECTION 11.7 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof
limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to
be included in this indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture
Act, such required provision shall control.
The provisions of TIA (S)(S) 310 through 317 that impose duties on any
person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless
expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture,
whether or not physically contained herein.
SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and
Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.
SECTION 11.9 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this
Indenture and the Notes by Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether
so expressed or not. All agreements of Indenture Trustee in this Indenture shall
bind its successors.
SECTION 11.10 Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in
the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality,
and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.
SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the
Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties
hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders, and any other party
secured hereunder, and any other person with an ownership interest in any part
of the Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim under this Indenture.
SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any
payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and
58
<PAGE>
effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.
SECTION 11.13 GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
SECTION 11.14 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original,
but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same
instrument.
SECTION 11.15 Recording of Indenture. If this Indenture is subject to
recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be
effected by Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be counsel to Indenture Trustee or any other counsel reasonably
acceptable to Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary
either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other person secured
hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to Indenture
Trustee under this Indenture.
SECTION 11.16 Trust Obligation. No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of Issuer, Seller, Servicer, Owner
Trustee or Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any
certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith,
against (i) Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in Issuer or (iii)
any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of
Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee in its individual capacity,
any holder of a beneficial interest in Issuer, Seller, Servicer, Owner Trustee
or Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of Seller, Servicer,
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any
such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that Indenture
Trustee and Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity)
and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to
the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock,
unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to
such entity. For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any
duties or obligations of Issuer hereunder, Owner Trustee shall be subject to,
and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Article VI, VII and
VIII of the Trust Agreement.
59
<PAGE>
SECTION 11.17 No Petition. Indenture Trustee, by entering into this
Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and agree
that they will not at any time institute against Seller or Issuer, or join in
any institution against Seller or Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under
any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with
any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any of the Basic
Documents.
SECTION 11.18 Inspection. Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior notice,
it will permit any representative of Indenture Trustee, during Issuer's normal
business hours, to examine all the books of account, records, reports, and other
papers of Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom, to cause such books to
be audited by Independent certified public accountants, and to discuss Issuer's
affairs, finances and accounts with Issuer's officers, employees, and
independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as
often as may be reasonably requested. Indenture Trustee shall and shall cause
its representatives to hold in confidence all such information except to the
extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for
confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that Indenture
Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent with its
obligations hereunder.
60
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Issuer and Indenture Trustee have caused this Indenture
to be duly executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, all
as of the day and year first above written.
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_,
By: _____________________________________________,
not in its individual capacity but solely as
Owner Trustee,
By: ___________________________________________
Name:
Title:
____________________________,
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Indenture Trustee,
By:_______________________________________________
Name:
Title:
61
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES
Delivered on Disk to Indenture Trustee
62
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
63
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF NOTE DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT
64
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF A-1 NOTES
REGISTERED $____________/3/
No. R-___ CUSIP NO. _____________
Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The
Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the Issuer or its
agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is
registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an
authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.
THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
_____% CLASS A-1 ASSET BACKED NOTES
AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_, a trust organized and existing under the laws of
the State of Delaware (including any successor, the "Issuer"), for value
received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the
principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS ($___________), partially payable on
each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying
(i) a fraction the numerator of which is the initial principal amount of this
Note and the denominator of which is the aggregate initial principal amount of
the Class A-1 Notes (the "Fraction") by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any,
payable from the Note Distribution Account in respect of principal on the A-1
Notes pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Indenture; provided that the entire unpaid
principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the
Final Scheduled Distribution Date for the Class A-1 Notes and the
______________________________
/3/Denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
65
<PAGE>
Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture. The Issuer
will pay interest on this Note on each Distribution Date until the principal of
this Note is paid or made available for payment, in an amount equal to the
product of the Class A-1 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount for the
related Distribution Date multiplied by the Fraction subject to certain
limitations contained in Section 3.1 and Section 8.2 of the Indenture. Such
principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in
the Indenture.
The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the
reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on
the face of this Note.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Indenture Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any
benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.
Dated: _____________, 199__
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
By: _______________________________,
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee under the
Trust Agreement
By:___________________________
Name:_________________________
Title:________________________
66
<PAGE>
INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-
mentioned Indenture.
Dated: ______________, 199__
______________________________,
not in its individual capacity,
but solely as Indenture Trustee
By: __________________________
Authorized Signatory
67
<PAGE>
[REVERSE OF NOTE]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its ______% Class A-1 Asset Backed Notes (herein called the "A-1
Notes" or the "Notes"), all issued under an Indenture dated as of __________,
199__ (such Indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the
"Indenture"), between the Issuer and _____________________, not in its
individual capacity but solely as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), which term
includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, to which Indenture
and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement
of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the
Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are not otherwise defined herein and
that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or
pursuant to the Indenture.
The Notes and the Class A-2 Notes are and will be equally and ratably
secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the
Indenture.
The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the
Class A-1 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.
Each Holder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or, in the case of a
Note Owner, a beneficial interest in the Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of Issuer, Seller, Servicer, Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee on the Notes or
under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection
herewith or therewith, against (i) Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee or Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in
Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director,
employee or agent of Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in Issuer, Seller,
Servicer, Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of
Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee in its individual capacity,
except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that
Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual
capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully
liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration
for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call
owing to such entity.
It is the intent of the Seller, the Servicer, the Noteholders and the Note
Owners that, for purposes of Federal and State income tax and any other tax
measured in whole or in part by income, the Notes will qualify as indebtedness
<PAGE>
of the Issuer. The Noteholders, by acceptance of a Note, agree to treat, and to
take no action inconsistent with the treatment of, the Notes for such tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or, in the case of
a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that they
will not at any time institute against Seller or Issuer, or join in any
institution against Seller or Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under
any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with
any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any of the Basic
Documents.
This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions,
and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder
shall be determined in accordance with such laws.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly
provided in the Basic Documents, neither _________________, in its individual
capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any of their
respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees,
successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had
to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on, or performance
of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or
indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly
understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made
by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner
Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance
hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, in the
case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim
against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom;
provided that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to,
and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities,
obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.
2
<PAGE>
ASSIGNMENT
Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee
_________________________________________________________________
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells,
assigns and transfers unto _______________________________
__________________________________________________________
(name and address of assignee)
the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints ______________________, attorney, to transfer said Note on the
books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the
premises.
Dated: _____________ _______________________________ */
-
Signature Guaranteed:
________________________________________
Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor
institution" meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar,
which requirements include membership or participation in
STAMP or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be
determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
_________________________
*/ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the
-
registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
particular without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF A-2 NOTES
REGISTERED $____________/4/
No. R-___ CUSIP NO. _____________
Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The
Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the Issuer or its
agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is
registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an
authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.
THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
_____% CLASS A-2 ASSET BACKED NOTES
AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_, a trust organized and existing under the laws of
the State of Delaware (including any successor, the "Issuer"), for value
received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the
principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS ($___________), partially payable on
each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying
(i) a fraction the numerator of which is the initial principal amount of this
Note and the denominator of which is the aggregate initial principal amount of
the Class A-2 Notes ("the Fraction") by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any,
payable from the Note Distribution Account in respect of principal on the A-2
Notes pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Indenture; provided that the entire unpaid
principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the earlier of the
Final Scheduled Distribution Date for the Class A-2 Notes and the
______________________________
/4/Denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
<PAGE>
Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture. No payments
of principal of the A-2 Notes will be made until the principal of the A-1 Notes
has been paid in full. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note on each
Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made available for
payment in an amount equal to the product of the Class A-2 Noteholders' Interest
distributable Amount for the related Transfer Date multiplied by the Fraction,
subject to certain limitations contained in Section 3.1 and Section 8.2 of the
Indenture. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the
manner specified in the Indenture.
The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the
reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on
the face of this Note.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Indenture Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any
benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.
Dated: _____________, 199__
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
By: ____________________________________,
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee under the
Trust Agreement
By:___________________________
Name:______________________________
Title:_____________________________
2
<PAGE>
INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-
mentioned Indenture.
Dated: ______________, 199__
________________________________,
not in its individual capacity,
but solely as Indenture Trustee
By:_____________________________
Authorized Signatory
3
<PAGE>
[REVERSE OF NOTE]
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its ______% Class A-2 Asset Backed Notes (herein called the "A-2
Notes" or the "Notes"), all issued under an Indenture dated as of __________,
199__ (such Indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the
"Indenture"), between the Issuer and _____________________, not in its
individual capacity but solely as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), which term
includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, to which Indenture
and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement
of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the
Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are not otherwise defined herein and
that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or
pursuant to the Indenture.
The Notes and the Class A-1 Notes are and will be equally and ratably
secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the
Indenture.
The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the
Class A-2 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.
Each Holder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or, in the case of a
Note Owner, a beneficial interest in the Note, covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of Issuer, Seller, Servicer, Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee on the Notes or
under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection
herewith or therewith, against (i) Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee or Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in
Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director,
employee or agent of Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in Issuer, Seller,
Servicer, Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of
Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee in its individual capacity,
except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that
Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual
capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully
liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration
for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call
owing to such entity.
It is the intent of the Seller, the Servicer, the Noteholders and the Note
Owners that, for purposes of Federal and State income tax and any other tax
measured in whole or in part by income, the Notes will qualify as indebtedness
<PAGE>
of the Issuer. The Noteholders, by acceptance of a Note, agree to treat, and to
take no action inconsistent with the treatment of, the Notes for such tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.
Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or, in the case of
a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that they
will not at any time institute against Seller or Issuer, or join in any
institution against Seller or Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under
any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with
any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any of the Basic
Documents.
This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions,
and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder
shall be determined in accordance with such laws.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly
provided in the Basic Documents, neither ________________________, in its
individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, nor any
of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors,
employees, successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall
recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest on,
or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, obligations or
indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it being expressly
understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications have been made
by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the interests of the Owner
Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this Note by the acceptance
hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, in the
case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim
against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom;
provided that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to,
and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities,
obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.
2
<PAGE>
ASSIGNMENT
Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee
_______________________________________________________________________________
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells,
assigns and transfers unto _______________________________
____________________________________________________________________
(name and address of assignee)
the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints ______________________, attorney, to transfer said Note on the
books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the
premises.
Dated: _____________ _______________________________ */
-
Signature Guaranteed:
________________________________________
Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor
institution" meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar,
which requirements include membership or participation in
STAMP or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be
determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
_________________________
*/ NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the
-
registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
particular without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4.2
================================================================================
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
TRUST AGREEMENT
between
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
and
_________________________________,
as Owner Trustee
Dated as of ___________ [ ], 1998
================================================================================
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS.................................................... 1
SECTION 1.1. Capitalized Terms...................................... 1
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions.......................... 1
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION.................................................. 1
SECTION 2.1. Name................................................... 1
SECTION 2.2. Office................................................. 2
SECTION 2.3. Purposes and Powers.................................... 2
SECTION 2.4. Appointment of Owner Trustee........................... 3
SECTION 2.5. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate........... 3
SECTION 2.6. Declaration of Trust................................... 3
SECTION 2.7. Organizational Expenses; Liabilities of the Holders.... 3
SECTION 2.8. Title to Issuer Property............................... 3
SECTION 2.9. Situs of Issuer........................................ 4
SECTION 2.10. Representations and Warranties of Depositor............ 4
SECTION 2.11. Federal Income Tax Allocations......................... 5
ARTICLE III CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS........................ 6
SECTION 3.1. Initial Ownership...................................... 6
SECTION 3.2. The Certificates....................................... 7
SECTION 3.3. Authentication of Certificates......................... 7
SECTION 3.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates.. 7
SECTION 3.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates...... 8
SECTION 3.6. Persons Deemed Certificateholders...................... 9
SECTION 3.7. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and
Addresses.............................................. 9
SECTION 3.8. Maintenance of Office or Agency........................ 9
SECTION 3.9. Appointment of Paying Agent............................ 10
SECTION 3.10. [Reserved]............................................. 10
SECTION 3.11. Book-Entry Certificates................................ 10
SECTION 3.12. Notices to Clearing Agency............................. 11
SECTION 3.13. Definitive Certificates................................ 12
ARTICLE IV ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE...................................... 12
SECTION 4.1. Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters. 12
SECTION 4.2. Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Certain
Matters................................................ 13
SECTION 4.3. Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Bankruptcy 13
SECTION 4.4. Restrictions on Certificateholders' Power.............. 14
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SECTION 4.5. Majority Control....................................... 14
ARTICLE V APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES..................... 14
SECTION 5.1. Establishment of Certificate Distribution Account...... 14
SECTION 5.2. Application of Funds in Certificate Distribution
Account................................................ 14
SECTION 5.3. Method of Payment...................................... 15
SECTION 5.4. No Segregation of Monies; No Interest.................. 16
SECTION 5.5. Accounting and Reports to the Noteholders,
Certificateholders, the Internal Revenue Service and
Others................................................. 16
SECTION 5.6. Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner.............. 16
ARTICLE VI AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE.......................... 17
SECTION 6.1. General Authority...................................... 17
SECTION 6.2. General Duties......................................... 17
SECTION 6.3. Action upon Instruction................................ 17
SECTION 6.4. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in
Instructions........................................... 18
SECTION 6.5. No Action Except under Specified Documents or
Instructions........................................... 19
SECTION 6.6. Restrictions........................................... 19
ARTICLE VII CONCERNING OWNER TRUSTEE...................................... 19
SECTION 7.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties........................ 19
SECTION 7.2. Furnishing of Documents................................ 21
SECTION 7.3. Representations and Warranties......................... 21
SECTION 7.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel............................ 22
SECTION 7.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity...................... 22
SECTION 7.6. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or
Receivables............................................ 22
SECTION 7.7. Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes........... 23
ARTICLE VIII COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE................................ 23
SECTION 8.1. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses...................... 23
SECTION 8.2. Indemnification........................................ 23
SECTION 8.3. Payments to Owner Trustee.............................. 24
ARTICLE IX TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT................................. 24
SECTION 9.1. Termination of Trust Agreement......................... 24
</TABLE>
-ii-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ARTICLE X SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL
OWNER TRUSTEES.............................................. 26
SECTION 10.1. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee............ 26
SECTION 10.2. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee............... 26
SECTION 10.3. Successor Owner Trustee............................... 27
SECTION 10.4. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee.............. 27
SECTION 10.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee......... 28
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS................................................. 29
SECTION 11.1. Supplements and Amendments............................ 29
SECTION 11.2. No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in
Certificateholders.................................... 31
SECTION 11.3. Limitations on Rights of Others....................... 32
SECTION 11.4. Notices............................................... 32
SECTION 11.5. Severability.......................................... 32
SECTION 11.6. Separate Counterparts................................. 32
SECTION 11.7. Successors and Assigns................................ 32
SECTION 11.8. No Petition........................................... 33
SECTION 11.9. No Recourse........................................... 33
SECTION 11.10. Headings.............................................. 33
SECTION 11.11. GOVERNING LAW......................................... 33
SECTION 11.12. Certificate Transfer Restrictions..................... 33
SECTION 11.13. Servicer.............................................. 34
SECTION 11.14. Sale and Servicing Agreement.......................... 34
</TABLE>
-iii-
<PAGE>
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A Form of Certificate
Exhibit B Form of Certificate of Trust
Exhibit C Form of Certificate Depository Agreement
-iv-
<PAGE>
TRUST AGREEMENT dated as of __________ [ ], 199_ between AmSouth AutoCorp,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Depositor, and _____________________, a
Delaware banking corporation, as Owner Trustee.
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS.
SECTION 1.1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms are used in this
Agreement as defined in Appendix X to the Sale and Servicing Agreement among the
trust established by this Agreement, Special Purpose Entity, as Seller, AmSouth
Bank, as Servicer, dated as of __________ [ ], 199_, as the same may be amended
and supplemented from time to time.
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions. All terms defined in this
Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other
document delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. For
purposes of this Agreement and all such certificates and other documents, unless
the context otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not otherwise defined in
this Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement to the
extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under
generally accepted accounting principles; (b) terms defined in Article 9 of the
UCC as in effect in the State of Delaware and not otherwise defined in this
Agreement are used as defined in that Article; (c) the words "hereof," "herein"
and "hereunder" and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (d) references to any
Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Articles, Sections,
Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement, and references to any paragraph,
subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer
to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or
definition; (e) the term "including" means "including without limitation"; (f)
references to any law or regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended
from time to time and include any successor law or regulation; (g) references to
any Person include that Person's successors and assigns; and (h) headings are
for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or
interpretation of any provision hereof.
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION.
SECTION 2.1. Name. The trust created hereby shall be known as "AmSouth
Auto Trust 199__, in which name Owner Trustee may conduct the business of such
trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of such trust
and sue and be sued.
TRUST AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.2. Office. The office of Issuer shall be in care of Owner
Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address as Owner Trustee
may designate by written notice to the Certificateholders and Depositor.
SECTION 2.3. Purposes and Powers. The purpose of Issuer is, and Issuer
shall have the power and authority, to engage in the following activities:
(a) to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Certificates
pursuant to this Agreement, and to sell, transfer and exchange the Notes
and the Certificates and to pay interest on and principal of the Notes and
distributions on the Certificates;
(b) to acquire the property and assets set forth in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement from the Depositor pursuant to the terms thereof, to
make deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve Account and to pay the
organizational, start-up and transactional expenses of Issuer;
(c) to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey the Trust
Estate pursuant to the Indenture and to hold, manage and distribute to the
Certificateholders pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement any portion of the Trust Estate released from the Lien of, and
remitted to Issuer pursuant to, the Indenture;
(d) to enter into and perform its obligations under the Basic
Documents to which it is a party;
(e) to engage in those activities, including entering into
agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the
foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and
(f) subject to compliance with the Basic Documents, to engage in such
other activities as may be required in connection with conservation of the
Owner Trust Estate and the making of distributions to the
Certificateholders and the Noteholders.
Issuer is hereby authorized to engage in the foregoing activities. Issuer shall
not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other
than as required or authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the Basic
Documents.
SECTION 2.4. Appointment of Owner Trustee. Depositor hereby appoints Owner
Trustee as trustee of Issuer effective as of the date hereof, to have all the
rights, powers and duties set forth herein.
TRUST AGREEMENT
2
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.5. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate. Depositor
hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to Owner Trustee, as of
the date hereof, the sum of $1. Owner Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt in
trust from Depositor, as of the date hereof, of the foregoing contribution,
which shall constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate and shall be deposited in
the Certificate Distribution Account.
SECTION 2.6. Declaration of Trust. Owner Trustee hereby declares that it
will hold the Owner Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions set
forth herein for the use and benefit of the Certificateholders, subject to the
obligations of Issuer under the Basic Documents. It is the intention of the
parties hereto that Issuer constitute a business trust under the Business Trust
Statute and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such
business trust. It is the intention of the parties hereto that, solely for
income and franchise tax purposes, Issuer shall be treated as a partnership, the
partners of such partnership being the Certificateholders, (including the
Depositor, as general partner) and the Notes constituting indebtedness of the
partnership. The parties agree that, unless otherwise required by appropriate
tax authorities, Issuer will file or cause to be filed annual or other necessary
returns, reports and other forms consistent with the characterization of Issuer
as a partnership for such tax purposes. Effective as of the date hereof, Owner
Trustee shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein and, to the
extent not inconsistent herewith, in the Business Trust Statute with respect to
accomplishing the purposes of Issuer. Owner Trustee shall file the Certificate
of Trust with the Secretary of State of Delaware.
SECTION 2.7. Organizational Expenses; Liabilities of the Holders. (a)
Depositor shall pay organizational expenses of Issuer as they may arise or
shall, upon the request of Owner Trustee, promptly reimburse Owner Trustee for
any such expenses paid by Owner Trustee.
(b) No Holder or Owner shall have any personal liability for any
liability or obligation of the Trust.
SECTION 2.8. Title to Issuer Property. Legal title to all the Owner Trust
Estate shall be vested at all times in Issuer as a separate legal entity except
where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Owner
Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be
deemed to be vested in Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, as
the case may be.
SECTION 2.9. Situs of Issuer. Issuer will be located and administered in
the State of Delaware. All bank accounts maintained by Owner Trustee on behalf
of Issuer shall be located in the State of Delaware or the State of New York.
Payments will be received by Issuer only in Delaware or New York, and
TRUST AGREEMENT
3
<PAGE>
payments will be made by Issuer only from Delaware or New York. The only office
of Issuer will be at the Corporate Trust Office in Delaware.
SECTION 2.10. Representations and Warranties of Depositor. Depositor
hereby represents and warrants to Owner Trustee that:
(a) Depositor is duly organized and validly existing as a Delaware
corporation with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct
its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is
presently conducted.
(b) Depositor is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and
approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property
or the conduct of its business shall require such qualifications, licenses
and approvals, except where the failure to have such qualifications,
licenses and approvals would not have a material adverse effect on the
Depositor.
(c) Depositor has the corporate power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; Depositor has full power
and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to
and deposited with Issuer and Depositor has duly authorized such sale and
assignment and deposit to Issuer by all necessary corporate action; and the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly
authorized by Depositor by all necessary corporate action.
(d) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation
of the Depositor, enforceable against the Depositor in accordance with its
terms, subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation and other
similar laws and to general equitable principles.
(e) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute
(with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the certificate
of incorporation or by-laws of Depositor, or any material indenture,
agreement or other instrument to which Depositor is a party or by which it
is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of
its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or
other instrument (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor violate
any law or, to the best of Depositor's knowledge, any order, rule or
regulation applicable to Depositor of any court or of any Federal or
TRUST AGREEMENT
4
<PAGE>
state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over Depositor or its properties.
(f) There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the
Depositor's best knowledge, threatened before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over the Depositor or its properties: (i) asserting the
invalidity of this Agreement, the Indenture, any of the other Basic
Documents, the Notes or the Certificates, (ii) seeking to prevent the
issuance of the Notes or the Certificates or the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture or any of the
other Basic Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might
materially and adversely affect the performance by the Depositor or its
obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or
(iv) which might adversely affect the federal income tax attributes, or
applicable state tax franchise or income tax attributes, of the Notes and
the Certificates.
SECTION 2.11. Federal Income Tax Allocations. The Certificateholders
acknowledge that it is their intent and that they understand that it is the
intent of Depositor and Servicer that, for the purposes of federal income, state
and local income and franchise taxes and any other income taxes, Issuer will be
treated as a partnership and the Certificateholders (including Depositor) will
be treated as partners in that partnership (except, in the case of any state
tax, where the Depositor or the Servicer in good faith determines that treatment
of the Issuer as other than a partnership is required by applicable state law).
Depositor and the other Certificateholders by acceptance of a Certificate agree
to such treatment and agree to take no action inconsistent with such treatment.
For purposes of federal income, state and local income and franchise tax and any
other income taxes each month:
(a) amounts paid to Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i)
shall be treated as "guaranteed payments" within the meaning of Section
707(c) of the Code;
(b) to the extent that the characterization provided for in paragraph
(a) of this Section is not respected, gross ordinary income of Issuer for
such month as determined for federal income tax purposes shall be allocated
among the Certificateholders as of the first Record Date following the end
of such month, in proportion to their ownership of principal amount of the
Certificates on such date, in an amount up to the sum of (i) the
Certificateholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount for such month,
(ii) interest on the excess, if any, of the Certificateholders' Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding
TRUST AGREEMENT
5
<PAGE>
Distribution Date over the amount in respect of interest at the Certificate
Rate that is actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on
such preceding Distribution Date, to the extent permitted by law, at the
Certificate Rate from such preceding Distribution Date through the current
Distribution Date, and (iii) the portion of the market discount on the
Receivables accrued during such month that is allocable to the excess of
the initial aggregate principal amount of the Certificates over their
initial aggregate issue price; and
(c) thereafter all remaining net income of Issuer for such month as
determined for federal income tax purposes (and each item of income, gain,
credit, loss or deduction entering into the computation thereof) shall be
allocated to Depositor, to the extent thereof;
If the gross ordinary income of Issuer for any month is insufficient for the
allocations described in clause (b), subsequent gross ordinary income shall
first be allocated to make up such shortfall before being allocated as provided
in clause (c). Net losses of Issuer, if any, for any month as determined for
Federal income tax purposes (and each item of income, gain, loss, credit and
deduction entering into the computation thereof) shall be allocated to Depositor
to the extent Depositor is reasonably expected as determined by Servicer to bear
the economic burden of such net losses, then net losses shall be allocated among
the Certificateholders as of the first Record Date following the end of such
month in proportion to their ownership of principal amount of Certificates on
such Record Date until the principal balance of the Certificates is reduced to
zero. Depositor is authorized to modify the allocations in this paragraph if
necessary or appropriate, in its sole discretion, for the allocations to fairly
reflect the economic income, gain or loss to Depositor, the Certificateholders,
or as otherwise required by the Code.
ARTICLE III CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS.
SECTION 3.1. Initial Ownership. Upon the formation of Issuer by the
contribution by Depositor pursuant to Section 2.5 and until the issuance of the
Certificates, Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust.
SECTION 3.2. The Certificates. The Certificates shall be issued in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof; provided that one
Certificate may be issued that includes any residual portion of the initial
Certificate Balance in a denomination other than an integral multiple of $1,000.
The Certificates shall be executed on behalf of Issuer by manual or facsimile
signature of an authorized officer of Owner Trustee. Certificates bearing the
manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such
signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of Issuer,
shall
TRUST AGREEMENT
6
<PAGE>
be validly issued and entitled to the benefit of this Agreement, notwithstanding
that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior
to the authentication and delivery of such Certificates or did not hold such
offices at the date of authentication and delivery of such Certificates. A
transferee of a Certificate shall become a Certificateholder, and shall be
entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Certificateholder
hereunder, upon due registration of such Certificate in such transferee's name
pursuant to Section 3.4.
SECTION 3.3. Authentication of Certificates. Concurrently with the initial
sale of the Receivables to Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Owner Trustee shall cause the Certificates in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the initial Certificate Balance to be executed on behalf of Issuer,
authenticated and delivered to or upon the written order of Depositor, signed by
its chairman of the board, its president, its chief financial officer, its chief
accounting officer, any vice president, its secretary, any assistant secretary,
its treasurer or any assistant treasurer, without further corporate action by
Depositor, in authorized denominations. No Certificate shall entitle its Holder
to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there
shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially
in the form set forth in Exhibit A, executed by Owner Trustee or
_________________, as Owner Trustee's authentication agent, by manual signature;
such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence that such Certificate
shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Certificates
shall be dated the date of their authentication.
SECTION 3.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates.
Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or agency
maintained pursuant to Section 3.8, a Certificate Register in which, subject to
such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, Owner Trustee shall provide for
the registration of Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of Certificates
as herein provided. ______________________ shall be the initial Certificate
Registrar.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Certificate at the
office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.8, Owner Trustee shall
execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause ___________________ as its
authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver), in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees, one or more new Certificates in authorized
denominations of a like class and aggregate face amount dated the date of
authentication by Owner Trustee or any authenticating agent. At the option of a
Holder, Certificates may be exchanged for other Certificates of the same class
in authorized denominations of a like aggregate amount upon surrender of the
Certificates to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to
Section 3.8.
TRUST AGREEMENT
7
<PAGE>
Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to Owner Trustee and Certificate Registrar duly executed by the
Certificateholder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such
signature guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange, a
commercial bank or trust company or an "eligible guarantor institution" with
membership or participation in STAMP or such other "signature guarantee program"
as may be determined by Certificate Registrar in addition to, or substitution
for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act. Each Certificate
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be canceled and
subsequently disposed of by Owner Trustee or Certificate Registrar in accordance
with its customary practice.
No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Certificates, but Owner Trustee or Certificate Registrar may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.
The preceding provisions of this Section 3.4 notwithstanding, Owner Trustee
shall not make and the Certificate Registrar need not register any transfer or
exchange of Certificates for a period of fifteen (15) days preceding any
Distribution Date for any payment with respect to the Certificates.
SECTION 3.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (a) any
mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered to Certificate Registrar, or if
Certificate Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) there shall be delivered
to Certificate Registrar and Owner Trustee such security or indemnity as may be
required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice
that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, Owner
Trustee on behalf of Issuer shall execute and Owner Trustee, or
_____________________, as Owner Trustee's authenticating agent, shall
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like class, tenor
and denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under
this Section, Owner Trustee or Certificate Registrar may require the payment of
a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to
this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in
Issuer, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed
Certificate shall be found at any time.
SECTION 3.6 Persons Deemed Certificateholders. Every Person by virtue of
becoming a Certificateholder or Owner in accordance with this Agreement shall be
deemed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Prior
TRUST AGREEMENT
8
<PAGE>
to due presentation of a Certificate for registration of transfer, Owner
Trustee, Certificate Registrar or any agent of Owner Trustee or Certificate
Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered
in the Certificate Register as the owner of such Certificate for the purpose of
receiving distributions pursuant to Section 5.2 and for all other purposes
whatsoever, and none of Owner Trustee, Certificate Registrar or any agent of
Owner Trustee or Certificate Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the
contrary.
SECTION 3.7. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses.
Owner Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Servicer, Depositor or
Indenture Trustee, within 15 days after receipt by Owner Trustee of a request
therefor from Servicer, Depositor or Indenture Trustee in writing, a list, in
such form as Servicer, Depositor or Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of
the names and addresses of the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record
Date. If three or more Holders of Certificates, or one or more Holders of
Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance, apply in
writing to Owner Trustee, and such application states that the applicants desire
to communicate with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights under
this Agreement or under the Certificates and such application is accompanied by
a copy of the communication that such applicants propose to transmit, then Owner
Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application,
afford such applicants access during normal business hours to the current list
of Certificateholders. Each Holder, by receiving and holding a Certificate,
shall be deemed to have agreed not to hold Depositor, Certificate Registrar or
Owner Trustee accountable by reason of the disclosure of its name and address,
regardless of the source from which such information was derived.
SECTION 3.8. Maintenance of Office or Agency. Owner Trustee shall maintain
in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or offices or
agency or agencies where Certificates may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon Owner Trustee in
respect of the Certificates and the Basic Documents may be served. Owner Trustee
initially designates ___________________, _____________, New York, New York
_____, as its principal corporate trust office for such purposes. Owner Trustee
shall give prompt written notice to Depositor and to the Certificateholders of
any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office or
agency.
SECTION 3.9. Appointment of Paying Agent. Paying Agent shall make
distributions to Certificateholders from the Certificate Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 5.2 and shall report the amounts of such distributions to
Owner Trustee. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds
from the Certificate Distribution Account for the purpose of making the
distributions referred to above. Owner Trustee may revoke such power and
TRUST AGREEMENT
9
<PAGE>
remove Paying Agent if Owner Trustee determines in its sole discretion that
Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement
in any material respect. Paying Agent shall initially be
________________________, and any co-paying agent chosen by
________________________, and acceptable to Owner Trustee. Paying Agent shall be
permitted to resign upon 30 days' written notice to Owner Trustee and Servicer.
In the event that ________________________ shall no longer be Paying Agent,
Owner Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a
bank or trust company). Owner Trustee shall cause such successor Paying Agent or
any additional Paying Agent appointed by Owner Trustee to execute and deliver to
Owner Trustee an instrument in which such successor Paying Agent or additional
Paying Agent shall agree with Owner Trustee that as Paying Agent, such successor
Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it
for payment to the Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the
Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such
Certificateholders. Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to Owner
Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also return
all funds in its possession to Owner Trustee. The provisions of Sections 7.1,
7.3, 7.4 and 8.1 shall apply to Owner Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent,
for so long as Owner Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent
applicable, to any other paying agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this
Agreement to Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context
requires otherwise.
SECTION 3.10. [Reserved]
SECTION 3.11. Book-Entry Certificates. The Certificates, upon original
issuance, will be issued in the form of a typewritten Certificate or
Certificates representing Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to The
Depository Trust Company, the initial Clearing Agency, by or on behalf of
Issuer. Such Book-Entry Certificate or Certificates shall initially be
registered on the Certificate Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of
the initial Clearing Agency, and no beneficial owner will receive a Definitive
Certificate representing such beneficial owner's interest in such Certificate,
except as provided in Section 3.13. Unless and until Definitive Certificates
have been issued to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 3.13:
(a) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect;
(b) Certificate Registrar, each Paying Agent and Owner Trustee shall
be entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this
Agreement relating to the Book-Entry Certificates (including the payment of
principal of and interest on the Book-Entry Certificates and the giving of
instructions or directions to Owners of Book-Entry Certificates) as the
TRUST AGREEMENT
10
<PAGE>
sole Holder of Book-Entry Certificates and shall have no obligations to
Owners thereof;
(c) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with
any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section
shall control;
(d) the rights of Owners of the Book-Entry Certificates shall be
exercised only through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those
established by law and agreements between such Owners and the Clearing
Agency and/or Clearing Agency Participants or Persons acting through
Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Certificate Depository
Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued pursuant to
Section 3.13, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers
among Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit payments of
principal of and interest on the Book-Entry Certificates to such Clearing
Agency Participants; and
(e) whenever this Agreement requires or permits actions to be taken
based upon instructions or directions of Holders of Certificates evidencing
a specified percentage of the Certificate Balance, the Clearing Agency
shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has
received instructions to such effect from Owners and/or Clearing Agency
Participants or Persons acting through Clearing Agency Participants owning
or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial
interest in the Book-Entry Certificates and has delivered such instructions
to Owner Trustee.
SECTION 3.12. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other
communication to Owners is required under this Agreement, unless and until
Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to Owners pursuant to Section
3.13, Owner Trustee and each Paying Agent shall give all such notices and
communications specified herein to be given to Owners to the Clearing Agency,
and shall have no obligations to Owners.
SECTION 3.13. Definitive Certificates. If (a) Servicer advises Owner
Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to
properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Certificates, and
Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (b) Servicer at its option
advises Owner Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry
system through the Clearing Agency or (c) after the occurrence of an Event of
Default, Owners of Certificates representing beneficial interests aggregating at
least a majority of the Certificate Balance advise the Clearing Agency and Owner
Trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the
Clearing Agency is no longer
TRUST AGREEMENT
11
<PAGE>
in the best interest of Owners of Certificates, then the Clearing Agency shall
notify all Owners and Owner Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of
the availability of the Definitive Certificates to Owners requesting the same.
Upon surrender to Owner Trustee of the typewritten Certificate or Certificates
representing the Book Entry Certificates by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by
registration instructions, Owner Trustee shall execute and authenticate, or
cause to be authenticated, the Definitive Certificates in accordance with the
instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither Certificate Registrar nor Owner
Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may
conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions.
Upon the issuance of Definitive Certificates, Owner Trustee and each Paying
Agent shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Certificates as
Certificateholders. The Definitive Certificates shall be printed, lithographed
or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable
to Owner Trustee, as evidenced by its execution thereof.
ARTICLE IV ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE.
SECTION 4.1. Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters. With
respect to the following matters, Owner Trustee shall not take action unless at
least 30 days before the taking of such action, Owner Trustee shall have
notified the Certificateholders in writing of the proposed action and the
Certificateholders shall not have notified Owner Trustee in writing prior to the
30th day after such notice is given that such Certificateholders have withheld
consent or provided alternative direction:
(a) the initiation of any material claim or lawsuit by Issuer (except
claims or lawsuits brought in connection with the collection of the
Receivables) and the compromise of any material action, claim or lawsuit
brought by or against Issuer (except with respect to the aforementioned
claims or lawsuits for collection of the Receivables);
(b) the election by Issuer to file an amendment to the Certificate of
Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed under the Business
Trust Statute);
(c) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in
circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;
(d) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in
circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not required and such
amendment materially adversely affects the interest of the
Certificateholders;
TRUST AGREEMENT
12
<PAGE>
(e) the amendment, change or modification of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement or the Administration Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or
defect or to amend or supplement any provision in a manner that would not
materially adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders; or
(f) the appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a successor
Indenture Trustee or the consent to the assignment by the Note Registrar,
Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or Certificate Registrar of its
obligations under the Indenture or this Agreement, as applicable.
Owner Trustee shall notify the Certificateholders in writing of any appointment
of a successor Paying Agent or Certificate Registrar within five Business Days
thereof.
SECTION 4.2. Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Certain Matters.
Owner Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the direction of the
Certificateholders, to (a) remove Servicer under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 thereof, (b) except as expressly provided in
the Basic Documents, sell the Receivables after the termination of the
Indenture, (c) remove the Administrator under the Administration Agreement
pursuant to Section 9 thereof or (d) appoint a successor Administrator pursuant
to Section 9 of the Administration Agreement. Owner Trustee shall take the
actions referred to in the preceding sentence only upon written instructions
signed by the Certificateholders.
SECTION 4.3. Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Bankruptcy.
Owner Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in
bankruptcy relating to Issuer until the Outstanding Amount of all the Notes has
been reduced to zero and without the unanimous prior approval of all
Certificateholders and the delivery to Owner Trustee by each such
Certificateholder of a certificate certifying that such Certificateholder
reasonably believes that Issuer is insolvent.
SECTION 4.4. Restrictions on Certificateholders' Power. The
Certificateholders shall not direct Owner Trustee to take or refrain from taking
any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation of
Issuer or Owner Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents or
would be contrary to Section 2.3 nor shall Owner Trustee be obligated to follow
any such direction, if given.
SECTION 4.5. Majority Control. Except as expressly provided herein, any
action that may be taken by the Certificateholders under this Agreement may be
taken by the Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
TRUST AGREEMENT
13
<PAGE>
Certificate Balance. Except as expressly provided herein, any written notice of
the Certificateholders delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective
if signed by Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance at the time of the delivery of such notice.
ARTICLE V APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES.
SECTION 5.1. Establishment of Certificate Distribution Account. Owner
Trustee, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain
in the name of Issuer an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Certificate Distribution
Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited
therein are held for the benefit of the Certificateholders. Except as otherwise
provided herein, the Certificate Distribution Account shall be under the sole
dominion and control of Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders.
SECTION 5.2. Application of Funds in Certificate Distribution Account. (a)
On each Distribution Date, Owner Trustee will, or will cause Paying Agent to,
based on the information contained in Servicer's Report delivered on the related
Determination Date pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
distribute to Certificateholders, to the extent of the funds available, amounts
deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement on such Distribution Date in the following order of
priority:
(i) first, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an
amount equal to the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount;
and
(ii) second, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, an
amount equal to the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable
Amount.
(b) On each Distribution Date, Owner Trustee shall send, or cause to
be sent, to each Certificateholder the statement provided to Owner Trustee
by Servicer pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement on
such Distribution Date.
(c) In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust's
payment (or allocations of income) to a Certificateholder, such tax shall
reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the Certificateholder in
accordance with this Section. Owner Trustee is hereby authorized and
directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to the
Certificateholders sufficient funds for the payment of any tax that is
legally owed by Issuer (but such authorization shall not prevent Owner
Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and
TRUST AGREEMENT
14
<PAGE>
withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome
of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with
respect to a Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such
Certificateholder at the time it is withheld by Issuer and remitted to the
appropriate taxing authority. If there is a possibility that withholding
tax is payable with respect to a distribution (such as a distribution to a
non-United States Certificateholder), Owner Trustee may in its sole
discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this clause (c). In the
event that an Owner wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding
tax, Owner Trustee shall reasonably cooperate with such Certificateholder
in making such claim so long as such Certificateholder agrees to reimburse
Owner Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred.
SECTION 5.3. Method of Payment. Subject to Section 9.1(c), distributions
required to be made to Certificateholders on any Distribution Date shall be made
to each Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date either by wire
transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of such Holder at a
bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor, if (a) such
Certificateholder shall have provided to Certificate Registrar appropriate
written instructions at least five Business Days prior to such Distribution Date
and such Holder's Certificates in the aggregate evidence an amount of not less
than $1,000,000 or (b) such Certificateholder is the Depositor, or an Affiliate
thereof, or, if not, by check mailed to such Certificateholder at the address of
such Holder appearing in the Certificate Register; provided that, unless
Definitive Certificates have been issued pursuant to Section 3.13, with respect
to Certificates registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the
Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), distributions will
be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account
designated by such nominee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final
distribution in respect of any Certificate (whether on the Final Scheduled
Distribution Date or otherwise) will be payable only upon presentation and
surrender of such Certificate at the office or agency maintained for that
purpose by Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 3.8.
SECTION 5.4. No Segregation of Monies; No Interest. Subject to Sections
5.1 and 5.2, monies received by Owner Trustee or any Paying Agent hereunder need
not be segregated in any manner except to the extent required by law or the
Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement and may be deposited under such
general conditions as may be prescribed by law, and neither Owner Trustee nor
any Paying Agent shall be liable for any interest thereon.
SECTION 5.5. Accounting and Reports to the Noteholders,
Certificateholders, the Internal Revenue Service and Others. Owner Trustee
shall (a) maintain (or cause to be maintained) the books of Issuer on a calendar
year
TRUST AGREEMENT
15
<PAGE>
basis on the accrual method of accounting, (b) deliver (or cause to be
delivered) to each Certificateholder, as may be required by the Code and
applicable Treasury Regulations, such information as may be required (including
Schedule K-1) to enable each Certificateholder to prepare its Federal and state
income tax returns, (c) prepare and file such tax returns relating to Issuer
(including a partnership information return, Form 1065), and make such elections
as may from time to time be required or appropriate under any applicable state
or Federal statute or rule or regulation thereunder so as to maintain the
Issuer's characterization as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes, (d)
cause such tax returns to be signed in the manner required by law and (e)
collect or cause to be collected any withholding tax as described in and in
accordance with Section 5.2(c) with respect to income or distributions to
Certificateholders. Owner Trustee shall cooperate with the Depositor in making
all elections pursuant to this Section as directed in writing by the Depositor.
Owner Trustee shall elect under Section 1278 of the Code to include in income
currently any market discount that accrues with respect to the Receivables.
Owner Trustee shall not make the election provided under Section 754 of the
Code.
SECTION 5.6. Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner. (a)
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.5, Depositor shall sign on behalf of
Issuer the tax returns of Issuer, unless applicable law requires Owner Trustee
to sign such documents, in which case such documents shall be signed by Owner
Trustee at the written direction of Depositor.
(b) Depositor shall be the "tax matters partner" of Issuer pursuant
to the Code.
ARTICLE VI AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE.
SECTION 6.1. General Authority. Owner Trustee is authorized and directed
to execute and deliver the Basic Documents to which Issuer is named as a party
and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated
by the Basic Documents to which Issuer is named as a party and any amendment
thereto, in each case, in such form as Depositor shall approve, as evidenced
conclusively by Owner Trustee's execution thereof, and on behalf of Issuer at
the written direction of Depositor, to direct Indenture Trustee to authenticate
and deliver Class A-1 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $____________,
and Class A-2 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $____________. In
addition to the foregoing, Owner Trustee is authorized, but shall not be
obligated, to take all actions required of Issuer pursuant to the Basic
Documents. Owner Trustee is further authorized from time to time to take such
action as Servicer or Administrator recommends or directs in writing with
respect to the Basic Documents, except to the extent that this Agreement
expressly requires the consent of Certificateholders for such action.
TRUST AGREEMENT
16
<PAGE>
SECTION 6.2. General Duties. It shall be the duty of Owner Trustee to
discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents and to administer
Issuer in the interest of Owners, subject to the Basic Documents and in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities
hereunder and under the Basic Documents to the extent Administrator has agreed
in the Administration Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any duty of
Owner Trustee or Issuer hereunder or under any Basic Document, and Owner Trustee
shall not be liable for the default or failure of Administrator to carry out its
obligations under the Administration Agreement. Except as expressly provided in
the Basic Documents, the Owner Trustee shall have no obligation to administer,
service or collect the Receivables or to maintain, monitor or otherwise
supervise the administration, servicing or collection of the Receivables.
SECTION 6.3. Action upon Instruction. (a) Subject to Article IV, the
Certificateholders may, by written instruction, direct Owner Trustee in the
management of Issuer. Such direction may be exercised at any time by written
instruction of the Certificateholders pursuant to Article IV.
(b) Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action hereunder
or under any Basic Document if Owner Trustee shall have reasonably
determined or been advised by counsel that such action is likely to result
in liability on the part of Owner Trustee or is contrary to the terms
hereof or of any Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law and a copy
of such opinion has been provided to Seller and Servicer.
(c) Whenever Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative
courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or
any Basic Document or is unsure as to the application of any provision of
this Agreement or any Basic Document or any such provision is ambiguous as
to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other
applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement permits any
determination by Owner Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the
course of action that Owner Trustee is required to take with respect to a
particular set of facts, Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such
form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the
Certificateholders requesting instruction as to the course of action to be
adopted or application of such provision, and to the extent Owner Trustee
acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any written
instruction of the Certificateholders received, Owner Trustee shall not be
liable on account of such action or inaction to any Person. If Owner
Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten days of
such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably
TRUST AGREEMENT
17
<PAGE>
may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the
circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from
taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic
Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Certificate
holders, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or
inaction.
SECTION 6.4. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in
Instructions. Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage,
make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or
otherwise deal with the Owner Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from
taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby
to which Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of
this Agreement or in any document or written instruction received by Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3; and no implied duties or obligations shall be
read into this Agreement or any Basic Document against Owner Trustee. Owner
Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any financing or continuation
statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain
the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to
prepare or file any Commission filing for Issuer or to record this Agreement or
any Basic Document. Owner Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own
cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any
Liens on any part of the Owner Trust Estate that result from actions by, or
claims against, Owner Trustee that are not related to the ownership or the
administration of the Owner Trust Estate.
SECTION 6.5. No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions.
Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise deal
with any part of the Owner Trust Estate except (i) in accordance with the powers
granted to and the authority conferred upon Owner Trustee pursuant to this
Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Basic Documents and (iii) in accordance
with any document or instruction delivered to Owner Trustee pursuant to Section
6.3.
SECTION 6.6. Restrictions. Owner Trustee shall not take any action (a)
that is inconsistent with the purposes of Issuer set forth in Section 2.3 or (b)
that, to the actual knowledge of Owner Trustee, would (i) affect the treatment
of the Notes as indebtedness for federal income or state income or franchise tax
purposes, (ii) be deemed to cause a taxable exchange of the Notes for federal
income or state income or franchise tax purposes or (iii) cause Issuer or any
portion thereof to be taxable as an association or publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation for federal income or state income or franchise tax
purposes. The Certificateholders shall not direct Owner Trustee to take action
that would violate the provisions of this Section.
TRUST AGREEMENT
18
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VII CONCERNING OWNER TRUSTEE.
SECTION 7.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. Owner Trustee accepts the
trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to
such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement. Owner Trustee also agrees
to disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting part of the Owner
Trust Estate upon the terms of the Basic Documents and this Agreement. Owner
Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable hereunder or under any Basic
Document under any circumstances, except (i) for its own willful misconduct, bad
faith or negligence or (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation
or warranty contained in Section 7.3 expressly made by Owner Trustee. In
particular, but not by way of limitation (and subject to the exceptions set
forth in the preceding sentence):
(a) Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
by a Responsible Officer of Owner Trustee;
(b) Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the instructions of
Depositor, Servicer, Administrator or any Certificateholder;
(c) no provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document shall
require Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any
financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers
hereunder or under any Basic Document if Owner Trustee shall have
reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or
provided to it;
(d) under no circumstances shall Owner Trustee be liable for
indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Basic Documents,
including the principal of and interest on the Notes or amounts
distributable on the Certificates;
(e) Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of the
validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution hereof
by Depositor or for the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or
validity of any of the Owner Trust Estate or for or in respect of the
validity or sufficiency of the Basic Documents, other than the certificate
of authentication on the Certificates, and Owner Trustee shall in no event
assume or incur any liability, duty or obligation to any Noteholder or to
any Certificateholder, other than as expressly provided for herein and in
the Basic Documents;
TRUST AGREEMENT
19
<PAGE>
(f) Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct
of Indenture Trustee, Servicer, Custodian or Administrator under any of the
Basic Documents or otherwise and Owner Trustee shall have no obligation or
liability to perform the obligations of Issuer under this Agreement or the
Basic Documents that are required to be performed by Indenture Trustee
under the Indenture, Servicer or Custodian under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Administrator under the Administration Agreement; and
(g) Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct
or defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation
to this Agreement or any Basic Document, at the request, order or direction
of any of the Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders have
offered to Owner Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against
the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by Owner Trustee
therein or thereby. The right of Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary
act enumerated in this Agreement or in any Basic Document shall not be
construed as a duty, and Owner Trustee shall not be answerable for other
than its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the performance of
any such act.
SECTION 7.2. Furnishing of Documents. Owner Trustee shall furnish to the
Certificateholders promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor,
duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates,
financial statements and any other instruments furnished to Owner Trustee under
the Basic Documents.
SECTION 7.3. Representations and Warranties. Owner Trustee hereby
represents and warrants to Depositor, for the benefit of the Certificateholders,
that:
(a) It is a banking corporation duly organized and validly existing
in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and having an
office within the State of Delaware. It has all requisite corporate power
and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this
Agreement.
(b) It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the
execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be
executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to
execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.
TRUST AGREEMENT
20
<PAGE>
(c) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
of Owner Trustee, enforceable against Owner Trustee in accordance with its
respective terms, subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation and
other similar laws affecting enforcement of the rights of creditors of
banks generally and to equitable limitations on the availability of
specific remedies.
(d) Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement,
nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby nor
compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof will contravene
any federal or Delaware law, governmental rule or regulation governing the
banking or trust powers of Owner Trustee or any judgment or order binding
on it, or constitute any default under its charter documents or by-laws or
any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which it is a
party or by which any of its properties may be bound.
SECTION 7.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel. (a) Owner Trustee shall incur no
liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice,
resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other
document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed
by the proper party or parties. Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a
resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any corporate
party as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such
body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the
method of the determination of which is not specifically prescribed herein,
Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the
president or any vice president or by the treasurer, secretary or other
authorized officers of the relevant party, as to such fact or matter, and such
certificate shall constitute full protection to Owner Trustee for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.
(b) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in
the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the
Basic Documents, Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its agents
or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, but
Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of such
agents or attorneys selected with reasonable care and (ii) may consult with
counsel, accountants and other skilled persons knowledgeable in the
relevant area to be selected with reasonable care and employed by it. Owner
Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good
faith by it in accordance with the written opinion or advice of any
TRUST AGREEMENT
21
<PAGE>
such counsel, accountants or other such persons and not contrary to this
Agreement or any Basic Document.
SECTION 7.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity. Except as provided in this
Article VII, in accepting the trusts hereby created, ________________________
acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity and
all Persons having any claim against Owner Trustee by reason of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any Basic Document shall look only to the
Owner Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.
SECTION 7.6. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Receivables. The
recitals contained herein and in the Certificates (other than the signature and
countersignature of Owner Trustee on the Certificates) shall be taken as the
statements of Depositor, and Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the
correctness thereof. Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the validity
or sufficiency of this Agreement, of any Basic Document or of the Certificates
(other than the signature and countersignature of Owner Trustee on the
Certificates) or the Notes, or of any Receivable or related documents. Owner
Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or with
respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any Receivable, or the
perfection and priority of any security interest created by any Receivable in
any Financed Vehicle or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or
for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Owner Trust Estate or its ability
to generate the payments to be distributed to Certificateholders under this
Agreement or the Noteholders under the Indenture, including: the existence,
condition and ownership of any Financed Vehicle; the existence and
enforceability of any insurance thereon; the existence and contents of any
Receivable on any computer or other record thereof; the validity of the
assignment of any Receivable to Issuer or of any intervening assignment; the
completeness of any Receivable; the performance or enforcement of any
Receivable; the compliance by Depositor or Servicer with any warranty or
representation made under any Basic Document or in any related document or the
accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any action of Indenture
Trustee, Administrator or Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of Owner
Trustee.
SECTION 7.7. Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes. Owner Trustee
in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Certificates or Notes and may deal with Depositor, Indenture Trustee,
Administrator and Servicer in banking transactions with the same rights as it
would have if it were not Owner Trustee.
TRUST AGREEMENT
22
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VIII COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE.
SECTION 8.1. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses. Owner Trustee shall
receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been
separately agreed upon in writing before the date hereof between Depositor and
Owner Trustee, and Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Depositor
for its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives,
experts and counsel as Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise
and performance of its rights and its duties hereunder.
SECTION 8.2. Indemnification. Depositor shall be liable as primary
obligor for, and shall indemnify Owner Trustee and its successors, assigns,
agents and servants (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against,
any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions
and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements
(including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever
(collectively, "Expenses") which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or
asserted against Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating to
or arising out of this Agreement, the Basic Documents, the Owner Trust Estate,
the administration of the Owner Trust Estate or the action or inaction of Owner
Trustee hereunder, except only that Depositor shall not be liable for or
required to indemnify Owner Trustee from and against Expenses arising or
resulting from any of the matters described in the third sentence of Section
7.1. The indemnities contained in this Section shall survive the resignation or
termination of Owner Trustee or the termination of this Agreement. If any suit,
action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation),
claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Indemnified Party in
respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Section, such
Indemnified Party shall promptly notify Depositor in writing, and Depositor upon
request of the Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory
to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others
Depositor may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding. Depositor shall not be
liable for any settlement of any claim or proceeding effected without its
written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final
judgment for the plaintiff, Depositor agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Party
from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.
Depositor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party,
effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of
which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could
have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement
includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability
on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
TRUST AGREEMENT
23
<PAGE>
SECTION 8.3. Payments to Owner Trustee. Any amounts paid to Owner Trustee
pursuant to this Article VIII shall be deemed not to be a part of the Owner
Trust Estate immediately after such payment.
ARTICLE IX TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT.
SECTION 9.1 Termination of Trust Agreement. (a) This Agreement (other
than Article VIII) and Issuer shall terminate and be of no further force or
effect, upon the final distribution by Owner Trustee of all moneys or other
property or proceeds of the Owner Trust Estate in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Article V. The bankruptcy,
liquidation, dissolution, death or incapacity of any Certificateholder or Owner
shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement or Issuer, nor (y) entitle
such Certificateholder's or Owner's legal representatives or heirs to claim an
accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a partition or
winding up of all or any part of Issuer or Owner Trust Estate nor (z) otherwise
affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.
(b) Except as provided in clause (a), neither Depositor nor any
Certificateholder shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Issuer.
(c) Notice of any termination of Issuer, specifying the Distribution
Date upon which the Certificateholders shall surrender their Certificates
to Paying Agent for payment of the final distribution and cancellation,
shall be given by Owner Trustee by letter to Certificateholders mailed
within five Business Days of receipt of notice of such termination from
Servicer given pursuant to Section 9.1(c) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, stating (i) the Distribution Date upon or with respect to which
final payment of the Certificates shall be made upon presentation and
surrender of the Certificates at the office of Paying Agent therein
designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment (per $1,000 of
Certificate Balance) and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to
such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon
presentation and surrender of the Certificates at the office of Paying
Agent therein specified. Owner Trustee shall give such notice to
Certificate Registrar (if other than Owner Trustee) and Paying Agent at the
time such notice is given to Certificateholders. Upon presentation and
surrender of the Certificates, Paying Agent shall cause to be distributed
to Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Distribution Date
pursuant to Section 5.2.
If all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their Certificates for
cancellation within six months after the date specified in the above mentioned
written notice, Owner Trustee shall give a second written notice to the
remaining
TRUST AGREEMENT
24
<PAGE>
Certificateholders to surrender their Certificates for cancellation and receive
the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one year after the second
notice all the Certificates shall not have been surrendered for cancellation,
Owner Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take
appropriate steps, to contact the remaining Certificateholders concerning
surrender of their Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the
funds and other assets that shall remain subject to this Agreement. Any funds
remaining in Issuer after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed,
subject to applicable escheat laws, by Owner Trustee to Depositor.
(d) Upon the winding up of Issuer and its termination, Owner Trustee
shall cause the Certificate of Trust to be canceled by filing a certificate
of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.
ARTICLE X SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL
OWNER TRUSTEES.
SECTION 10.1. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee. Owner Trustee
shall at all times be a corporation (i) authorized to exercise corporate trust
powers, (ii) having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and
(iii) subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authorities. If
such corporation shall publish reports of condition at least annually, pursuant
to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining
authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and
surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and
surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In
case at any time Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner
and with the effect specified in Section 10.2. In addition, at all times Owner
Trustee or a co-trustee shall be a Person that satisfies the requirements of
Section 3807(a) of the Business Trust Statute (the "Delaware Trustee").
SECTION 10.2. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee. Owner Trustee may
at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving
written notice thereof to Administrator. Upon receiving such notice of
resignation, Administrator shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by
written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be
delivered to the resigning Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor Owner
Trustee. If no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have
accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee; provided,
however, that such right to appoint or to petition for the appointment of any
such successor shall in no event
TRUST AGREEMENT
25
<PAGE>
relieve the resigning Owner Trustee from any obligations otherwise imposed on it
under the Basic Documents until such successor has in fact assumed such
appointment.
If at any time Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the provisions of Section 10.1 and shall fail to resign after written request
therefor by Administrator, or if at any time Owner Trustee shall be legally
unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of
Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall
take charge or control of Owner Trustee or of its property or affairs for the
purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then Administrator may
remove Owner Trustee. If Administrator shall remove Owner Trustee under the
authority of the immediately preceding sentence, Administrator shall promptly
appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy
of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed
and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee and payment of all fees owed to the
outgoing Owner Trustee.
Any resignation or removal of Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor
Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become
effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee
pursuant to Section 10.3 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the
outgoing Owner Trustee and the filing of a certificate of amendment to the
Certificate of Trust if required by the Business Trust Statute. Administrator
shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of Owner Trustee to each of
the Rating Agencies.
SECTION 10.3. Successor Owner Trustee. Any successor Owner Trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 10.2 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to
Administrator and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of
the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective and such successor Owner
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested
with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under
this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee. The
predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to
the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements and monies held by it
under this Agreement; and Administrator and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall
execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably
be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor
Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.
TRUST AGREEMENT
26
<PAGE>
No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall
be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1.
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this Section, Administrator shall mail notice of the successor of such Owner
Trustee to all Certificateholders, Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the
Rating Agencies. If Administrator shall fail to mail such notice within 10 days
after acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the successor
Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of
Administrator.
SECTION 10.4. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee. Any corporation
into which Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of Owner
Trustee, shall, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further
act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, be the successor of Owner Trustee hereunder; provided that such
corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1; and provided further
that Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation to the
Rating Agencies.
SECTION 10.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Owner Trust Estate or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be located,
Administrator and Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall
execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by
Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with Owner Trustee, or separate
trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Owner Trust Estate, and
to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to Issuer, or any part
thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers,
duties, obligations, rights and trusts as Administrator and Owner Trustee may
consider necessary or desirable. If Administrator shall not have joined in such
appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, Owner
Trustee alone shall have the power to make such appointment. If Delaware Trustee
shall become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, unless Owner Trustee is
qualified to act as Delaware Trustee, a successor co-trustee shall promptly be
appointed in the manner specified in this Section 10.5 to act as Delaware
Trustee. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be
required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee pursuant to
Section 10.1 and no
TRUST AGREEMENT
27
<PAGE>
notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be
required pursuant to Section 10.3.
Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law,
be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:
(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
imposed upon Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or
performed by Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee
jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee
is not authorized to act separately without Owner Trustee joining in
such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction
in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, Owner Trustee
shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in
which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the
holding of title to Issuer or any portion thereof in any such
jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate
trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of Owner Trustee;
(ii) no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable
by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this
Agreement; and
(iii) Administrator and Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any
time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-
trustee.
Any notice, request or other writing given to Owner Trustee shall be deemed
to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as
effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment, either jointly with Owner Trustee or separately,
as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement,
specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct
of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, Owner Trustee. Each
such instrument shall be filed with Owner Trustee and a copy thereof given to
Administrator.
Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint Owner Trustee,
its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not
prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on
its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall become
TRUST AGREEMENT
28
<PAGE>
incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties,
rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by Owner Trustee, to
the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor
trustee.
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS.
SECTION 11.1. Supplements and Amendments. (a) This Agreement may be
amended by Depositor and Owner Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating
Agencies, without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders:
(i) to cure any ambiguity or defect, to correct or supplement
any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions in this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided that such
action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or
Certificateholder;
(ii) (A) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be
necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a portion of Issuer
to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause all or a
portion of Issuer to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization
investment trust" as described in the provisions of the Small Business
Job Protection Act of 1996," or to enable all or a portion of the
Issuer to qualify and an election to be made for similar treatment
under such comparable subsequent federal income tax provisions as may
ultimately be enacted into law, and (B) in connection with any such
election, to modify or eliminate existing provisions set forth in this
Agreement relating to the intended federal income tax treatment of the
Notes or Certificates and Issuer in the absence of the election; it
being a condition to any such amendment that each Rating Agency shall
have notified the Depositor, the Servicer, Indenture Trustee and the
Owner Trustee in writing that the amendment will not result in a
reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Notes or
Certificates with respect to which it is a Rating Agency; and
(iii) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be
necessary or advisable in order to enable (a) the transfer to Issuer
of all or any portion of the Receivables to be derecognized under GAAP
by Depositor to Issuer, (b) Issuer to avoid becoming a member of
Seller's consolidated group under GAAP or (c) the
TRUST AGREEMENT
29
<PAGE>
Depositor, any Seller Affiliate or any of their Affiliates to
otherwise comply with or obtain more favorable treatment under any law
or regulation or any accounting rule or principle; it being a
condition to any such amendment that each Rating Agency shall have
notified the Depositor, the Servicer, Indenture Trustee and the Owner
Trustee in writing that the amendment will not result in a reduction
or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Notes or Certificates
with respect to which it is a Rating Agency.
(b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by Depositor and
Owner Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, with the
consent of the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes and, to the extent affected thereby, the consent
of the Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders;
provided that no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on
Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made for the benefit
of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders or (b) reduce the aforesaid
percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance
required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of
all the outstanding Notes and Holders of all outstanding Certificates.
(c) Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, Owner
Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent to each Certificateholder, Indenture Trustee and each of the Rating
Agencies.
(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders, the
Noteholders or Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent, where required, shall approve the substance thereof. The manner
of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders
provided for in this Agreement or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing
the authorization of the execution thereof by Certificateholders shall be
subject to such reasonable requirements as Owner Trustee may prescribe.
(e) Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of
Trust, Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the Secretary
of State.
TRUST AGREEMENT
30
<PAGE>
(f) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or the
Certificate of Trust, Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon
an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized
or permitted by this Agreement and that all conditions precedent to the
execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied. Owner Trustee may,
but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects Owner
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.
SECTION 11.2. No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Certificateholders.
The Certificateholders shall not have legal title to any part of the Owner Trust
Estate. The Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive distributions with
respect to their undivided ownership interest therein only in accordance with
Articles V and IX. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right,
title or interest of the Certificateholders to and in their ownership interest
in the Owner Trust Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the
trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer
to it of legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate.
SECTION 11.3. Limitations on Rights of Others. Except for Section 2.7, the
provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of Owner Trustee,
Issuer, Depositor, Administrator, Certificateholders, Servicer and, to the
extent expressly provided herein, Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and
nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to
give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the
Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants,
conditions or provisions contained herein.
SECTION 11.4 Notices. (a) Unless otherwise expressly specified or
permitted by the terms hereof, all notices shall be in writing and shall be
deemed given upon receipt personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier
or mailed certified mail, return receipt requested, if to Owner Trustee,
addressed to the Corporate Trust Office; if to Depositor, addressed to 1900 5th
Avenue North, AmSouth/SONAT Tower, Birmingham, Alabama, 35203 Attention:
___________; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated
by such party in a written notice to each other party.
(b) Any notice required or permitted to be given to a
Certificateholder shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at
the address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate Register. Any notice
so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be
conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the
Certificateholder receives such notice.
TRUST AGREEMENT
31
<PAGE>
SECTION 11.5. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 11.6. Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and
delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.
SECTION 11.7. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements
contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Depositor,
Owner Trustee and its successors and each Certificateholder and its successors
and permitted assigns, all as herein provided. Any request, notice, direction,
consent, waiver or other instrument or action by a Certificateholder shall bind
the successors and assigns of such Certificateholder.
SECTION 11.8. No Petition. Owner Trustee (not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee), by entering into this Agreement, each
Certificateholder or Certificate Owner, by accepting a Certificate, and Trustee
and each Noteholder or Note Owner by accepting the benefits of this Agreement,
hereby covenants and agrees that they will not at any time institute against
Depositor, or join in any institution against Depositor of any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other
proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Certificates, the Notes, this
Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.
SECTION 11.9. No Recourse. Each Certificateholder or Certificate Owner by
accepting a Certificate acknowledges that such Certificateholder's or
Certificate Owner's Certificates represent beneficial interests in Issuer only
and do not represent interests in or obligations of Seller, Servicer,
Administrator, Depositor, Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate
thereof and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except
as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in this Agreement, the
Certificates or the Basic Documents.
SECTION 11.10. Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections
herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any
of the terms or provisions hereof.
TRUST AGREEMENT
32
<PAGE>
SECTION 11.11. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
SECTION 11.12. Certificate Transfer Restrictions. The Certificates may not
be acquired by or for the account of or with assets of (i) an employee benefit
plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 ("ERISA")) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a
plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, or (iii) any entity whose
underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's investment in the
entity (each, a "Benefit Plan"). By accepting and holding a Certificate, the
Holder thereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not
a Benefit Plan and is not purchasing Certificates on behalf of a Benefit Plan.
SECTION 11.13. Servicer. Servicer is authorized to execute on behalf of
Issuer all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and
opinions as it shall be the duty of Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant
to the Basic Documents. Upon written request, Owner Trustee shall execute and
deliver to Servicer a power of attorney appointing Servicer as Issuer's agent
and attorney-in-fact to execute all such documents, reports, filings,
instruments, certificates and opinions.
SECTION 11.14. Sale and Servicing Agreement. Owner Trustee is hereby
authorized and directed to perform the duties and obligations of the Owner
Trustee set forth in Sections 4.4(b), 4.7, 5.1(c), 8.4 and 10.15 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
TRUST AGREEMENT
33
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to
be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the
day and year first above written.
_________________________________,
as Owner Trustee
By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC., as Depositor
By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:
TRUST AGREEMENT
34
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
NUMBER $
R- CUSIP NO. _________
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS DISTRIBUTABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET
FORTH IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS
CERTIFICATE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199 -
---
______% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE
evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in certain distributions of Issuer,
as defined below, the property of which includes a pool of Motor Vehicle Loans
sold to Issuer by Special Purpose Entity.
(THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF SPECIAL
PURPOSE ENTITY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED BELOW.)
THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the registered owner of
DOLLARS nonassessable, fully-paid, beneficial ownership interest in certain
distributions of AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199 - ("Issuer") formed by Special Purpose
---
Entity, a Delaware corporation ("Seller"). This Certificate has a Certificate
Rate of ____% per annum.
Exhibit A, Page 1 TRUST AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned Trust
Agreement.
_____________________ __________________________
or
as Owner Trustee as Owner Trustee
By _______________________
Authenticating Agent
By _____________________ By _______________________
Authorized Signatory Authorized Signatory
Issuer was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of _________ [_],
199_ (the "Trust Agreement"), between Seller and ________________________, as
owner trustee ("Owner Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent
provisions of which is set forth below. To the extent not otherwise defined
herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in
Appendix X to the Sale and Servicing Agreement among Issuer, Special Purpose
Entity, as Seller, and AmSouth Bank as Servicer, dated as of ___________ [_],
199_, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
This Certificate is one of the duly authorized Certificates designated as
"____% Asset Backed Certificates" (herein called the "Certificates"). Also
issued under the Indenture dated as of ___________ [ ], 199_, between Issuer and
_______________ as indenture trustee, are four classes of Notes designated as
"Class A-1 _____% Asset Backed Notes" (the "Class A-1 Notes"), and "Class A-2
____% Asset Backed Notes" (the "Class A-2 Notes" and, together with the Class A-
1 Notes, the "Notes"). This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the
terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust
Agreement the holder of this Certificate by virtue of the acceptance hereof
assents and by which such holder is bound.
The holder of this Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its rights to
receive distributions in respect of this Certificate are subordinated to the
rights of the Noteholders as described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
Indenture and the Trust Agreement, as applicable.
It is the intent of Seller, Servicer, Depositor and Certificateholders
that, for purposes of Federal income taxes, Issuer will be treated as a
partnership and
Exhibit A, Page 2 TRUST AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
the Certificateholders (including Depositor) will be treated as partners in that
partnership. Depositor and the other Certificateholders by acceptance of a
Certificate, agree to treat, and to take no action inconsistent with the
treatment of, the Certificates for such tax purposes as partnership interests in
the Trust.
Each Certificateholder and Certificate Owner, by its acceptance of a
Certificate, covenants and agrees that such Certificateholder and Certificate
Owner will not at any time institute against Depositor, or join in any
institution against Depositor of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United
States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any
obligations relating to the Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any
of the Basic Documents.
The Certificates do not represent an obligation of, or an interest in,
Seller, Servicer, Administrator, Depositor, Owner Trustee or any Affiliates of
any of them and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets,
except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated herein or in the Trust
Agreement, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.
The Certificates may not be acquired by or for the account of or with the
assets of (a) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA)
that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan described in
Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (c) any entity whose underlying assets include
plan assets by reason of a plan's investment in the entity (each, a "Benefit
Plan"). By accepting and holding this Certificate, the Holder hereof shall be
deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan and is
not purchasing on behalf of a Benefit Plan.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by
an authorized officer of Owner Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate
shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or
the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.
THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
Exhibit A, Page 3 TRUST AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner Trustee, on behalf of Issuer and not in its
individual capacity, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199 -
- -
By: _______________________,
not in its individual
capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee
Dated: By: _______________________
Exhibit A, Page 4 TRUST AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
ASSIGNMENT
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
OF ASSIGNEE
________________________________________________________________________________
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip
code, of assignee)
________________________________________________________________________________
the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby
irrevocably constituting and appointing
_______________________________________________________________ Attorney to
transfer said Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar, with full
power of substitution in the premises.
Dated:
*
--------------------------
Signature Guaranteed:
*
--------------------------
_________________________________
* NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of
the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Certificate in
every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatever.
Such signature must be guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock
Exchange or a commercial bank or trust company.
EXHIBIT A, PAGE 5 TRUST AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF]
CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
THIS Certificate of Trust of AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_ (the "Trust"), dated
as of ____________ [_], 199_, is being duly executed and filed by
________________________, a [Delaware banking corporation], as trustee, to form
a business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act (12 Del. Code, (S) 3801
et seq.).
1. Name. The name of the business trust formed hereby is AMSOUTH AUTO
TRUST 199_-_.
2. Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of the trustee of the
Trust resident in the State of Delaware is ________________________.
3. This Certificate of Trust will be effective _________ [_], 199_.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole trustees of the Trust,
have executed this Certificate of Trust as of the date first above written.
By:________________________, not in its individual
capacity, but solely as owner trustee of the Trust.
By:_________________________
Name:
Title:
TRUST AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
CERTIFICATE DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT
TRUST AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4.3
================================================================================
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
Seller,
AMSOUTH BANK
Servicer
and
_________________ BANK
Trustee
on behalf of the Holders
_______________________________
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
_______________________________
Dated as of _______ __, 199__
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
____% Asset Backed Certificates, Class A
____% Asset Backed Certificates, Class B
================================================================================
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS................................................ 1
Section 1.1. Definitions........................................... 1
Section 1.2. Other Interpretative Provisions....................... 20
Section 1.3. Calculations.......................................... 21
Section 1.4. References............................................ 21
Section 1.5. Action by or Consent of Holders....................... 21
ARTICLE II. THE TRUST PROPERTY......................................... 21
Section 2.1. Conveyance of Trust Property.......................... 21
Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties as to Each Receivable.. 22
Section 2.3. Representations and Warranties as to the Receivables
in the Aggregate..................................... 26
Section 2.4. Repurchase upon Breach................................ 26
Section 2.5. Custodian of Receivable Files......................... 27
ARTICLE III. ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF TRUST PROPERTY............. 30
Section 3.1. Duties of Servicer.................................... 30
Section 3.2. Collection of Receivable Payments..................... 31
Section 3.3. Realization upon Receivables.......................... 32
Section 3.4. Physical Damage Insurance............................. 32
Section 3.5. Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed
Vehicles............................................. 33
Section 3.6. Covenants of Servicer................................. 34
Section 3.7. Purchase by Servicer upon Breach...................... 34
Section 3.8. Servicing Compensation................................ 34
Section 3.9. Servicer's Report..................................... 35
Section 3.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance..................... 35
Section 3.11. Annual Independent Certified Public Accountants'
Report............................................... 36
Section 3.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information
Regarding Receivables................................ 36
Section 3.13. Reports to the Commission............................. 37
Section 3.14. Reports to the Rating Agency.......................... 37
Section 3.15. Servicer Expenses..................................... 37
ARTICLE IV. DISTRIBUTIONS; RESERVE ACCOUNT; STATEMENTS TO HOLDERS...... 37
Section 4.1. Establishment of Accounts............................. 37
Section 4.2. Collections........................................... 38
Section 4.3. [Reserved]............................................ 40
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
(CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Section 4.4. Additional Deposits; Net Deposits..................... 40
Section 4.5. Distributions......................................... 40
Section 4.6. Reserve Account....................................... 42
ARTICLE V. THE CERTIFICATES........................................... 48
Section 5.1. The Certificates...................................... 48
Section 5.2. Authentication of Certificates........................ 48
Section 5.3. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates. 49
Section 5.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates..... 49
Section 5.5. Persons Deemed Owners................................. 50
Section 5.6. Access to List of Holders' Names and Addresses........ 50
Section 5.7. Maintenance of Office or Agency....................... 50
Section 5.8. Book Entry Certificates............................... 51
Section 5.9. Notices to Clearing Agency............................ 52
Section 5.10. Definitive Certificates............................... 52
ARTICLE VI. SELLER..................................................... 53
Section 6.1. Representations and Warranties of Seller.............. 53
Section 6.2. Liability of Seller; Indemnities...................... 54
Section 6.3. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Seller............................... 56
Section 6.4. Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others.......... 56
Section 6.5. Seller May Own Certificates........................... 57
ARTICLE VII. SERVICER................................................... 57
Section 7.1. Representations and Warranties of Servicer............ 57
Section 7.3. Merger or Consolidation of or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Servicer............................. 60
Section 7.4. Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others........ 60
Section 7.5. AmSouth Not To Resign as Servicer..................... 61
Section 7.6. Servicer May Own Certificates......................... 61
Section 7.7. Existence............................................. 61
ARTICLE VIII. SERVICING TERMINATION...................................... 61
Section 8.1. Servicer Termination Events........................... 61
Section 8.2. Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor Servicer..... 63
Section 8.3. Effect of Servicing Transfer.......................... 64
Section 8.4. Notification to Holders............................... 65
Section 8.5. Waiver of Past Servicer Termination Events............ 65
Section 8.6. Transfer of Accounts.................................. 65
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
(CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
ARTICLE IX. TRUSTEE.................................................... 66
Section 9.1. Acceptance by Trustee................................. 66
Section 9.2. Duties of Trustee..................................... 66
Section 9.3. Trustee's Certificate................................. 67
Section 9.4. Trustee's Assignment of Purchased Receivables......... 68
Section 9.5. Certain Matters Affecting Trustee..................... 68
Section 9.6. Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Receivables.... 70
Section 9.7. Trustee May Own Certificates.......................... 71
Section 9.8. Trustee's Fees and Expenses........................... 71
Section 9.9. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee.................. 72
Section 9.10. Resignation or Removal of Trustee.................... 72
Section 9.11. Successor Trustee..................................... 73
Section 9.12. Merger or Consolidation of or Assumption of
Obligations of Trustee............................... 74
Section 9.13. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee......... 74
Section 9.14. Representations and Warranties of Trustee............. 75
Section 9.15. Reports by Trustee.................................... 76
Section 9.16. Tax Returns........................................... 76
Section 9.17. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
Certificates......................................... 77
ARTICLE X. TERMINATION................................................ 77
Section 10.1. Termination of the Trust.............................. 77
Section 10.2. Optional Purchase of All Receivables.................. 78
ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS................................... 78
Section 11.1. Amendment............................................. 78
Section 11.2. Protection of Title to Trust Property................. 80
Section 11.3. Limitation on Rights of Holders....................... 82
Section 11.4. Governing Law......................................... 82
Section 11.5. Notices............................................... 83
Section 11.6. Severability of Provisions............................ 83
Section 11.7. Assignment............................................ 83
Section 11.8. Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid............. 83
Section 11.9. Intention of Parties.................................. 84
Section 11.10. Counterparts........................................ 84
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE A LOCATION OF RECEIVABLE FILES
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A FORM OF Class A CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT B FORM OF Class B CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT C FORM OF SERVICER'S REPORT
<PAGE>
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of _______ __, 199_, between
SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY, a [Delaware] corporation, as Seller, AMSOUTH BANK, a
banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Alabama, as
Servicer, and ___________ BANK, a _____________ corporation, as trustee
hereunder.
In consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements herein
contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is
acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as
follows:
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS.
Section 1.1. Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following
capitalized words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, have the
following meanings:
"Accounts" means collectively the Collection Account, the Class A
Distribution Account, the Class B Distribution Account and the Payahead Account.
"Account Property" means all amounts and investments held from time to time
in any Account or the Reserve Account, as the case may be (whether in the form
of deposit accounts, instruments, certificated securities, book entry
securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise), and all proceeds of the
foregoing.
"Actuarial Receivable" means a Receivable that provides for (i)
amortization of the loan over a series of fixed level payment monthly
installments and (ii) each monthly installment, including the monthly
installment representing the final payment on the Receivable, to consist of an
amount of interest equal to 1/12 of the Contract Rate of the loan multiplied by
the unpaid principal balance of the loan, and an amount of principal equal to
the remainder of the monthly installment.
"Acquired Receivable" means a Receivable acquired by a Seller Affiliate
through a bulk purchase of Receivables or the acquisition of a financial
institution that owned the Receivable.
"Additional Servicing" means, for each Distribution Date, an amount equal
to the lesser of (i) the amount by which (A) the aggregate amount of the
Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date and all prior Distribution Dates
exceeds (B) the aggregate amount of Additional Servicing paid to the Servicer on
all prior Distribution Dates and (ii) the amount, if any, by which (A) the sum
of Available Interest and Available Principal for such Distribution Date exceed
(B) the sum,
<PAGE>
without duplication of (x) the Servicing Fee paid on such Distribution Date with
respect to the related Collection Period and any accrued and unpaid Servicing
Fee for prior Collection Periods, (y) all amounts required to be distributed to
the Holders on such Distribution Date and (z) the amount, if any, deposited in
the Reserve Account on such Distribution Date.
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person
controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.
For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any
specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such
Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. A Person shall not be
deemed to be an Affiliate of any specified Person solely because such other
Person has the contractual right or obligation to manage such specified Person
or act as servicer with respect to the financial assets of such specified Person
unless such other Person controls the specified Person through equity ownership
or otherwise.
"Agreement" means this Pooling and Servicing Agreement, including its
schedules and exhibits, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
"AmSouth" means AmSouth Bank, a banking corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Alabama.
"AmSouth Bancorporation" means AmSouth Bancorporation, an [Alabama]
corporation.
"Authorized Officer" means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of
Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, secretary,
assistant secretary or any other officer of Trustee customarily performing
functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and
also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter
is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.
"Available Interest" means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of the
following amounts for the related Collection Period: (a) that portion of the
Collections on the Receivables received during the such Collection Period that
is allocable to interest in accordance with Servicer's customary servicing
procedures, (b) all Liquidation Proceeds received during the related Collection
Period and (c) the Purchase Amounts, to the extent allocable to accrued
interest, of all Receivables that are purchased by Seller or Servicer as of the
last day of the related Collection Period. "Available Interest" for any
Distribution Date shall
2
<PAGE>
exclude all payments and proceeds of any Receivables the Purchase Amount of
which has been distributed on a prior Distribution Date.
"Available Principal" means, for any Distribution Date the sum of the
following amounts with respect to the related Collection Period: (a) that
portion of all Collections on the Receivables received during such Collection
Period that is allocable to principal in accordance with Servicer's customary
servicing procedures; and (b) the Purchase Amounts, to the extent attributable
to principal, of all Receivables purchased by Seller or Servicer as of the last
day of the related Collection Period. "Available Principal" on any Distribution
Date shall exclude all payments and proceeds of any Receivables the Purchase
Amount of which has been distributed on a prior Distribution Date.
"Available Reserve Amount" is defined in Section 4.6.
"Book Entry Certificate" means beneficial interests in the definitive
Certificates described in Section 5.8, the ownership of which shall be
evidenced, and transfers of which shall be made, through book entries by a
Clearing Agency as described in Section 5.8.
"Business Day" means a day that is not a Saturday or a Sunday and that in
the States of New York, Illinois, Alabama and the State in which the Corporate
Trust Office is located is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking
institutions are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.
"Certificate" means any Class A Certificate or Class B Certificate.
"Certificate Owner" means, with respect to a Book Entry Certificate, the
Person who is the owner of such Book Entry Certificate, as reflected on the
books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account
with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance
with the rules, regulations and procedures of such Clearing Agency).
"Certificate Register" means the register maintained by Trustee for the
registration of Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of Certificates as
provided in Section 5.3.
"Class A Certificate" means a certificate executed by Trustee on behalf of
the Trust and authenticated by Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit A.
"Class A Certificate Balance" means, at any time, the Original Class A
Certificate Balance, as reduced by all amounts allocable to principal on the
Class A Certificates distributed to Class A Holders prior to such time.
3
<PAGE>
"Class A Certificate Rate" means ____% per annum, calculated on the basis
of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
"Class A Distribution Account" means the account established, maintained
and designated as the "Class A Distribution Account" pursuant to Section 4.1.
"Class A Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class A Certificate is
registered in the Certificate Register, except that, solely for the purpose of
giving any consent, request or waiver pursuant to this Agreement, the interest
evidenced by any Class A Certificate registered in the name of Seller, Servicer,
or any Person actually known to an Authorized Officer of Trustee to be an
Affiliate of Seller or Servicer, shall not be taken into account in determining
whether the requisite percentage necessary to effect any such consent, request
or waiver shall have been obtained.
"Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, (a) with respect to the
initial Distribution Date, zero, and (b) with respect to any other Distribution
Date, the excess of Class A Monthly Interest for the preceding Distribution Date
and any outstanding Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest that is actually
deposited in the Class A Distribution Account on such preceding Distribution
Date, plus 30 days of interest on such excess, to the extent permitted by law,
in an amount equal to the product of one-twelfth multiplied by the Class A
Certificate Rate multiplied by the amount of such excess.
"Class A Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class A Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date and (b) the Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall for such
Distribution Date.
"Class A Monthly Interest" means, for any Distribution Date, an amount
equal to one-twelfth (or the actual number of days from and including the
Closing Date to but excluding __________________, 199_ divided by 360, for the
initial Distribution Date) of the Class A Certificate Rate multiplied by the
Class A Certificate Balance as of the close of business on the immediately
preceding Distribution Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal to
the Class A Certificates on or prior to such Distribution Date (or, in the case
of the first Distribution Date, the Original Class A Certificate Balance).
"Class A Monthly Principal" means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the Class A Percentage of Available Principal for such Distribution Date plus
the Class A Percentage of Realized Losses with respect to the related Collection
Period.
4
<PAGE>
"Class A Percentage" means ____%.
"Class A Pool Factor" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
Class A Certificate Balance as of the close of business on such Distribution
Date (after giving effect to any payments to be made on such Distribution Date)
divided by the Original Class A Certificate Balance, expressed as a seven-digit
decimal.
"Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of business
on any Distribution Date, the excess of Class A Monthly Principal for such
Distribution Date and any outstanding Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall from
the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of principal that is
actually deposited in the Class A Distribution Account on such Distribution
Date.
"Class A Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of Class A Monthly Principal for such Distribution
Date and, in the case of any Distribution Date other than the initial
Distribution Date, the Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of
business on the preceding Distribution Date; provided that the Class A Principal
Distributable Amount shall not exceed the Class A Certificate Balance prior to
such Distribution Date. In addition, on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date,
the Class A Principal Distributable Amount shall include, to the extent not
included under the preceding sentence, the amount that is necessary (after
giving effect to the other amounts to be deposited in the Class A Distribution
Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the
Class A Certificate Balance to zero.
"Class B Certificate" means a certificate executed by Trustee on behalf of
the Trust and authenticated by Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
"Class B Certificate Balance" means, at any time, the Original Class B
Certificate Balance, as reduced by all amounts allocable to principal on the
Class B Certificates distributed to Class B Holders prior to such time.
"Class B Certificate Owner" means, with respect to a Book Entry Certificate
representing a beneficial interest in the Class B Certificates, the Person who
is the owner of such Book Entry Certificate, as reflected on the books of the
Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such
Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant in accordance with the
rules, regulations and procedures of such Clearing Agency).
"Class B Certificate Rate" means ____% per annum, calculated on the basis
of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
5
<PAGE>
"Class B Distribution Account" means the account established, maintained
and designated as the "Class B Distribution Account" pursuant to Section 4.1.
"Class B Holder" means the Person in whose name a Class B Certificate is
registered in the Certificate Register, except that, solely for the purpose of
giving any consent, request or waiver pursuant to this Agreement, the interest
evidenced by any Class B Certificate registered in the name of Seller, Servicer,
or any Person actually known to an Authorized Officer of Trustee to be an
Affiliate of Seller or Servicer, shall not be taken into account in determining
whether the requisite percentage necessary to effect any such consent, request
or waiver shall have been obtained.
"Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, (a) with respect to the
initial Distribution Date, zero, and (b) with respect to any other Distribution
Date, the excess of Class B Monthly Interest for the preceding Distribution Date
and any outstanding Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest that is actually
deposited in the Class B Distribution Account on such preceding Distribution
Date, plus 30 days of interest on such excess, to the extent permitted by law,
in an amount equal to the product of one-twelfth multiplied by the Class B
Certificate Rate multiplied by the amount of such excess.
"Class B Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class B Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date and (b) the Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall for such
Distribution Date.
"Class B Monthly Interest" means, for any Distribution Date, an amount
equal to one-twelfth (or the actual number of days from and including the
Closing Date to but excluding __________________, 199_ divided by 360, for the
initial Distribution Date) of the Class B Certificate Rate multiplied by the
Class B Certificate Balance as of the close of business on the immediately
preceding Distribution Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal to
the Class B Certificates on or prior to such Distribution Date (or, in the case
of the first Distribution Date, the Certificate Balance on the Closing Date).
"Class B Monthly Principal" means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the Class B Percentage of Available Principal for such Distribution Date plus
the Class B Percentage of Realized Losses with respect to the related Collection
Period.
"Class B Percentage" means ___%.
6
<PAGE>
"Class B Pool Factor" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
Class B Certificate Balance as of the close of business on such Distribution
Date (after giving effect to any payments to be made on such Distribution Date)
divided by the Original Class B Certificate Balance, expressed as a seven-digit
decimal.
"Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of business
on any Distribution Date, the excess of Class B Monthly Principal for such
Distribution Date and any outstanding Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall from
the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of principal that is
actually deposited in the Class B Distribution Account on such Distribution
Date.
"Class B Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of Class B Monthly Principal for such Distribution
Date and, in the case of any Distribution Date other than the initial
Distribution Date, the Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of
business on the preceding Distribution Date; provided that the Class B Principal
Distributable Amount shall not exceed the Class B Certificate Balance prior to
such Distribution Date. In addition, on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date,
the Class B Principal Distributable Amount shall include, to the extent not
included under the preceding sentence, the amount that is necessary (after
giving effect to the other amounts to be deposited in the Class B Distribution
Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the
Class B Certificate Balance to zero.
"Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing agency"
pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act, as amended.
"Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial
institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects
book-entry transfers of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.
"Closing Date" means the date of the initial issuance of the Certificates
hereunder.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury Regulations
promulgated thereunder.
"Collection Account" means the segregated account or accounts established,
maintained and designated as the "Collection Account" pursuant to Section 4.1.
7
<PAGE>
"Collection Period" means, (a) in the case of the initial Collection
Period, the period from [but not including] the Cutoff Date to and including
___________ __, 199_ and (b) thereafter, each calendar month during the term of
this Pooling and Servicing Agreement. With respect to any Determination Date,
Deposit Date or Distribution Date, the "related Collection Period" means the
Collection Period preceding the month in which such Determination Date, Deposit
Date or Distribution Date occurs.
"Collections" means all collections on the Receivables and any proceeds
from Insurance Policies and lender's single interest insurance policies.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Contract Rate" means, with respect to a Receivable, the rate per annum of
interest charged on the outstanding principal balance of such Receivable.
"Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which
office at date of execution of this Agreement is located at ______________,
Attention: _____________, Telephone: ___________, Facsimile: _______________ or
at such other address as Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to
the Holders, Seller and Servicer, or the principal corporate trust office of any
successor Trustee (the address of which the successor Trustee will notify the
Holders, Seller and Servicer).
"Custodian" means Servicer in its capacity as agent of the Trustee, as
custodian of the Receivable Files and any Seller Affiliate acting as agent for
Servicer for the purpose of maintaining custody of the Receivables Files.
"Cutoff Date" means the [opening] of business on ______ __, 199_.
"Cutoff Date Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Receivable, the
Initial Principal Balance of such Receivable minus the sum of the portion of all
payments received under such Receivable from or on behalf of the related Obligor
on or prior to the Cutoff Date and allocable to principal in accordance with the
terms of the Receivable.
"Dealer" means, with respect to any Receivable, the seller of the related
Financed Vehicle.
"Dealer Agreement" means an agreement between an Originator and a Dealer
pursuant to which such Originator acquires Motor Vehicle Loans from the Dealer
or gives such Dealer the right to induce persons to apply to such
8
<PAGE>
Originator for loans in connection with the retail sale of Motor Vehicles by
such Dealer.
"Dealer Recourse" means, with respect to any Dealer, any rights and
remedies against such Dealer under the related Dealer Agreement (other than with
respect to any breach of representation or warranty thereunder) with respect to
credit losses on a Receivable secured by a Financed Vehicle sold by such Dealer.
"Defaulted Receivable" means, with respect to any Collection Period, a
Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable) which Servicer has determined to
charge off during such Collection Period in accordance with its customary
servicing practices; provided that any Receivable which Seller or Servicer is
obligated to repurchase or purchase shall be deemed to have become a Defaulted
Receivable during a Collection Period if Seller or Servicer fails to deposit the
related Purchase Amount on the related Deposit Date when due.
"Definitive Certificates" is defined in Section 5.8.
"Delivery" when used with respect to Account Property means:
(a) with respect to bankers' acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable
certificates of deposit and other obligations that constitute "instruments"
within the meaning of Section 9-105(l)(i) of the UCC and are susceptible of
physical delivery, transfer thereof to Trustee or its nominee or custodian
by physical delivery to Trustee or its nominee or custodian endorsed to, or
registered in the name of, Trustee or its nominee or custodian or endorsed
in blank, and, with respect to a "certificated security" (as defined in
Section 8-102 of the UCC) transfer thereof (i) by delivery of such
certificated security endorsed to, or registered in the name of, Trustee or
its nominee or custodian or endorsed in blank to a "financial intermediary"
(as defined in Section 8-313 of the UCC) and the making by such financial
intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying such
certificated securities as belonging to Trustee or its nominee or custodian
and the sending by such financial intermediary of a confirmation of the
purchase of such certificated security by Trustee or its nominee or
custodian, or (ii) by delivery thereof to a "clearing corporation" (as
defined in Section 8-102(3) of the UCC) and the making by such clearing
corporation of appropriate entries on its books reducing the appropriate
securities account of the transferor and increasing the appropriate
securities account of a financial intermediary by the amount of such
certificated security, the identification by the clearing corporation of
the certificated securities for the sole and exclusive account of the
financial intermediary, the maintenance of such certificated securities by
such clearing corporation or a "custodian bank" (as defined
9
<PAGE>
in Section 8-102(4) of the UCC) or the nominee of either subject to the
clearing corporation's exclusive control, the sending of a confirmation by
the financial intermediary of the purchase by Trustee or its nominee or
custodian of such securities and the making by such financial intermediary
of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated
securities as belonging to Trustee or its nominee or custodian (all of the
foregoing, "Physical Property"), and, in any event, any such Physical
Property in registered form shall be in the name of Trustee or its nominee
or custodian; and such additional or alternative procedures as may
hereafter become appropriate to effect the complete transfer of ownership
of any such Account Property to Trustee or its nominee or custodian,
consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the
interpretation thereof;
(b) with respect to any securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or by the Federal National Mortgage
Association that is a book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve
System pursuant to Federal book-entry regulations, the following
procedures, all in accordance with applicable law, including applicable
Federal regulations and Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC: book-entry
registration of such Account Property to an appropriate book-entry account
maintained with a Federal Reserve Bank by a financial intermediary which is
also a "depository" pursuant to applicable Federal regulations and issuance
by such financial intermediary of a deposit advice or other written
confirmation of such book-entry registration to Trustee or its nominee or
custodian of the purchase by Trustee or its nominee or custodian of such
book-entry securities; the making by such financial intermediary of entries
in its books and records identifying such book entry security held through
the Federal Reserve System pursuant to Federal book-entry regulations as
belonging to Trustee or its nominee or custodian and indicating that such
custodian holds such Account Property solely as agent for Trustee or its
nominee or custodian; and such additional or alternative procedures as may
hereafter become appropriate to effect complete transfer of ownership of
any such Account Property to Trustee or its nominee or custodian,
consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the
interpretation thereof; and
(c) with respect to any item of Account Property that is an
uncertificated security under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed
by clause (b) above, registration on the books and records of the issuer
thereof in the name of the financial intermediary, the sending of a
confirmation by the financial intermediary of the purchase by Trustee or
its nominee or custodian of such uncertificated security, the making by
such financial intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying
10
<PAGE>
such uncertificated certificates as belonging to Trustee or its nominee or
custodian.
"Deposit Date" means, with respect to any Collection Period, the Business
Day preceding the related Distribution Date.
"Depository Agreement" means the agreement among Seller, Servicer, Trustee
and the initial Clearing Agency, dated the Closing Date.
"Determination Date" with respect to any Collection Period, means the tenth
day of the calendar month following such Collection Period (or, if the tenth day
is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).
"Direct Loan" means motor vehicle promissory notes and security agreements
executed by an Obligor in favor of a motor vehicle lender.
"Distribution Date" means the __ day of each month (or, if the __ day is
not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing _______ __,
199_.
"Dollar" and the sign "$" mean lawful money of the United States.
"Eligible Deposit Account" means either (a) a segregated account with an
Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia
(or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as the long-term
unsecured debt of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from
each Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies
investment grade. Any such accounts (other than the Reserve Account) may be
maintained with AmSouth, or any of its Affiliates, if such accounts meet the
requirements described in clause (a) of the preceding sentence.
"Eligible Institution" means a depository institution (which may be
Servicer or any Affiliate of Servicer or Trustee) organized under the laws of
the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), which (a) has (i) either a
long-term senior unsecured debt rating of AA or a short-term senior unsecured
debt or certificate of deposit rating of A-1+ or better by S&P and (ii) (A) a
short-term senior unsecured debt rating of A-l or better by S&P and (B) a short-
term senior unsecured debt rating of P-1 or better by Moody's, or any other
long-term, short-term or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to the Rating
Agencies and (b) whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation.
11
<PAGE>
If so qualified, Servicer, any Affiliate of Servicer or Trustee may be
considered an Eligible Institution.
"Eligible Investments" shall mean any one or more of the following types of
investments:
(a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to
timely payment by, the United States of America;
(b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any
depository institution (including any Affiliate of Seller, Trustee or any
Affiliate of the Trustee) or trust company incorporated under the laws of
the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to
supervision and examination by Federal or state banking or depository
institution authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such
institution or trust company as custodian with respect to any obligation
referred to in clause (a) above or a portion of such obligation for the
benefit of the holders of such depository receipts); provided that at the
time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein (which
shall be deemed to be made again each time funds are reinvested following
each Distribution Date), the commercial paper or other short-term senior
unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which
is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution
or trust company) of such depository institution or trust company shall
have a credit rating from S&P of A-1+ and from Moody's of P-1;
(c) commercial paper (including commercial paper of any Affiliate of
Seller) having, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to
invest therein, a rating from S&P of A-1+ and from Moody's of P-1;
(d) investments in money market funds (including funds for which
Trustee or any of its Affiliates or any of Seller's Affiliates is
investment manager or advisor) having a rating from S&P of AAA-m or AAAm-G
and from Moody's of Aaa;
(e) bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or
trust company referred to in clause (b) above;
(f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a
direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America
or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which
12
<PAGE>
are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in
either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company
(acting as principal) referred to in clause (b) above; and
(g) any other investment with respect to which each Rating Agency has
provided written notice that such investment would not cause such Rating
Agency to downgrade or withdraw its then current rating on the Class A
Certificates or the Class B Certificates.
"Eligible Servicer" means a Person which, at the time of its appointment as
Servicer, (a) has a net worth of not less than $50,000,000, (b) is servicing a
portfolio of motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and/or motor
vehicle loans, (c) is legally qualified, and has the capacity, to service the
Receivables, (d) has demonstrated the ability to service a portfolio of motor
vehicle loans similar to the Receivables professionally and competently in
accordance with standards of skill and care that are consistent with prudent
industry standards, and (e) is qualified and entitled to use pursuant to a
license or other written agreement, and agrees to maintain the confidentiality
of, the software which Servicer uses in connection with performing its duties
and responsibilities under this Agreement or obtains rights to use, or develops
at its own expense, software which is adequate to perform its duties and
responsibilities under this Agreement.
"ERISA" means the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
"Final Scheduled Distribution Date" means the _________ ____ Distribution
Date.
"Final Scheduled Maturity Date" means the last day of the Collection Period
immediately preceding the Collection Period during which the Final Scheduled
Distribution Date falls.
"Financed Vehicle" means, with respect to a Receivable, the Motor Vehicle,
together with all accessories and accessions thereto, securing or purporting to
secure the indebtedness under such Receivable.
"Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P., or its successor.
"GAAP" is defined in Section 11.1(c).
"Holder" means the Person in whose name a Certificate is registered in the
Certificate Register, except that, solely for the purpose of giving any consent,
request or waiver pursuant to this Agreement, the interest evidenced by any
13
<PAGE>
Certificate registered in the name of Seller, Servicer or any Person actually
known to an Authorized Officer of Trustee to be an Affiliate of Seller or
Servicer, shall not be taken into account in determining whether the requisite
percentage necessary to effect any such consent, request or waiver shall have
been obtained.
"Initial Principal Balance" means, in respect of a Receivable, the amount
advanced under the Receivable toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle
and related costs, including accessories, service and warranty contracts,
insurance premiums, other items customarily financed as part of retail motor
vehicle loans and/or retail installment sales contracts and other fees charged
by a Seller Affiliate or Dealer and included in the amount to be financed, the
total of which is shown as the initial principal balance in the note and
security agreement or retail installment sale contract evidencing and securing
such Receivable.
"Insurance Policies" means, all credit life and disability insurance
policies maintained by the Obligors and all Physical Damage Insurance Policies.
"Lien" means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference,
participation interest or encumbrance of any kind, other than liens for taxes
not yet due and payable, mechanics' or materialmen's liens and other liens for
work, labor or materials, and any other liens that may attach by operation of
law.
"Liquidation Proceeds" means, with respect to any Receivable which has
become a Defaulted Receivable, (a) insurance proceeds received by Servicer with
respect to the Insurance Policies, (b) amounts received by Servicer in
connection with such Defaulted Receivable pursuant to the exercise of rights
under that Receivable and (c) the monies collected by Servicer (from whatever
source, including proceeds of a sale of a Financed Vehicle or a deficiency
balance recovered after the charge-off of the related Receivable or as a result
of any Dealer Recourse) on such Defaulted Receivable net of any expenses
incurred by Servicer in connection therewith and any payments required by law to
be remitted to the Obligor.
"Majority Holders" means Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a
majority of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates and the Class B Certificates taken together as a single class.
"Minimum Specified Reserve Balance" with respect to any Distribution Date
means the lesser of (i) $__________ and (ii) the aggregate outstanding Class A
Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance (after giving effect to any
distributions on the Certificates on such Distribution Date).
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
14
<PAGE>
"Motor Vehicle" means a new or used automobile or light duty truck.
"Motor Vehicle Loan" means a Direct Loan or retail installment sales
contract secured by a Motor Vehicle originated by a Seller Affiliate or another
financial institution.
"Obligor" means, with respect to a Receivable, the borrower or co-borrowers
under the related Receivable and any co-signer of the Receivable or other Person
who owes or may be primarily or secondarily liable for payments under such
Receivable.
"Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by the chairman, the
president, any vice president or the treasurer of Seller or Servicer, as the
case may be, and delivered to Trustee.
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel (who may be an
employee of Seller or Servicer or any of their Affiliates) reasonably acceptable
in form to Trustee.
"Original Certificate Balance" means the sum of the Original Class A
Certificate Balance and the Original Class B Certificate Balance.
"Original Class A Certificate Balance" means $______________.
"Original Class B Certificate Balance" means $_______________.
"Original Pool Balance" means the Pool Balance as of the Cutoff Date.
"Originator" means, with respect to any Direct Loan or retail installment
sales contract, the Seller Affiliate that was the lender with respect to such
Direct Loan or that acquired such Direct Loan or retail installment sales
contract from a Dealer or other Person.
"Payaheads" means early payments by or on behalf of Obligors on Precomputed
Receivables which, in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices, do not
constitute scheduled payments or full prepayments and are applied to principal
and interest in a subsequent period.
"Payahead Account" means the account designated as such, established and
maintained pursuant to Section 4.1.
"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation,
estate, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association,
joint
15
<PAGE>
stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency
or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
"Physical Damage Insurance Policy" means a theft and physical damage
insurance policy maintained by the Obligor under a Receivable, providing
coverage against loss or damage to or theft of the related Financed Vehicle.
"Pool Balance" means, at any time, the aggregate Principal Balance of the
Receivables (excluding Defaulted Receivables) at such time.
"Pool Factor" means, with respect to any Collection Period, the Pool
Balance as of the last day of such Collection Period divided by the Original
Pool Balance, expressed as a seven-digit decimal.
"Precomputed Receivable" means (i) an Actuarial Receivable, (ii) a Rule of
78's Receivable or (iii) a Sum of Periodic Balances Receivable.
"Principal Balance" means, as of any time, for any Receivable, the
principal balance of such Receivable under the terms of the Receivable
determined in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices.
"Purchase Agreement" means each Purchase Agreement dated as of ________ __,
199__ by and between a Seller Affiliate and the Seller, as amended, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time.
"Purchase Amount" of any Receivable means, with respect to any Deposit
Date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the outstanding Principal Balance of
such Receivable as of the last day of the preceding Collection Period and (b)
the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on such Principal Balance at the
related Contract Rate from the date a payment was last made by or on behalf of
the Obligor through and including the last day of such preceding Collection
Period, in each case after giving effect to the receipt of monies collected on
such Receivable in such preceding Collection Period.
"Purchased Receivable" means, at any time, a Motor Vehicle Loan included in
the Schedule of Receivables as to which payment of the Purchase Amount has
previously been made by Seller or Servicer pursuant to this Agreement.
"Rating Agencies" means Moody's, S&P and Fitch.
"Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action, that each
Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days' prior notice thereof (or such
shorter period as shall be acceptable to the Rating Agencies) and that none of
the
16
<PAGE>
Rating Agencies shall have notified Seller, Servicer or Trustee in writing that
such action will, in and of itself, result in a reduction or withdrawal of the
then current rating on the Class A Certificates or the Class B Certificates.
"Realized Losses" means, for any Collection Period, the aggregate Principal
Balances of any Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such
Collection Period.
"Receivable" means each Motor Vehicle Loan described in the Schedule of
Receivables, but excluding (i) Defaulted Receivables to the extent the Principal
Balances thereof have been deposited in the Collection Account and (ii) any
Purchased Receivables.
"Receivable File" is defined in Section 2.5.
"Record Date" means, subject to Section 1.4, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the last day of the related Collection Period.
"Related Agreements" means the Certificates, the Depository Agreement and
the underwriting agreement between Seller and the underwriter(s) of the
Certificates. The Related Agreements to be executed by any party are referred to
herein as "such party's Related Agreements", "its Related Agreements" or by a
similar expression.
"Required Rating" means a rating with respect to short term deposit
obligations of at least P-1 by Moody's and at least A-1 by S&P.
"Reserve Account" means the account established, maintained and designated
as the "Reserve Account" pursuant to Section 4.6.
"Reserve Account Initial Deposit" means cash or Eligible Investments having
a value of at least $___________.
"Reserve Account Property" is defined in Section 4.6.
"Rule of 78's Receivable" means a Receivable that provides for the payment
by the Obligor of a specified total amount of payments, payable in equal monthly
installments on each due date, which total represents the principal amount
financed and add-on interest in an amount calculated at the stated Contract Rate
for the term of the Receivable and allocated to each monthly payment based upon
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of payments scheduled to have
been made prior to the due date for such monthly payments on such Receivable and
the denominator of which is the sum of all such numbers of payments to be made
until the maturity of such Receivable.
17
<PAGE>
"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-
Hill Companies, Inc.
"Schedule of Receivables" means, with respect to the Motor Vehicle Loans to
be conveyed to Seller by each Seller Affiliate and to Trustee by Seller, the
list identifying such retail Motor Vehicle Loans delivered to Trustee on the
Closing Date.
"Securities Intermediary" is defined in Section 4.6 of this Agreement.
"Seller" means Special Purpose Entity, in its capacity as seller of the
Receivables to the Trust under this Agreement, or any successor pursuant to
Section 6.3.
"Seller Affiliate" means each Affiliate of the Seller that is transferring
Receivables to Seller for purposes of sale to the Trust.
"Servicer" means AmSouth, in its capacity as servicer of the Receivables
under this Agreement, any successor pursuant to Section 7.3 or any successor
Servicer appointed and acting pursuant to Section 8.2.
"Servicer Termination Event" means an event specified in Section 8.1.
"Servicer's Report" is defined in Section 3.9.
"Servicing Fee" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, an amount
equal to the product of (a) one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate, multiplied by
(b) the Pool Balance as of the beginning of the first day of the preceding
Collection Period.
"Servicing Fee Rate" shall be ___% per annum, calculated on the basis of a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
"Servicing Officer" means any individual involved in, or responsible for,
the administration and servicing of the Receivables, whose name appears on a
list of servicing officers attached to an Officer's Certificate furnished to
Trustee by Servicer, as such list may be amended from time to time by Servicer
in writing.
"Simple Interest Method" means the method of allocating a fixed level
payment monthly installments between principal and interest, pursuant to which
such installment is allocated first to accrued and unpaid interest at the
Contract Rate on the unpaid principal balance and the remainder of such
installment is allocable to principal.
18
<PAGE>
"Simple Interest Receivable" means any Receivable under which the portion
of a payment allocable to interest and the portion allocable to principal is
determined in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.
"Specified Reserve Account Balance" means, for any Distribution Date, the
greater of (a) ___% of the sum of the Class A Certificate Balance plus the Class
B Certificate Balance on such Distribution Date (after giving effect to all
payments on the Certificates to be made on or prior to such Distribution Date),
and (b) the Minimum Specified Reserve Balance as of such Distribution Date.
"Sum of Periodic Balances Receivable" means a Receivable that provides for
the payment by the Obligor of a specified total amount of payments, payable in
equal monthly installments on each due date, which total represents the
principal amount financed and add-on interest in an amount calculated at the
stated Contract Rate for the term of the Receivable and allocated to each
monthly payment based upon a fraction, the numerator of which is the principal
balance of such Receivable immediately prior to the due date for such monthly
payment and the denominator of which is the sum of all principal balances for
each monthly payment to be made until the maturity of such Receivable.
"Supplemental Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 3.8.
"Trust" means the trust created by this Agreement, which shall be known as
AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_
"Trustee" means ____________ Bank, a __________ corporation, as Trustee
under this Agreement and any successor Trustee appointed and acting pursuant to
this Agreement.
"Trust Property" means:
(a) all right, title and interest of Seller in and to the
Receivables, and all moneys received thereon [on or] after the Cutoff Date;
(b) all right, title and interest of Seller in the security
interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the
Receivables and any other interest of Seller in the Financed Vehicles and
any other property that shall secure the Receivables;
(c) the interest of Seller in any proceeds with respect to the
Receivables from claims on any Insurance Policies covering Financed
Vehicles or the Obligors or from claims under any lender's single interest
insurance policy naming any Seller Affiliate as an insured;
19
<PAGE>
(d) rebates of premiums relating to Insurance Policies and rebates of
other items such as extended warranties financed under the Receivables, in
each case, to the extent the Servicer would, in accordance with its
customary practices, apply such amounts to the Principal Balance of the
related Receivable;
(e) the interest of Seller in any proceeds from (i) any Receivable
repurchased by a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a result of a
breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement, (ii)
a default by an Obligor resulting in the repossession of the Financed
Vehicle under the applicable Motor Vehicle Loan or (iii) any Dealer
Recourse or other rights relating to the Receivables under Dealer
Agreements;
(f) all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time
to time in the Collection Account, the Payahead Account, the Class A
Distribution Account and the Class B Distribution Account (including the
Account Property related thereto) and in all investments and proceeds
thereof (but excluding all investment income thereon);
(g) all right, title and interest of Seller under each Purchase
Agreement, including the right of Seller to cause a Seller Affiliate to
repurchase Receivables from Seller;
(h) all right, title and interest of Seller in any instrument or
document relating to the Receivables; and
(i) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Trust
Property shall not include, and the Trust shall not have any right to, the
Reserve Account or any funds actually or deemed to be deposited in such
account or any investments therein.
"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant
jurisdiction.
Section 1.2 Other Interpretative Provisions. For purposes of this
Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not
otherwise defined in this Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this
Agreement to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to
them under generally accepted accounting principles; (b) terms defined in
Article 9 of the UCC as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction and not otherwise
defined in this Agreement are used as defined in that Article; (c) the words
20
<PAGE>
"hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (d)
references to any Article, Section, Schedule, Appendix or Exhibit are references
to Articles, Sections, Schedules, Appendices and Exhibits in or to this
Agreement and references to any paragraph, subsection, clause or other
subdivision within any Section or definition refer to such paragraph,
subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or definition; (e) the
term "including" means "including without limitation"; (f) except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, references to any law or regulation refer to that law
or regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or
regulation; (g) references to any Person include that Person's successors and
assigns; and (h) headings are for purposes of reference only and shall not
otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof.
Section 1.3. Calculations. All calculations of the amount of interest
accrued on the Certificates during any Collection Period and all calculations of
the amount of the Servicing Fee payable with respect to a Collection Period
shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
Section 1.4. References. All references to the Record Date prior to the
first Record Date in the life of the Trust shall be to the Closing Date. All
references to the first day of a Collection Period shall refer to the opening of
business on such day. All references to the last day of a Collection Period
shall refer to the close of business on such day. All references herein to the
close of business means the close of business, Birmingham, Alabama time.
Section 1.5. Action by or Consent of Holders. Whenever any provision of
this Agreement refers to action to be taken, or consented to, by Holders, such
provision shall be deemed to refer to Holders of record as of the Record Date
immediately preceding the date on which such action is to be taken, or consented
to, by Holders.
ARTICLE II. THE TRUST PROPERTY.
Section 2.1. Conveyance of Trust Property. In consideration of Trustee's
delivery to Seller or its designee of authenticated Certificates, in authorized
denominations, in an aggregate amount equal to the Original Certificate Balance,
Seller hereby sells, transfers, assigns and conveys to Trustee, upon the terms
and conditions hereof, in trust for the benefit of the Holders, the Trust
Property, without recourse (except to the extent of Seller's obligations under
this Agreement and the Related Agreements). The sale, transfer, assignment,
setting over and conveyance made hereunder shall not constitute and is not
intended to result in an assumption by Trustee, any Holder or any Certificate
Owner of any obligation of any Seller Affiliates to the Obligors, the Dealers or
any other Person in
21
<PAGE>
connection with the Receivables and the other Trust Property or any agreement,
document or instrument related thereto.
Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties as to Each Receivable. Seller
hereby makes the following representations and warranties as to each Receivable
conveyed by it to the Trust hereunder on which Trustee shall rely in accepting
the Trust Property in trust and authenticating the Certificates. Unless
otherwise indicated, such representations and warranties shall speak as of the
Closing Date, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the
Receivables and the other Trust Property to the Trust.
(a) Characteristics of Receivables. The Receivable has been fully and
properly executed by the parties thereto and (i) is a Direct Loan made by
an Originator or has been originated by a Dealer in the ordinary course of
such Dealer's business and has been purchased by an Originator, in either
case, in the ordinary course of such Originator's business and in
accordance with such Originator's underwriting standards to finance the
retail sale by a Dealer of the related Financed Vehicle or has otherwise
been acquired by a Seller Affiliate, (ii) the Originator of which has
underwriting standards that require physical damage insurance to be
maintained on the related Financed Vehicle, (iii) is secured by a valid,
subsisting, binding and enforceable first priority security interest in
favor of a Seller Affiliate in the Financed Vehicle (subject to
administrative delays and clerical errors on the part of the applicable
government agency and to any statutory or other lien arising by operation
of law after the Closing Date which is prior to such security interest),
which security interest is assignable together with such Receivable, and
has been so assigned to Seller, and subsequently assigned by Seller to
Trustee, (iv) contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the
rights and remedies of the holder thereof are adequate for realization
against the collateral of the benefits of the security, (v) provided, at
origination, for level monthly payments (provided that the amount of the
last payment may be different), which fully amortize the Initial Principal
Balance over the original term, (vi) provides for interest at the Contract
Rate specified in the Schedule of Receivables, (vii) was originated in the
United States, and (viii) constitutes "chattel paper" as defined in the
UCC.
(b) Individual Characteristics. The Receivables have the following
individual characteristics as of the Cutoff Date: (i) each Receivable is
secured by a Motor Vehicle; (ii) each Receivable has a Contract Rate of at
least ____% and not more than ____%; (iii) each Receivable had a remaining
number of scheduled payments, as of the Cutoff Date, of not less than ____
and not more than ____; (iv) each Receivable had an initial Principal
Balance of not less than $__________
22
<PAGE>
and not more than $__________; (v) no Receivable was more than 30 days past
due as of the Cutoff Date; (vi) no Financed Vehicle had been repossessed as
of the Cutoff Date; (vii) no Receivable is subject to a force placed
Physical Damage Insurance Policy on the related Financed Vehicle; [(viii)
each Receivable is a Simple Interest Receivable;] and (ix) the Dealer of
the Financed Vehicle has no participation in, or other right to receive,
any proceeds of the Receivable. The Receivables were selected using
selection procedures that were not intended by any Seller Affiliate or
Seller to be adverse to the Holders.
(c) Schedule of Receivables. The information with respect to each
Receivable set forth in the Schedule of Receivables, including (without
limitation) the identity and address of the Obligor, account number, the
Initial Principal Balance, the maturity date and the Contract Rate, was
true and correct in all material respects as of the close of business on
the Cutoff Date.
(d) Compliance with Law. The Receivable complied at the time it was
originated or made, and will comply as of the Closing Date, in all material
respects with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws,
and regulations thereunder, including, to the extent applicable, usury
laws, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act,
the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Federal
Trade Commission Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Fair Debt
Collection Practices Act, Federal Reserve Board Regulations B and Z and any
other consumer credit, consumer protection, equal opportunity and
disclosure laws.
(e) Binding Obligation. The Receivable constitutes the genuine,
legal, valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the Obligor,
enforceable in all material respects by the holder thereof in accordance
with its terms, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally, and the Receivable is not subject to any right
of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of
usury.
(f) Lien in Force. Neither Seller nor any Seller Affiliate has taken
any action which would have the effect of releasing the related Financed
Vehicle from the Lien granted by the Receivable in whole or in part.
(g) No Amendment or Waiver. No material provision of the Receivable
has been amended, waived, altered or modified in any respect, except such
waivers as would be permitted under this Agreement, and no
23
<PAGE>
amendment, waiver, alteration or modification causes such Receivable not to
conform to the other representations or warranties contained in this
Section.
(h) No Liens. Neither Seller nor any Seller Affiliate has received
notice of any Liens or claims, including Liens for work, labor, materials
or unpaid state or federal taxes, relating to the Financed Vehicle securing
the Receivable, that are or may be prior to or equal to the Lien granted by
the Receivable.
(i) No Default. Except for payment delinquencies continuing for a
period of not more than 30 days as of the Cutoff Date, to the knowledge of
Seller, no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration
under the terms of the Receivable exists and no continuing condition that
with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default, breach,
violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of the
Receivable has arisen.
(j) Insurance. The Receivable requires the Obligor to insure the
Financed Vehicle under a Physical Damage Insurance Policy, pay the premiums
for such insurance and keep such insurance in full force and effect.
(k) Good Title. It is the intention of Seller that the transfer and
assignment herein contemplated constitute a sale of the Receivables from
Seller to the Trust and that the beneficial interest in and title to the
Receivables not be part of Seller's estate in the event of the filing of a
bankruptcy petition by or against Seller under any bankruptcy law. No
Receivable has been sold, transferred, assigned, or pledged by Seller to
any Person other than the Trust. Immediately prior to the transfer and
assignment herein contemplated, Seller had good and marketable title to the
Receivable free and clear of any Lien and had full right and power to
transfer and assign the Receivable to the Trust and immediately upon the
transfer and assignment of the Receivable to the Trust, the Trust shall
have good and marketable title to the Receivable, free and clear of any
Lien; and the Trust's interest in the Receivable resulting from the
transfer has been perfected under the UCC.
(l) Obligations. Each Seller Affiliate has duly fulfilled all
obligations on its part to be fulfilled under, or in connection with, the
Receivable.
24
<PAGE>
(m) Possession. There is only one original executed Receivable, and
immediately prior to the Closing Date, the applicable Seller Affiliate will
have possession of such original executed Receivable.
(n) No Government Obligor. The Obligor on the Receivable is not the
United States of America or any state thereof or any local government, or
any agency, department, political subdivision or instrumentality of the
United States of America or any state thereof or any local government.
(o) Marking Records. By the Closing Date, Seller shall have caused
the portions of Seller's and each Seller Affiliate's electronic master
record of Motor Vehicle Loans relating to the Receivables to be clearly and
unambiguously marked to show that the Receivable is owned by Trustee in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(p) No Assignment. As of the Closing Date, Seller shall not have
taken any action to convey any right to any Person that would result in
such Person having a right to payments received under the Insurance
Policies or Dealer Agreements, or payments due under the Receivable, that
is senior to, or equal with, that of Trustee.
(q) Lawful Assignment. The Receivable has not been originated in, and
is not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale,
transfer or assignment of such Receivable hereunder or pursuant to
transfers of the Certificates are unlawful, void or voidable. Neither
Seller nor any Seller Affiliate has entered into any agreement with any
Obligor that prohibits, restricts or conditions the assignment of any
portion of the Receivables.
(r) Dealer Agreements. A Dealer Agreement for each Receivable is in
effect whereby the Dealer warrants title to the Motor Vehicle and
indemnifies the Seller Affiliate that is a party to such Dealer Agreement
against the unenforceability of each Receivable sold thereunder, and the
rights of such Seller Affiliate thereunder, with regard to the Receivable
sold hereunder, have been validly assigned to and are enforceable against
the Dealer by the Seller and then to and by the Trustee, along with any
Dealer Recourse.
(s) Composition of Receivable. No Receivable has a Principal Balance
which includes capitalized interest or late charges.
(t) Database File. The information included with respect to each
Receivable in the database file delivered pursuant to Section 3.9(b) is
accurate and complete in all material respects.
25
<PAGE>
Section 2.3. Representations and Warranties as to the Receivables in the
Aggregate. Seller hereby makes the following representations and warranties as
to the Receivables conveyed by it to the Trust hereunder on which Trustee shall
rely in accepting the Trust Property in trust and authenticating the
Certificates. Unless otherwise indicated, such representations and warranties
shall speak as of the Closing Date, but shall survive the sale, transfer and
assignment of the Receivables and the other Trust Property to the Trust.
(a) Amounts. The Original Pool Balance was $_____________.
(b) Aggregate Characteristics. The Receivables had the following
characteristics in the aggregate as of the Cutoff Date: (i) approximately
____% of the Original Pool Balance was attributable to loans for purchases
of new Financed Vehicles, and approximately _____% of the Original Pool
Balance was attributable to loans for purchases of used Financed Vehicles;
(ii) approximately _____%, _____%, _____% and ____% of the Original Pool
Balance was attributable to Receivables the mailing addresses of the
Obligors with respect to which are located in the States of ___________,
___________, ___________, and _____________, respectively, and no other
state accounts for more than 5% of the Original Pool Balance; (iii) the
weighted average Contract Rate of the Receivables was _____%; (iv) there
are ________ Receivables being conveyed by Seller to the Trust; (v) the
average Cutoff Date Principal Balance of the Receivables was $__________;
and (vi) the weighted average original term and weighted average remaining
term of the Receivables were _____ months and ___ months, respectively.
Section 2.4. Repurchase upon Breach. Seller, Servicer or Trustee, as the
case may be, shall inform the other parties to this Agreement promptly, in
writing, upon the discovery of any breach or failure to be true of the
representations or warranties made by Seller in Section 2.2, provided that the
failure to give such notice shall not affect any obligation of Seller. If the
breach or failure shall not have been cured by the last day of the Collection
Period which includes the 60th day (or if Seller elects, the 30th day) after the
date on which Seller becomes aware of, or receives written notice from Trustee
or Servicer of, such breach or failure, and such breach or failure materially
and adversely affects the interests of Trustee and the Holders in any
Receivable, Seller shall repurchase each such affected Receivable from Trustee
as of such last day of such Collection Period at a purchase price equal to the
Purchase Amount for such Receivable as of such last day of such Collection
Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such breach or failure with respect
to the representations and warranties contained in Section 2.2 will not be
deemed to have such a material and adverse effect with respect to a Receivable
if the facts resulting in such breach or failure do not affect the ability of
the Trust to receive and retain payment in full on such Receivable.
26
<PAGE>
In consideration of the repurchase of a Receivable hereunder, Seller shall remit
the Purchase Amount of such Receivable, no later than the close of business on
the next Deposit Date, in the manner specified in Section 4.4. The sole remedy
of the Trust, Trustee or the Holders with respect to a breach or failure to be
true of the representations or warranties made by Seller pursuant to Section 2.2
shall be to require Seller to repurchase Receivables pursuant to this Section.
Section 2.5. Custodian of Receivable Files. (a) Custody. To assure
uniform quality in servicing the Receivables and to reduce administrative costs,
Trustee, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, revocably appoints
the Custodian, as agent, and the Custodian accepts such appointment, to act as
agent on behalf of Trustee to maintain custody of the following documents or
instruments, which are hereby constructively delivered to Trustee with respect
to each Receivable (collectively, a "Receivable File"):
(i) the fully executed original of the Receivable;
(ii) any documents customarily delivered to or held by Seller or
Servicer evidencing the existence of any Physical Damage Insurance
Policies;
(iii) the original credit application, fully executed by the Obligor;
(iv) the original certificate of title, or such other documents as
the applicable Seller Affiliate, as appropriate, keeps on file, in
accordance with its customary procedures, evidencing the security interest
of such Seller Affiliate in the Financed Vehicle;
(v) originals or true copies of all documents, instruments or
writings relating to extensions, amendments or waivers of the Receivable;
and
(vi) any and all other documents or electronic records that Seller,
any Seller Affiliate or Servicer, as the case may be, keeps on file, in
accordance with its customary procedures, relating to the Receivable, any
Insurance Policies, the Obligor or the Financed Vehicle.
(b) Safekeeping. Servicer, in its capacity as Custodian, shall hold the
Receivable Files as agent on behalf of Trustee for the benefit of all present
and future Holders, and maintain such accurate and complete accounts, records
and computer systems pertaining to each Receivable as shall enable Servicer and
Trustee to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement applicable to
them. In performing its duties as Custodian hereunder, the Custodian shall act
with reasonable care, exercising the degree of skill, attention and care that
27
<PAGE>
Custodian exercises with respect to receivable files relating to other similar
motor vehicle loans owned and/or serviced by the Custodian and that is
consistent with industry standards. In accordance with its customary practice
with respect to its retail installment sale contracts, Custodian shall conduct,
or cause to be conducted, periodic audits of the Receivable Files held by it
under this Agreement, and of the related accounts, records, and computer
systems, and shall maintain the Receivable Files in such a manner as shall
enable Trustee to verify, if Trustee so elects, the accuracy of the record
keeping of Custodian. Custodian shall promptly report to Trustee any failure on
its part to hold the Receivable Files and maintain its accounts, records and
computer systems as herein provided, and promptly take appropriate action to
remedy any such failure. The Custodian hereby acknowledges receipt of the
Receivable File for each Receivable listed on the Schedule of Receivables.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to require Trustee to verify the accuracy of the
record keeping of the Custodian.
(c) Maintenance of and Access to Records. The Custodian shall maintain
each Receivable File at the location specified in Schedule A to this Agreement,
or at such other office of the Custodian within the United States (or, in the
case of any successor Custodian, within the State in which its principal place
of business is located) as shall be specified to Trustee by 30 days' prior
written notice. Upon Trustee's reasonable request, the Custodian shall make
available to Trustee or its agents (or, when requested in writing by Trustee, to
its attorneys or auditors) the Receivable Files and the related accounts,
records and computer systems maintained by the Custodian at such times during
the normal business hours of the Custodian for purposes of inspecting, auditing
or making copies or abstracts of the same.
(d) Release of Documents. Upon written instructions from Trustee,
Custodian shall release any document in the Receivable Files to Trustee or its
agent or designee, as the case may be, at such place or places as Trustee may
designate, as soon thereafter as is practicable. Any document so released shall
be handled by Trustee with due care and returned to the Custodian for
safekeeping as soon as Trustee or its agent or designee, as the case may be,
shall have no further need therefor.
(e) Title to Receivables. The Custodian agrees that, in respect of any
Receivable File held by the Custodian hereunder, the Custodian will not at any
time have or in any way attempt to assert any interest in such Receivable File
or the related Receivable, other than solely for the purpose of collecting or
enforcing the Receivable for the benefit of the Trust and that the entire
equitable interest in such Receivable and the related Receivable File shall at
all times be vested in the Trust.
28
<PAGE>
(f) Instructions; Authority to Act. The Custodian shall be deemed to have
received proper instructions with respect to the Receivable Files upon its
receipt of written instructions signed by an Authorized Officer of Trustee. A
certified copy of excerpts of certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of
Trustee shall constitute conclusive evidence of the authority of any such
Authorized Officer to act and shall be considered in full force and effect until
receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary given by Trustee.
(g) Custodian's Indemnification. Custodian shall indemnify and hold
harmless Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents and the Holders
from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, compensatory
damages, payments, costs or expenses (including legal fees if any) of any kind
whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred or asserted against Trustee or the
Holders as the result of any act or omission of Custodian relating to the
maintenance and custody of the Receivable Files; provided that the Custodian
shall not be liable hereunder to the extent that such liabilities, obligations,
losses, compensatory damages, payments, costs or expenses result from the
willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of Trustee. Indemnification under
this Section 2.5(g) shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and
expenses of litigation and shall survive termination of this Agreement and the
resignation or removal of Trustee. If Custodian shall have made any indemnity
payments to Trustee pursuant to this Section and Trustee thereafter shall
collect any of such amounts from Persons other than Custodian, Trustee shall
immediately upon receipt thereof repay such amounts to Custodian, without
interest.
(h) Effective Period and Termination. Servicer's appointment as Custodian
shall become effective as of the Cutoff Date and shall continue in full force
and effect until terminated pursuant to this subsection (h). If Servicer shall
resign as Servicer in accordance with Section 7.5 or if all of the rights and
obligations of Servicer shall have been terminated under Section 8.1, the
appointment of Servicer as Custodian hereunder may be terminated by Trustee or
by the Majority Holders, in the same manner as Trustee or such Holders may
terminate the rights and obligations of Servicer under Section 8.1. Trustee may
terminate Servicer's appointment as Custodian hereunder at any time with cause,
or with 30 days' prior written notice without cause, upon written notification
to Servicer. As soon as practicable after any termination of such appointment
Servicer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the Receivable Files to
Trustee, Trustee's agent or Trustee's designee at such place or places as
Trustee may reasonably designate. Notwithstanding any termination of Servicer as
Custodian hereunder (other than in connection with a termination resulting from
the termination of Servicer, as such, pursuant to Section 8.1), from and after
the date of such termination, and for so long as Servicer is acting as such
pursuant to this Agreement, Trustee shall provide, or cause the successor
Custodian to provide, access to the Receivable Files to Servicer, at such times
as Servicer shall reasonably request, for the
29
<PAGE>
purpose of carrying out its duties and responsibilities with respect to the
servicing of the Receivables hereunder.
(i) Delegation. Custodian may, at any time without notice or consent,
delegate any or all of its duties to any Seller Affiliate; provided that no such
delegation shall relieve Custodian of its responsibility with respect to such
duties and Custodian shall remain obligated and liable to Trustee and the
Holders for its duties hereunder as if Custodian alone were performing such
duties.
ARTICLE III. ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF TRUST PROPERTY.
Section 3.1. Duties of Servicer. (a) Servicer is hereby authorized to act
as agent for the Trust and in such capacity shall manage, service, administer
and make collections on the Receivables (other than Purchased Receivables), and
perform the other actions required by Servicer under this Agreement, with
reasonable care. Without limiting the standard set forth in the preceding
sentence, Servicer shall use a degree of skill, attention and care that is not
less than Servicer exercises with respect to comparable Motor Vehicle Loans that
it services for itself or others and that is consistent with prudent industry
standards. Servicer's duties shall include the collection and posting of all
payments, responding to inquiries by Obligors on the Receivables, or by federal,
state or local governmental authorities, investigating delinquencies, sending
payment coupons or monthly invoices to Obligors, reporting required tax
information to Obligors, accounting for Collections, monitoring the status of
Physical Damage Insurance Policies with respect to the Financed Vehicles as
provided in Section 3.4(a), furnishing monthly and annual statements to Trustee
with respect to distributions, providing collection and repossession services in
the event of Obligor default and performing the other duties specified herein.
Servicer shall also administer and enforce all rights and responsibilities of
the holder of the Receivables provided for in the Physical Damage Insurance
Policies as provided in Section 3.4(b) and the Dealer Agreements. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Servicer is hereby authorized and
empowered by Trustee to execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the Trust,
Trustee and the Holders, any and all instruments of satisfaction or
cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other
comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables or to the Financed
Vehicles, all in accordance with this Agreement; provided that notwithstanding
the foregoing, Servicer shall not, except pursuant to an order from a court of
competent jurisdiction, release an Obligor from payment of any unpaid amount
under any Receivable or waive the right to collect the unpaid balance of any
Receivable from the Obligor, except in connection with a de minimis deficiency
which Servicer would not attempt to collect in accordance with its customary
procedures. If Servicer shall commence a legal proceeding to enforce a
Receivable, Trustee shall thereupon be deemed to have automatically
30
<PAGE>
assigned such Receivable to Servicer, which assignment shall be solely for
purposes of collection. Trustee shall furnish Servicer with any powers of
attorney and other documents or instruments necessary or appropriate to enable
Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder.
(b) Servicer may, at any time without notice (except that Servicer shall
give written notice to each Rating Agency of any delegation outside the ordinary
course of business of the substantial portion of its servicing business) or
consent, delegate (i) any or all duties under this Agreement to any Person more
than 50% of the voting securities of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by
AmSouth, so long as AmSouth Bancorporation acts as Servicer, or (ii) specific
duties to sub-contractors who are in the business of performing such duties;
provided that no such delegation shall relieve Servicer of its responsibility
with respect to such duties and Servicer shall remain obligated and liable to
Trustee and the Holders for servicing and administering the Receivables in
accordance with this Agreement as if Servicer alone were performing such duties.
Section 3.2. Collection of Receivable Payments. (a) Servicer shall make
reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and
provisions of the Receivables as and when the same shall become due, and
otherwise act with respect to the Receivables, the Physical Damage Insurance
Policies, the Dealer Agreements and the other Trust Property in such manner as
will, in the reasonable judgment of Servicer, maximize the amount to be received
by the Trust with respect thereto, in accordance with the standard of care
required by Section 3.1. Servicer shall be entitled to amend or modify any
Receivable in accordance with its customary procedures if Servicer believes in
good faith that such amendment or modification is in the best interests of the
Trust; provided that Servicer may not, unless ordered by a court of competent
jurisdiction or otherwise required by applicable law, (i) extend a Receivable
beyond the Final Scheduled Maturity Date, or (ii) reduce the Principal Balance
or Contract Rate of any Receivable. If Servicer fails to comply with the
provisions of the preceding sentence, Servicer shall be required to purchase the
Receivable or Receivables affected thereby, for the Purchase Amount, in the
manner specified in Section 4.7 as of the close of business for the Collection
Period in which such failure occurs. Servicer may, in its discretion (in
accordance with its customary standards, policies and procedures), waive any
prepayment charge, late payment charge, extension fee or any other fee that may
be collected in the ordinary course of servicing a Receivable.
(b) If in the course of collecting payments under the Receivables,
Servicer determines to set off any obligation of Servicer to an Obligor against
an amount payable by the Obligor with respect to such Receivable, Servicer shall
deposit the amount so set off in the Collection Account, no later than the close
of business on the Deposit Date for the Collection Period in which the set-off
occurs.
31
<PAGE>
All references herein to payments or Liquidation Proceeds collected by Servicer
shall include amounts set-off by Servicer.
Section 3.3. Realization upon Receivables. On behalf of the Trust,
Servicer shall charge off a Receivable as a Defaulted Receivable in accordance
with its customary standards (and, in no event later than ___ days after a
Receivable shall have become delinquent) and shall use reasonable efforts to
repossess and liquidate the Financed Vehicle securing any Defaulted Receivable
as soon as feasible after default, in accordance with the standard of care
required by Section 3.1. In taking such action, Servicer shall follow such
customary and usual practices and procedures as it shall deem necessary or
advisable in its servicing of Motor Vehicle Loans, and as are otherwise
consistent with the standard of care required under Section 3.1, which shall
include exercising any rights under the Dealer Agreements and selling the
Financed Vehicle at public or private sale. Servicer shall be entitled to
recover all reasonable expenses incurred by it in the course of repossessing and
liquidating a Financed Vehicle into cash proceeds or pursuing any deficiency
claim against the related Obligor, but only out of the cash proceeds of such
Financed Vehicle or any deficiency obtained from the Obligor. The foregoing
shall be subject to the provision that, in any case in which a Financed Vehicle
shall have suffered damage, Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with
the repair or the repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it shall
determine in its discretion that such repair and/or repossession will increase
the Liquidation Proceeds of the related Receivable by an amount equal to or
greater than the amount of such expenses.
If Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Dealer
Agreement, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment
from Trustee to Servicer of the rights under such Dealer Agreement. If, however,
in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it is held that Servicer may not
enforce a Dealer Agreement on the grounds that it is not a real party in
interest or a Person entitled to enforce the Dealer Agreement, Trustee, on
behalf of the Trust, at Servicer's expense, or Seller, at Servicer's expense,
shall take such steps as Servicer deems necessary to enforce the Dealer
Agreement, including bringing suit in its name or the names of the Holders.
Section 3.4. Physical Damage Insurance. (a) The Receivables require that
each Financed Vehicle be insured under a Physical Damage Insurance Policy.
Servicer shall monitor or cause to be monitored, the status of such physical
damage insurance coverage to the extent consistent with its customary servicing
procedures. If Servicer shall determine that an Obligor has failed to obtain or
maintain a Physical Damage Insurance Policy covering the related Financed
Vehicle, Servicer shall use its reasonable efforts to enforce the rights of the
holder of the Receivable under the Receivable to require the Obligor to obtain
such physical damage insurance, provided that Servicer shall not be required to
32
<PAGE>
take such actions if there is in place a lender's single interest policy with
respect to the related Financed Vehicle that complies with Servicer's customary
requirements. It is understood that Servicer will not "force-place" any Physical
Damage Insurance Policy on any Financed Vehicle.
(b) Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon the Physical Damage
Insurance Policies, in its own name, if possible, or as agent for the Trust. If
Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Physical Damage
Insurance Policy, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic
assignment of the rights of the Trust under such Physical Damage Insurance
Policy to Servicer for purposes of collection only. If, however, in any
enforcement suit or legal proceeding it is held that Servicer may not enforce a
Physical Damage Insurance Policy on the grounds that it is not a real party in
interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Physical Damage Insurance Policy,
Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, at Servicer's expense, or Seller, at Servicer's
expense, shall take such steps as Servicer deems necessary to enforce such
Physical Damage Insurance Policy, including bringing suit in its name or the
name of Trustee for the benefit of the Holders. Servicer shall make all claims
and enforce its rights under any lender's single interest insurance policy (to
the extent such claims or rights relate to Receivables) for the benefit of the
Trust and shall treat as Collections all related proceeds of such policies.
Section 3.5. Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed Vehicles.
Servicer, in accordance with the standard of care required under Section 3.1,
shall take such reasonable steps as are necessary to maintain perfection of the
security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle for
the benefit of the Trust. Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, hereby authorizes
Servicer, and Servicer hereby agrees, to take such reasonable steps as are
necessary to re-perfect such security interest on behalf of the Trust in the
event Servicer receives notice of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle. If there
has been a Servicer Termination Event, upon the request of Trustee, Seller and
Servicer, at their expense, shall promptly and duly execute and deliver such
documents and instruments, and take such other reasonable actions as may be
necessary, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to Trustee to perfect
the Trust's interest in the Trust Property against all other Persons, including
the delivery of the Receivables and the Receivable Files to Trustee, its agent,
or its designee, the endorsement and delivery of the Physical Damage Insurance
Policies or the notification of the insurers thereunder, the execution of
transfer instruments, and the endorsement to Trustee and the delivery of the
certificates of title to the Financed Vehicles to the appropriate department or
departments of motor vehicles (or other appropriate governmental agency).
33
<PAGE>
Section 3.6. Covenants of Servicer. Servicer makes the following
covenants on which Trustee relies in accepting the Trust Property in trust and
in executing and authenticating the Certificates:
(a) Security Interest to Remain in Force. Servicer shall not release
any Financed Vehicle from the security interest granted by the related
Receivable in whole or in part, except upon payment in full of the
Receivable or as otherwise contemplated herein.
(b) No Impairment. Servicer shall not impair in any material respect
the rights of the Holders in the Receivables, the Dealer Agreements or the
Physical Damage Insurance Policies or, subject to clause (c), otherwise
amend or alter the terms thereof if, as a result of such amendment or
alteration, the interests of the Trust and the Holders hereunder would be
materially adversely affected.
(c) Amendments. Servicer shall not amend or otherwise modify any
Receivable (including the grant of any extension thereunder), except in
accordance with Section 3.2.
Section 3.7. Purchase by Servicer upon Breach. Seller, Servicer or
Trustee, as the case may be, shall inform the other parties promptly, in
writing, upon the discovery of any breach by Servicer of its covenants under
Section 3.5 or 3.6; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not
affect any obligation of Servicer. Unless the breach shall have been cured by
the last day of the Collection Period which includes the 60th day (or the 30th
day, if Servicer so elects) after the date on which Servicer becomes aware of,
or receives written notice of, such breach, and such breach or failure
materially and adversely affects the interests of Trustee and the Holders in any
Receivable, Servicer shall purchase such Receivable from Trustee as of the last
day of the Collection Period at a purchase price equal to the Purchase Amount
for such Receivable as of the last day of such Collection Period; provided that
in the case of a breach of the covenant contained in Section 3.6(c), Servicer
shall be obligated to purchase the affected Receivable or Receivables on the
Deposit Date immediately succeeding the Collection Period during which Servicer
becomes aware of, or receives written notice of, such breach. In consideration
of the purchase of a Receivable hereunder, Servicer shall remit the Purchase
Amount of such Receivable in the manner specified in Section 5.4. The sole
remedy of the Trust, Trustee or the Holders against Servicer with respect to a
breach pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.6 shall be to require Servicer to repurchase
Receivables pursuant to this Section.
Section 3.8. Servicing Compensation. The servicing fee for (a) the
________ 199__ Distribution Date shall equal $__________ and (b) for each
Distribution Date thereafter shall equal the product of (i) one-twelfth, (ii)
the
34
<PAGE>
Servicing Fee Rate and (iii) the Pool Balance as of the opening of business on
the first day of the related Collection Period (the "Servicing Fee"). Servicer
shall also be entitled to retain any late fees, extension fees, prepayment
charges (including, in the case of any Rule of 78's Receivable or Sum of
Periodic Balances Receivable that is prepaid in full, amounts received in excess
of the outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivable and accrued interest
thereon calculated as if such Receivable were an Actuarial Receivable) and
certain non-sufficient funds charges and other administrative fees or similar
charges allowed by applicable law with respect to Receivables collected (from
whatever source) on the Receivables and shall be paid any interest earned on
deposits in the Accounts (the "Supplemental Servicing Fee"). It is understood
and agreed that Available Interest or Available Principal shall not include any
amounts retained by Servicer which constitute Supplemental Servicing Fees. The
Servicing Fee in respect of a Collection Period (together with any portion of
the Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates), if the
Rating Agency Condition is satisfied, may be paid at the beginning of such
Collection Period out of Collections for such Collection Period. As provided in
Section 4.5, as additional compensation, Servicer shall be entitled to receive
on each Distribution Date, any Additional Servicing for such Distribution Date.
Section 3.9. Servicer's Report. (a) On each Determination Date, Servicer
shall deliver to Trustee, each Paying Agent and Seller, with a copy to the
Rating Agencies, a Servicer's Report substantially in the form of Exhibit C (a
"Servicer's Report") containing, among other things, (i) all information
necessary to make the deposits, transfers and distributions required by Sections
4.4, 4.5 and 4.6, (ii) all information necessary for sending statements to
Holders pursuant to Section 4.7, (iii) all information necessary to prepare the
certificate described in Section 9.3, (iv) all information necessary to
determine if there has been a Servicer Termination Event under Section 8.1, and
(v) all information necessary to reconcile all deposits to, and withdrawals
from, the Collection Account for such Distribution Date and the related
Collection Period. Servicer also shall separately identify (by account number of
the Receivable as it appears in the Schedule of Receivables) to Trustee in a
written notice or a list in computer readable form the Receivables to be
repurchased by Seller or to be purchased by Servicer, as the case may be, on the
related Deposit Date, and each Receivable which became a Defaulted Receivable
during the related Collection Period.
(b) Servicer shall provide Trustee with a database file for the
Receivables at or prior to the Closing Date (but with information as of the
close of business on the Cutoff Date).
Section 3.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance. (a) Servicer shall
deliver to Trustee and each Rating Agency, on or before ________________ of each
year, beginning on _______________, 199_, an Officer's Certificate, dated
35
<PAGE>
as of _______________ of such year, stating that (i) a review of the activities
of Servicer during the preceding 12-month period (or, in the case of the first
such report, during the period from the Closing Date to _________, 199_) and of
its performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer's
supervision and (ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such
review, Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations in all material respects
under this Agreement throughout such year, or, if there exists any uncured
default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such default
known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.
(b) Servicer shall deliver to Trustee and each Rating Agency, promptly
after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than five
Business Days thereafter, written notice in an Officer's Certificate of any
event which constitutes, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both,
would become, a Servicer Termination Event under Section 8.1.
Section 3.11. Annual Independent Certified Public Accountants' Report. The
Servicer shall cause a firm of independent certified public accountants (who may
also render other services to the Servicer or Seller), to deliver to Seller,
Trustee and each Rating Agency within 120 days following the end of each fiscal
year of the Servicer, a report to the effect that such firm has examined the
Servicer's assertion that it has complied with the minimum servicing standards
set forth in the Mortgage Banker's Association of America's Uniform Single
Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers ("USAP") for the previous twelve months
ended December 31, and that such examination (1) included test relating to the
servicing or administration of the Receivables in accordance with the
requirements of the USAP, to the extent the procedures in such program apply to
the servicing or administration of the Receivables and (2) except as described
in the report, disclosed no exceptions or errors in the records relating to the
servicing or administration of the Receivables that, in the firm's opinion,
paragraph six of such program requires such firm to report.
Such report will also indicate that the firm is independent of Servicer
within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants.
Section 3.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
Receivables. Servicer shall provide Trustee and the Holders with access to the
Receivable Files (in the case of the Holders, only in such cases where it shall
be required by applicable statutes or regulations to give access to such
documentation as demonstrated by evidence satisfactory to Servicer in its
reasonable judgment). Such access shall be afforded without charge, but only
upon reasonable request and during normal business hours at the offices of
Servicer. Nothing in this Section shall affect the obligation of Servicer to
observe any applicable law
36
<PAGE>
prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and the failure of
Servicer to provide access to information as a result of such obligation shall
not constitute a breach of this Section. Any Holder, by its acceptance of a
Certificate, shall be deemed to have agreed to keep any information obtained by
it pursuant to this Section confidential and not to use such information for any
other purpose, except as required by applicable law.
Section 3.13. Reports to the Commission. Servicer shall, on behalf of the
Trust, cause to be filed with the Commission any periodic reports required to be
filed under the provisions of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of
the Commission thereunder. Seller shall, at its expense, cooperate in any
reasonable request made by Servicer in connection with such filings.
Section 3.14. Reports to the Rating Agency. Servicer shall deliver to each
Rating Agency a copy of all reports or notices furnished or delivered pursuant
to this Article and a copy of any amendments, supplements or modifications to
this Agreement and any other information reasonably requested by such Rating
Agency to monitor this transaction.
Section 3.15. Servicer Expenses. Servicer shall be required to pay all
expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder, including
fees and disbursements of the Trustee, independent accountants, taxes imposed on
Servicer and expenses incurred in connection with distributions and reports to
Holders.
ARTICLE IV. DISTRIBUTIONS; RESERVE ACCOUNT; STATEMENTS TO HOLDERS.
Section 4.1. Establishment of Accounts. (a) Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust and for the benefit of the Holders, shall establish and maintain in the
name of Trustee one or more segregated Eligible Deposit Accounts (collectively,
the "Collection Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the
funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Holders. Trustee, on
behalf of the Trust and for the benefit of the Class A Holders, shall establish
and maintain in the name of Trustee an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Class A
Distribution Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Class A Holders. Trustee, on
behalf of the Trust and for the benefit of the Class B Holders, shall establish
and maintain in the name of Trustee an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Class B
Distribution Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Class B Holders. Trustee on
behalf of the Trust and for the benefit of the Holders, shall establish and
maintain in the name of Trustee an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Payahead
Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds therein are
held for the benefit of the Holders.
37
<PAGE>
The Collection Account, the Class A Distribution Account, the Class B
Distribution Account, and the Payahead Account shall be initially established
and maintained with the trust department of Trustee.
(b) Funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Class A Distribution
Account, the Class B Distribution Account, and the Payahead Account shall be
invested by Trustee in Eligible Investments selected by Servicer (pursuant to
standing instructions or otherwise) and confirmed in writing by Servicer to
Trustee; provided that, it is understood and agreed that neither Servicer nor
Trustee shall be liable for any loss arising from such investment in Eligible
Investments. All such Eligible Investments shall be held by Trustee for the
benefit of the beneficiaries of the applicable Account; provided that on each
Distribution Date all interest and other investment income (net of losses and
investment expenses) on funds on deposit therein shall be withdrawn from the
Accounts at the written direction of Servicer and shall be paid to Servicer and
shall not be available or otherwise subject to any claims or rights of the
Holders. Other than as permitted by each Rating Agency, funds on deposit in the
Accounts with respect to any Collection Period or Distribution Date shall be
invested only in Eligible Investments that, except for money market funds, will
mature so that such funds will be available at the close of business on the
related Deposit Date. Funds deposited in an Account on a Deposit Date which
immediately precedes a Distribution Date upon the maturity of any Eligible
Investments are not required to be (but may be) invested overnight. No Eligible
Investment with a stated maturity shall be disposed of prior to that maturity
unless a default occurs with respect to that Eligible Investment and Servicer
directs Trustee in writing to dispose of it.
(c) Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on
deposit from time to time in the Accounts and in all proceeds thereof (excluding
all income thereon) and all such funds, investments and proceeds shall be part
of the Trust Property. The Accounts shall be under the sole dominion and the
exclusive custody and control of Trustee, and Trustee shall have sole signature
authority with respect thereto. If, at any time, any of the Accounts ceases to
be an Eligible Deposit Account, Trustee (or Servicer on its behalf) shall within
10 Business Days (or such longer period as to which each Rating Agency may
consent) establish a new Account as an Eligible Deposit Account and shall
transfer any cash and/or any investments that are in the existing Account which
is no longer an Eligible Deposit Account to such new Account.
Section 4.2. Collections. (a) Subject to the provisions of the succeeding
sentence and of subsections (b) and (c), Servicer shall remit to the Collection
Account all payments (other than amounts constituting Supplemental Servicing
Fees) by or on behalf of the Obligors on the Receivables, including all
Liquidation Proceeds received by Servicer during any Collection Period, as soon
38
<PAGE>
as practicable, but in no event after the close of business on the second
Business Day, after receipt thereof. Subject to the provisions of subsections
(b) and (c), on the Closing Date, Servicer shall deposit in the Collection
Account all payments by or on behalf of the Obligors on the Receivables received
by Servicer after the Cutoff Date and on or prior to the second Business Day
immediately preceding the Closing Date.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a), if AmSouth is the
Servicer and (i) Servicer shall have the Required Rating or (ii) Trustee
otherwise shall have received written notice from each of the Rating Agencies
that the then outstanding rating on the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates would not be lowered or withdrawn as a result, Servicer may deposit
all amounts referred to in subsection (a) for any Collection Period into the
Collection Account not later than the close of business on the Deposit Date with
respect to such Collection Period; provided that if (x) a Servicer Termination
Event has occurred and is continuing, (y) Servicer has been terminated as such
pursuant to Section 8.1 or (z) Servicer ceases to have the Required Rating,
Servicer shall deposit such amounts (including any amounts then being held by
Servicer) into the Collection Account as provided in Section 4.2(a).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of the proviso to the preceding
sentence shall not be applicable to a successor Servicer solely by reason of the
occurrence of an event specified in clauses (x), (y) and (z) of such proviso
with respect to the outgoing Servicer. Pending the deposit of the amounts
referred to in subsection (a) into the Collection Account, such amounts may be
employed by Servicer at its own risk and for its own benefit and need not be
segregated from Servicer's own funds. Any losses resulting from Servicer's
actions shall be borne exclusively by the Servicer. Servicer shall promptly
notify Trustee in writing if it shall obtain or lose the Required Rating.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b), Servicer
may retain, or will be entitled to be reimbursed, from amounts otherwise payable
into, or on deposit in, the Collection Account with respect to a Collection
Period any amounts previously deposited in the Collection Account but later
determined to have resulted from mistaken deposits or postings or checks
returned for insufficient funds, in each case, with respect to which Servicer
has not been previously reimbursed hereunder. The amount to be retained or
reimbursed hereunder shall not be included in Collections with respect to the
related Distribution Date.
(d) With respect to each Precomputed Receivable, collections and payments
by or on behalf of an Obligor (other than any amounts constituting Supplemental
Servicing Fees) for each Collection Period shall be applied to the scheduled
payment on such Precomputed Receivable for such Collection Period. To the extent
such collections and payments on a Precomputed Receivable during
39
<PAGE>
a Collection Period exceed the scheduled payment on such Precomputed Receivable
and are insufficient to prepay the Precomputed Receivable in full, collections
shall be treated as Payaheads until such later Collection Period as such
Payaheads may be transferred to the Collection Account and applied either to the
scheduled payments due or to prepay the Precomputed Receivable in full in
accordance with Section 4.5.
Section 4.3. [Reserved].
Section 4.4. Additional Deposits; Net Deposits. (a) On or prior to each
Deposit Date, Seller or Servicer, as the case may be, shall remit to the
Collection Account, in next-day or immediately available funds, the aggregate
Purchase Amounts of the Receivables to be purchased by it under an obligation
that arose during the preceding Collection Period pursuant to Section 2.4, 3.7
or 10.2, respectively.
(b) Servicer may make the remittances to be made by it pursuant to this
Article IV net of amounts to be distributed to it pursuant to Section 4.5 (but
subject to the priorities set forth therein), for so long as (i) no Servicer
Termination Event has occurred and is continuing and (ii) Servicer has not been
terminated as such pursuant to Section 8.1; provided that Servicer shall account
for all of such amounts in the related Servicer's Report as if such amounts were
deposited and distributed separately; and provided that, if an error is made by
Servicer in calculating the amount to be deposited or retained by it and a
shortfall in the amount deposited in the Collection Account results, Servicer
shall make a payment of the deficiency to the Collection Account, immediately
upon becoming aware, or receiving notice from Trustee, of such error.
Section 4.5. Distributions. (a) On each Determination Date, Servicer
shall calculate all amounts required to determine the amounts to be deposited on
the related Distribution Date in the Class A Distribution Account and the Class
B Distribution Account which calculations shall be set forth in the Servicer's
Report delivered to Trustee on or before such Determination Date.
(b) On or before each Distribution Date, Servicer shall instruct Trustee
in writing (based on the information contained in Servicer's Report delivered on
the related Determination Date pursuant to Section 3.9) to, and the Trustee
shall:
(i) withdraw from the Payahead Account and deposit in the Collection
Account, in immediately available funds, (x) with respect to each
Precomputed Receivable for which the payments made by or on behalf of the
Obligor for the related Collection Period are less than the scheduled
payment for the related Collection Period, the amount of Payaheads, if any,
made with respect to such Receivable which, when
40
<PAGE>
added to the amount of such payments, is equal to the amount of such
scheduled payment, (y) with respect to each Precomputed Receivable for
which prepayments insufficient to prepay the Receivable in full have been
made by or on behalf of the Obligor for the related Collection Period, the
amount of Payaheads, if any, made with respect to such Receivable which,
when added to the amount of such prepayments, is equal to an amount
sufficient to prepay such Receivable in full, and (z) the amount of all
Payaheads, if any, made with respect to any Purchased Receivable; and
(ii) withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit in the Payahead
Account (or receive from the Servicer, which will remit to the Trustee for
deposit in the Payahead Account, as the case may be), in immediately
available funds, the aggregate amount of collections on Precomputed
Receivables treated as Payaheads pursuant to Section 4.2 for the Collection
Period related to such Distribution Date.
(c) On each Distribution Date, based on the related Servicer's Report,
Trustee will make the following deposits and distributions from the Collection
Account by [_______] a.m. (_______________, _________ time), to the extent of
the sum of Available Interest and any Available Reserve Amount (and, in the case
of shortfalls in the Class A Interest Distributable Amount occurring under
clause (ii), the Class B Percentage of Available Principal to the extent of such
shortfalls), in the following priority:
(i) to Servicer, any unpaid Servicing Fee for the related Collection
Period and all unpaid Servicing Fees from prior Collection Periods;
(ii) to the Class A Distribution Account, the Class A Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date; and
(iii) to the Class B Distribution Account, the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.
On each Distribution Date, based on the related Servicer's Report, Trustee will
make the following deposits and distributions, to the extent of the portion of
Available Principal, Available Interest and Available Reserve Amount remaining
after the application of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in the following priority:
(iv) to the Class A Distribution Account, the Class A Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;
(v) to the Class B Distribution Account, the Class B Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;
41
<PAGE>
(vi) to the Reserve Account, any amounts remaining, until the amount
on deposit in the Reserve Account equals the Specified Reserve Account
Balance;
(vii) to the Servicer, the Additional Servicing for such Distribution
Date; and
(viii) to Seller, any amounts remaining.
(d) On each Distribution Date, all amounts on deposit in the Class A
Distribution Account will be distributed to the Class A Holders (determined as
of the related Record Date) by Trustee and all amounts on deposit in the Class B
Distribution Account will be distributed to the Class B Holders (determined as
of the related Record Date) by Trustee. Except as provided in Section 10.1,
payments under this paragraph shall be made to the Holders by check mailed by
Trustee to each Holder's respective address of record (or, in the case of
Certificates registered in the name of a Clearing Agency, or its nominee, by
wire transfer of immediately available funds). To the extent that Trustee is
required to wire funds to the Holders from the Class A Distribution Account or
the Class B Distribution Account, as applicable, it shall request the bank
maintaining the Class A Distribution Account or the Class B Distribution
Account, as applicable, to make a wire transfer of the amount to be distributed
and the bank maintaining the Class A Distribution Account or the Class B
Distribution Account, as applicable, shall promptly deliver to Trustee a
confirmation of such wire transfer. To the extent that Trustee is required to
make payments to Holders by check hereunder, it shall request the bank
maintaining the Class A Distribution Account or the Class B Distribution
Account, as applicable, to provide it with a supply of checks to make such
payments. The bank shall, if a request is made by Trustee for a wire transfer by
[ ] A.M. (___________________, ________________ time) on any Distribution Date,
wire such funds in accordance with such instructions by [ ] A.M.
(____________________, ___________________ time) on such Distribution Date, and
it will otherwise act in compliance with the provisions of this paragraph and
the other provisions of this Agreement applicable to it as the bank maintaining
the Class A Distribution Account or the Class B Distribution Account, as
applicable. Servicer shall take all necessary action (including requiring an
agreement to such effect) to ensure that any bank maintaining the Class A
Distribution Account or the Class B Distribution Account, as applicable, agrees
to comply, and complies, with the provisions of this paragraph and the other
provisions of this Agreement applicable to it as the bank maintaining the Class
A Distribution Account or the Class B Distribution Account, as applicable.
Section 4.6. Reserve Account. (a) Seller shall establish and maintain in
the name of the Trustee an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Reserve Account"). The
Reserve Account and any amounts therein shall not be property of the Trust,
42
<PAGE>
but shall be pledged to and held for the benefit of the Trustee, as secured
party. The Reserve Account shall be initially established and maintained with
the Trustee (the "Securities Intermediary"). On the Closing Date, Seller shall
deposit or cause to be deposited in the Reserve Account an amount equal to the
Reserve Account Initial Deposit.
(b) In order to provide for the prompt payment to the Holders and Servicer
and to assure availability of the amounts maintained in the Reserve Account:
(i) Seller, on behalf of itself and its successors and assigns, and
solely for the purpose of providing for payment of the distributions
provided for in Section 4.5, hereby grants a security interest in and
pledges to Trustee and its successors and assigns for the benefit of the
Holders, all of its right, title and interest in and to the Reserve
Account, subject, however, to the limitations set forth in this Agreement,
and all proceeds of the foregoing, including all securities, investments,
general intangibles, financial assets and investment property from time to
time credited to and any security entitlement to the Reserve Account; and
(ii) Seller hereby grants a security interest in and pledges to
Trustee and its successors and assigns for the benefit of the Holders, the
Reserve Account Deposit and all proceeds thereof, and solely for the
purpose of providing for payment of the distributions provided for in
Section 4.5, (all of the foregoing, subject to the limitations set forth in
this Section, the "Reserve Account Property").
to have and to hold all the aforesaid property, rights and privileges unto
Trustee, its successors and assigns, in trust for the uses and purposes, and
subject to the terms and provisions, set forth in this Section. Trustee hereby
acknowledges such transfer and accepts the trust hereunder and shall hold and
distribute the Reserve Account Property in accordance with the terms and
provisions of this Section.
(c) Trustee shall, at the written direction of Seller, direct the
Securities Intermediary to invest funds on deposit in the Reserve Account in
Eligible Investments selected by Seller and confirmed in writing by Seller to
Trustee; provided that it is understood and agreed that none of Trustee,
Securities Intermediary or Seller shall be liable for any loss arising from such
investment in Eligible Investments. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account
shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that all such
funds will be available at the close of business on each Deposit Date; provided
that to the extent permitted by the Rating Agencies following written request by
Seller, funds on deposit in the Reserve Account may be invested in Eligible
Investments that mature later than the next Deposit Date. Funds deposited in the
Reserve Account
43
<PAGE>
on a Deposit Date upon the maturity of any Eligible Investments are not required
to be (but may be) invested overnight. Seller will treat the funds, Eligible
Investments and other assets in the Reserve Account as its own for Federal,
state and local income tax and franchise tax purposes and will report on its tax
returns all income, gain and loss from the Reserve Account.
(d) The Securities Intermediary hereby expressly agrees with the Trustee
that: (i) all matters relating to the Reserve Account shall be governed by the
laws of the State of ______________; (ii) all Eligible Investments held by the
Securities Intermediary on behalf of the Trustee in the Reserve Account shall be
treated as "financial assets" (as defined in Article 8 of the ______________
Uniform Commercial Code; (iii) the Securities Intermediary will treat the
Trustee as entitled to exercise the rights comprising the financial assets
credited to the Reserve Account; [(iv) the financial assets credited to the
Reserve Account shall not be registered in the name of, payable to the order of,
or specially indorsed to the Trustee;] and (v) the Securities Intermediary will
not agree to comply with entitlement orders originated by any person with
respect to the financial assets held in the Reserve Account other than the
Trustee.
(e) On each Distribution Date, any amounts on deposit in the Collection
Account with respect to the preceding Collection Period after payments to
Servicer, the Class A Distribution Account and the Class B Distribution Account
have been made will be deposited into the Reserve Account until the amount of
the Reserve Account is equal to the Specified Reserve Account Balance.
(f) The Reserve Account shall be under the sole custody and control of
Trustee. If, at any time, the Reserve Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit
Account, Trustee shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period, not to
exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a
new Reserve Account as an Eligible Deposit Account and shall transfer any cash
and/or any investments that are in the existing account which is no longer an
Eligible Deposit Account to such new Reserve Account.
(g) On each Distribution Date, the amount available in the Reserve Account
(the "Available Reserve Amount") will equal the lesser of (i) the amount on
deposit in the Reserve Account (exclusive of investment earnings) and (ii) the
Specified Reserve Account Balance. On each Deposit Date, Trustee will withdraw
funds from the Reserve Account to the extent that (A) the sum of the amounts
required to be distributed to Holders and the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees
payable to Servicer on such Distribution Date exceeds (B) the amount on deposit
in the Collection Account with respect to the preceding Collection Period (net
of net investment income). The aggregate amount to be withdrawn from the Reserve
Account on any Deposit Date shall not exceed the Available Reserve Amount with
respect to the related Distribution Date. Trustee will deposit the proceeds of
44
<PAGE>
such withdrawal into the Collection Account on or before such Distribution Date
with respect to which such withdrawal was made.
(h) Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be released to Seller
on each Distribution Date to the extent that the amount credited to the Reserve
Account would exceed the Specified Reserve Account Balance. Upon any
distribution to Seller of amounts from the Reserve Account, the Holders will not
have any rights in, or claims to, such amounts. Amounts distributed to Seller
from the Reserve Account in accordance with this Section shall not be available
under any circumstances to the Trust, Trustee or the Holders and Seller shall in
no event thereafter be required to refund any such distributed amounts.
(i) With respect to the Reserve Account Property, Seller and Trustee agree
that the Reserve Account Deposit and all other funds and Reserve Account
Property shall be delivered to Trustee for credit to the Reserve Account. In
addition:
(i) any Reserve Account Property that constitutes Physical Property
shall be delivered to Trustee in accordance with paragraph (a) of the
definition of "Delivery" and shall be held, pending maturity or
disposition, solely by Trustee or a financial intermediary (as such term is
defined in Section 8-313(4) of the UCC) acting solely for Trustee;
(ii) any Reserve Account Property that is a book entry security held
through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to Federal book-entry
regulations shall be delivered in accordance with paragraph (b) of the
definition of "Delivery" and shall be maintained by Trustee pending
maturity or disposition, through continued book entry registration of such
Reserve Account Property as described in such paragraph; and
(iii) any Reserve Account Property that is an "uncertificated
security" under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause
(ii) above shall be delivered to Trustee in accordance with paragraph (c)
of the definition of "Delivery" and shall be maintained by Trustee pending
maturity or disposition, through continued registration of Trustee's (or
its nominee's) ownership of such security.
Effective upon the crediting of any Reserve Account Property to the Reserve
Account, Trustee shall be deemed to have represented that it has purchased such
Reserve Account Property for value, in good faith and without notice of any
adverse claim thereto.
(j) Seller (and any successor to Seller in accordance with Section 6.3)
and Servicer agree to take or cause to be taken such further actions, to
execute,
45
<PAGE>
deliver and file or cause to be executed, delivered and filed such further
documents and instruments (including any UCC financing statements or this
Agreement) as may be determined to be necessary, in an Opinion of Counsel to
Seller delivered to Trustee in order to perfect the interests created by this
Section 4.6 and otherwise fully to effectuate the purposes, terms and conditions
of this Section 4.6. Seller (and any successor to Seller in accordance with
Section 6.3) and Servicer shall:
(i) promptly execute, deliver and file any financing statements,
amendments, continuation statements, assignments, certificates and other
documents with respect to such interests and perform all such other acts as
may be necessary in order to perfect or to maintain the perfection of
Trustee's security interest; and
(ii) make the necessary filings of financing statements or amendments
thereto within five days after the occurrence of any of the following: (A)
any change in their respective names or any trade names, (B) any change in
the location of their respective chief executive offices or principal
places of business and (C) any merger or consolidation or other change in
their respective identities or corporate structures; and shall promptly
notify Trustee of any such filings.
(k) Investment earnings attributable to the Reserve Account Property and
proceeds therefrom shall be held by Trustee for the benefit of Seller.
Investment earnings attributable to the Reserve Account Property shall not be
available to pay the distributions provided for in Section 4.5 and shall not
otherwise be subject to any claims or rights of the Holders or Servicer.
Trustee shall cause all investment earnings attributable to the Reserve Account
to be distributed on each Distribution Date to Seller.
(l) Seller may at any time, without consent of Holders, sell, transfer,
convey or assign in any manner its rights to and interests in distributions from
the Reserve Account provided that (i) the Rating Agencies confirm in writing
that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of
the Class A Certificates or the Class B Certificates, (ii) Seller provides to
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel that such action will not
cause Trust to be classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and (iii) such
transferee or assignee agrees in writing to take positions for federal income
tax purposes consistent with the federal income tax positions agreed to be taken
by Seller.
Section 4.7. Statements to Holders. On each Distribution Date, Servicer
shall provide to Trustee (with a copy to each Rating Agency) written
instructions
46
<PAGE>
for Trustee to forward to each Holder of record a statement setting forth at
least the following information as to the Certificates to the extent applicable:
(a) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal on the Class A
Certificates and the Class B Certificates;
(b) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on the Class A
Certificates and the Class B Certificates;
(c) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to Servicer with respect to the
related Collection Period;
(d) the Class A Certificate Balance, the Class A Pool Factor, the Class B
Certificate Balance and the Class B Pool Factor as of such Distribution Date,
after giving effect to payments allocated to principal reported under clause
(a);
(e) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the
preceding Collection Period;
(f) the amount of Defaulted Receivables and Liquidation Proceeds, if any,
for such Collection Period;
(g) the aggregate Purchase Amount of Receivables repurchased by Seller or
purchased by Servicer with respect to the related Collection Period;
(h) the Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Class B Interest
Carryover Shortfall, the Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall and the Class B
Principal Carryover Shortfall, if any, in each case as applicable to each of the
Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates, and the change in such
amounts from the preceding statement;
(i) the balance of the Reserve Account on such Distribution Date, after
giving effect to changes therein on such Distribution Date;
(j) the Specified Reserve Account Balance as of the close of business on
such Distribution Date; and
(k) the number, and aggregate principal amount outstanding, of Receivables
past due 31-60, 61-90 and over 90 days.
Each amount set forth pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be expressed in
the aggregate and as a dollar amount per $1,000 of original denomination of a
Certificate.
47
<PAGE>
Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year, but
not later than the latest date permitted by law, Servicer shall furnish a report
to the Trust and Trustee shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to each Person
who at any time during such calendar year shall have been a Holder, a statement
based upon such report as to the sum of the amounts determined in clauses (a)
and (b) above for such calendar year, or, in the event such Person shall have
been a Holder during a portion of such calendar year, for the applicable portion
of such year, and such other information as is available to Servicer as Servicer
deems necessary or desirable to enable the Holders to prepare their federal
income tax returns. The obligation of the Trustee set forth in this paragraph
shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially
comparable information shall be provided pursuant to any requirement of the
Code.
ARTICLE V. THE CERTIFICATES.
Section 5.1. The Certificates. Trustee shall, upon written order or request
signed in the name of Seller by one of its officers authorized to do so and
delivered to an Authorized Officer of Trustee, execute on behalf of the Trust,
authenticate and deliver the Certificates to or upon the order of Seller in the
aggregate principal amount and denominations as set forth in such written order
or request. The Certificates shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples thereof; provided that one Class A Certificate and one Class
B Certificate may be issued in a denomination that represents the residual
amount of the Original Class A Certificate Balance and the Original Class B
Certificate Balance, respectively. Upon initial issuance, the Class A
Certificates and the Class B Certificates shall be in the form of Exhibit A and
Exhibit B, respectively, which are incorporated by reference herein, and shall
be issued as provided in Section 5.8, in an aggregate amount equal to the
Original Class A Certificate Balance and the Original Class B Certificate
Balance, respectively. The Certificates shall be executed by Trustee on behalf
of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of an Authorized Officer of
Trustee under Trustee's seal imprinted thereon and attested by the manual or
facsimile signature of an Authorized Officer of Trustee. Certificates bearing
the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when
such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the
Trust, shall be valid and binding obligations of the Trust, notwithstanding that
such individuals shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the
authentication and delivery of such Certificates or did not hold such offices at
the date of such Certificates.
Section 5.2. Authentication of Certificates. No Certificate shall entitle
the Holder thereof to any benefit under this Agreement, or shall be valid for
any purpose, unless there shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of
authentication, substantially in the form set forth in the form of Certificates
attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B, executed by Trustee by manual
48
<PAGE>
signature. Such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence, and the
only evidence, that such Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered
hereunder. All Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.
Section 5.3. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates.
Trustee shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, at the office or agency to be
maintained by it in accordance with Section 5.7, a Certificate Register in
which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, Trustee shall
provide for the registration of Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of
Certificates as herein provided. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of
any Class A Certificate or Class B Certificate at such office or agency, Trustee
shall execute, authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees, one or more new Class A Certificates or Class B
Certificates, as the case may be, in authorized denominations of a like
aggregate amount. At the option of a Holder, Class A Certificates or Class B
Certificates may be exchanged for other Class A Certificates or Class B
Certificates, as the case may be, of authorized denominations of a like
aggregate amount at the office or agency maintained by Trustee in accordance
with Section 5.7. Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer
duly executed by the Holder and in a form satisfactory to Trustee. No service
charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of
Certificates, but Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer
or exchange of Certificates. All Certificates surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange shall be cancelled and disposed of in accordance with the
customary procedures of Trustee.
The Class B Certificates and any beneficial interest in such Class B
Certificates may not be acquired (a) with the assets of an employee benefit plan
(as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title
I of ERISA, (b) by a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (c) by
any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity. By accepting and holding a Class B Certificate or
interest therein, the Holder thereof or Class B Certificate Owner thereof shall
be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not subject to the
foregoing limitation.
The preceding provisions of this Section 5.3 notwithstanding, Trustee shall
not make and need not register any transfer or exchange of Certificates for a
period of fifteen (15) days preceding any Distribution Date for any payment with
respect to the Certificates.
Section 5.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (a) any
mutilated Class A Certificate or Class B Certificate shall be surrendered to
Trustee, or if Trustee shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction,
49
<PAGE>
loss or theft of any Class A Certificate or Class B Certificate and (b) there
shall be delivered to Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required to
save Trustee harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Class A
Certificate or Class B Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser, Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or
in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Class A Certificate or
Class B Certificate, a new Class A Certificate or Class B Certificate of like
tenor and denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate
under this Section 5.4, Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
herewith. Any replacement Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall
constitute conclusive evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally
issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found
at any time.
Section 5.5. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentation of a
Certificate for registration of transfer, Trustee may treat the Person in whose
name any Certificate shall be registered as the owner of such Certificate for
the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Section 4.5 and for all other
purposes, and Trustee shall not be bound by any notice to the contrary.
Section 5.6. Access to List of Holders' Names and Addresses. Trustee shall
furnish or cause to be furnished to Servicer, within fifteen days after receipt
by Trustee of a request therefor from Servicer in writing, in such form as
Servicer may reasonably require, a list of the names and addresses of the
Holders as of the most recent Record Date. If Definitive Certificates have been
issued, Trustee, upon written request of (a) three or more Holders or (b) one or
more Holders evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate outstanding principal
balance of the Certificates, will, within five Business Days after the receipt
of such request, afford such Holders access during normal business hours to the
most current list of Holders for purposes of communicating with other Holders
with respect to their rights under the Agreement. Each Holder, by receiving and
holding a Certificate, shall be deemed to have agreed not to hold Seller,
Servicer or Trustee accountable by reason of the disclosure of such Holder's
name and address, regardless of the source from which such information was
derived.
Section 5.7. Maintenance of Office or Agency. Trustee shall maintain, or
cause to be maintained, at its expense, in _______________, an office or agency
where Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange
and where notices and demands to or upon Trustee in respect of the Certificates
and this Agreement may be served. Trustee initially designates its office
located at _______________________ for such purposes. Trustee shall give prompt
written notice to Servicer and to Holders of any change in the location of any
such office or agency.
50
<PAGE>
Section 5.8. Book Entry Certificates. Upon original issuance, the Class A
Certificates and the Class B Certificates, other than the Class A Certificate
representing the residual amount of the Original Class A Certificate Balance and
the Class B Certificate representing the residual amount of the Original Class B
Certificate Balance, which shall be issued upon the written order of Seller,
shall be issued in the form of one or more typewritten Certificates representing
the Book Entry Certificates, to be delivered to the initial Clearing Agency, by,
or on behalf of, Seller. Such Certificates shall initially be registered on the
Certificate Register in the name of CEDE & Co., the nominee of the initial
Clearing Agency, and no Certificate Owner will receive a Definitive Certificate
representing such Certificate Owner's interest in the Class A Certificates or
the Class B Certificates, as the case may be, except as provided in Section
5.10. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Certificates ("Definitive
Certificates") have been issued to the Holders pursuant to Section 5.10:
(a) the provisions of this Section 5.8 shall be in full force and
effect;
(b) Seller, Servicer and Trustee may deal with the Clearing Agency
for all purposes (including the making of distributions on the Certificates
and the taking of actions by the Holders) as the authorized representative
of the Certificate Owners;
(c) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 5.8 conflict
with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section
5.8 shall control;
(d) the rights of Certificate Owners shall be exercised only through
the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established by law, the
rules, regulations and procedures of the Clearing Agency and agreements
between such Certificate Owners and the Clearing Agency and all references
in this Agreement to actions by Holders shall refer to actions taken by the
Clearing Agency upon instructions from the Clearing Agency Participants,
and all references in this Agreement to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to Holders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to the Clearing Agency or its nominee, as registered holder of
the Certificates, as the case may be, for distribution to Certificate
Owners in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures of the
Clearing Agency; and
(e) pursuant to the Depository Agreement, the initial Clearing Agency
will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and
receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the
Certificates to the Clearing Agency Participants, for distribution by
51
<PAGE>
such Clearing Agency Participants to the Certificate Owners or their
nominees.
For purposes of any provision of this Agreement requiring or permitting
actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, Holders of Certificates
evidencing specified percentages of the aggregate outstanding principal balance
of such Certificates, such direction or consent may be given by Certificate
Owners having interests in the requisite percentage, acting through the Clearing
Agency.
Section 5.9. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever notice or other
communication to the Holders is required under this Agreement, unless and until
Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to
Sect ion 5.10, Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified
herein to be given to Holders to the Clearing Agency.
Section 5.10. Definitive Certificates. If (a) (i) Seller advises Trustee
in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able properly to
discharge its responsibilities under the Depository Agreement and (ii) Trustee
or Seller is unable to locate a qualified successor, (b) Seller, at its option,
advises Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system
through the Clearing Agency or (c) after the occurrence of a Servicer
Termination Event, Certificate Owners representing in the aggregate not less
than a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
Certificates, advise Trustee and the Clearing Agency through the Clearing Agency
Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the
Clearing Agency is no longer in the Certificate Owners' best interests, Trustee
shall notify the Clearing Agency which shall be responsible to notify the
Certificate Owners of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability
of Definitive Certificates to Certificate Owners requesting the same. Upon
surrender to Trustee by the Clearing Agency of the Certificates registered in
the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency, accompanied by re-registration
instructions from the Clearing Agency for registration, Trustee shall execute,
on behalf of the Trust, authenticate and deliver Definitive Certificates in
accordance with such instructions. Seller shall arrange for, and will bear all
costs of, the printing and issuance of such Definitive Certificates. Neither
Seller, Servicer nor Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such
instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on,
such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Certificates, Trustee shall
recognize the Holders of the Definitive Certificates as Holders hereunder.
52
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI. SELLER.
Section 6.1. Representations and Warranties of Seller. Seller makes the
following representations and warranties, on which Trustee relies in accepting
the Receivables and the other Trust Property in trust and executing and
authenticating the Certificates. Such representations are made as of the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer
and assignment of the Receivables and the other Trust Property to the Trust.
(a) Organization and Good Standing. Seller has been duly organized
and is validly existing as a Delaware corporation in good standing under
the laws of the State of Delaware, with the power and authority to own its
properties and to conduct its business as such properties are presently
owned and such business is presently conducted and had at all relevant
times, and has, full power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and
sell the Receivables and the other Trust Property.
(b) Power and Authority. Seller has the power, authority and legal
right to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Related Agreements to
which it is a party and to carry out their respective terms and to sell and
assign the property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with Trustee
as Trust Property; and the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the Related Agreements to which it is a party have been duly
authorized by Seller by all necessary corporate action.
(c) No Consent Required. No approval, authorization, consent, license
or other order or action of, or filing or registration with, any
governmental authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the
execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Related
Agreements to which it is a party or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, other than (i) as may be required under the
blue sky or securities laws of any State or the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and (ii) the filing of UCC financing statements.
(d) Valid Sale; Binding Obligation. Seller intends this Agreement to
effect a valid sale, transfer, and assignment of the Receivables and the
other Trust Property conveyed by Seller to the Trust hereunder, enforceable
against creditors of and purchasers from Seller; and each of this Agreement
and the Related Agreements to which it is a party constitutes a legal,
valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in
accordance with its respective terms, subject, as to enforceability, to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship,
receivership, liquidation and other similar laws affecting
53
<PAGE>
enforcement of the rights of creditors generally and to equitable
limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
(e) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller
of this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which it is a party and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not
conflict with, result in any material breach of any of the terms and
provisions of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a
material default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
upon any of its material properties pursuant to the terms of, (i) the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Seller, (ii any material
indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument or
agreement to which Seller is a party or by which Seller is bound, or (ii
any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to Seller of any federal or
state regulatory body, any court, administrative agency, or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Seller.
(f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations
pending, or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, before any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over Seller or its properties: (i)
asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any Related Agreement, (ii
seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the consummation of
any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Related
Agreement, (ii seeking any determination or ruling that might materially
and adversely affect the performance by Seller of its obligations under, or
the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any Related Agreement
or (iv that may materially and adversely affect the federal or state
income, excise, franchise or similar tax attributes of the Certificates.
(g) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of Seller is
1900 5th Avenue North, AmSouth/SONAT Tower, Birmingham, Alabama 35203.
Section 6.2. Liability of Seller; Indemnities. (a) Seller shall be liable
in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by Seller under this Agreement and shall have no other obligations or
liabilities hereunder.
(b) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Trustee, the Trust
and the Holders from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted
against Trustee, its directors, officers, employees and agents, the Trust or a
Holder with respect to, and on the date of, the sale, transfer and assignment of
the Trust Property to the Trust or the issuance and original sale of the
54
<PAGE>
Certificates, including any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible
personal property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any taxes
asserted with respect to Federal or other income taxes arising out of
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Agreements)
and costs and expenses in defending against the same.
(c) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Trustee, its
directors, officers, employees and agents, the Trust and the Holders from and
against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities to
the extent arising out of, or imposed upon such Person through or as a result of
Seller's willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence (other than errors
in judgment) in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.
(d) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Trustee, its
directors, officers, employees and agents, the Trust and the Holders from and
against any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of the violation by
Seller of federal or state securities laws in connection with the registration
or the sale of the Certificates or in connection with any application relating
to the Certificates under any state securities laws.
(e) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Trustee, its
directors, officers, employees and agents, the Trust and the Holders from and
against any loss, liability or expense imposed upon, or incurred by, Trustee,
the Trust or the Holders as the result of the failure of any Receivable conveyed
by it to the Trust hereunder, or the sale of the related Financed Vehicle, to
comply with all requirements of applicable law.
(f) Seller shall be liable as primary obligor for, and shall indemnify,
defend and hold harmless Trustee and its respective officers, directors,
employees and agents from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses,
claims, damages and liabilities arising out of, or incurred in connection with
the acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties set forth herein, except
to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability: (i)
shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (except for
errors in judgment) of Trustee, or (ii) shall arise from the breach by Trustee
of any of its representations and warranties or covenants set forth herein.
Such liability shall survive the termination of the Trust and removal or
resignation of the Trustee.
(g) Seller shall pay any and all taxes levied or assessed upon the Trust
or upon all or any part of the Trust Estate other than those taxes expressly
excluded from Seller's responsibilities pursuant to the parentheticals in
paragraph (a) above.
55
<PAGE>
(h) Indemnification under this Section 6.2 shall include reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation and shall survive termination
of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of Trustee. If Seller shall
have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or
on behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter shall collect any of such
amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to Seller,
without interest.
Section 6.3. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations
of, Seller. Any Person (a) into which Seller may be merged or consolidated, (b)
which may result from any merger or consolidation to which Seller shall be a
party or (c) which may succeed to the properties and assets of Seller
substantially as a whole, shall be the successor to Seller without the execution
or filing of any document or any further act by any of the parties to this
Agreement; provided that Seller hereby covenants that it will not consummate any
of the foregoing transactions except upon satisfaction of the following: (i) the
surviving Seller if other than Special Purpose Entity, executes an agreement of
assumption to perform every obligation of Seller under this Agreement, (ii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or
warranty made pursuant to Section 2.2 or 6.1 shall have been breached, (iii)
Seller shall have delivered to Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such
agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions
precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction
have been complied with, and that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to such transaction, (iv) the surviving Seller shall have
a consolidated net worth at least equal to that of the predecessor Seller, (v)
such transaction will not result in a material adverse federal or state tax
consequence to Trust or the Certificateholders and (vi) unless Special Purpose
Entity is the surviving entity, Seller shall have delivered to Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel either (A) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have
been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the
interest of Trustee in the Receivables and reciting the details of such filings,
or (B) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action shall be
necessary to preserve and protect such interest.
Section 6.4. Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. Seller and any
director or officer or employee or agent of Seller may rely in good faith on the
advice of counsel or on any document of any kind, prima facie properly executed
and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement
or any Related Agreement (provided that such reliance shall not limit in any way
Seller's obligations under Section 3.2). Seller shall not be under any
obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not be
incidental to
56
<PAGE>
its obligations under this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in
any expense or liability.
Section 6.5. Seller May Own Certificates. Seller, and any Affiliate of
Seller, may in its individual or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee
of Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not Seller or
an Affiliate thereof, except as otherwise provided in the definition of
"Holder", "Class A Holder" and "Class B Holder" in Section 1.1. Certificates so
owned by or pledged to Seller or any such Affiliate shall have an equal and
proportionate benefit under the provisions of this Agreement, without
preference, priority or distinction as among all of the Certificates, except as
otherwise provided in the definitions of "Class A Holder" and "Class B Holder".
ARTICLE VII. SERVICER.
Section 7.1. Representations and Warranties of Servicer. Servicer makes
the following representations and warranties on which Trustee relies in
accepting the Receivables and the other Trust Property in trust and in
authenticating the Certificates. These representations are made as of the
Closing Date, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the
Receivables and the other Trust Property to the Trust.
(a) Organization and Good Standing. Servicer has been duly organized and
is validly existing as a state banking corporation in good standing under the
laws of the State of Alabama, with the power and authority to own its properties
and to conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such
business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and shall have,
the power, authority and legal right to service the Receivables and the other
Trust Property.
(b) Due Qualification. Servicer shall be duly qualified to do business as
a foreign corporation in good standing, and shall have obtained all necessary
licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of
property or the conduct of its business (including the servicing of the
Receivables as required by this Agreement) shall require such qualifications.
(c) Power and Authority. Servicer has the power, authority and legal right
to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which it is
a party and to carry out their respective terms; and the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which it is a party
have been duly authorized by Servicer by all necessary corporate action.
57
<PAGE>
(d) No Consent Required. No approval, authorization, consent, license or
other order or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental
authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the execution,
delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Related Agreements to which it is
a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
other than the filing of UCC financing statements.
(e) Binding Obligation. Each of this Agreement and the Related Agreements
to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of
Servicer, enforceable against Servicer in accordance with its respective terms,
subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation and other similar
laws affecting enforcement of the rights of creditors of banks generally and to
equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
(f) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Servicer of
this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which it is a party and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not
conflict with, result in any material breach of any of the terms and provisions
of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a material default
under, or result in the creation or disposition of any Lien upon any of its
material properties pursuant to the terms of, (i) the certificate of
incorporation or bylaws of Servicer, (ii any material indenture, contract,
lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument or agreement to which
Servicer is a party or by which Servicer is bound, or (ii any law, order, rule
or regulation applicable to Servicer of any federal or state regulatory body,
any court, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over Servicer.
(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending,
or, to Servicer's knowledge, threatened, before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, or tribunal or other governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over Servicer or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of
this Agreement, any Related Agreement or the Certificates, (ii seeking to
prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Related Agreement, (ii
seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect
the performance by Servicer of its obligations under, or the validity or
enforceability of, this Agreement, any Related Agreement or the Certificates, or
(iv that may materially and adversely affect the federal or state income,
excise, franchise or similar tax attributes of the Certificates.
Section 7.2. Indemnities of Servicer. (a) Servicer shall be liable in
accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by Servicer under this Agreement.
58
<PAGE>
(b) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Trustee, Seller,
the Holders and any of the officers, directors, employees and agents of Trustee
or Seller from any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and
liabilities (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) to the extent
arising out of, or imposed upon any such Person through, the gross negligence,
willful misfeasance or bad faith (other than errors in judgment) of Servicer in
the performance of its obligations and duties under this Agreement or in the
performance of the obligations and duties of any subservicer under any
subservicing agreement.
(c) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Trustee and its
officers, directors, employees and agents from and against any taxes that may at
any time be asserted against any such Person with respect to the transactions
contemplated in this Agreement or in the other Related Agreements, including any
sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or intangible personal
property, privilege, or license taxes, or any taxes of any kind which may be
asserted (but not including any Federal or other income taxes arising out of
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Agreements)
against the Trust, and costs and expenses in defending against the same.
(d) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Trustee, Seller and
the Holders or any of the officers, directors, employees and agents of Trustee
or Seller from any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and
liabilities (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) to the extent
arising out of or imposed upon any such Person as a result of any compensation
payable to any subcustodian or subservicer (including any fees payable in
connection with the release of any Receivable File from the custody of such
subservicer or in connection with the termination of the servicing activities of
such subservicer with respect to any Receivable) whether pursuant to the terms
of any subservicing agreement or otherwise.
(e) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Trustee, Seller and
the Holders or any of the directors, officers, employees and agents of Trustee
and Seller from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims
and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses
of litigation, arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership, or operation
by Servicer or any Affiliate thereof of any Financed Vehicle.
Indemnification under this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of
Trustee and the termination of this Agreement and shall include reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel and other expenses of litigation. If Servicer shall have
made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on
behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter shall collect any of such
59
<PAGE>
amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to Servicer,
without interest.
Section 7.3. Merger or Consolidation of or Assumption of the Obligations
of, Servicer. Any Person (a) into which Servicer may be merged or consolidated,
(b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which Servicer shall be
a party, (c) which may succeed to the properties and assets of Servicer,
substantially as a whole, or (d) 50% of the voting stock of which is owned
directly or indirectly by AmSouth Bancorporation, may become the successor to
Servicer; provided that, unless AmSouth is the surviving party to such
transaction, Servicer hereby covenants that it will not consummate any of the
foregoing transactions except upon satisfaction of the following: (i) the
surviving Servicer if other than AmSouth, executes an agreement of assumption to
perform every obligation of Servicer under this Agreement, (ii) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made
pursuant to Section 7.1 shall have been breached and no Servicer Termination
Event, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a
Servicer Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) Servicer
shall have delivered to Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such
agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all conditions
precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction
have been complied with, and that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to such transaction, (iv) the surviving Servicer shall
have a consolidated net worth at least equal to that of the predecessor
Servicer, and (v) such transaction will not result in a material adverse Federal
or state tax consequence to the Trust.
Section 7.4. Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others. Neither
Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be under
any liability to the Trust or the Holders, except as provided under this
Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action
by Servicer or any subservicer pursuant to this Agreement or for errors in
judgment; provided that this provision shall not protect Servicer or any such
Person against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of
willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
(except for errors in judgment) or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations and duties under this Agreement. Servicer or any subservicer and any
of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents may rely in good
faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by
any Person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement.
Except as provided in this Agreement, Servicer shall not be under any
obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall be
incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance with this
Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability;
provided that Servicer may
60
<PAGE>
(but shall not be required to) undertake any reasonable action that it may deem
necessary or desirable in respect of this Agreement and the Related Agreements
to protect the interests of the Holders under this Agreement and the Related
Agreements. In such event, the legal expense and costs of such action and any
liability resulting therefrom shall be expenses, costs and liabilities of the
Servicer.
Section 7.5. AmSouth Not To Resign as Servicer. Subject to the provisions
of Section 7.3, AmSouth hereby agrees not to resign from the obligations and
duties hereby imposed on it as Servicer under this Agreement except upon
determination that the performance of its duties hereunder shall no longer be
permissible under applicable law or if such resignation is required by
regulatory authorities. Notice of any such determination permitting the
resignation of AmSouth as Servicer shall be communicated to Trustee at the
earliest practicable time (and, if such communication is not in writing, shall
be confirmed in writing at the earliest practicable time) and any such
determination shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect
delivered to Trustee concurrently with or promptly after such notice. No such
resignation shall become effective until the earlier of Trustee or a successor
Servicer having assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the resigning
Servicer in accordance with Section 8.2 or the date upon which any regulatory
authority requires such resignation.
Section 7.6. Servicer May Own Certificates. Servicer, and any Affiliate of
Servicer, may, in its individual or any other capacity, become the owner or
pledgee of Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not
Servicer or an Affiliate thereof, except as otherwise provided in the definition
of "Holder", "Class A Holder" and "Class B Holder" in Section 1.1. Certificates
so owned by or pledged to Servicer or such Affiliate shall have an equal and
proportionate benefit under the provisions of this Agreement, without
preference, priority or distinction as among all of the Certificates, except as
otherwise provided in the definitions of "Class A Holder" and "Class B Holder".
Section 7.7. Existence. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, during
the term of this Agreement, AmSouth will keep in full force and effect its
existence, rights and franchises as an Alabama state banking corporation..
ARTICLE VIII. SERVICING TERMINATION.
Section 8.1. Servicer Termination Events. (a) Any one of the following
events shall constitute a "Servicer Termination Event":
(i) any failure by Servicer to deliver to Trustee a Servicer's Report
for any Collection Period, which failure shall continue beyond the related
Deposit Date;
61
<PAGE>
(ii) any failure by Servicer (or, for so long as Servicer is an
Affiliate of Seller, Seller) to deliver to any Account or the Reserve
Account any payment or deposit required to be so delivered or paid under
the terms of the Certificates and this Agreement, or to direct Trustee to
make any required distribution from any Account or the Reserve Account,
which failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days
after written notice is received from the Trustee by Servicer or after
discovery of such failure by Servicer (or, in the case of a payment or
deposit to be made no later than a Deposit Date immediately preceding a
Distribution Date, the failure to make such payment or deposit by such
Distribution Date);
(iii) any failure on the part of Servicer (or, for so long as Servicer
is an Affiliate of Seller, Seller) duly to observe or to perform in any
material respect any other covenants or agreements set forth in the
Certificates or in this Agreement, which failure shall (A) materially and
adversely affect the rights of Holders (which determination shall be made
without regard to whether funds are available to the Holders pursuant to
the Reserve Account) and (B) continue unremedied for a period of 60 days
after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same
to be remedied, shall have been given (1) to Servicer (or, for so long as
Servicer is an affiliate of Seller, Seller) by Trustee, or (2) to Trustee
and Servicer by the Holders of Certificates representing not less than 25%
of the outstanding principal amount of the Certificates (or for such longer
period, not in excess of 120 days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy
such default; provided that such default is capable of remedy within 120
days and Servicer delivers an Officer's Certificate to Trustee to such
effect and to the effect that Servicer has commenced or will promptly
commence, and will diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such
default);
(iv) the entry of a decree or order by a court or agency or
supervisory authority of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
conservator, receiver, liquidator or trustee for Servicer, Seller, any
Seller Affiliate, or any of their respective successors, in any bankruptcy,
receivership, conservatorship, insolvency or similar proceedings, or for
the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and any such decree or order
continues unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or
(v) the consent by Servicer, Seller, any Seller Affiliate, or any of
their respective successors, to the appointment of a conservator, receiver,
liquidator or trustee in any bankruptcy, receivership, conservatorship,
insolvency or similar proceedings of or relating to such Person or relating
to substantially all of its property, the admission in writing by such
Person of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, the
filing by such Person of a petition to take advantage of any applicable
bankruptcy,
62
<PAGE>
receivership, conservatorship, insolvency or similar statute, the making by
such Person of an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or the
voluntary suspension by such Person of payment of its obligations.
Upon the occurrence of any Servicer Termination Event, and so long as a Servicer
Termination Event shall not have been remedied, either Trustee, or the Majority
Holders, by notice then given in writing to Servicer, may terminate all of the
rights and obligations of Servicer (other than the obligations set forth in
Section 7.2) under this Agreement. On or after the receipt by Servicer of such
written notice, all authority and power of Servicer under this Agreement,
whether with respect to the Certificates or the Trust Property or otherwise,
shall pass to and be vested in Trustee or such successor Servicer as may be
appointed under Section 8.2 pursuant to this Section 8.1; and thereupon Trustee
shall be authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of Servicer,
as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments,
and to do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to
effect the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the
transfer and endorsement of the Receivable Files or the Physical Damage
Insurance Policies, the certificates of title to the Financed Vehicles, or
otherwise. Servicer shall cooperate with Trustee or any successor Servicer in
effecting the termination of its responsibilities and rights as Servicer under
this Agreement, including the transfer to Trustee or any successor Servicer for
administration of all cash amounts that are at the time held by Servicer for
deposit, shall have been deposited by Servicer in the Collection Account, or
thereafter shall be received with respect to a Receivable, all Receivable Files
and all information or documents that Trustee or such successor Servicer may
require. In addition, Servicer shall transfer its electronic records relating to
the Receivables to the successor Servicer in such electronic form as the
successor Servicer may reasonably request and shall transfer to the successor
Servicer all other records, correspondence and documents necessary for the
continued servicing of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the
successor Servicer shall reasonably request. All reasonable out-of-pocket costs
and expenses incurred by the successor Servicer in connection with the transfer
of servicing shall be paid by the predecessor Servicer upon presentation of
reasonable documentation of such costs and expenses.
(b) If any of the foregoing Servicer Termination Events occur, Trustee
shall have no obligation to notify Holders or any other Person of such
occurrence prior to the continuance of such event through the end of any cure
period specified in Section 8.1(a).
Section 8.2. Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor Servicer. Upon
Servicer's resignation pursuant to Section 7.5 or upon Servicer's receipt of
notice of termination as Servicer pursuant to Section 8.1, Trustee shall be the
successor in all respects to Servicer in its capacity as Servicer under this
Agreement, and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and
liabilities relating thereto placed on
63
<PAGE>
Servicer by the terms and provisions of this Agreement, except that Trustee,
when acting as successor Servicer, shall not be obligated to purchase
Receivables pursuant to Section 3.7 unless the obligation to repurchase arose
after the date of the notice of termination given to Servicer pursuant to
Section 8.1, and neither Trustee nor any successor Servicer shall be liable for
any acts or omissions of the terminated Servicer or for any breach by such
Servicer of any of its representations or warranties contained herein or in any
related documents or agreements. As compensation therefor, Trustee shall be
entitled to the same Servicing Fees (whether payable out of the Collection
Account or otherwise) and Supplemental Servicing Fees as Servicer would have
been entitled to under this Agreement if no such notice of termination or
resignation had been given. Notwithstanding the above, Trustee may appoint, or
petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, an Eligible Servicer as
the successor to the terminated Servicer under this Agreement; provided that
Trustee shall continue to be the successor to Servicer until another successor
Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of Servicer. In
connection with such appointment, Trustee may make such arrangements for the
compensation of such successor Servicer out of payments on Receivables as it and
such successor shall agree, which shall in no event be greater than the
Servicing Fees and Supplemental Servicing Fees payable to AmSouth as Servicer
hereunder. Trustee and such successor shall take such action, consistent with
this Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any such succession. No
Servicer shall resign or be relieved of its duties under this Agreement until a
newly appointed Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations
of the terminated Servicer under this Agreement.
Section 8.3. Effect of Servicing Transfer. (a) After the transfer of
servicing hereunder, Trustee or successor Servicer shall notify Obligors to make
directly to the successor Servicer payments that are due under the Receivables
after the effective date of such transfer.
(b) Except as provided in Sections 7.2 and 9.8 after the transfer of
servicing hereunder, the predecessor Servicer shall have no further obligations
with respect to the management, administration, servicing, custody or collection
of the Receivables and the successor Servicer shall have all of such
obligations, except that the predecessor Servicer will transmit or cause to be
transmitted directly to the successor Servicer for its own account, promptly on
receipt and in the same form in which received, any amounts held by the
predecessor Servicer (properly endorsed where required for the successor
Servicer to collect any such items) received as payments upon or otherwise in
connection with the Receivables and the predecessor Servicer shall continue to
cooperate with the successor Servicer by providing information and in the
enforcement of the Dealer Agreements and the Physical Damage Insurance Policies.
64
<PAGE>
(c) A transfer of servicing hereunder shall not affect the rights and
duties of the parties hereunder (including the obligations and indemnities of
Seller pursuant to Sections 2.4, 3.3, 6.1 and 6.2 or, with respect to
obligations and indemnities arising prior to, or concurrently with, a transfer
of servicing hereunder, the predecessor Servicer pursuant to Section 3.7, 7.1 or
7.2) other than those relating to the management, administration, servicing,
custody or collection of the Receivables and the other Trust Property. The
successor Servicer shall, upon its appointment pursuant to Section 8.2 and as
part of its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, promptly take all
action it deems necessary or appropriate so that the predecessor Servicer (in
whatever capacity) is paid or reimbursed all amounts it is entitled to receive
under this Agreement on each Distribution Date subsequent to the date on which
it is terminated as Servicer hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the predecessor Servicer will be entitled to receive all accrued and
unpaid Servicing Fees and Supplemental Servicing Fees through and including the
effective date of the termination of the predecessor Servicer.
(d) Any successor Servicer shall provide Seller with access to the
Receivable Files and to the successor Servicer's records (whether written or
automated) with respect to the Receivable Files. Such access shall be afforded
without charge, but only upon reasonable request and during normal business
hours at the offices of the successor Servicer. Nothing in this Section shall
affect the obligation of the successor Servicer to observe any applicable law
prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and the failure of
Servicer to provide access to information as a result of such obligation shall
not constitute a breach of this Section.
Section 8.4. Notification to Holders. Upon any notice of a Servicer
Termination Event or upon any termination of, or appointment of a successor to,
Servicer pursuant to this Article VIII, Trustee shall give prompt written notice
thereof to Holders at their respective addresses of record, and to each Rating
Agency.
Section 8.5. Waiver of Past Servicer Termination Events. The Majority
Holders may, on behalf of all Holders of Certificates, waive any Servicer
Termination Event hereunder and its consequences, except an event resulting from
the failure to make any required deposits or payments to the Collection Account
in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any such waiver of a past Servicer
Termination Event, such event shall cease to exist and shall be deemed to have
been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend
to any subsequent or other event or impair any right arising therefrom, except
to the extent expressly so waived.
Section 8.6. Transfer of Accounts. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 8.1, if any of the Accounts or the Reserve Account is maintained with
Servicer or an Affiliate of Servicer and a Servicer Termination Event shall
occur and be continuing, Servicer shall promptly, and in any event within five
Business Days,
65
<PAGE>
give notice to Trustee of such Servicer Termination Event, and Trustee, within
____ days after the receipt of such notice, shall establish new Eligible Deposit
Accounts conforming with the requirements of this Agreement and promptly shall
transfer all funds in any such Accounts or the Reserve Account to such new
Eligible Deposit Accounts.
ARTICLE IX. TRUSTEE.
Section 9.1. Acceptance by Trustee. Trustee hereby acknowledges its
acceptance of all right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and the
other Trust Property conveyed by Seller pursuant to this Agreement and hereby
declares that Trustee holds and shall hold such right, title and interest, upon
the trust set forth in this Agreement.
Section 9.2. Duties of Trustee. (a) Trustee, both prior to and after the
curing of a Servicer Termination Event, undertakes to perform only such duties
as are specifically set forth in this Agreement and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Agreement against Trustee. If a Servicer
Termination Event, of which an Authorized Officer of Trustee has actual
knowledge, shall have occurred and shall not have been cured (the appointment of
a successor Servicer (including Trustee) to constitute a cure for the purposes
of this Article), Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this Agreement, and shall use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the
conduct of his own affairs; provided that if Trustee assumes the duties of
Servicer pursuant to Section 8.2, Trustee in performing such duties shall use
the degree of skill and attention required by Section 3.1.
(b) Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements,
opinions, reports, documents, orders, or other instruments furnished to Trustee
that are required specifically to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they conform to the
requirements of this Agreement.
(c) No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act,
its own willful misfeasance or its own bad faith; provided that:
(i) Prior to the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, and
after the curing of all such Servicer Termination Events that may have
occurred, the duties and obligations of Trustee shall be determined solely
by the express provisions of this Agreement, Trustee shall not be liable
except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are
specifically set forth in this Agreement, no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Agreement against Trustee, the
permissible right of Trustee (solely in its
66
<PAGE>
capacity as such) to do things enumerated in this Agreement shall not be
construed as a duty and, in the absence of bad faith on the part of
Trustee, or manifest error, Trustee (solely in its capacity as such) may
conclusively rely on the truth of the statements and the correctness of the
opinions expressed in any certificates or opinions furnished to Trustee and
conforming to the requirements of this Agreement;
(ii) Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error of judgment
made in good faith by an officer of Trustee, unless it shall be proved that
Trustee shall have been negligent in performing its duties in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement; and
(iii) Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any
action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken in good faith in accordance
with the direction of the Majority Holders, as set forth in Section 8.1,
relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding or any
remedy available to Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
upon Trustee, under this Agreement.
(d) Except for the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of
Trustee, Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have
reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or indemnity
satisfactory to it against such risk or liability shall not be reasonably
assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in
any event require Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of
performance of, any of the obligations of Servicer under this Agreement except
during such time, if any, as Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested
with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, Servicer in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement.
(e) Except for actions expressly authorized by this Agreement, Trustee
shall take no action reasonably likely to impair the security interests created
or existing under any Receivable or Financed Vehicle or to impair the value of
any Receivable or Financed Vehicle.
(f) Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust including
(i) accepting any substitute obligation for a Receivable initially assigned to
Trustee under this Agreement, (ii) adding any other investment, obligation or
security, or (iii) withdrawing any Receivable, except for a withdrawal permitted
under this Agreement.
Section 9.3. Trustee's Certificate. As soon as practicable after each
Deposit Date on which Receivables shall be assigned to Seller pursuant to
Section 2.4 or 10.2
67
<PAGE>
or to Servicer pursuant to Section 3.7, as applicable, Trustee shall execute a
certificate, prepared by Servicer, including its date and the date of the
Agreement, and accompanied by a copy of Servicer's Report for the related
Collection Period. Trustee's certificate shall operate, as of such Deposit Date,
as an assignment pursuant to Section 9.4.
Section 9.4. Trustee's Assignment of Purchased Receivables. With respect
to all Receivables repurchased by Seller pursuant to Section 2.4 or Section
10.2, or purchased by Servicer pursuant to Section 3.7 or Section 10.2, Trustee
shall assign, without recourse, representation or warranty, to Seller or
Servicer, as the case may be, all of Trustee's right, title and interest in and
to such Receivables, and all security and documents and all other Trust Property
conveyed pursuant to Section 2.1 with respect to such Receivables. Such
assignment shall be a sale and assignment outright, and not for security. If, in
any enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it is held that Seller or Servicer, as
the case may be, may not enforce any such Receivable on the ground that it shall
not be a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Receivable,
Trustee shall, at the expense of Seller or Servicer, as the case may be, take
such steps as Seller or Servicer, as the case may be, deems necessary to enforce
the Receivable, including bringing suit in Trustee's name or the names of the
Holders.
Section 9.5. Certain Matters Affecting Trustee. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 9.2:
(a) Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate of auditors or
accountants or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, note
or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been
signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
(b) Trustee may consult with counsel knowledgeable in the area and
any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and
protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it
under this Agreement in good faith and in accordance with such written
Opinion of Counsel a copy of which shall be provided to Seller and
Servicer.
(c) Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct
or defend any litigation under this Agreement or in relation to this
Agreement, at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless such Holders shall
have offered to Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to Trustee
against the costs, expenses, and liabilities that may be incurred therein
or thereby. Nothing contained in this
68
<PAGE>
Agreement, however, shall relieve Trustee of the obligations, upon the
occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event that is not timely cured or
waived pursuant to Section 8.5, to exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and
skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs; provided that if Trustee
assumes the duties of Servicer pursuant to Section 8.2, Trustee in
performing such duties shall use the degree of skill and attention required
by Section 3.1.
(d) Trustee shall not be personally liable for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized
or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this
Agreement.
(e) Prior to the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event and after
the curing of all Servicer Termination Events that may have occurred,
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of any
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, direction, order, approval,
bond, note or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do
by the Majority Holders; provided that if the payment within a reasonable
time to Trustee of the costs, expenses, or liabilities likely to be
incurred by it in the making of an investigation requested by the Holders
is, in the opinion of Trustee, not reasonably assured to Trustee by the
security afforded to it by the terms of this Agreement, Trustee may require
indemnity satisfactory to it against such cost, expense, or liability as a
condition to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such
examination shall be paid by Servicer, or, if paid by Trustee, shall be
reimbursed by Servicer upon demand. Nothing in this clause (e) shall affect
the obligation of Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting
disclosure of information regarding the Obligors; provided further, that
Trustee shall be entitled to make such further inquiry or investigation
into such facts or matter as it may reasonably see fit, and if Trustee
shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation it shall be
entitled to examine the books and records of Servicer or Seller, personally
or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost and expense of Servicer or
Seller, as the case may be.
(f) Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties under this Agreement either directly or by or through
agents, attorneys, nominees or a custodian, and shall not be liable for the
acts of such agents, attorney, nominees or custodians except for (i) acts
of ____________ or any successor agent carrying out Trustee's obligations
with respect to the preparation of Servicer Reports and (ii) acts of any
other agent, attorney, nominee or custodian if (A) Trustee has not acted
with due care in their appointment or (B) Seller has not consented to their
appointment.
69
<PAGE>
(g) Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or periodic
examination of any documents or records related to the Receivables or
Financed Vehicles for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence
of defects, the compliance by Seller with its representations and
warranties or for any other purpose.
(h) Trustee shall not be construed to be a guarantor of the
performance of Servicer, nor shall Trustee have any duty to monitor the
performance of Servicer other than as expressly stated in this Agreement.
(i) Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have
notice of any Servicer Termination Event hereunder, except a Servicer
Termination Event under Section 8.1(a)(i) or (ii), unless Trustee shall be
specifically notified in writing of such Servicer Termination Event by
Servicer, Seller or any Holder. All notices or other instruments required
by this Agreement to be delivered to Trustee shall be delivered at the
Corporate Trust Office and, in the absence of such notice so delivered,
Trustee may conclusively assume there is no Servicer Termination Event
except as aforesaid.
Section 9.6. Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Receivables. Trustee
assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein
and in the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the
Certificates). Except as expressly provided herein, Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or of the
Certificates (other than Trustee's execution of, and the certificate of
authentication on, the Certificates), or of any Receivable or related document,
or for the validity of the execution by Seller and Servicer of this Agreement or
of any supplements hereto or instruments of further assurance, or for the
sufficiency of the Trust Property hereunder, and Trustee shall not be bound to
ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any covenants,
conditions or agreements on the part of Seller or Servicer under this Agreement
except as herein set forth; but Trustee may require Seller or Servicer to
provide full information and advice as to the performance of the aforesaid
covenants, condition and agreements. Trustee (solely in its capacity as such)
shall have no obligation to perform any of the duties of Seller or Servicer,
except as explicitly set forth in this Agreement. Trustee shall have no
liability in connection with compliance of Servicer or Seller with statutory or
regulatory requirements to the Receivables. Trustee shall not make or be deemed
to have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Receivables
or the validity or sufficiency of any assignment of the Receivables to the Trust
or Trustee. Trustee (solely in its capacity as such) shall at no time have any
responsibility or liability for, or with respect to, the legality, validity or
enforceability of any security interest in any Financed Vehicle or (prior to the
time, if any, that Servicer is terminated as custodian hereunder) any
Receivable, or the perfection and priority of such a security interest
70
<PAGE>
or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority, the efficacy of the
Trust or its ability to generate funds sufficient to provide for the payments to
be distributed to Holders under this Agreement, the existence, condition,
location, and ownership of any Financed Vehicle, the existence and
enforceability of the Insurance Policies, the existence and contents of any
Receivable or any computer or other record thereof, the validity of the
assignment of any Receivable to the Trust or of any intervening assignment, the
completeness of any Receivable, the performance or enforcement of any
Receivable, the compliance by Seller with any warranty or representation made
under this Agreement or in any related document and the accuracy, of any such
warranty or representation, prior to Trustee's receipt of notice or other
discovery of any noncompliance therewith or any breach thereof, any investment
of monies by Servicer or any loss resulting therefrom (it being understood that
Trustee shall remain responsible for any Trust Property that it may hold), the
acts or omissions of Seller, Servicer, or any Obligor, any action of Servicer
taken in the name of Trustee, or any action by Trustee taken at the instruction,
of Servicer (provided that such instruction is not in express violation of the
terms and provisions of this Agreement); provided that the foregoing shall not
relieve Trustee of its obligation to perform its duties under this Agreement.
Except with respect to a claim based on the failure of Trustee to perform its
duties under this Agreement (whether in its capacity as Trustee or as successor
Servicer) or based on Trustee's willful misconduct, negligence, or bad faith, or
based on Trustee's breach of a representation and warranty contained in Section
9.14, no recourse shall be had to Trustee (whether in its individual capacity or
as Trustee) for any claim based on any provision of this Agreement, the
Certificates, or any Receivable or assignment thereof against Trustee in its
individual capacity; Trustee shall not have any personal obligation, liability,
or duty whatsoever to any Holder or any other Person with respect to any such
claim. Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by Seller of
the proceeds of such Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds
paid to Servicer in respect of the Receivables prior to the time such amounts
are deposited in the Collection Account (whether or not the Collection Account
is maintained with Trustee). Trustee shall have no liability for any losses from
the investment or reinvestment in Eligible Investments made in accordance with
Section 4.1.
Section 9.7. Trustee May Own Certificates. Trustee in its individual or
any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Certificates with the same
rights as it would have if it were not Trustee.
Section 9.8. Trustee's Fees and Expenses. Servicer agrees to pay to
Trustee, and Trustee shall be entitled to, reasonable compensation (which shall
not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a
trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by it in the execution of
the trusts created by this Agreement and in the exercise and performance of any
of the powers and duties under this Agreement as Trustee, and Servicer shall pay
or reimburse Trustee upon its request
71
<PAGE>
for all reasonable expenses (including expenses incurred in connection with
notices or other communications to Holders), disbursements and advances
(including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and
disbursements of its counsel and of all persons not regularly in its employ)
incurred or made by Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this
Agreement (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents, any co-
trustee and counsel) or in defense of any action brought against it in
connection with this Agreement except any such expense, disbursement or advance
as may arise from its negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith. Servicer's
covenant to pay the expenses, disbursements and advances provided for in the
preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
Section 9.9. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. Trustee shall at all
times be organized and doing business under the banking laws of the United
States or of any state thereof, shall be authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trust powers, shall have a consolidated net worth of at least
$50,000,000 and shall be subject to supervision or examination by federal or
state banking authorities. If Trustee shall publish reports of condition at
least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid
supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 9.9,
the consolidated net worth of such Trustee shall be deemed to be its
consolidated capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent consolidated
report of condition so published. In case at any time Trustee shall cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.9, Trustee shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 9.10.
Section 9.10. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. (a) Trustee may at any
time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving 30 days'
prior written notice thereof to Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of
resignation, Servicer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, by written
instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the
resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee. If no successor Trustee
shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after
the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee;
provided, however, that such right to appoint or to petition for the appointment
of any such successor shall in no event relieve the resigning Trustee from any
obligations otherwise imposed on it under this Agreement and the Related
Agreements until such successor has in fact assumed such appointment.
(b) If at any time Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the provisions of Section 9.9 and shall fail to resign after written request
therefor by Servicer, or if at any time Trustee shall be legally unable to act,
or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver, conservator or
liquidator of Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public
officer shall take charge or control of
72
<PAGE>
Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation,
conservation or liquidation, then Servicer may remove Trustee. If Trustee is
removed under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, Servicer
shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate,
one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to Trustee so removed, the
successor Trustee, the Holders at their respective addresses of record and the
Rating Agencies.
(c) Any resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 9.10 shall not become
effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to
Section 9.11.
(d) The respective obligations of Seller and Servicer described in this
Agreement shall survive the removal or resignation of Trustee as provided in
this Agreement.
Section 9.11. Successor Trustee. (a) Any successor Trustee appointed
pursuant to Section 9.10 shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Servicer and
to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under this
Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee
shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed
or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all rights, powers, duties, and
obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if
originally named as Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall deliver to the
successor Trustee all documents and statements held by it under this Agreement,
and Servicer and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such
instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and
certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Trustee all such rights,
powers, duties, and obligations.
(b) No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section 9.11 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall
be eligible pursuant to Section 9.9.
(c) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee pursuant to this
Section 9.11, Servicer shall mail notice of such acceptance by the successor
Trustee under this Agreement to all Holders at their respective addresses of
record and to the Rating Agencies. If Servicer shall fail to mail such notice
within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the
successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of
Servicer.
(d) No predecessor Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions of
any successor Trustee.
73
<PAGE>
Section 9.12. Merger or Consolidation of or Assumption of Obligations of
Trustee. Any corporation or banking association which is eligible to be a
successor Trustee under Section 9.9 (a) into which Trustee may be merged or
consolidated, (b) that may result from any merger, conversion or consolidation
to which Trustee shall be a party, or (c) that may succeed by purchase and
assumption to the business of Trustee, where Trustee is not the surviving
entity, which corporation or banking association executes an agreement of
assumption to perform every obligation of Trustee under this Agreement, shall be
the successor of Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any
instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything
herein to the contrary notwithstanding. Trustee shall promptly notify Servicer
and each Rating Agency of any such merger, conversion, consolidation or purchase
and assumption where Trustee is not the surviving entity.
Section 9.13. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. (a)
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust Property or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be located,
Servicer and Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute and
deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by Trustee to
act as co-trustee, jointly with Trustee, or separate trustee or separate
trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person, in such
capacity and for the benefit of the Holders, such title to the Trust, or any
part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 9.13, such
powers, duties, obligations, rights, and trusts as Servicer and Trustee may
consider necessary or desirable. If Servicer shall not have joined in such
appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, or in
case a Servicer Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, Trustee
alone shall have the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate
trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility
as a successor trustee pursuant to Section 9.9 and no notice to Holders of the
appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to
Section 9.11. Notwithstanding the appointment of a co-trustee or separate
trustee hereunder, Trustee shall not be relieved of any of its obligations under
this Agreement.
(b) Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:
(i) All rights, powers, duties, and obligations conferred or imposed
upon Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed by Trustee
and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that
such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately
without Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any
law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be
performed (whether as Trustee under this Agreement or as successor to
Servicer under this Agreement), Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified
to perform such act
74
<PAGE>
or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties, and obligations
(including the holding of title to the Trust Property or any portion
thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly
by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of
Trustee.
(ii) No trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by
reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement.
(iii) Servicer and Trustee acting jointly may at any time accept the
resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.
(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to Trustee shall be deemed
to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as
effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and in particular
to the provisions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon
its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or
property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with Trustee
or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this
Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to
the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, Trustee.
Each such instrument shall be filed with Trustee and a copy thereof given to
Servicer.
(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may, at any time, appoint Trustee
its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not
prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on
its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die,
become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by
Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or
successor trustee. Trustee shall promptly notify Servicer and each Rating Agency
of any appointment made pursuant to this Section 9.13.
Section 9.14. Representations and Warranties of Trustee. Trustee makes the
following representations and warranties on which Seller, Servicer, and Holders
may rely:
(a) Organization and Good Standing. Trustee is a banking corporation
duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of
______________.
(b) Power and Authority. Trustee has full power, authority and legal
right to execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement and the Related
Agreements and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution,
75
<PAGE>
delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement and the Related
Agreements to which it is a party.
(c) Enforceability. This Agreement and the Related Agreements to
which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Trustee and
this Agreement and such Related Agreements constitute legal, valid and
binding obligations of Trustee enforceable against Trustee in accordance
with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and except as such enforceability may be
limited by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
(d) No Consent Required. No approval, authorization, consent, license
or other order or action of, or filing or registration with, any
governmental authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the
execution, delivery or performance by Trustee of this Agreement, the
Related Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby.
(e) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Trustee
of this Agreement and the Related Agreements and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not conflict with, result
in any breach of the terms and provisions of, constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time) a default under, or result in the creation or
disposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms
of, (i) the articles of association or by-laws of Trustee, (ii any
indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument or
agreement to which Trustee is a party or by which Trustee is bound or to
which any of its properties are subject, or (ii any law, order, rule or
regulation applicable to Trustee or its properties of any federal or state
regulatory body, any court, administrative agency or other governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over Trustee or any of its properties.
Section 9.15. Reports by Trustee. Trustee shall provide to any Holder or
Certificate Owner who so requests in writing (addressed to the Corporate Trust
Office) a copy of any Servicer's Report, the annual statement described in
Section 3.10, and the annual accountant's examination described in Section 3.11.
Trustee may require any Holder or Certificate Owner requesting such report to
pay a reasonable sum to cover the cost of Trustee's complying with such request.
Section 9.16. Tax Returns. Servicer shall prepare or shall cause to be
prepared any tax returns on Form 1065 (or other applicable form) required to be
filed by the Trust and shall remit such returns to Trustee for signature at
least five days
76
<PAGE>
before such returns are due to be filed. Trustee, upon request, will furnish
Servicer with all such information actually known to an Authorized Officer of
Trustee as may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of all
tax returns of the Trust, and shall, upon request, execute such returns.
Servicer shall prepare the tax returns of the Trust in accordance with the Code
and any regulations (including, to the extent applicable by their terms,
proposed regulations) thereunder.
Section 9.17. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
Certificates. All rights of action and claims under this Agreement or the
Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by Trustee without the possession of
any of the Certificates or the production thereof in any proceeding relating
thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by Trustee shall be brought in its
own name as trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the
payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in
respect of which such judgment has been obtained.
ARTICLE X. TERMINATION.
Section 10.1. Termination of the Trust. (a) The Trust, and the respective
obligations and responsibilities of Seller, Servicer and Trustee hereunder,
shall terminate (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) upon the
earliest of: (i) the Distribution Date next succeeding the purchase by either
Seller or Servicer at its respective option, pursuant to Section 10.2, of the
Receivables (other than Defaulted Receivables) remaining in the Trust, (ii) the
payment to Holders of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to this
Agreement or (iii) the Distribution Date next succeeding the month which is six
months after the maturity or the liquidation of the last Receivable held in the
Trust and the disposition of any amounts received upon liquidation of any
property remaining in the Trust; provided that in no event shall the Trust
created by this Agreement continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from the
death of the last survivor of the descendants living on the date of this
Agreement of Rose Kennedy of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Servicer shall
promptly notify Trustee of any prospective termination pursuant to this Section
10.1.
(b) Notice of any termination, specifying the Distribution Date upon which
the Holders may surrender the Certificates to Trustee for payment of the final
distribution and cancellation, shall be given promptly by Trustee by letter to
Holders of record and the Rating Agencies mailed not earlier than the 15th day
and not later than the 25th day of the month next preceding the specified
Distribution Date stating the amount of any such final payment and that the
Record Date otherwise applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable,
payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates at
the office of Trustee therein specified. Upon presentation and surrender of the
Certificates, Trustee shall cause to be distributed to Holders amounts
distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant
77
<PAGE>
to Section 4.5. Amounts remaining in the Trust after distribution, or after
setting aside all funds required for distribution, to the Holders shall be
distributed to Seller.
(c) In the event that all of the Holders shall not surrender their
Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the
above-mentioned written notice, Trustee shall give a second written notice to
the remaining Holders to surrender their Certificates for cancellation and
receive the final distribution with respect thereto. Trustee shall after giving
such notice to deliver or cause to be delivered to Servicer the Certificate
Register. If within one year after the second notice all the Certificates shall
not have been surrendered for cancellation, Servicer may take appropriate steps,
or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining
Holders concerning surrender of their Certificates, and the cost thereof shall
be paid out of the funds and other assets that shall remain subject to this
Agreement. Any funds remaining in the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies
shall be distributed by Trustee to Seller.
Section 10.2. Optional Purchase of All Receivables. If the Pool Factor
shall be .0500000 or less as of the last day of any Collection Period, Seller
and Servicer shall each have the option to purchase the remaining Trust Property
on any Distribution Date occurring in a subsequent Collection Period. To
exercise such option, Seller or Servicer, as applicable, shall deposit the
aggregate Purchase Amount for the remaining Receivables (other than Defaulted
Receivables) into the Collection Account on the Deposit Date occurring in the
month in which such repurchase is to be effected. The payment shall be made in
the manner specified in Section 4.4, and shall be distributed pursuant to
Section 4.5. Upon such payment Seller or Servicer, as applicable, shall succeed
to and own all interests in and to the Trust Property (subject to the rights of
the Holders to receive a final distribution on the related Distribution Date).
ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
Section 11.1. Amendment. (a) This Agreement may be amended by Seller,
Servicer and Trustee, without the consent of any of the Holders, for the purpose
of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of this Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the
Holders; provided that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of
Counsel to Seller delivered to Trustee, materially and adversely affect the
interests of any Holder.
(b) This Agreement may be amended by Seller, Servicer and Trustee without
the consent of any of the Holders (i) to add, modify or eliminate such
provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a portion
of the Trust to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause all or
a portion of the Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization
investment trust" as described in the provisions of the "Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996," or
78
<PAGE>
to enable all or a portion of the Trust to qualify and an election to be made
for similar treatment under such comparable subsequent federal income tax
provisions as may ultimately be enacted into law, and (ii) in connection with
any such election, to modify or eliminate existing provisions set forth in this
Agreement relating to the intended federal income tax treatment of the
Certificates and the Trust in the absence of the election; it being a condition
to any such amendment that each Rating Agency will have notified the Seller, the
Servicer and the Trustee in writing that the amendment will not result in a
reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Certificates with
respect to which it is a Rating Agency.
(c) This Agreement may be amended by Seller, Servicer and Trustee without
the consent of any of the Holders to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as
may be necessary or advisable in order to enable (i) the transfer to the Trust
of all or any portion of the Receivables to be derecognized under generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") by Seller to the Trust, (ii) the Trust
to avoid becoming a member of Seller's consolidated group under GAAP; or (iii)
the Seller, any Seller Affiliate or any of other Affiliates to otherwise comply
with or obtain more favorable treatment under any law or regulation or any
accounting rule or principle; it being a condition to any such amendment that
each Rating Agency will have notified the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee
in writing that the amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of
the rating of any outstanding Certificates with respect to which it is a Rating
Agency.
(d) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by Seller,
Servicer and Trustee, with the consent of the Majority Holders, for the purpose
of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Holders; provided that no such amendment shall (i) increase or reduce in any
manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of
payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made on
any Certificate without the consent of all adversely affected Holders, (ii)
reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
Certificates, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such
amendment, without the consent of all Holders, (iii) materially and adversely
affect the interests of either the Class A Holders or the Class B Holders
without the consent of the Holders of Class A Certificates or Class B
Certificates, as the case may be, evidencing not less than a majority of the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates or the Class
B Certificates, as the case may be, or (iv) cause either Rating Agency to
downgrade or withdraw its rating of the Class A Certificates or the Class B
Certificates without the consent of Holders of Class A Certificates or Class B
Certificates, as the case may be, evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates or the Class B
Certificates, as the case may be. Promptly after the execution of any such
amendment or consent, Trustee shall furnish written notification of the
substance of such amendment or consent to each Holder.
79
<PAGE>
(e) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Holders pursuant to this
Section 11.1 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance
thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the
authorization of the execution thereof by Holders shall be subject to such
reasonable requirements as Trustee may prescribe.
(f) Notice of any amendment of this Agreement shall be sent by Servicer to
each Rating Agency, at such address as such Rating Agency may from time to time
specify in writing.
(g) In connection with any amendment pursuant to this Section 11.1 Trustee
shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
amendment is authorized or permitted by the Agreement.
Section 11.2. Protection of Title to Trust Property. (a) Servicer shall
execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed
such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the
Holders and Trustee under this Agreement in the Trust Property and in the
proceeds thereof. Servicer shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Trustee
file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided
above, as soon as available following such filing. If Servicer fails to perform
its obligations under this subsection, Trustee may (but shall not be obligated
to) do so, at the expense of Servicer.
(b) Neither Seller nor Servicer shall change its name, identity or
corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make any financing
statement or continuation statement filed by Servicer in accordance with
subsection (a) misleading within the meaning of the UCC, unless it shall have
given Trustee at least 60 days' prior written notice thereof and shall have
promptly filed appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing
statements or continuation statements.
(c) Seller and Servicer shall give Trustee at least 60 days' prior written
notice of any relocation of its principal executive office if, as a result of
such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing
of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or
of any new financing statement. Seller and Servicer shall at all times maintain
each office from which it shall service Receivables, and its principal executive
office, within the United States of America.
(d) Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each Receivable
accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to know at
any time the status of such Receivable, including payments and recoveries made
and payments owing (and the nature of each), and (ii) reconciliation between
payments or
80
<PAGE>
recoveries on (or with respect to) each Receivable and the amounts from time to
time deposited in the Collection Account in respect of such Receivable.
(e) Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after
the time of sale under this Agreement of the Receivables to Trustee, Servicer's
master computer records (including archives) that shall refer to a Receivable
indicate clearly that such Receivable is owned by the Trust. Indication of the
Trust's ownership of a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on
Servicer's computer systems when, and only when, the Receivable shall be paid or
shall become a Purchased Receivable.
(f) If at any time Seller, any Seller Affiliate or Servicer shall propose
to sell, grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer any interest in
motor vehicle loans and/or retail installment sales contracts to any prospective
purchaser, lender or other transferee, Seller or Servicer, as the case may be,
shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee computer
tapes, records or print-outs (including any restored from archives) that, if
they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate
clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by the Trust.
(g) Upon request, Servicer, at its expense, shall furnish to Trustee,
within thirty days, a list of all Receivables then held as part of the Trust,
together with a reconciliation of such list to each Schedule of Receivables and
to each of Servicer's Reports furnished pursuant to Section 3.9 indicating
removal of Receivables from the Trust.
(h) Servicer shall deliver to Trustee upon the Closing Date, and upon the
execution and delivery of each amendment, if any, of this Agreement an Opinion
of Counsel to Servicer either (i) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
no filings or other action, other than the filings required in the appropriate
filing offices as described in such opinion, are necessary to perfect and
maintain (A) the security interest of Trustee in the Financed Vehicles, subject
to the exceptions stated therein, and (B) the interest of Trustee in the
Receivables and the proceeds thereof against third parties, subject to the
exceptions stated therein, and reciting the details of such filings or referring
to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (ii) stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to
perfect or complete the perfected status of such interest.
(i) Servicer shall permit Trustee and its agents, at the expense of
Trustee (except after a Servicer Termination Event, in which case such cost will
be at the expense of Servicer), at any time to inspect, audit and make copies of
and abstracts from Servicer's records regarding any Receivables then or
previously included in the Trust.
81
<PAGE>
Section 11.3 Limitation on Rights of Holders. (a) The death or incapacity
of any Holder shall not operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, or
entitle the Holder's legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to
take any action or commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or
winding up of the Trust, or otherwise affect the rights, obligations and
liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or any of them.
(b) No Holder shall have any right to vote (except as expressly provided
herein) or in any manner otherwise control the operation and management of the
Trust or the obligations of the parties to this Agreement, nor shall anything
set forth in this Agreement, or contained in the terms of the Certificates, be
construed so as to constitute the Holders as partners or members of an
association; nor shall any Holder be under any liability to any third party by
reason of any action taken pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
(c) No Holder shall have any right by virtue or by availing itself of any
provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action or proceeding in
equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement, unless such
Holder previously shall have given to Trustee a written notice of default and of
the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and unless, with respect to
the Class A Certificates, Class A Holders evidencing not less than a majority of
the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates or, with
respect to the Class B Certificates, Class B Holders evidencing not less than a
majority of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Class B
Certificates, shall have made written request upon Trustee to institute such
action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee under the Agreement and
shall have offered to Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require
against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby,
and Trustee, for __ days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity satisfactory to it, shall have neglected or refused to institute any
such action, suit or proceeding; no one or more Holders of Certificates shall
have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself or
themselves of any provisions of this Agreement to affect, disturb or prejudice
the rights of the Holders of any other of the Certificates, or to obtain or seek
to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder or to enforce any
right under this Agreement, except in the manner provided in this Agreement and
for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Class A Holders or Class B
Holders, as the case may be. For the protection and enforcement of the
provisions of this Section 11.3, each Holder and Trustee shall be entitled to
such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.
Section 11.4. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES
82
<PAGE>
HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS; EXCEPT THAT THE
GRANT OF A SECURITY INTEREST IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT PROPERTY AND THE PERFECTION,
EFFECT OF PERFECTION, AND PRIORITY OF SUCH SECURITY INTEREST SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ___________________.
Section 11.5. Notices. All demands, notices, and communications under this
Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered, or sent by telecopier,
overnight mail or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall
be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of Seller to;
(b) in the case of Servicer, to AmSouth Bank, Attention: _______________; 1900
5th Avenue North, AmSouth/SONAT Tower, Birmingham, Alabama 35288, Attention:
_______________; (c) in the case of Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office,
facsimile number: _____________, (d) in the case of Moody's Investors Service,
Inc., at the following address: Moody's Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring
Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007, facsimile number: (212)
553-3850, (e) in the case of Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., at the following address: Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 25 Broadway,
20th Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Asset Backed Surveillance
Department, facsimile number: (212) 208-0030, and (f) in the case of Fitch, to
_____________________. Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Holder
shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of record of
such Holder. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement
shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the
Holder shall receive such notice.
Section 11.6. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason
whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, provisions or terms shall be
deemed severable from the remaining covenants, provisions or terms of this
Agreement, and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the
other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates or the rights of the
Holders thereof.
Section 11.7. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, except as provided in Section 2.5, 3.1, 6.3 and 7.3, this
Agreement may not be assigned by Seller or Servicer. This Agreement may not be
assigned by Trustee except as provided by Sections 9.10 through 9.13.
Section 11.8. Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid. The interests
represented by the Certificates shall be nonassessable for any losses or
expenses of the Trust or for any reason whatsoever, and, upon authentication
thereof by Trustee pursuant to Section 5.1, each Certificate shall be deemed
fully paid.
83
<PAGE>
Section 11.9. Intention of Parties. (a) The execution and delivery of this
Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgment by Seller and Trustee, on behalf of
the Holders, that it is intended that the assignment and transfer herein
contemplated constitute a sale and assignment outright, and not for security, of
the Receivables and the other Trust Property, conveying good title thereto free
and clear of any liens, from Seller to the Trust, and that the Receivables and
the other Trust Property shall not be a part of Seller's estate in the event of
the insolvency, receivership, conservatorship or the occurrence of another
similar event, of, or with respect to, Seller. In the event that such conveyance
is determined to be made as security for a loan made by the Trust or the Holders
to the Seller, the parties intend that Seller shall have granted to Trustee a
security interest in all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the
Trust Property conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.1, and that this
Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.
(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an
acknowledgment by Seller and Trustee on behalf of the Holders that they intend
that the Trust be classified (for Federal tax purposes) as a grantor trust under
Subpart E, Part I of Subchapter J of the Internal Revenue Code of which the
Holders are owners, rather than as an association taxable as a corporation. The
powers granted and obligations undertaken in this Agreement shall be construed
so as to further such intent.
Section 11.10. Counterparts. For the purpose of facilitating the execution
of this Agreement and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed
simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts shall
be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts shall constitute but
one and the same instrument.
Section 11.11. Further Assurances. Seller and Servicer agree to do and
perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further
instruments required or reasonably requested by Trustee more fully to effect the
purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the execution of any
financing statements or continuation statements relating to the Receivables for
filing under the provisions of the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction.
Section 11.12. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and
no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right,
remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and
privileges therein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights,
remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
84
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day
and year first above written.
SPECIAL PURPOSE
CORPORATION,
Seller
By:__________________________
Name:
Title:
AMSOUTH BANK,
Servicer
By:__________________________
Name:
Title:
________________ BANK,
Trustee
By:__________________________
Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A
LOCATION OF RECEIVABLE FILES
[AmSouth Bank]
86
<PAGE>
FORM OF CLASS A CERTIFICATE
---------------------------
EXHIBIT A
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199__
____% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE, CLASS A
Evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of fixed rate simple interest retail motor
vehicle loans and/or retail installment sales contracts (the "Receivables")
secured by the new and used automobiles and light duty trucks financed thereby
(the "Financed Vehicles") and sold to the Trust by Special Purpose Entity.
THIS CERTIFICATE REPRESENTS A FRACTIONAL UNDIVIDED INTEREST IN THE TRUST AND
DOES NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY,
AMSOUTH BANK, OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES. THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE RECEIVABLES
ARE NOT DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
NUMBER CUSIP _____________________
_________________
$__________________________
Exhibit A, Page 1
<PAGE>
Original Certificate Amount
THIS CERTIFIES THAT ____________________ is the registered owner of a
______________ dollars, nonassessable, fully paid, fractional undivided interest
in AmSouth Auto Trust 199__ (the "Trust") formed pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of ______ __, 199_ (the "Agreement") among Special
Purpose Entity (the "Seller"), AmSouth Bank (the "Servicer") and ___________
Bank, a ____________ corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").
To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used
herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This Certificate is
one of the duly authorized Certificates designated as "____% Asset Backed
Certificates, Class A" (herein called the "Class A Certificates"). Also issued
under the Agreement are Certificates designated as "____% Asset Backed
Certificates, Class B (the "Class B Certificates"). The Class A Certificates and
the Class B Certificates are hereinafter collectively called the "Certificates."
This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions, and
conditions of the Agreement, to which the Holder of this Certificate by virtue
of the acceptance hereof assents and by which such Holder is bound. The Trust
Property includes (as more fully described in the Agreement) a pool of
Receivables, certain monies received under the Receivables after _______ __,
199_ (the "Cutoff Date"), security interests in the Financed Vehicles, and
proceeds of the foregoing.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement (including the
availability of funds for distributions) and until the obligations created by
the Agreement shall have terminated in accordance therewith, there will be
distributed, but only from funds on deposit in the Class A Distribution Account,
on the __th day of each month or, if such __th day is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day (each such date, a "Distribution Date"), commencing
_______ __, 199, to the Person in whose name this Certificate is registered at
the close of business on the last day of the preceding Collection Period (the
"Record Date"), such Holder's fractional undivided interest in the amounts to be
distributed to Class A Holders pursuant to the Agreement on such Distribution
Date.
Distributions on this Certificate will be made by Trustee by check mailed
to the Holder of record at its address as it appears in the Certificate Register
without the presentation or surrender of this Certificate or the making of any
notation hereon, except that with respect to a Certificate registered in the
name of a Clearing Agency or its nominee, distributions will be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds. Except as otherwise provided in the
Agreement and notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this
Certificate will be made after due notice by Trustee of the pendency of such
distribution and only upon presentation and
Exhibit A, Page 2
<PAGE>
surrender of this Certificate at the office or agency maintained for that
purpose by Trustee.
This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is hereby made to the Agreement for information with respect to the rights,
benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by
an authorized officer of Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall
not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Agreement or be valid for
any purpose.
Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Certificate or a beneficial interest in
a Certificate, acknowledges and agrees that they intend that the Trust be
classified (for Federal tax purposes) as a grantor trust under Subpart E, Part I
of Subchapter J of the Internal Revenue Code of which the Holders are owners,
rather than as an association taxable as a corporation.
Exhibit A, Page 3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, and not in its
individual capacity, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199__
By: __________________ BANK,
as Trustee
By:__________________________________
Authorized Officer
DATED:
[SEAL]
ATTEST:
_____________________________________
Authorized Officer
Trustee's Certificate of
Authentication:
This is one of the Class A Certificates referred
to in the within-mentioned Agreement.
____________________ BANK,
as Trustee
By:__________________________________
Authorized Officer
Exhibit A, Page 4
<PAGE>
FORM OF CLASS B CERTIFICATE
---------------------------
EXHIBIT B
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199__
____% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE, CLASS B
Evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of fixed rate simple interest retail motor
vehicle loans and/or retail installment sales contracts (the "Receivables")
secured by the new and used automobiles and light duty trucks financed thereby
(the "Financed Vehicles") and sold to the Trust by Special Purpose Entity.
THIS CERTIFICATE REPRESENTS A FRACTIONAL UNDIVIDED INTEREST IN THE TRUST AND
DOES NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY,
AMSOUTH BANK, OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES. THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE RECEIVABLES
ARE NOT DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
NUMBER CUSIP _____________________
_________________
$__________________________
Exhibit B, Page 1
<PAGE>
Original Certificate Amount
THIS CERTIFIES THAT ____________________ is the registered owner of a
______________ dollars, nonassessable, fully paid, fractional undivided interest
in the AmSouth Auto Trust 199__ (the "Trust") formed pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of ______ __, 199_ (the "Agreement") among AmSouth
AutoCorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), AmSouth Bank (the
"Servicer") and ____________ Bank, a ___________ corporation, as trustee (the
"Trustee").
To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used
herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement. This Certificate is
one of the duly authorized Certificates designated as "____% Asset Backed
Certificates, Class B" (herein called the "Class B Certificates"). Also issued
under the Agreement are Certificates designated as ____% Asset Backed
Certificates, Class A (the "Class A Certificates"). The Class A Certificates and
the Class B Certificates are hereinafter collectively called the "Certificates."
This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions, and
conditions of the Agreement, to which the Holder of this Certificate by virtue
of the acceptance hereof assents and by which such Holder is bound. The Trust
Property includes (as more fully described in the Agreement) a pool of
Receivables, certain monies received under the Receivables after _______ __,
199_ (the "Cutoff Date"), security interests in the Financed Vehicles, and
proceeds of the foregoing. The rights of the Holder of the Class B Certificates
are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of the Class A Certificates to the
extent set forth in the Agreement.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement (including the
availability of funds for distributions and the subordination of the Class B
Certificates) and until the obligations created by the Agreement shall have
terminated in accordance therewith, there will be distributed, but only from
funds on deposit in the Class B Distribution Account, on the __th day of each
month or, if such __th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day (each such date, a "Distribution Date"), commencing ______ __, 199_, to the
Person in whose name this Certificate is registered at the close of business on
the last day of the preceding Collection Period (the "Record Date"), such
Holder's fractional undivided interest in the amounts to be distributed to Class
B Holders pursuant to the Agreement on such Distribution Date.
Distributions on this Certificate will be made by Trustee by check mailed
to the Holder of record at its address as it appears in the Certificate Register
without the presentation or surrender of this Certificate or the making of any
notation hereon, except that with respect to a Certificate registered in the
name of a Clearing Agency
Exhibit B, Page 2
<PAGE>
or its nominee, distributions will be made by wire transfer of immediately
available funds. Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and
notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this Certificate will be
made after due notice by Trustee of the pendency of such distribution and only
upon presentation and surrender of this Certificate at the office or agency
maintained for that purpose by Trustee.
This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and reference
is hereby made to the Agreement for information with respect to the rights,
benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by
an authorized officer of Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall
not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Agreement or be valid for
any purpose.
Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Certificate or a beneficial interest in
a Certificate, acknowledges and agrees that they intend that the Trust be
classified (for Federal tax purposes) as a grantor trust under Subpart E, Part I
of Subchapter J of the Internal Revenue Code of which the Holders are owners,
rather than as an association taxable as a corporation.
Exhibit B, Page 3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, and not in its
individual capacity, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199__
By: _________________ BANK,
as Trustee
By:__________________________________
Authorized Officer
DATED:
[SEAL]
ATTEST:
_____________________________________
Authorized Officer
Trustee's Certificate of
Authentication:
This is one of the Class B Certificates referred
to in the within-mentioned Agreement.
__________________ BANK,
as Trustee
By:__________________________________
Authorized Officer
Exhibit B, Page 4
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
Form of Servicer's Report
Exhibit C, Page 1
<PAGE>
Exhibit 99.1
================================================================================
SALE AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT
among
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
as
Issuer
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.,
as
Seller
AMSOUTH BANK,
as Servicer
and
_________________________
as Indenture Trustee
Dated as of __________ [ ], 199_
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS................................................. 1
SECTION 1.1. Definitions.......................................... 1
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions........................ 1
ARTICLE II. CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES................................... 2
SECTION 2.1. Conveyance of Receivables............................ 2
ARTICLE III. THE RECEIVABLES............................................. 3
SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties as to Each Receivable. 3
SECTION 3.2. Representations and Warranties as to the Receivables
in the Aggregate.................................... 7
SECTION 3.3. Repurchase upon Breach............................... 7
SECTION 3.4. Custodian of Receivable Files........................ 8
ARTICLE IV. ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES................. 12
SECTION 4.1. Duties of Servicer................................... 12
SECTION 4.2. Collection of Receivable Payments.................... 13
SECTION 4.3. Realization upon Receivables......................... 13
SECTION 4.4. Physical Damage Insurance............................ 14
SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed
Vehicles............................................ 15
SECTION 4.6. Covenants of Servicer................................ 16
SECTION 4.7. Purchase by Servicer upon Breach..................... 16
SECTION 4.8. Servicing Fee........................................ 17
SECTION 4.9. Servicer's Report.................................... 17
SECTION 4.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default. 18
SECTION 4.11. Annual Independent Certified Public Accountants'
Report.............................................. 18
SECTION 4.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information
Regarding Receivables............................... 19
SECTION 4.13. Reports to the Commission............................ 19
SECTION 4.14. Reports to the Rating Agencies....................... 19
SECTION 4.15. Servicer Expenses.................................... 20
ARTICLE V. DISTRIBUTIONS; RESERVE ACCOUNT; STATEMENTS TO
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND NOTEHOLDERS.......................... 20
SECTION 5.1. Establishment of Trust Accounts...................... 20
SECTION 5.2. Collections.......................................... 22
SECTION 5.3. [Reserved]........................................... 23
SECTION 5.4. Additional Deposits.................................. 23
SECTION 5.5. Distributions........................................ 23
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SECTION 5.6. Statements to Certificateholders and Noteholders..... 26
SECTION 5.7. Net Deposits......................................... 27
SECTION 5.8. Reserve Account...................................... 27
ARTICLE VI. SELLER...................................................... 31
SECTION 6.1. Representations of Seller............................ 31
SECTION 6.2. Continued Existence.................................. 32
SECTION 6.3. Liability of Seller; Indemnities..................... 33
SECTION 6.4. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Seller.............................. 34
SECTION 6.5. Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others......... 35
SECTION 6.6. Seller May Own Certificates or Notes................. 35
SECTION 6.7. Indebtedness of Seller............................... 35
ARTICLE VII. SERVICER................................................... 35
SECTION 7.1. Representations of Servicer.......................... 35
SECTION 7.2. Indemnities of Servicer.............................. 37
SECTION 7.3. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Servicer............................ 39
SECTION 7.4. Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others....... 39
SECTION 7.5. AmSouth Not To Resign as Servicer.................... 40
SECTION 7.6. Existence............................................ 40
SECTION 7.7. Servicer May Own Notes or Certificates............... 40
ARTICLE VIII. SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS............................... 41
SECTION 8.1. Servicer Termination Event........................... 41
SECTION 8.2. Appointment of Successor............................. 42
SECTION 8.3. Payment of Servicing Fee............................. 43
SECTION 8.4. Notification to Noteholders and Certificateholders... 44
SECTION 8.5. Waiver of Past Defaults.............................. 44
ARTICLE IX. TERMINATION................................................. 44
SECTION 9.1. Optional Purchase of All Receivables; Termination
Notice.............................................. 44
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..................................... 45
SECTION 10.1. Amendment............................................ 45
SECTION 10.2. Protection of Title to Trust Property................ 47
SECTION 10.3. Notices.............................................. 49
SECTION 10.4. Assignment........................................... 49
SECTION 10.5. Limitations on Rights of Others...................... 50
SECTION 10.6. Severability......................................... 50
SECTION 10.7. Separate Counterparts................................ 50
SECTION 10.8. Headings............................................. 50
</TABLE>
SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SECTION 10.9. Governing Law........................................ 50
SECTION 10.10. Assignment to Indenture Trustee...................... 50
SECTION 10.11. Nonpetition Covenant................................. 51
SECTION 10.12. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee................................... 51
SECTION 10.13. Further Assurances................................... 51
SECTION 10.14. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies....................... 51
</TABLE>
SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
SCHEDULES
Schedule A -- Schedule of Receivables
Schedule B -- Location of Receivables
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A -- Form of Monthly Certificateholder Statement
Exhibit B -- Form of Monthly Noteholder Statement
Exhibit C -- Form of Servicer's Report
APPENDIX
Appendix X -- Definitions
SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of __________ [-], 199_ (this
"Agreement") among AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_, a Delaware business trust
("Issuer"), AmSouth AutoCorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (in its capacity as
seller, "Seller"), AMSOUTH BANK, a banking corporation organized under the laws
of the State of Alabama (in its capacity as servicer, "Servicer") and
___________________, a _____________________ (in its capacity as indenture
trustee, "Indenture Trustee").
WHEREAS, Issuer desires to purchase from Seller a portfolio of receivables
arising in connection with Motor Vehicle Loans purchased or originated by the
Seller Affiliates and sold to Seller under the Purchase Agreements;
WHEREAS, Seller is willing to sell such receivables to Issuer; and
WHEREAS, Servicer is willing to service such receivables.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS.
SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Capitalized terms are used in this Agreement as
defined in Appendix X to this Agreement.
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions. For purposes of this
Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not
otherwise defined in this Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this
Agreement to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to
them under generally accepted accounting principles; (b) terms defined in
Article 9 of the UCC as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction and not otherwise
defined in this Agreement are used as defined in that Article; (c) the words
"hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (d)
references to any Article, Section, Schedule, Appendix or Exhibit are references
to Articles, Sections, Schedules, Appendices and Exhibits in or to this
Agreement and references to any paragraph, subsection, clause or other
subdivision within any Section or definition refer to such paragraph,
subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or definition; (e) the
term "including" means "including without limitation"; (f) except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, references to any law or regulation refer to that law
or regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or
regulation; (g) references to any Person include that Person's successors and
assigns; and (h) headings are for
<PAGE>
purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or
interpretation of any provision hereof.
ARTICLE II. CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.
SECTION 2.1. Conveyance of Receivables. In consideration of Issuer's
delivery to, or upon the order of, Seller of Notes and Certificates, in
aggregate principal amounts equal to the initial principal amounts of the Notes
and the initial Certificate Balance, respectively, Seller does hereby sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Issuer, without recourse,
subject to the obligations herein (collectively, the "Trust Property"):
(a) all right, title and interest of Seller in and to the Receivables, and
all moneys received thereon after the Cutoff Date;
(b) all right, title and interest of Seller in the security interests in
the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Receivables and any
other interest of Seller in the Financed Vehicles and any other property that
shall secure the Receivables;
(c) the interest of Seller in any proceeds with respect to the Receivables
from claims on any Insurance Policies covering Financed Vehicles or the Obligors
or from claims under any lender's single interest insurance policy naming any
Seller Affiliate as an insured;
(d) rebates of premiums relating to Insurance Policies and rebates of other
items such as extended warranties financed under the Receivables, in each case,
to the extent the Servicer would, in accordance with its customary practices,
apply such amounts to the Principal Balance of the related Receivable;
(e) the interest of Seller in any proceeds from (i) any Receivable
repurchased by a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a result of a breach
of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement, (ii) a default by
an Obligor resulting in the repossession of the Financed Vehicle under the
applicable Motor Vehicle Loan or (iii) any Dealer Recourse or other rights
relating to the Receivables under Dealer Agreements;
(f) all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time
in the Certificate Distribution Account and the Trust Accounts, and in all
investments and proceeds thereof (but excluding all investment income thereon);
(g) all right, title and interest of Seller under each Purchase Agreement,
including the right of Seller to cause a Seller Affiliate to repurchase
Receivables from Seller;
2
<PAGE>
(h) all right, title and interest of Seller in any instrument or document
relating to the Receivables; and
(i) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
The sale, transfer, assignment, setting over and conveyance made hereunder
shall not constitute and is not intended to result in an assumption by Issuer of
any obligation of any Seller Affiliates to the Obligors, the Dealers or any
other Person in connection with the Receivables and the other assets and
properties conveyed hereunder or any agreement, document or instrument related
thereto.
ARTICLE III THE RECEIVABLES.
SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties as to Each Receivable. Seller
hereby makes the following representations and warranties as to each Receivable
conveyed by it to Issuer hereunder on which Issuer shall rely in acquiring the
Receivables. Unless otherwise indicated, such representations and warranties
shall speak as of the Closing Date, but shall survive the sale, transfer and
assignment of the Receivables to Issuer and the pledge thereof to Indenture
Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.
(a) Characteristics of Receivables. The Receivable has been fully and
properly executed by the parties thereto and (i) is a Direct Loan made by an
Originator or has been originated by a Dealer in the ordinary course of such
Dealer's business and has been purchased by an Originator, in either case, in
the ordinary course of such Originator's business and in accordance with such
Originator's underwriting standards to finance the retail sale by a Dealer of
the related Financed Vehicle or has otherwise been acquired by a Seller
Affiliate, (ii) the Originator of which has underwriting standards that require
physical damage insurance to be maintained on the related Financed Vehicle,
(iii) is secured by a valid, subsisting, binding and enforceable first priority
security interest in favor of a Seller Affiliate in the Financed Vehicle
(subject to administrative delays and clerical errors on the part of the
applicable government agency and to any statutory or other lien arising by
operation of law after the Closing Date which is prior to such security
interest), which security interest is assignable together with such Receivable,
and has been so assigned to Seller, and subsequently assigned by Seller to
Issuer, (iv) contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights
and remedies of the holder thereof are adequate for realization against the
collateral of the benefits of the security, (v) provided, at origination, for
level monthly payments (provided, that the amount of the last payment may be
different), which fully amortize the Initial Principal Balance over the original
term, (vi) provides for interest at the Contract Rate specified in the Schedule
of
3
<PAGE>
Receivables, (vii) was originated in the United States and (viii) constitutes
"chattel paper" as defined in the UCC.
(b) Individual Characteristics. The Receivables have the following
individual characteristics as of the Cutoff Date; (i) each Receivable is secured
by a Motor Vehicle; (ii) each Receivable has a Contract Rate of at least ____%
and not more than ____%; (iii) each Receivable had a remaining term, as of the
Cutoff Date, of not less than ______ and not more than ______; (iv) each
Receivable had an Initial Principal Balance of not less than _______ and not
more than _________; (v) no Receivable was more than 30 days past due as of the
Cutoff Date; (vi) no Financed Vehicle had been repossessed as of the Cutoff
Date; (vii) no Receivable is subject to a force placed Physical Damage Insurance
Policy on the related Financed Vehicle; [(viii) each Receivable is a Simple
Interest Receivable;] and (xi) the Dealer of the Financed Vehicle has no
participation in, or other right to receive, any proceeds of the Receivable. The
Receivables were selected using selection procedures that were not intended by
any Seller Affiliate or Seller to be adverse to the Holders.
(c) Schedule of Receivables. The information with respect to each
Receivable set forth in the Schedule of Receivables, including (without
limitation) the account number of the Obligor, the Initial Principal Balance,
and the Contract Rate, was true and correct in all material respects as of the
close of business on the Cutoff Date.
(d) Compliance with Law. The Receivable complied at the time it was
originated or made, and will comply as of the Closing Date, in all material
respects with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, and
regulations thereunder, including, to the extent applicable, usury laws, the
Federal Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit
Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act,
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, Federal
Reserve Board Regulations B and Z and any other consumer credit, consumer
protection, equal opportunity and disclosure laws.
(e) Binding Obligation. The Receivable constitutes the genuine, legal,
valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the Obligor, enforceable in
all material respects by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms,
subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and the
Receivable is not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or
defense, including the defense of usury.
4
<PAGE>
(f) Lien in Force. Neither Seller nor any Seller Affiliate has taken any
action which would have the effect of releasing the related Financed Vehicle
from the Lien granted by the Receivable in whole or in part.
(g) No Amendment or Waiver. No material provision of the Receivable has
been amended, waived, altered or modified in any respect, except such waivers as
would be permitted under this Agreement, and no amendment, waiver, alteration or
modification causes such Receivable not to conform to the other representations
or warranties contained in this Section.
(h) No Liens. Neither Seller nor any Seller Affiliate has received notice
of any Liens or claims, including Liens for work, labor, materials or unpaid
state or federal taxes, relating to the Financed Vehicle securing the
Receivable, that are or may be prior to or equal to the Lien granted by the
Receivable.
(i) No Default. Except for payment delinquencies continuing for a period of
not more than 30 days as of the Cutoff Date, to the knowledge of Seller, no
default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of
the Receivable exists and no continuing condition that with notice or lapse of
time, or both, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting
acceleration under the terms of the Receivable has arisen.
(j) Insurance. The Receivable requires the Obligor to insure the Financed
Vehicle under a Physical Damage Insurance Policy, pay the premiums for such
insurance and keep such insurance in full force and effect.
(k) Good Title. It is the intention of Seller that the transfer and
assignment herein contemplated constitute a sale of the Receivables from Seller
to Issuer and that the beneficial interest in and title to the Receivables not
be part of Seller's estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition
by or against Seller under any bankruptcy law. No Receivable has been sold,
transferred, assigned, or pledged by Seller to any Person other than Issuer.
Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, Seller had
good and marketable title to the Receivable free and clear of any Lien and had
full right and power to transfer and assign the Receivable to Issuer and
immediately upon the transfer and assignment of the Receivable to Issuer, Issuer
shall have good and marketable title to the Receivable, free and clear of any
Lien; and Issuer's interest in the Receivable resulting from the transfer has
been perfected under the UCC.
(l) Obligations. Each Seller Affiliate has duly fulfilled all material
obligations on its part to be fulfilled under, or in connection with, the
Receivable.
5
<PAGE>
(m) Possession. There is only one original executed Receivable, and
immediately prior to the Closing Date, the applicable Seller Affiliate will have
possession of such original executed Receivable.
(n) No Government Obligor. The Obligor on the Receivable is not the United
States of America or any state thereof or any local government, or any agency,
department, political subdivision or instrumentality of the United States of
America or any state thereof or any local government.
(o) Marking Records. By the Closing Date, Seller shall have caused the
portions of Seller's and each Seller Affiliate's electronic master record of
Motor Vehicle Loans relating to the Receivables to be clearly and unambiguously
marked to show that the Receivable is owned by Issuer in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.
(p) No Assignment. As of the Closing Date, Seller shall not have taken any
action to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having
a right to payments received under the Insurance Policies or Dealer Agreements,
or payments due under the Receivable, that is senior to, or equal with, that of
Issuer.
(q) Lawful Assignment. The Receivable has not been originated in, and is
not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale, transfer or
assignment of such Receivable hereunder or pursuant to transfers of the Notes or
Certificates are unlawful, void or voidable. Neither Seller nor any Seller
Affiliate has entered into any agreement with any Obligor that prohibits,
restricts or conditions the assignment of any portion of the Receivables.
(r) Dealer Agreements. A Dealer Agreement for each Receivable is in effect
whereby the Dealer warrants title to the Motor Vehicle and indemnifies the
Seller Affiliate that is a party to said Dealer Agreement against the
unenforceability of each Receivable sold thereunder, and the rights of such
Seller Affiliate thereunder, with regard to the Receivable sold hereunder, have
been validly assigned to and are enforceable against the Dealer by the Seller
and then to and by the Issuer, along with any Dealer Recourse.
(s) Composition of Receivable. No Receivable has a Principal Balance which
includes capitalized interest or late charges.
(t) Database File. The information included with respect to each Receivable
in the database file delivered pursuant to Section 4.9(b) is accurate and
complete in all material respects.
6
<PAGE>
SECTION 3.2. Representations and Warranties as to the Receivables in the
Aggregate. Seller hereby makes the following representations and warranties as
to the Receivables conveyed by it to Issuer hereunder on which Issuer shall rely
in acquiring the Receivables. Unless otherwise indicated, such representations
and warranties shall speak as of the Closing Date, but shall survive the sale,
transfer and assignment of the Receivables to Issuer and the pledge thereof to
Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.
(a) Amounts. The Original Pool Balance was $_______________.
(b) Aggregate Characteristics. The Receivables had the following
characteristics in the aggregate as of the Cutoff Date: (i) approximately ____%
of the Original Pool Balance was attributable to loans for purchases of new
Financed Vehicles, and approximately ____% of the Original Pool Balance was
attributable to loans for purchases of used Financed Vehicles; (ii)
approximately ____% of the Original Pool Balance was attributable to Receivables
the mailing addresses of the Obligors with respect to which are located in the
State of ________ and ____% of the Original Pool Balance was attributable to
Receivables the mailing addresses of the Obligors with respect to which are
located in the State of _____, ____% in the State of _______, ____% in the State
of ______, and ____% in the State of ______, and no other state accounts for
more than ____% of the Original Pool Balance; (iii) the weighted average
Contract Rate of the Receivables was _____%; (iv) there are _____ Receivables
being conveyed by Seller to Issuer; (v) the average Cutoff Date Principal
Balance of the Receivables was $______; and (vi) the weighted average original
term and weighted average remaining term of the Receivables were _____ months
and _____ months, respectively.
SECTION 3.3. Repurchase upon Breach. Seller, Servicer, Indenture Trustee
or Owner Trustee, as the case may be, shall inform the other parties to this
Agreement promptly, in writing, upon the discovery (or, with respect to the
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, upon actual knowledge of a Responsible
Officer) of any breach or failure to be true of the representations or
warranties made by Seller in Section 3.1, provided that the failure to give such
notice shall not affect any obligation of Seller. If the breach or failure shall
not have been cured by the last day of the Collection Period which includes the
60th day (or if Seller elects, the 30th day) after the date on which Seller
becomes aware of, or receives written notice from Owner Trustee, Indenture
Trustee or Servicer of, such breach or failure, and such breach or failure
materially and adversely affects the interests of Issuer and the Holders in any
Receivable, Seller shall repurchase each such affected Receivable from Issuer as
of such last day of such Collection Period at a purchase price equal to the
Purchase Amount for such Receivable as of such last day of such Collection
Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such breach or failure with respect
to the representations and warranties contained
7
<PAGE>
in Section 3.1 will not be deemed to have such a material and adverse effect
with respect to a Receivable if the facts resulting in such breach or failure do
not affect the ability of Issuer to receive and retain payment in full on such
Receivable. In consideration of the repurchase of a Receivable hereunder, Seller
shall remit the Purchase Amount of such Receivable, no later than the close of
business on the next Deposit Date, in the manner specified in Section 5.4. The
sole remedy of Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or the Holders
with respect to a breach or failure to be true of the representations or
warranties made by Seller pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be to require Seller to
repurchase Receivables pursuant to this Section.
SECTION 3.4. Custodian of Receivable Files. (a) Custody. To assure uniform
quality in servicing the Receivables and to reduce administrative costs, Issuer,
upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, revocably appoints Custodian,
as agent, and Custodian accepts such appointment, to act as agent on behalf of
Issuer to maintain custody of the following documents or instruments, which are
hereby constructively delivered to Issuer with respect to each Receivable
(collectively, a "Receivable File"):
(i) the fully executed original of the Receivable;
(ii) any documents customarily delivered to or held by Seller or
Servicer evidencing the existence of any Physical Damage Insurance
Policies;
(iii) the original credit application, fully executed by the
Obligor;
(iv) the original certificate of title, or such other documents
as the applicable Seller Affiliate, as appropriate, keeps on file, in
accordance with its customary procedures, evidencing the security interest
of such Seller Affiliate in the Financed Vehicle;
(v) originals or true copies of all documents, instruments or
writings relating to extensions, amendments or waivers of the Receivable;
and
(vi) any and all other documents or electronic records that
Seller, any Seller Affiliate or Servicer, as the case may be, keeps on
file, in accordance with its customary procedures, relating to the
Receivable, any Insurance Policies, the Obligor or the Financed Vehicle.
(b) Safekeeping. Servicer, in its capacity as Custodian, shall hold the
Receivable Files as agent on behalf of Issuer and maintain such accurate and
8
<PAGE>
complete accounts, records and computer systems pertaining to each Receivable as
shall enable Servicer and Issuer to comply with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement applicable to them. In performing its duties as Custodian hereunder,
Custodian shall act with reasonable care, exercising the degree of skill,
attention and care that Custodian exercises with respect to receivable files
relating to other similar motor vehicle loans owned and/or serviced by Custodian
and that is consistent with industry standards. In accordance with its customary
practice with respect to its retail installment sale contracts, Custodian shall
conduct, or cause to be conducted, periodic audits of the Receivable Files held
by it under this Agreement, and of the related accounts, records, and computer
systems, and shall maintain the Receivable Files in such a manner as shall
enable Owner Trustee to verify, if Owner Trustee so elects, the accuracy of the
record keeping of Custodian. Custodian shall promptly report to Owner Trustee
any failure on its part to hold the Receivable Files and maintain its accounts,
records and computer systems as herein provided, and promptly take appropriate
action to remedy any such failure. Custodian hereby acknowledges receipt of the
Receivable File for each Receivable listed on the Schedule of Receivables.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to require Issuer, Owner Trustee or Indenture
Trustee to verify the accuracy of the record keeping of the Custodian.
(c) Maintenance of and Access to Records. Custodian shall maintain each
Receivable File at the location specified in Schedule B to this Agreement, or at
such other office of Custodian within the United States (or, in the case of any
successor Custodian, within the State in which its principal place of business
is located) as shall be specified to Issuer by 30 days' prior written notice. At
the reasonable direction of the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee, Custodian
shall make available to Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee and their respective
agents (or, when requested in writing by Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee,
their respective attorneys or auditors) the Receivable Files and the related
accounts, records and computer systems maintained by Custodian at such times
during the normal business hours of Custodian for purposes of inspecting,
auditing or making copies of abstracts of the same.
(d) Release of Documents. Upon written instructions from Indenture Trustee
(or, if no Notes are then Outstanding, Owner Trustee), Custodian shall release
any document in the Receivable Files to Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee or
its respective agent or designee, as the case may be, at such place or places as
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee may designate, as soon thereafter as is
practicable. Any document so released shall be handled by Indenture Trustee or
Owner Trustee with due care and returned to Custodian for safekeeping as soon as
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee or its respective agent or designee, as the
case may be, shall have no further need therefor.
9
<PAGE>
(e) Title to Receivables. Custodian agrees that, in respect of any
Receivable File held by Custodian hereunder, Custodian will not at any time have
or in any way attempt to assert any interest in such Receivable File or the
related Receivable, other than solely for the purpose of collecting or enforcing
the Receivable for the benefit of Issuer and that the entire equitable interest
in such Receivable and the related Receivable File shall at all times be vested
in Issuer.
(f) Instructions; Authority to Act. Custodian shall be deemed to have
received proper instructions with respect to the Receivable Files upon its
receipt of written instructions signed by an Authorized Officer of Indenture
Trustee or Owner Trustee, as applicable. A certified copy of excerpts of certain
resolutions of the Board of Directors of Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, as
applicable, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the authority of any such
Authorized Officer to act and shall be considered in full force and effect until
receipt by Custodian of written notice to the contrary given by Indenture
Trustee or Owner Trustee, as applicable.
(g) Custodian's Indemnification. Custodian shall indemnify and hold
harmless Issuer, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee, and each of their
respective officers, directors, employees and agents and the Holders from and
against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, compensatory damages,
payments, costs or expenses (including legal fees if any) of any kind whatsoever
that may be imposed on, incurred or asserted against Issuer, Owner Trustee,
Indenture Trustee or the Holders as the result of any act or omission of
Custodian relating to the maintenance and custody of the Receivable Files;
provided that Custodian shall not be liable hereunder to the Owner Trustee or
Indenture Trustee to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses,
compensatory damages, payments, costs or expenses result from the willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as
the case may be. Indemnification under this subsection (g) shall include
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation and shall
survive termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of Owner
Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as the case may be. If Custodian shall have made
any indemnity payments to Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee pursuant to this
Section and Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee thereafter shall collect any of
such amounts from Persons other than Custodian, Owner Trustee or Indenture
Trustee, as the case may be, shall, as soon as practicable following such
receipt thereof, repay such amounts to Custodian, without interest.
(h) Effective Period and Termination. Servicer's appointment as Custodian
shall become effective as of the Cutoff Date and shall continue in full force
and effect until terminated pursuant to this subsection (h). If Servicer shall
resign as Servicer in accordance with Section 7.5 or if all of the rights and
obligations of Servicer shall have been terminated under Section 8.1, the
10
<PAGE>
appointment of Servicer as Custodian hereunder may be terminated by the Owner
Trustee or Indenture Trustee or by the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than
50% of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes (or, if no Notes are then
Outstanding, the Holders of Certificates representing not less than 50% of the
Certificate Balance), in each case in the same manner as Owner Trustee or
Indenture Trustee or such Holders may terminate the rights and obligations of
Servicer under Section 8.1. The Indenture Trustee, at the direction of Holders
of Notes evidencing not less than 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the
Notes, or, if no Notes are then Outstanding, the Owner Trustee at the direction
of Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 50% of the Certificate
Balance, may terminate Servicer's appointment as Custodian hereunder at any time
with cause, or with 30 days' prior written notice without cause. As soon as
practicable after any termination of such appointment Servicer shall deliver, or
cause to be delivered, the Receivable Files to Indenture Trustee or Owner
Trustee, as applicable, or its respective agent or designee at such place or
places as Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, as applicable, may reasonably
designate. Notwithstanding any termination of Servicer as Custodian hereunder
(other than in connection with a termination resulting from the termination of
Servicer, as such, pursuant to Section 8.1), from and after the date of such
termination, and for so long as Servicer is acting as such pursuant to this
Agreement, Indenture Trustee shall provide, or cause the successor Custodian to
provide, access to the Receivable Files to Servicer, at such times as Servicer
shall reasonably request, for the purpose of carrying out its duties and
responsibilities with respect to the servicing of the Receivables hereunder.
(i) Delegation. Custodian may, at any time without notice or consent,
delegate any or all of its duties under the Basic Documents to any Seller
Affiliate; provided that no such delegation shall relieve Custodian of its
responsibility with respect to such duties and Custodian shall remain obligated
and liable to Issuer and the Holders for its duties hereunder as if Custodian
alone were performing such duties.
ARTICLE IV. ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES.
SECTION 4.1. Duties of Servicer. (a) Servicer is hereby authorized to act
as agent for Issuer and in such capacity shall manage, service, administer and
make collections on the Receivables (other than Purchased Receivables), and
perform the other actions required by Servicer under this Agreement, with
reasonable care. Without limiting the standard set forth in the preceding
sentence, Servicer shall use a degree of skill, attention and care that is not
less than Servicer exercises with respect to comparable Motor Vehicle Loans that
it services for itself or others and that is consistent with prudent industry
standards. Servicer's duties shall include the collection and posting of all
payments, responding to inquiries by Obligors on the Receivables, or by federal,
state or
11
<PAGE>
local governmental authorities, investigating delinquencies, sending
payment coupons or monthly invoices to Obligors, reporting required tax
information to Obligors, accounting for Collections, monitoring the status of
Physical Damage Insurance Policies with respect to the Financed Vehicles as
provided in Section 4.4(a), furnishing monthly and annual statements to Owner
Trustee and Indenture Trustee with respect to distributions, providing
collection and repossession services in the event of Obligor default and
performing the other duties specified herein.
In accordance with its customary servicing procedures, Servicer shall also
administer and enforce all rights and responsibilities of the holder of the
Receivables provided for in the Physical Damage Insurance Policies as provided
in Section 4.4 and the Dealer Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered by Issuer to execute and
deliver, on behalf of itself, Indenture Trustee, Issuer, Owner Trustee and the
Holders, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial
or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect
to the Receivables or to the Financed Vehicles, all in accordance with this
Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Servicer shall not,
except pursuant to an order from a court of competent jurisdiction, release an
Obligor from payment of any unpaid amount under any Receivable or waive the
right to collect the unpaid balance of any Receivable from the Obligor, except
in connection with a de minimis deficiency which Servicer would not attempt to
collect in accordance with its customary procedures. If Servicer shall commence
a legal proceeding to enforce a Receivable, Issuer shall thereupon be deemed to
have automatically assigned such Receivable to Servicer, which assignment shall
be solely for purposes of collection.
(b) Servicer may, at any time without notice (except that Servicer shall
give written notice to each Rating Agency of any delegation outside the ordinary
course of business of the substantial portion of its servicing business) or
consent, delegate (i) any or all duties under this Agreement to any Person more
than 50% of the voting securities of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by
AmSouth Bancorporation, so long as AmSouth Bancorporation acts as Servicer, or
(ii) specific duties to sub-contractors who are in the business of performing
such duties; provided that no such delegation shall relieve Servicer of its
responsibility with respect to such duties and Servicer shall remain obligated
and liable to Issuer and the Holders for servicing and administering the
Receivables in accordance with this Agreement as if Servicer alone were
performing such duties.
SECTION 4.2. Collection of Receivable Payments. (a) Servicer shall make
reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and
provisions of the Receivables as and when the same shall become due, and
otherwise act with respect to the Receivables, the Physical Damage Insurance
12
<PAGE>
Policies, the Dealer Agreements and related property in such manner as will, in
the reasonable judgment of Servicer, maximize the amount to be received by
Issuer with respect thereto, in accordance with the standard of care required by
Section 4.1. Servicer shall be entitled to amend or modify any Receivable in
accordance with its customary procedures if Servicer believes in good faith that
such amendment or modification is in Issuer's best interests; provided that
Servicer may not, unless ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or
otherwise required by applicable law, (i) extend a Receivable beyond the Final
Scheduled Maturity Date or (ii) reduce the Principal Balance or Contract Rate of
any Receivable. If Servicer fails to comply with the provisions of the preceding
sentence, Servicer shall be required to purchase the Receivable or Receivables
affected thereby, for the Purchase Amount, in the manner specified in Section
4.7 as of the last day of the Collection Period in which such failure occurs.
Servicer may, in its discretion (in accordance with its customary standards,
policies and procedures), waive any prepayment charge, late payment charge,
extension fee or any other fee that may be collected in the ordinary course of
servicing a Receivable.
(b) If in the course of collecting payments under the Receivables, Servicer
determines to set off any obligation of Servicer to an Obligor against an amount
payable by the Obligor with respect to such Receivable, Servicer shall deposit
the amount so set off in the Collection Account, no later than the close of
business on the Deposit Date for the Collection Period in which the set-off
occurs. All references herein to payments or Liquidation Proceeds collected by
Servicer shall include amounts set-off by Servicer.
SECTION 4.3. Realization upon Receivables. On behalf of Issuer, Servicer
shall charge off a Receivable in accordance with its customary standards (and,
in no event later than ____ days after a Receivable shall have become
delinquent) and shall use reasonable efforts to repossess and liquidate the
Financed Vehicle securing any Defaulted Receivable as soon as feasible after
such Receivable becomes a Defaulted Receivable, in accordance with the standard
of care required by Section 4.1. In taking such action, Servicer shall follow
such customary and usual practices and procedures as it shall deem necessary or
advisable in its servicing of Motor Vehicle Loans, and as are otherwise
consistent with the standard of care required under Section 4.1, which shall
include exercising any rights under the Dealer Agreements and selling the
Financed Vehicle at public or private sale. Servicer shall be entitled to
recover all reasonable expenses incurred by it in the course of repossessing and
liquidating a Financed Vehicle into cash proceeds or pursuing any deficiency
claim against the related Obligor, but only out of the cash proceeds of such
Financed Vehicle or any deficiency obtained from the Obligor. The foregoing
shall be subject to the provision that, in any case in which a Financed Vehicle
shall have suffered damage, Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with
the repair or the
13
<PAGE>
repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it shall determine in its
discretion that such repair and/or repossession will increase the Liquidation
Proceeds of the related Receivable by an amount equal to or greater than the
amount of such expenses.
If Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Dealer
Agreement, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment
from Issuer to Servicer of the rights under such Dealer Agreement. If, however,
in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it is held that Servicer may not
enforce a Dealer Agreement on the grounds that it is not a real party in
interest or a Person entitled to enforce the Dealer Agreement, Owner Trustee, on
behalf of Issuer, at Servicer's expense, or Seller, at Servicer's expense, shall
take such steps as Servicer deems necessary to enforce the Dealer Agreement,
including bringing suit in Issuer's name or the name of Owner Trustee or
Indenture Trustee.
SECTION 4.4. Physical Damage Insurance. (a) The Receivables require that
each Financed Vehicle be insured under a Physical Damage Insurance Policy.
Servicer shall monitor or cause to be monitored, the status of such physical
damage insurance coverage to the extent consistent with its customary servicing
procedures. If Servicer shall determine that an Obligor has failed to obtain or
maintain a Physical Damage Insurance Policy covering the related Financed
Vehicle, Servicer shall use reasonable efforts in accordance with its customary
servicing procedures to enforce the rights of the holder of the Receivable under
the Receivable to require the Obligor to obtain such physical damage insurance,
provided that Servicer shall not be required to take such actions if there is in
place a lender's single interest policy with respect to the related Financed
Vehicle that complies with Servicer's customary requirements. It is understood
that Servicer will not "force-place" any Physical Damage Insurance Policy on any
Financed Vehicle.
(b) Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon the Physical Damage
Insurance Policies, in its own name, if possible, or as agent for Issuer. If
Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Physical Damage
Insurance Policy, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic
assignment of the rights of Issuer under such Physical Damage Insurance Policy
to Servicer for purposes of collection only. If, however, in any enforcement
suit or legal proceeding it is held that Servicer may not enforce a Physical
Damage Insurance Policy on the grounds that it is not a real party in interest
or a holder entitled to enforce the Physical Damage Insurance Policy, Owner
Trustee, on behalf of Issuer, at Servicer's expense, or Seller, at Servicer's
expense, shall take such steps as Servicer deems necessary to enforce such
Physical Damage Insurance Policy, including bringing suit in Issuer's name or
the name of Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee. Servicer shall make all claims
and enforce its rights under any
14
<PAGE>
lender's single interest insurance policy (to the extent such claims or rights
relate to Receivables) for the benefit of the Issuer and shall treat as
Collections all related proceeds of such policies.
SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed Vehicles.
Servicer, in accordance with the standard of care required under Section 4.1,
shall take such reasonable steps as are necessary to maintain perfection of the
security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle for
the benefit of Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. Issuer hereby authorizes
Servicer, and Servicer hereby agrees, to take such reasonable steps as are
necessary to re-perfect such security interest on behalf of Issuer in the event
Servicer receives notice of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle. If there has
been a Servicer Termination Event, Seller and Servicer, at their expense, shall
promptly and duly execute and deliver such documents and instruments, and take
such other reasonable actions as may be necessary, as evidenced by an Opinion of
Counsel delivered to Issuer, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee to perfect
Issuer's and Indenture Trustee's interest in the Trust Property against all
other Persons, including the delivery of the Receivables and the Receivable
Files to Indenture Trustee (or Owner Trustee if no Notes are then Outstanding)
its agent or designee, the endorsement and delivery of the Physical Damage
Insurance Policies or the notification of the insurers thereunder, the execution
of transfer instruments, and the endorsement to Indenture Trustee (or Owner
Trustee if no Notes are then Outstanding) and the delivery of the certificates
of title to the Financed Vehicles to the appropriate department or departments
of motor vehicles (or other appropriate governmental agency).
SECTION 4.6. Covenants of Servicer. Servicer makes the following covenants
on which Issuer relies in acquiring the Receivables:
(a) Security Interest to Remain in Force. Servicer shall not release any
Financed Vehicle from the security interest granted by the related Receivable in
whole or in part, except upon payment in full of the Receivable or as otherwise
contemplated herein.
(b) No Impairment. Servicer shall not impair in any material respect the
rights of the Trust or the Holders in the Receivables, the Dealer Agreements or
the Physical Damage Insurance Policies or, subject to clause (c), otherwise
amend or alter the terms thereof if, as a result of such amendment or
alteration, the interests of Issuer and the Holders hereunder would be
materially adversely affected.
(c) Amendments. Servicer shall not amend or otherwise modify any Receivable
(including the grant of any extension thereunder), except in accordance with
Section 4.2.
15
<PAGE>
SECTION 4.7. Purchase by Servicer upon Breach. Seller, Servicer,
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, as the case may be, shall inform the other
parties promptly, in writing, upon the discovery (or, in the case of the
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, upon actual knowledge of a Responsible
Officer) of any breach by Servicer of its covenants under Section 4.5 or 4.6;
provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect any obligation of
Servicer. Unless the breach shall have been cured by the last day of the
Collection Period which includes the 60th day (or the 30th day, if Servicer so
elects) after the date on which Servicer becomes aware of, or receives written
notice of, such breach, and such breach materially and adversely affects the
interests of Issuer and the Holders in any Receivable, Servicer shall purchase
such Receivable from Issuer as of the last day of the Collection Period at a
purchase price equal to the Purchase Amount for such Receivable as of the last
day of such Collection Period; provided that in the case of a breach of the
covenant contained in Section 4.6(c), Servicer shall be obligated to purchase
the affected Receivable or Receivables on the Deposit Date immediately
succeeding the Collection Period during which Servicer becomes aware of, or
receives written notice of, such breach. In consideration of the purchase of a
Receivable hereunder, Servicer shall remit the Purchase Amount of such
Receivable in the manner specified in Section 5.4. The sole remedy of Issuer,
Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or the Holders against Servicer with respect to
a breach pursuant to Section 4.5 or 4.6 shall be to require Servicer to
repurchase Receivables pursuant to this Section.
SECTION 4.8. Servicing Fee. The servicing fee for (a) the __________ [ ],
199_ Distribution Date shall equal _______ and (b) for each Distribution Date
thereafter shall equal the product of (i) one-twelfth, (ii the Servicing Fee
Rate and (ii the Pool Balance as of the opening of business on the first day of
the related Collection Period (the "Servicing Fee"). Servicer shall also be
entitled to retain any late fees, extension fees, prepayment charges (including,
in the case of any Rule of 78's Receivable or Sum of Periodic Balances
Receivable that is prepaid in full, amounts received in excess of the
outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivable and accrued interest thereon
calculated as if such Receivable were an Actuarial Receivable) and certain non-
sufficient funds charges and other administrative fees or similar charges
allowed by applicable law with respect to Receivables collected (from whatever
source) on the Receivables and shall be paid any interest earned on deposits in
the Trust Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account (the "Supplemental
Servicing Fee"). It is understood and agreed that Available Interest or
Available Principal shall not include any amounts retained by Servicer which
constitute Supplemental Servicing Fees. The Servicing Fee in respect of a
Collection Period (together with any portion of the Servicing Fee that remains
unpaid from prior Distribution Dates), if the Rating Agency Condition is
satisfied, may be paid at the beginning of such Collection Period out of
Collections for such Collection Period. As provided in Section 5.5(c), as
16
<PAGE>
additional compensation, Servicer shall be entitled to receive on each
Distribution Date, any Additional Servicing for such Distribution Date.
SECTION 4.9. Servicer's Report. (a) On each Determination Date, Servicer
shall deliver to Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, each Paying Agent and Seller,
with a copy to the Rating Agencies, a Servicer's Report substantially in the
form of Exhibit A, containing all information necessary to make the transfers
and distributions pursuant to Sections 5.4, 5.5 and 5.8 for the Collection
Period preceding the date of such Servicer's Report together with all
information necessary for the Owner Trustee to send statements to
Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.6 and Indenture Trustee to send copies
of statements received by the Indenture Trustee to Noteholders pursuant to the
Indenture and Section 5.6 of this Agreement. Receivables to be purchased by
Servicer or to be repurchased by Seller shall be identified by Servicer by
account number with respect to such Receivable (as specified in the Schedule of
Receivables).
(b) Servicer shall provide Indenture Trustee with a database file for the
Receivables at or prior to the Closing Date (but with information as of the
close of business on the Cutoff Date).
SECTION 4.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default. (a)
Servicer shall deliver to Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee and each Rating
Agency, on or before _________ of each year beginning on ________ [ ], 199_, an
Officer's Certificate, dated as of ___________ [ ] of the preceding year,
stating that (i) a review of the activities of Servicer during the preceding 12-
month period (or, in the case of the first such report, during the period from
the Closing Date to ____________ [ ], 199_) and of its performance under this
Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision and (ii to the best of
such officer's knowledge, based on such review, Servicer has fulfilled all its
obligations in all material respects under this Agreement throughout such year
or, if there exists any uncured default in the fulfillment of any such
obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature
and status thereof. A copy of such certificate and the report referred to in
Section 4.11 may be obtained by any Certificateholder by a request in writing to
Owner Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office or by any Noteholder by a
request in writing to Indenture Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office.
Upon the written request of Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee will promptly
furnish Owner Trustee a list of Noteholders as of the date specified by Owner
Trustee.
(b) Servicer shall deliver to Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee and the
Rating Agencies, promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no
event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter, written notice in an
Officer's Certificate of any event which constitutes, or with the giving of
notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event
under Section 8.1.
17
<PAGE>
SECTION 4.11. Annual Independent Certified Public Accountants' Report. The
Servicer shall cause a firm of independent certified public accountants (who may
also render other services to the Servicer or Seller) to deliver to the Seller,
Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency on or before April 30 of
each year beginning on April 30, 1998, a report to the effect that such firm has
examined the Servicer's assertion that it has complied with the minimum
servicing standards set forth in the Mortgage Banker's Association of America's
Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers ("USAP") for the twelve
months ended December 31 of the preceding year (or, in the case of the first
such certificate, from the Closing Date until December 31, 199_), and that such
examination (1) included tests relating to the servicing or administration of
the Receivables in accordance with the requirements of the USAP, to the extent
the procedures in such program apply to the servicing or administration of the
Receivables and (2) except as described in the report, disclosed no exceptions
or errors in the records relating to the servicing or administration of the
Receivables that, in the firm's opinion, paragraph six of such program requires
such firm to report.
In the event such firm requires the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee to
agree to the procedures performed by such firm, Servicer shall direct the
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, as the case may be, in writing to so agree;
it being understood and agreed that the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, as
the case may be, will deliver such letter of agreement in conclusive reliance
upon the direction of Servicer, and the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, as
the case may be, need not make any independent inquiry or investigation as to,
and shall have no obligation or liability in respect of, the sufficiency,
validity or correctness of such procedures.
Such report will also indicate that the firm is independent of Servicer
within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants.
SECTION 4.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
Receivables. Servicer shall provide to the Certificateholders, Noteholders, Bank
Regulatory Authorities, and the supervisory agents and examiners of Bank
Regulatory Authorities access to the Receivable Files in such cases where the
Certificateholders, Noteholders or Bank Regulatory Authorities shall be required
by applicable statutes or regulations to review such documentation as
demonstrated by evidence satisfactory to Servicer in its reasonable judgment.
Access shall be afforded without charge, but only upon reasonable request and
during the normal business hours at the respective offices of Servicer. Nothing
in this Section shall affect the obligation of Servicer to observe any
applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and
the failure of Servicer to provide access to information as a result
18
<PAGE>
of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section. Any Holder, by
its acceptance of a Certificate or Note, as applicable, shall be deemed to have
agreed to keep any information obtained by it pursuant to this Section
confidential and not to use such information for any other purpose, except as
required by applicable law.
SECTION 4.13. Reports to the Commission. Servicer shall, on behalf of the
Issuer, cause to be filed with the Commission any periodic reports required to
be filed under the provisions of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations
of the Commission thereunder. Seller shall, at its expense, cooperate in any
reasonable request made by Servicer in connection with such filings.
SECTION 4.14. Reports to the Rating Agencies. Servicer shall deliver to
each Rating Agency a copy of all reports or notices furnished or delivered
pursuant to this Article and a copy of any amendments, supplements or
modifications to this Agreement and any other information reasonably requested
by such Rating Agency to monitor this transaction.
SECTION 4.15. Servicer Expenses. Servicer shall be required to pay all
expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder, including
fees and disbursements of the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, independent
accountants, taxes imposed on Servicer and expenses incurred in connection with
distributions and reports to Certificateholders and Noteholders.
ARTICLE V. DISTRIBUTIONS; RESERVE ACCOUNT;
STATEMENTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
NOTEHOLDERS.
SECTION 5.1 Establishment of Trust Accounts. (a) Servicer shall cause to
be established:
(i) For the benefit of the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders, in the name of Indenture Trustee, an Eligible Deposit
Account (the "Collection Account"), bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of
the Noteholders and the Certificateholders.
(ii) For the benefit of the Noteholders, in the name of Indenture
Trustee, an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Note Distribution Account"),
bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein
are held for the benefit of the Noteholders.
(iii) For the benefit of the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders, in the name of Indenture Trustee, an Eligible Deposit
19
<PAGE>
Account (the "Payahead Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating
that the funds therein are held for the benefit of the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders.
(b) Funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Note Distribution
Account, the Payahead Account and the Reserve Account (collectively the "Trust
Accounts") and the Certificate Distribution Account shall be invested by
Indenture Trustee with respect to the Trust Accounts (or any custodian with
respect to funds on deposit in any such account) in Eligible Investments
selected in writing by Servicer (pursuant to standing instructions or
otherwise); provided that it is understood and agreed that neither Servicer,
Indenture Trustee nor Owner Trustee shall be liable for any loss arising from
such investment in Eligible Investments. All such Eligible Investments shall be
held by or on behalf of Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and
the Certificateholders; provided that on each Distribution Date all interest and
other investment income (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on
deposit in the Trust Accounts shall be distributed to Seller and shall not be
available to pay the distributions provided for in Section 5.5 and shall not
otherwise be subject to any claims or rights of Holders. Other than as permitted
by the Rating Agencies, funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts shall be invested
in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available at
the close of business on the Deposit Date preceding the next Distribution Date.
No Eligible Investment shall be sold or otherwise disposed of prior to its
scheduled maturity unless a default occurs with respect to such Eligible
Investment and Servicer directs Indenture Trustee in writing to dispose of such
Eligible Investment. Funds deposited in a Trust Account on a Deposit Date which
immediately precedes a Distribution Date upon the maturity of any Eligible
Investments are not required to be (but are permitted to be) invested overnight.
(c) Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all
funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and in all proceeds
thereof (excluding investment income thereon) and all such funds, investments
and proceeds shall be part of the Owner Trust Estate. Except as otherwise
provided herein, the Trust Accounts shall be under the sole dominion and control
of Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders; provided, however, the Indenture Trustee shall not be
charged with any obligation for the benefit of the Certificateholders except as
provided by the terms of this Agreement. If, at any time, any of the Trust
Accounts or the Certificate Distribution Account ceases to be an Eligible
Deposit Account, Indenture Trustee (or Servicer on its behalf) or Owner Trustee,
as applicable, shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period as to which
each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Trust Account or Certificate
Distribution Account, as applicable, as an Eligible Deposit Account and shall
transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new Trust Account or new
Certificate Distribution Account,
20
<PAGE>
as applicable. In connection with the foregoing, Servicer agrees that, in the
event that any of the Trust Accounts are not accounts with Indenture Trustee,
Servicer shall notify Indenture Trustee in writing promptly upon any of such
Trust Accounts ceasing to be an Eligible Deposit Account.
(d) With respect to the Trust Account Property, each of Indenture Trustee
agrees, by its respective acceptance hereof, that:
(i) any Trust Account Property that is held in deposit accounts
shall be held solely in the Eligible Deposit Accounts and, except as
otherwise provided herein, each such Eligible Deposit Account shall be
subject to the exclusive custody and control of Indenture Trustee with
respect to the Trust Accounts, and, except as otherwise provided in the
Basic Documents, Indenture Trustee shall have sole signature authority with
respect thereto;
(ii) any Trust Account Property that constitutes Physical
Property shall be delivered to Indenture Trustee, in accordance with
paragraph (a) of the definition of "Delivery" and shall be held, pending
maturity or disposition, solely by Indenture Trustee, or a financial
intermediary (as such term is defined in Section 8-313(4) of the UCC)
acting solely for Indenture Trustee;
(iii) any Trust Account Property that is a book-entry security
held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to Federal book-entry
regulations shall be delivered in accordance with paragraph (b) of the
definition of "Delivery" and shall be maintained by Indenture Trustee
pending maturity or disposition, through continued book-entry registration
of such Trust Account Property as described in such paragraph; and
(iv) any Trust Account Property that is an "uncertificated
security" under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause
(iii) above shall be delivered to Indenture Trustee in accordance with
paragraph (c) of the definition of "Delivery" and shall be maintained by
Indenture Trustee pending maturity or disposition, through continued
registration of Indenture Trustee's (or its nominee's) ownership of such
security.
Effective upon Delivery of any Trust Account Property, Indenture Trustee shall
be deemed to have represented that it has purchased such Trust Account Property
for value, in good faith and without notice of any adverse claim thereto.
SECTION 5.2. Collections. (a) Servicer shall remit within two Business
Days of receipt thereof to the Collection Account all payments by or on behalf
21 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
of the Obligors with respect to the Receivables (other than any amounts
constituting Supplemental Servicing Fees) and all Liquidation Proceeds, both as
collected during the Collection Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
AmSouth is the Servicer and (i) shall have the Required Rating or (ii) Indenture
Trustee otherwise shall have received written notice from each of the Rating
Agencies that the then outstanding rating on the Notes or the Certificates would
not be lowered or withdrawn as a result, Servicer may deposit all amounts
referred to above for any Collection Period into the Collection Account not
later than the close of business on the Deposit Date with respect to such
Collection Period; provided that (i) if a Servicer Termination Event has
occurred and is continuing, (ii) Servicer has been terminated as such pursuant
to Section 8.1 or (iii) Servicer ceases to have the Required Rating, Servicer
shall deposit such amounts (including any amounts then being held by Servicer)
into the Collection Account as provided in the preceding sentence. For purposes
of this Article V the phrase "payments by or on behalf of Obligors" shall mean
payments made with respect to the Receivables by Persons other than Servicer,
Seller or any Seller Affiliate.
(b) With respect to each Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable or
a Precomputed Receivable), collections and payments by or on behalf of the
Obligor (other than any amounts constituting Supplemental Servicing Fees) for
each Collection Period shall be applied to interest and principal in accordance
with the Simple Interest Method, as applied by Servicer. Any excess shall be
applied to prepay the Receivable. All Liquidation Proceeds shall be treated as
Interest Collections.
(c) With respect to each Precomputed Receivable, collections and payments
by or on behalf of an Obligor (other than any amounts constituting Supplemental
Servicing Fees) for each Collection Period shall be applied to the scheduled
payments due on such Precomputed Receivable for such Collection Period. To the
extent such collections and payments on a Precomputed Receivable during a
Collection Period exceed the scheduled payment on such Precomputed Receivable
and are insufficient to prepay the Precomputed Receivable in full, collections
shall be treated as Payaheads until such later Collection Period as such
Payaheads may be transferred to the Collection Account and applied either to the
scheduled payments due or to prepay the Precomputed Receivable in full in
accordance with Section 5.5.
SECTION 5.3. [Reserved].
SECTION 5.4. Additional Deposits. Servicer and Seller shall deposit or
cause to be deposited in the Collection Account the aggregate Purchase Amounts
with respect to Purchased Receivables and Seller or Servicer shall deposit
therein
22 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
all amounts, if any, to be paid under Section 9.1. All such deposits shall be
made not later than the Deposit Date following the end of the related Collection
Period.
SECTION 5.5. Distributions. (a) On each Determination Date, Servicer
shall calculate all amounts required to determine the amounts to be deposited on
the related Distribution Date from the Reserve Account and the Payahead Account
into the Collection Account and from the Collection Account into the Note
Distribution Account, the Certificate Distribution Account and the Payahead
Account.
(b) On or before each Distribution Date, Servicer shall instruct Indenture
Trustee in writing (based on the information contained in the Servicer's Report
delivered on the related Determination Date pursuant to Section 4.9) to, and the
Indenture Trustee shall:
(i) withdraw from the Payahead Account and deposit in the
Collection Account, in immediately available funds, (x) with respect to
each Precomputed Receivable for which the payments made by or on behalf of
the Obligor for the related Collection Period are less than the scheduled
payment for the related Collection Period, the amount of Payaheads, if any,
made with respect to such Receivable which, when added to the amount of
such payments, is equal to the amount of such scheduled payment, (y) with
respect to each Precomputed Receivable for which prepayments insufficient
to prepay the Receivable in full have been made by or on behalf of the
Obligor for the related Collection Period, the amount of Payaheads, if any,
made with respect to such Receivable which, when added to the amount of
such prepayments, is equal to an amount sufficient to prepay such
Receivable in full, and (z) the amount of all Payaheads, if any, made with
respect to any Purchased Receivable;
(ii) withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit in the
Payahead Account (or receive from the Servicer, which will remit to the
Indenture Trustee for deposit in the Payahead Account, as the case may be),
in immediately available funds, the aggregate amount of Collections on
Precomputed Receivables treated as Payaheads pursuant to Section 5.2 for
the Collection Period related to such Distribution Date; and
(iii) withdraw from the Reserve Account and deposit in the
Collection Account the Reserve Account Transfer Amount for such
Distribution Date.
(c) Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.5(c), on each
Distribution Date, Servicer shall instruct Indenture Trustee in writing (based
on the information contained in the Servicer's Report delivered on the related
23 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Determination Date pursuant to Section 4.9) to make, and Indenture Trustee shall
make, the following deposits and distributions from the Collection Account for
deposit in the applicable account by 11:00 a.m. (New York time), to the extent
of the Total Distribution Amount, in the following order of priority:
(i) to Servicer, from the Total Distribution Amount, the
Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period and all accrued and unpaid
Servicing Fees for prior Collection Periods;
(ii) to the Note Distribution Account, from the Total
Distribution Amount remaining after the application of clause (i), the
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount;
(iii) to the Certificate Distribution Account, from the Total
Distribution Amount remaining after the application of clause (i) and
clause (ii), the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount;
(iv) to the Note Distribution Account, from the Total
Distribution Amount remaining after the application of clause (i) through
clause (iii), the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount;
(v) to the Note Distribution Account (or, if the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero, to the Certificate
Distribution Account) for distribution in respect of principal, from the
Total Distribution Amount remaining after the application of clause (i)
through clause (iv), the lesser of (A) such remaining Total Distribution
Amount and (B) the Additional Principal Distributable Amount for such
Distribution Date;
(vi) to the Certificate Distribution Account, from the Total
Distribution Amount remaining after the application of clauses (i) through
(v), the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount;
(vii) to the Reserve Account, from the Total Distribution Amount
remaining after the application of clauses (i) through (vi), until the
amount on deposit in the Reserve Account equals the Specified Reserve
Account Balance;
(viii) to the Servicer, Additional Servicing for such
Distribution Date; and
(ix) to Seller, any amounts remaining.
24 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the occurrence and during the
continuation of an Event of Default which has resulted in an acceleration of the
Notes, the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the application of clause
(i) and (ii) above will be deposited in the Note Distribution Account to the
extent necessary to reduce the principal amount of the Notes to zero in
accordance with and in the priority set forth in Section 5.4 of the Indenture,
and the Certificateholders will not receive any distributions until the
principal amount and accrued interest on the Notes have been paid in full. In
the event that the Collection Account is maintained with an institution other
than Indenture Trustee, Indenture Trustee shall instruct and cause such
institution to make all deposits and distributions pursuant to this Section
5.5(c) on the related Deposit Date.
(d) Indenture Trustee shall continue to perform its duties under this
Agreement after the Outstanding Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero and
the Indenture has been discharged in accordance with its terms. The
protections, immunities and standard of care afforded the Indenture Trustee
under the Indenture shall apply to the performance of its duties hereunder.
SECTION 5.6. Statements to Certificateholders and Noteholders. On each
Determination Date, Servicer shall provide to Indenture Trustee (with a copy to
each Rating Agency) written instructions for Indenture Trustee to forward to
each Noteholder of record, to each Paying Agent, if any, and to Owner Trustee
for Owner Trustee to forward to each Certificateholder of record, a statement
substantially in the form of Exhibit A setting forth at least the following
information as to the Notes and the Certificates to the extent applicable:
(a) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal of each class
of Notes and to the Certificate Balance of the Certificates;
(b) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest on or with
respect to each class of Notes and to the Certificates;
(c) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the
preceding Collection Period;
(d) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of each class of the
Notes, the Note Pool Factor for each such class, the Certificate Balance and the
Certificate Pool Factor after giving effect to payments allocated to principal
reported under clause (a) above;
(e) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to Servicer with respect to the
related Collection Period and with respect to previously accrued and unpaid
Servicing Fees;
25 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
(f) the amount of the aggregate Realized Losses, if any, for such
Collection Period;
(g) the Reserve Account Transfer Amount, if any, for such Distribution
Date, the Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Distribution Date, the
amount distributed to Seller from the Reserve Account on such Distribution Date,
and the balance of the Reserve Account (if any) on such Distribution Date, after
giving effect to changes therein on such Distribution Date;
(h) the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Certificateholders'
Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall,
and the Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall, if any, in each case
as applicable to each class of Securities, and the change in such amounts from
the preceding statement;
(i) the Additional Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution
Date;
(j) the aggregate Purchase Amounts paid by Seller or Servicer with respect
to the related Collection Period; and
(k) the number, and aggregate Principal Balance outstanding, of
Receivables past due 30-59, 60-89 and 90 and over 90 days.
Each amount set forth pursuant to paragraph (a), (b), (e) or (h) above shall be
expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of the initial principal balance of the
Notes (or class thereof) or the initial Certificate Balance, as applicable.
SECTION 5.7. Net Deposits. As an administrative convenience, unless
Servicer is required to remit Collections within two Business Days of receipt
thereof, Servicer will be permitted to make the deposit of Collections and
Purchase Amounts for or with respect to the Collection Period net of
distributions to be made to Servicer with respect to the Collection Period.
Servicer, however, will account to Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders as if all deposits, distributions and
transfers were made individually.
SECTION 5.8. Reserve Account. (a) Seller shall establish and maintain in
the name of the Indenture Trustee, as agent for the Issuer, the Noteholders and
Certificateholders, an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Reserve Account"). The
Reserve Account shall be initially established and maintained with the Indenture
Trustee (the "Securities Intermediary"). On the Closing Date, Seller shall
deposit
26 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
or cause to be deposited in the Reserve Account an amount equal to the Reserve
Account Deposit.
(b) Indenture Trustee shall, at the written direction of Servicer, direct
the Securities Intermediary to invest funds on deposit in the Reserve Account in
Eligible Investments selected by Servicer and confirmed in writing by Servicer
to Indenture Trustee; provided that it is understood and agreed that none of
Indenture Trustee, Securities Intermediary, Servicer or Issuer shall be liable
for any loss arising from such investment in Eligible Investments. Funds on
deposit in the Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments that
will mature so that all such funds will be available at the close of business on
each Deposit Date; provided that to the extent permitted by the Rating Agencies
following written request by Servicer, funds on deposit in the Reserve Account
may be invested in Eligible Investments that mature later than the next Deposit
Date. Funds deposited in the Reserve Account on a Deposit Date upon the maturity
of any Eligible Investments are not required to be (but may be) invested
overnight.
(c) The Securities Intermediary hereby expressly agrees with the Indenture
Trustee that: (i) all matters relating to the Reserve Account shall be governed
by the laws of the State of ___________; (ii) all Eligible Investments held by
the Securities Intermediary on behalf of the Indenture Trustee in the Reserve
Account shall be treated as "financial assets" (as defined in Article 8 of the
_________________ Uniform Commercial Code; (iii) the Securities Intermediary
will treat the Indenture Trustee as entitled to exercise the rights comprising
the investments or financial assets credited to the Reserve Account; (iv) the
financial assets credited to the Reserve Account shall not be registered in the
name of, payable to the order of, or specially indorsed to the Indenture
Trustee; and (v) the Securities Intermediary will not agree to comply with
entitlement orders originated by any Person with respect to the investments or
financial assets held in the Reserve Account other than the Indenture Trustee.
(d) The Reserve Account shall be under the sole custody and control of
Indenture Trustee. If, at any time, the Reserve Account ceases to be an
Eligible Deposit Account, Indenture Trustee shall within 10 Business Days (or
such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating
Agency may consent) establish a new Reserve Account as an Eligible Deposit
Account and shall transfer or cause to be transferred any cash and/or any
investments that are in the existing account which is no longer an Eligible
Deposit Account to such new Reserve Account.
(e) Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be released to Seller
on each Distribution Date to the extent that the amount credited to the Reserve
Account would exceed the Specified Reserve Account Balance. Upon any
distribution to Seller of amounts from the Reserve Account, the Holders will
27 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
not have any rights in, or claims to, such amounts. Amounts distributed to
Seller from the Reserve Account in accordance with this Section shall not be
available under any circumstances to Issuer, Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or
the Holders and Seller shall in no event thereafter be required to refund any
such distributed amounts.
(f) With respect to the Reserve Account Property, Seller, Issuer and the
Indenture Trustee agree that the Reserve Account Deposit and all other funds and
Reserve Account Property shall be delivered to Indenture Trustee for credit to
the Reserve Account. In addition:
(i) any Reserve Account Property that constitutes Physical
Property shall be delivered to Indenture Trustee in accordance with
paragraph (a) of the definition of "Delivery" and shall be held, pending
maturity or disposition, solely by Indenture Trustee or a financial
intermediary (as such term is defined in Section 8-313(4) of the UCC)
acting solely for Indenture Trustee;
(ii) any Reserve Account Property that is a book entry security
held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to Federal book-entry
regulations shall be delivered in accordance with paragraph (b) of the
definition of "Delivery" and shall be maintained by Indenture Trustee
pending maturity or disposition, through continued book entry registration
of such Reserve Account Property as described in such paragraph; and
(iii) any Reserve Account Property that is an "uncertificated
security" under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause
(ii) above shall be delivered to Indenture Trustee in accordance with
paragraph (c) of the definition of "Delivery" and shall be maintained by
Indenture Trustee pending maturity or disposition, through continued
registration of Indenture Trustee's (or its nominee's) ownership of such
security.
Effective upon the crediting of any Reserve Account Property to the Reserve
Account, Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have represented that it has
purchased such Reserve Account Property for value, in good faith and without
notice of any adverse claim thereto.
(g) Issuer and Servicer agree to take or cause to be taken such further
actions, to execute, deliver and file or cause to be executed, delivered and
filed such further documents and instruments (including any UCC financing
statements or this Agreement) as may be determined to be necessary, in an
Opinion of Counsel to Issuer delivered to Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee in
order to
28 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
perfect the interests created by this Section 5.8 and otherwise fully to
effectuate the purposes, terms and conditions of this Section 5.8. Issuer and
Servicer shall:
(1) promptly execute, deliver and file any financing statements,
amendments, continuation statements, assignments, certificates and other
documents with respect to such interests and perform all such other acts as
may be necessary in order to perfect or to maintain the perfection of
Indenture Trustee's security interest; and
(2) make the necessary filings of financing statements or amendments
thereto within five days after the occurrence of any of the following: (1)
any change in their respective names or any trade names, (2) any change in
the location of their respective chief executive offices or principal
places of business and (3) any merger or consolidation or other change in
their respective identities or corporate structures; and shall promptly
notify Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee of any such filings.
(h) Investment earnings attributable to the Reserve Account Property and
proceeds therefrom shall be held by Indenture Trustee for the benefit of Seller.
Investment earnings attributable to the Reserve Account Property shall not be
available to pay the distributions provided for in Section 5.5 and shall not
otherwise be subject to any claims or rights of the Holders or Servicer.
Indenture Trustee shall cause all investment earnings attributable to the
Reserve Account to be distributed on each Distribution Date to Seller.
(i) Seller may at any time, without consent of Holders, sell, transfer,
convey or assign in any manner its rights to and interests in distributions from
the Reserve Account provided that (i) the Rating Agencies confirm in writing
that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of
any class of Notes or Certificates, (ii) Seller provides to Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel that such
action will not cause Issuer to be classified as an association (or publicly
traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and
(iii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to take positions for
federal income tax purposes consistent with the federal income tax positions
agreed to be taken by Seller.
ARTICLE VI. SELLER.
SECTION 6.1. Representations of Seller. Seller makes the following
representations on which Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the
Receivables and the other properties and rights included in the Owner Trust
Estate. The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to Issuer and the pledge
thereof to Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.
29 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
(a) Organization and Good Standing. Seller has been duly organized and is
validly existing as a Delaware corporation in good standing under the laws of
the State of Delaware, with the power and authority to own its properties and
to conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business
is presently conducted and had at all relevant times, and has, full power,
authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables and the other
properties and rights included in the Owner Trust Estate assigned to Issuer
pursuant to Article II.
(b) Power and Authority. Seller has the power, authority and legal right
to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a
party and to carry out their respective terms and to sell and assign the
property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with Issuer as the Owner Trust
Estate; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
Basic Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by Seller by
all necessary corporate action.
(c) No Consent Required. No approval, authorization, consent, license or
other order or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental
authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the execution,
delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Basic Documents to which it is
a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
other than (i) as may be required under the blue sky or securities laws of any
State or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) the filing of UCC
financing statements.
(d) Valid Sale; Binding Obligation. Seller intends this Agreement to
effect a valid sale, transfer, and assignment of the Receivables and the other
properties and rights included in the Owner Trust Estate conveyed by Seller to
Issuer hereunder, enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from Seller;
and each of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a party
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against
Seller in accordance with its respective terms, subject, as to enforceability,
to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship,
receivership, liquidation and other similar laws affecting enforcement of the
rights of creditors generally and to equitable limitations on the availability
of specific remedies.
(e) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of
this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a party and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not
conflict with, result in any material breach of any of the terms and provisions
of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a material default
under or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its
material properties pursuant to the terms of, (i) the certificate of
incorporation or bylaws of Seller,
30 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
(ii) any material indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other
instrument or agreement to which Seller is a party or by which Seller is bound,
or (iii) any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to Seller of any federal
or state regulatory body, any court, administrative agency, or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Seller.
(f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending,
or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over Seller or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this
Agreement, any other Basic Document, the Notes or the Certificates, (ii) seeking
to prevent the issuance of the Notes or Certificates or the consummation of any
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Basic Document,
(iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely
affect the performance by Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or
enforceability of, this Agreement, any other Basic Document, the Notes or the
Certificates, to the extent applicable, or (iv) that may materially and
adversely affect the federal or state income, excise franchise or similar tax
attributes of the Certificates.
(g) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of Seller is 1900
5th Avenue North, AmSouth/SONAT Tower, Birmingham, Alabama 35203.
SECTION 6.2. Continued Existence. During the term of this Agreement,
subject to Section 6.4, Seller will keep in full force and effect its existence,
rights and franchises as a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
[Delaware] and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each
jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the
validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the Basic Documents and each
other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate to the proper
administration of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 6.3. Liability of Seller; Indemnities. Seller shall be liable in
accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by Seller under this Agreement.
(a) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Issuer, Owner Trustee
and Indenture Trustee and their respective officers, directors, employees and
agents from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against any
such Person with respect to, and on the date of, the sale of the Receivables to
Issuer or the issuance and original sale of the Notes and Certificates,
including any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible personal
property, privilege or license taxes (but, in the case of all indemnified
Persons other than Issuer, not including any taxes asserted with respect to
Federal or other income
31 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
taxes arising out of transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other
Basic Documents) and costs and expenses in defending against the same.
(b) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Issuer, Owner
Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders and the
respective officers, directors, employees and agents of Issuer, Owner Trustee
and Indenture Trustee from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses,
claims, damages and liabilities to the extent arising out of, or imposed upon
such Person through or as a result of (i) Seller's willful misfeasance, bad
faith or gross negligence (other than errors in judgment) in the performance of
its duties under this Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard of its
obligations and duties under this Agreement, (ii) Seller's violation of Federal
or state securities laws in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes
and the Certificates or in connection with any application relating to the Notes
or Certificates under any state securities laws and (iii) the failure of any
Receivable conveyed by it to Issuer hereunder, or the sale of the related
Financed Vehicle, to comply with all requirements of applicable law.
(c) Seller shall be liable as primary obligor for, and shall indemnify,
defend and hold harmless Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee and their respective
officers, directors, employees and agents from and against any and all costs,
expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of, or incurred in
connection with, the acceptance or performance of the trusts and duties set
forth herein and in the Trust Agreement, in the case of Owner Trustee, and
herein and in the Indenture, in the case of Indenture Trustee, except to the
extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability: (i) in the
case of Owner Trustee, shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence (except for errors in judgment) of Owner Trustee, or, in the case of
Indenture Trustee, shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence of Indenture Trustee; (ii) in the case of Owner Trustee, shall arise
from the breach by Owner Trustee of any of its representations or warranties set
forth in the Trust Agreement or any other Basic Document; or (iii) in the case
of Indenture Trustee, shall arise from the breach by Indenture Trustee of any of
its representations and warranties or covenants set forth in the Indenture.
Such liability shall survive the termination of Issuer, the discharge of the
Notes and Certificates and removal or resignation of such Indenture Trustee or
Owner Trustee.
(d) Seller shall pay any and all taxes levied or assessed upon the Issuer
or upon all or any part of the Owner Trust Estate.
Indemnification under this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of
Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee and the termination of this Agreement or the
Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as applicable, and shall include reasonable
fees and expenses of counsel and other expenses of litigation. If Seller shall
have made
32 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf
of whom such payments are made thereafter shall collect any of such amounts from
others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to Seller, without
interest.
SECTION 6.4. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations
of, Seller. Any Person (a) into which Seller may be merged or consolidated, (b)
which may result from any merger or consolidation to which Seller shall be a
party or (c) which may succeed to the properties and assets of Seller
substantially as a whole, shall be the successor to Seller without the execution
or filing of any document or any further act by any of the parties to this
Agreement; provided that Seller hereby covenants that it will not consummate any
of the foregoing transactions except upon satisfaction of the following: (i) the
surviving Seller if other than Special Purpose Entity, executes an agreement of
assumption to perform every obligation of Seller under this Agreement, (ii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or
warranty made pursuant to Section 3.1 or 6.1 shall have been breached, (iii)
Seller shall have delivered to Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee an Officer's
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation,
merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section
and that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement
relating to such transaction have been complied with, and that the Rating Agency
Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction, (iv) the
surviving Seller shall have a consolidated net worth at least equal to that of
the predecessor Seller, (v) such transaction will not result in a material
adverse federal or state tax consequence to Issuer, the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders and (vi) unless Special Purpose Entity is the surviving
entity, Seller shall have delivered to Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel either (A) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have
been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the
interest of Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee, respectively, in the
Receivables and reciting the details of such filings, or (B) stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to preserve and
protect such interests.
SECTION 6.5. Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. Seller and any
director or officer or employee or agent of Seller may rely in good faith on the
advice of counsel or on any document of any kind, prima facie properly executed
and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under any Basic
Document (provided that such reliance shall not limit in any way Seller's
obligations under Section 3.2 or 6.3). Seller shall not be under any obligation
to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not be incidental
to its obligations under this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it
in any expense or liability.
33 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
SECTION 6.6. Seller May Own Certificates or Notes. Seller and any
Affiliate thereof may in its individual or any other capacity become the owner
or pledgee of Certificates or Notes with the same rights as it would have if it
were not Seller or an Affiliate thereof, except as expressly provided herein or
in any Basic Document. Except as set forth herein or in the other Basic
Documents, Notes and Certificates so owned by or pledged to Seller or any such
Affiliate shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the provisions of
this Agreement and the other Basic Documents, without preference, priority, or
distinction as among all of the Notes and Certificates.
SECTION 6.7. Indebtedness of Seller. Seller shall provide written notice
to the Rating Agencies at least thirty (30) days prior to the date it incurs any
material indebtedness or assumes or guarantees any material indebtedness of any
other entity in connection with the acquisition or transfer of receivables
(other than the Receivables) or the issuance and sale of securities (other than
the Notes and Certificates) secured by or evidencing beneficial ownership
interests in such receivables, or any other activity set forth in paragraph 3 of
its certificate of incorporation or incurs any material, non-incidental
indebtedness in connection with the accomplishment of any of the foregoing.
ARTICLE VII. SERVICER.
SECTION 7.1. Representations of Servicer. Servicer makes the following
representations on which Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the
Receivables and the other properties and rights included in the Owner Trust
Estate. The representations speak as of the execution and delivery of the
Agreement and shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables
to Issuer and the pledge thereof to Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.
(a) Organization and Good Standing. Servicer has been duly organized and
is validly existing as a state banking corporation in good standing under the
laws of the State of Alabama, with the power and authority to own its properties
and to conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such
business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and shall have,
the power, authority and legal right to service the Receivables and the other
properties and rights included in the Owner Trust Estate.
(b) Due Qualification. Servicer shall be duly qualified to do business as
a foreign corporation in good standing, and shall have obtained all necessary
licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of
property or the conduct of its business (including the servicing of the
Receivables as required by this Agreement) shall require such qualifications.
34 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
(c) Power and Authority. Servicer has the power, authority and legal right
to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a
party and to carry out their respective terms; and the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a party
have been duly authorized by Servicer by all necessary corporate action.
(d) No Consent Required. No approval, authorization, consent, license or
other order or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental
authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the execution,
delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Basic Documents to which it is a
party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
other than (i) as may be required under the blue sky or securities laws of any
State or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) the filing of UCC
financing statements.
(e) Binding Obligation. Each of this Agreement and the Basic Documents to
which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of
Servicer, enforceable against Servicer in accordance with its respective terms,
subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation and other similar
laws affecting enforcement of the rights of creditors of banks generally and to
equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
(f) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Servicer of
this Agreement and the Basic Documents to which it is a party and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not
conflict with, result in any material breach of any of the terms and provisions
of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a material default
under, or result in the creation or disposition of any Lien upon any of its
material properties pursuant to the terms of, (i) the [certificate of
incorporation] or bylaws of Servicer, (ii) any material indenture, contract,
lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument or agreement to which
Servicer is a party or by which Servicer is bound, or (iii) any law, order, rule
or regulation applicable to Servicer of any federal or state regulatory body,
any court, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over Servicer.
(g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending,
or, to Servicer's knowledge, threatened, before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, or tribunal or other governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over Servicer or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of
this Agreement, any other Basic Document, the Notes or the Certificates, (ii)
seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the Notes or the
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any
other Basic Document, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might
35 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
materially and adversely affect the performance by Servicer of its obligations
under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any other Basic
Document, the Notes or the Certificates, to the extent applicable, or (iv) that
may materially and adversely affect the federal or state income, excise,
franchise or similar tax attributes of the Certificates.
SECTION 7.2. Indemnities of Servicer. (a) Servicer shall be liable in
accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by Servicer under this Agreement.
(b) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Issuer, Owner
Trustee, Indenture Trustee, Seller, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders
and any of the respective officers, directors, employees and agents of Issuer,
Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or Seller from any and all costs, expenses,
losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys' fees
and expenses) to the extent arising out of, or imposed upon any such Person
through, the gross negligence, willful misfeasance or bad faith (other than
errors in judgment) of Servicer in the performance of its obligations and duties
under this Agreement or in the performance of the obligations and duties of any
subservicer under any subservicing agreement.
(c) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Issuer, Owner
Trustee, and Indenture Trustee and their respective officers, directors,
employees and agents from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted
against any such Person with respect to the transactions contemplated in this
Agreement or in the other Basic Documents, including any sales, gross receipts,
general corporation, tangible or intangible personal property, franchise,
privilege, or license taxes, or any taxes of any kind which may be asserted
(but, in the case of all indemnified Persons other than Issuer, not including
any Federal or other income taxes arising out of transactions contemplated by
this Agreement and the other Basic Documents) against the Issuer, and costs and
expenses in defending against the same.
(d) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Issuer, Owner
Trustee, Indenture Trustee, Seller, Certificateholders and the Noteholders or
any of the respective officers, directors, employees and agents of Issuer, Owner
Trustee, Indenture Trustee or Seller from any and all costs, expenses, losses,
claims, damages and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys' fees and
expenses) to the extent arising out of or imposed upon any such Person as a
result of any compensation payable to any subcustodian or subservicer (including
any fees payable in connection with the release of any Receivable File from the
custody of such subservicer or in connection with the termination of the
servicing activities of such subservicer with respect to any Receivable) whether
pursuant to the terms of any subservicing agreement or otherwise.
36 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
(e) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Issuer, Owner
Trustee, Indenture Trustee, Seller, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders
or any of the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of Issuer,
Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee and Seller from and against any and all costs,
expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation, arising out of or resulting from
the use, ownership, or operation of any Financed Vehicle.
(f) Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indenture Trustee
and Owner Trustee or any of their respective officers, directors, employees and
agents from any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) to the extent arising out of
the transactions contemplated by the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and the Administration Agreement unless such costs, expenses, losses, claims,
damages and liabilities are due to the negligence, willful misfeasance or bad
faith of the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee, respectively.
Indemnification under this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of
Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee and the termination of this Agreement or the
Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as applicable, and shall include reasonable
fees and expenses of counsel and other expenses of litigation. If Servicer shall
have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or
on behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter shall collect any of such
amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such amounts to Servicer,
without interest.
SECTION 7.3. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations
of, Servicer. Any Person (a) into which Servicer may be merged or consolidated,
(b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which Servicer shall be
a party, (c) which may succeed to the properties and assets of Servicer,
substantially as a whole, or (d) 50% of the voting stock of which is owned
directly or indirectly by AmSouth Bancorporation, may become the successor to
Servicer; provided that, unless AmSouth is the surviving party to such
transaction, Servicer hereby covenants that it will not consummate any of the
foregoing transactions except upon satisfaction of the following: (i) the
surviving Servicer if other than AmSouth, executes an agreement of assumption to
perform every obligation of Servicer under this Agreement, (ii) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made
pursuant to Section 7.1 shall have been breached and no Servicer Termination
Event, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a
Servicer Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) Servicer
shall have delivered to Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee an Officer's
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation,
merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section
and that
37 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to
such transaction have been complied with, and that the Rating Agency Condition
shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction, (iv) the surviving
Servicer shall have a consolidated net worth at least equal to that of the
predecessor Servicer, and (v) such transaction will not result in a material
adverse Federal or state tax consequence to Issuer, the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders.
SECTION 7.4. Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others. Neither
Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be under
any liability to Issuer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, except as
provided under this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining from the
taking of any action by Servicer or any subservicer pursuant to this Agreement
or for errors in judgment; provided that this provision shall not protect
Servicer or any such person against any liability that would otherwise be
imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of duties (except for errors in judgment) or by reason of reckless
disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement. Servicer or any
subservicer and any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents
may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed
and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement.
Except as provided in this Agreement, Servicer shall not be under any
obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall be
incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance with this
Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability;
provided that Servicer may (but shall not be required to) undertake any
reasonable action that it may deem necessary or desirable in respect of the
Basic Documents to protect the interests of the Certificateholders under this
Agreement and the Noteholders under the Indenture. In such event, the legal
expense and costs of such action and any liability resulting therefrom shall be
expenses, costs and liabilities of the Servicer.
SECTION 7.5. AmSouth Not To Resign as Servicer. Subject to the provisions
of Section 7.3, AmSouth hereby agrees not to resign from the obligations and
duties hereby imposed on it as Servicer under this Agreement except upon
determination that the performance of its duties hereunder shall no longer be
permissible under applicable law or if such resignation is required by
regulatory authorities. Notice of any such determination permitting the
resignation of AmSouth as Servicer shall be communicated to Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee at the earliest practicable time (and, if such communication
is not in writing, shall be confirmed in writing at the earliest practicable
time) and any such determination shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to
such effect delivered to Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee concurrently with
or promptly after such notice. No such resignation shall become effective until
the earlier of
38 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Indenture Trustee or a Successor Servicer having assumed the responsibilities
and obligations of the resigning Servicer in accordance with Section 8.2 or the
date upon which any regulatory authority requires such resignation.
SECTION 7.6. Existence. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, during
the term of this Agreement, AmSouth will keep in full force and effect its
existence, rights and franchises as an Alabama state banking corporation.
SECTION 7.7. Servicer May Own Notes or Certificates. The Servicer, and any
Affiliate of the Servicer, may, in its individual or any other capacity, become
the owner or pledgee of Notes or Certificates with the same rights as it would
have if it were not the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof, except as expressly
provided herein or in any Basic Document. Except as set forth herein or in the
other Basic Documents, Notes and Certificates so owned by or pledged to Servicer
or any such Affiliate shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the
provisions of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents, without preference,
priority, or distinction as among all of the Notes and Certificates.
ARTICLE VIII. SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS.
SECTION 8.1. Servicer Termination Event. If any one of the following
events (a "Servicer Termination Event") shall occur and be continuing:
(a) any failure by Servicer to deliver to Indenture Trustee and Owner
Trustee the Servicer's Report in accordance with Section 4.9, or any failure by
Servicer or Seller to deliver to Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee for deposit
in any of the Trust Accounts or the Certificate Distribution Account any
required payment or to direct Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee to make any
required distributions therefrom that shall continue unremedied for a period of
five Business Days after written notice of such failure is received by Servicer
from Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee or after discovery of such failure by an
Authorized Officer of Servicer; or
(b) failure on the part of Servicer or Seller duly to observe or to
perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of Servicer or
Seller, as applicable, set forth in this Agreement or any other Basic Document
to which it is a party, which failure shall (i) materially and adversely affect
the rights of either the Certificateholders or Noteholders and (ii) continue
unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of
such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given (A) to
Servicer by Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee or (B) to Servicer and to Owner
Trustee and Indenture Trustee by the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than
25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or Holders of Certificates evidencing
not less than 25% of the outstanding Certificate Balance, as applicable (or for
such longer
39 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
period, not in excess of 120 days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such
default; provided that such default is capable of remedy within 120 days and
Servicer delivers an Officer's Certificate to Owner Trustee and Indenture
Trustee to such effect and to the effect that Servicer or Seller, as applicable,
has commenced or will promptly commence, and will diligently pursue, all
reasonable efforts to remedy such default); or
(c) an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to Servicer, Seller, any
Seller Affiliate or any of their respective successors;
then, and in each and every case, so long as any Servicer Termination Event
shall not have been remedied, either Indenture Trustee, or the Holders of Notes
evidencing greater than 50% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes (or, if no
Notes are then Outstanding, either the Owner Trustee or the Holders of
Certificates evidencing greater than 50% of the Certificate Balance), by notice
then given in writing to Servicer (and to Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as
applicable, if given by the Holders) may terminate all the rights and
obligations (other than the obligations set forth in Section 7.2) of Servicer
under this Agreement. On or after the receipt by Servicer of such written
notice, all authority and power of Servicer under this Agreement, whether with
respect to the Notes, the Certificates or the Receivables or otherwise, shall,
without further action, pass to and be vested in Indenture Trustee or such
Successor Servicer as may be appointed under Section 8.2; and, without
limitation, Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee are hereby authorized and
empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the predecessor Servicer, as
attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments, and
to do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect
the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and
endorsement of the Receivables and related documents, or otherwise. The
predecessor Servicer shall cooperate with the Successor Servicer, Indenture
Trustee and Owner Trustee in effecting the termination of the responsibilities
and rights of the predecessor Servicer under this Agreement, including the
transfer to the Successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts
that shall at the time be held by the predecessor Servicer for deposit, or shall
thereafter be received by it with respect to a Receivable. Servicer shall
promptly transfer its electronic records relating to the Receivables to the
Successor Servicer in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may
reasonably request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor Servicer all
other records, correspondence and documents necessary for the continued
servicing of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the Successor
Servicer shall reasonably request. All reasonable costs and expenses (including
attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with transferring the Receivable Files
to the Successor Servicer and amending this Agreement to reflect such succession
as Servicer pursuant to this Section shall be paid by the predecessor Servicer
upon presentation of reasonable documentation of such costs and expenses. Upon
40 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, Indenture
Trustee shall give notice thereof to the Rating Agencies.
SECTION 8.2. Appointment of Successor. (a) Upon Servicer's receipt of
notice of termination, pursuant to Section 8.1 or Servicer's resignation (if and
to the extent permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), the
predecessor Servicer shall continue to perform its functions as Servicer under
this Agreement, in the case of termination, only until the date specified in
such termination notice or, if no such date is specified in a notice of
termination, until receipt of such notice and, in the case of resignation, until
the earlier of (i) the date 45 days from the delivery to Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee of written notice of such resignation (or written confirmation
of such notice) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (ii) the date
upon which the predecessor Servicer shall become unable to act as Servicer, as
specified in the notice of resignation and accompanying Opinion of Counsel. In
the event of Servicer's termination or resignation hereunder, Indenture Trustee
shall appoint a Successor Servicer, and the Successor Servicer shall accept its
appointment by a written assumption in form acceptable to Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee. In the event that a Successor Servicer has not been appointed
at the time when the predecessor Servicer has ceased to act as Servicer in
accordance with this Section, Indenture Trustee without further action shall
automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer and Indenture Trustee shall be
entitled to the Servicing Fee. Notwithstanding the above, Indenture Trustee
shall, if it shall be unwilling or unable so to act, appoint or petition a court
of competent jurisdiction to appoint, any established institution, having a net
worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose regular business shall include the
servicing of motor vehicle receivables, as the successor to Servicer under this
Agreement; provided, that the appointment of any such Successor Servicer will
not result in the withdrawal or reduction of the outstanding rating assigned to
the Certificates or Notes by any Rating Agency.
(b) Upon appointment, the Successor Servicer (including Indenture Trustee
acting as Successor Servicer) shall be the successor in all respects to the
predecessor Servicer and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties
and liabilities arising thereafter relating thereto placed on the predecessor
Servicer and shall be entitled to the Servicing Fee and all the rights granted
to the predecessor Servicer by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. No
Successor Servicer shall be liable for any acts or omissions of any predecessor
Servicer.
(c) A transfer of servicing hereunder shall not affect the rights and
duties of the parties hereunder (including the obligations and indemnities of
Seller pursuant to Sections 3.3, 4.3, 6.1 and 6.3 or, with respect to
obligations and indemnities arising prior to, or concurrently with, a transfer
of servicing hereunder, the predecessor Servicer pursuant to Section 4.7, 7.1 or
7.2) other than those relating to the management, administration, servicing,
custody or
41 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
collection of the Receivables and the other rights and properties included in
the Owner Trust Estate. The Successor Servicer shall, upon its appointment
pursuant to Section 8.2 and as part of its duties and responsibilities under
this Agreement, promptly take all action it deems necessary or appropriate so
that the predecessor Servicer (in whatever capacity) is paid or reimbursed all
amounts it is entitled to receive under this Agreement on each Distribution Date
subsequent to the date on which it is terminated as Servicer hereunder. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the predecessor Servicer will be
entitled to receive all accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees through and including
the effective date of the termination of the predecessor Servicer.
SECTION 8.3. Payment of Servicing Fee. If Servicer shall be replaced, the
predecessor Servicer shall be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid
Servicing Fees through the date of the Successor Servicer's acceptance hereunder
and any Supplemental Servicing Fees accrued and unpaid or received prior to such
date, in each case, in accordance with Section 4.8.
SECTION 8.4. Notification to Noteholders and Certificateholders. Upon any
termination of, or appointment of a successor to, Servicer pursuant to this
Article VIII, Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to
Certificateholders and Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice
thereof to Noteholders subject to the Rating Agency Condition.
SECTION 8.5. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of Notes evidencing not
less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes (or the Holders of
Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the outstanding Certificate
Balance, as applicable, in the case of any default which does not adversely
affect Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders) may, on behalf of all Noteholders
and Certificateholders, waive in writing any default by Servicer in the
performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences, except a default
in making any required deposits to any of the Trust Accounts in accordance with
this Agreement. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease
to exist, and any Servicer Termination Event arising therefrom shall be deemed
to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent
thereto.
ARTICLE IX. TERMINATION.
SECTION 9.1. Optional Purchase of All Receivables; Termination Notice. (a)
On the last day of any Collection Period immediately preceding a Determination
Date as of which the then outstanding Pool Balance is 5% or less of the Original
Pool Balance, Seller shall have the option to purchase the Owner Trust Estate,
other than the Trust Accounts, and the Certificate Distribution Account and any
funds or investments therein. To exercise such option, Seller
42 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
shall deposit pursuant to Section 5.4 in the Collection Account an amount which,
when added to the amounts on deposit in the Collection Account for such
Distribution Date, equals the sum of (a) the unpaid principal amount of the then
outstanding Class B Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus (b)
the Certificate Balance plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Class B
Notes and the Certificates will be redeemed concurrently therewith.
(b) Following the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the
payment in full of the principal of and interest on the Notes, the
Certificateholders will succeed to the rights of the Noteholders hereunder.
(c) Notice of any termination of Issuer shall be given by Servicer to Owner
Trustee, Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies as soon as practicable after
Servicer has received notice thereof.
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
SECTION 10.1. Amendment. (a) This Agreement may be amended by Seller,
Servicer, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee (which consent may not be
unreasonably withheld), but without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders:
(i) to cure any ambiguity or defect, to correct or supplement
any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions in this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided that such action shall
not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests
of any Noteholder or Certificateholder;
(ii) (A) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be
necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a portion of Issuer to
qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause all or a portion
of Issuer to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization investment
trust" as described in the provisions of the "Small Business Job Protection
Act of 1996," or to enable all or a portion of the Issuer to qualify and an
election to be made for similar treatment under such comparable subsequent
federal income tax provisions as may ultimately be enacted into law, and
(B) in connection with any such election, to modify or eliminate existing
provisions set forth in this Agreement relating to the intended federal
income tax treatment of the Notes or Certificates and Issuer in the absence
of the election; it being a condition to any such amendment that each
Rating Agency will have notified the Seller, the
43 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee in writing that the
amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any
outstanding Notes or Certificates with respect to which it is a Rating
Agency; and
(iii) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be
necessary or advisable in order to enable (a) the transfer to Issuer of all
or any portion of the Receivables to be derecognized under generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") by Seller to Issuer, (b) Issuer to
avoid becoming a member of Seller's consolidated group under GAAP or (c)
the Seller, any Seller Affiliate or any of their Affiliates to otherwise
comply with or obtain more favorable treatment under any law or regulation
or any accounting rule or principle; it being a condition to any such
amendment that each Rating Agency will have notified the Seller, the
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee in writing that the
amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any
outstanding Notes or Certificates with respect to which it is a Rating
Agency.
(b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by Seller,
Servicer, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee, with the consent of the Holders
of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes and the consent of the Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a
majority of the Certificate Balance for the purpose of adding any provisions to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement
or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders; provided that no such amendment shall (i) increase or reduce
in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections
of payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made
for the benefit of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Certificate
Balance, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment,
without the consent of the Holders of all the outstanding Notes and the Holders
of all the outstanding Certificates of each class affected thereby.
(c) Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, Servicer shall
furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to
each Rating Agency. Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or
consent, Servicer shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent to each Noteholder and Certificateholder.
(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders or
Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any
44 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof.
(e) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, Owner
Trustee and Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive and conclusively rely
upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is
authorized or permitted by this Agreement and that all conditions precedent to
the execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied and the Opinion
of Counsel referred to in Section 10.2(i)(1) has been delivered. Owner Trustee
and Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment which affects Owner Trustee's or Indenture Trustee's, as applicable,
own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.
SECTION 10.2. Protection of Title to Trust Property. (a) Seller shall
execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed
such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of Issuer
and the interests of Indenture Trustee in the Receivables and the proceeds
thereof. Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document
filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing.
(b) Neither Seller nor Servicer shall change its name, identity or
corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make any financing
statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above
seriously misleading within the meaning of (S) 9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it
shall have given Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee at least five days' prior
written notice thereof and shall have promptly filed appropriate amendments to
all previously filed financing statements or continuation statements.
(c) Each of Seller and Servicer shall have an obligation to give Owner
Trustee and Indenture Trustee at least 60 days' prior written notice of any
relocation of its principal executive office if, as a result of such relocation,
the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment
of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new
financing statement and shall promptly file any such amendment or new financing
statement. Servicer shall at all times maintain each office from which it shall
service Receivables, and its principal executive office, within the United
States of America.
(d) Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each Receivable
accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to know at
any time the status of such Receivable, including payments and recoveries made
and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) reconciliation between
payments
45 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Receivable and the amounts from time
to time deposited in the Collection Account in respect of such Receivable.
(e) Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after
the time of sale under this Agreement of the Receivables, Servicer's master
computer records (including any backup archives) that refer to a Receivable
shall indicate clearly the interest of Issuer and Indenture Trustee in such
Receivable and that such Receivable is owned by Issuer and has been pledged to
Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. Indication of Issuer's and
Indenture Trustee's interest in a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified
on Servicer's computer systems when, and only when, the related Receivable shall
have been paid in full or repurchased by Seller or purchased by Servicer.
(f) If at any time Seller or Servicer shall propose to sell, grant a
security interest in or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive
receivables to any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, Servicer
shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee computer
tapes, records or printouts (including any restored from backup archives) that,
if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate
clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by Issuer and has been
pledged to Indenture Trustee.
(g) Servicer shall permit Indenture Trustee, Owner Trustee and their
respective agents at any time during normal business hours to inspect, audit and
make copies of and abstracts from Servicer's records regarding any Receivable.
(h) Upon request at any time Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee shall have
reasonable grounds to believe that such request is necessary in connection with
the performance of its duties under this Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents, Servicer shall furnish to Owner Trustee or to Indenture Trustee,
within thirty Business Days, a list of all Receivables (by contract number and
name of Obligor) then owned by Issuer, together with a reconciliation of such
list to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of Servicer's Reports furnished
before such request indicating removal of Receivables from Issuer.
(i) Servicer shall deliver to Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee:
(1) promptly after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and of
each amendment thereto, an Opinion of Counsel either (A) stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, all financing statements and continuation
statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to
preserve and protect the interest of Issuer and Indenture Trustee in the
Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior
Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) stating
46 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to
preserve and protect such interest; and
(2) within 120 days after the beginning of each calendar year
beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months
after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during
such 120-day period, either (A) stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements have been
executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the
interest of Issuer and Indenture Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting
the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in
which such details are given, or (B) stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such
interest.
Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (1) or (2) above shall
specify any action necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in the
following year to preserve and protect such interest.
(j) Seller shall, to the extent required by applicable law, cause the
Certificates and the Notes to be registered with the Commission pursuant to
Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act within the time periods
specified in such sections.
SECTION 10.3. Notices. All demands, notices and communications upon or to
Seller, Servicer, Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or the Rating Agencies under
this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered, sent by overnight
courier or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be
deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of Seller, to
Special Purpose Entity, 1900 5th Avenue North, AmSouth/SONAT Tower, Birmingham,
Alabama, 35203, Attention: _________ (b) in the case of Servicer, to AmSouth
Bank, 1900 5th Avenue North, AmSouth/SONAT Tower, Birmingham, Alabama, 35203,
Attention: _____________, (c) in the case of Issuer or Owner Trustee, at the
Corporate Trust Office, (d) in the case of Indenture Trustee, at the Corporate
Trust Office, (e) in the case of Moody's, to Moody's Investors Service, Inc., to
99 Church Street, New York, New York 10004, Attention of Asset Backed Securities
Group, (f) in the case of Standard & Poor's, to Standard & Poor's Ratings
Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 26 Broadway (15th
Floor), New York, New York 10004, Attention of Asset Backed Surveillance
Department, and (g) in the case of Fitch, to Fitch Information Services, Inc.,
1201 East 7th Street, Powell, Wyoming 82435. Any notice required or permitted
to be mailed to a Noteholder or Certificateholder shall be given by first class
mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Person as shown in the Note
Register or the Certificate Register, as applicable. Any notice so
47 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively
presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Noteholder or
Certificateholder shall receive such notice.
SECTION 10.4. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, except as provided in Sections 3.4, 4.1, 6.4 and 7.3 and as
provided in the provisions of this Agreement concerning the resignation of
Servicer, this Agreement may not be assigned by Seller or Servicer without the
prior written consent of the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders
evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the
Certificateholders evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding
Certificate Balance.
SECTION 10.5. Limitations on Rights of Others. The provisions of this
Agreement are solely for the benefit of Seller, Servicer, Issuer, Owner Trustee
and for the benefit of the Certificateholders and the Noteholders, as third-
party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied,
shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this
Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.
SECTION 10.6. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not create or render unenforceable
such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.7. Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and
delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.
SECTION 10.8. Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections
herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any
of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 10.9. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
48 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
SECTION 10.10. Assignment to Indenture Trustee. Seller hereby acknowledges
and consents to any mortgage, pledge, assignment and grant of a security
interest by Issuer to Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the
benefit of the Noteholders of all right, title and interest of Issuer in, to and
under the Receivables and/or the assignment of any or all of Issuer's rights and
obligations hereunder to Indenture Trustee.
SECTION 10.11. Nonpetition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior termination
of this Agreement, Servicer and Seller shall not, prior to the date which is one
year and one day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to Issuer,
acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause Issuer to invoke the process of
any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a
case against Issuer under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator or other similar official of Issuer or any substantial part of its
property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of Issuer.
SECTION 10.12. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture
Trustee. (a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this
Agreement has been countersigned by _________________ not in its individual
capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of Issuer and in no event
shall _______________________ in its individual capacity or, except as expressly
provided in the Trust Agreement, as Owner Trustee have any liability for the
representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of
Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered
pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets
of Issuer. For all purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of its duties
or obligations hereunder or in the performance of any duties or obligations of
Issuer hereunder, Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the
benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust
Agreement.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this
Agreement has been accepted by _________________ not in its individual capacity
but solely as Indenture Trustee and in no event shall _________________ have any
liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other
obligations of Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or
agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had
solely to the assets of Issuer.
SECTION 10.13. Further Assurances. Seller and the Servicer agree to do and
perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further
instruments required or reasonably requested by Owner Trustee or Indenture
Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including,
49 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
without limitation, the execution of any financing statements or continuation
statements relating to the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the
UCC of any applicable jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.14. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and
no delay in exercising, on the part of the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders, any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other
or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges therein provided are
cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges
provided by law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.
AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_
By:_________________________, not in its
individual capacity, but solely as
Owner Trustee
By:____________________________________
Name:
Title:
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC., Seller
By:____________________________________
Name:
Title:
AMSOUTH BANK, Servicer,
By:____________________________________
Name:
Title:
S-1 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
______________________, not in its
individual capacity but solely as
Indenture Trustee,
By: __________________________
Name:
Title:
S-2 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A
(Delivered on Disk to Trustee and Owner Trustee)
Schedule A-1 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE B
Location of Receivables Files
-----------------------------
The Receivables sold by each Seller Affiliate to Seller and sold by Seller to
Issuer are located at the offices of such Seller Affiliate listed below.
Schedule B-1 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
Form of Servicer's Report
-------------------------
Exhibit A-1 SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
APPENDIX X
DEFINITIONS
"Act" is defined in Section 11.3(a) of the Indenture.
"Actuarial Receivable" means a Receivable that provides for (i)
amortization of the loan over a series of fixed level payment monthly
installments and (ii) each monthly installment, including the monthly
installment representing the final payment on the Receivable, to consist of an
amount of interest equal to 1/12 of the Contract Rate of the loan multiplied by
the unpaid principal balance of the loan, and an amount of principal equal to
the remainder of the monthly installment.
"Additional Servicing" means, for each Distribution Date, an amount equal
to the lesser of (i) the amount by which (A) the aggregate amount of the
Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date and all prior Distribution Dates
exceeds (B) the aggregate amount of Additional Servicing paid to the Servicer on
all prior Distribution Dates and (ii) the amount, if any, by which (A) the sum
of Available Interest and Available Principal for such Distribution Date exceed
(B) the sum, without duplication of (x) the Servicing Fee paid on such
Distribution Date with respect to the related Collection Period and any accrued
and unpaid Servicing Fee for prior Collection Periods, (y) all amounts required
to be distributed to the Noteholders and the Certificateholders on such
Distribution Date, and (z) the amount, if any, deposited in the Reserve Account
on such Distribution Date.
"Administration Agreement" means the Administration Agreement among
AmSouth, as Administrator, AmSouth Auto Trust 199___, as Issuer, and
_____________, as Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented
from time to time.
"Administration Fee" is defined in Section 4 of the Administration
Agreement.
"Administrator" means AmSouth and each successor Administrator.
Appendix X, Page 1
<PAGE>
"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person
controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.
For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any
specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such
Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. A Person shall not be
deemed to be an Affiliate of any specified Person solely because such other
Person has the contractual right or obligation to manage such specified Person
or act as servicer with respect to the financial assets of such specified Person
unless such other Person controls the specified Person through equity ownership
or otherwise.
"Affiliate Security Agreement" means the agreement dated as of
_________________, 199__ between AmSouth, and Issuer under which AmSouth grants
a security interest in its Receivables and certain other property described
therein to Issuer.
"AmSouth" means AmSouth Bank, a banking corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Alabama.
"AmSouth Bancorporation" means AmSouth Bancorporation, an Alabama
corporation.
"Authenticating Agent" is defined in Section 2.13 of the Indenture.
"Authorized Officer" means, with respect to Issuer and Servicer, any
officer of Owner Trustee or Servicer, as applicable, who is authorized to act
for Owner Trustee or Servicer, as applicable, in matters relating to Issuer and
who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by each of Owner
Trustee and Servicer to Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may
be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter).
"Available Interest" means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of the
following amounts for the related Collection Period: (a) that portion of the
Collections on the Receivables received during such Collection Period that is
allocable to interest in accordance with Servicer's customary servicing
procedures, (b) all Liquidation Proceeds received during the related Collection
Period and (c) the Purchase Amounts, to the extent allocable to accrued
interest, of all Receivables that are purchased by Seller or Servicer as of the
last day of the related Collection Period. "Available Interest" for any
Distribution Date shall exclude all payments and proceeds of any Receivables the
Purchase Amount of which has been distributed on a prior Distribution Date.
Appendix X, Page 2
<PAGE>
"Available Principal" means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of the
following amounts with respect to the related Collection Period: (a) that
portion of all Collections on the Receivables received during such Collection
Period that is allocable to principal in accordance with Servicer's customary
servicing procedures; and (b) the Purchase Amounts, to the extent attributable
to principal, of all Receivables purchased by Seller or Servicer as of the last
day of the related Collection Period. "Available Principal" on any Distribution
Date shall exclude all payments and proceeds of any Receivables the Purchase
Amount of which has been distributed on a prior Distribution Date.
"Bank Regulatory Authorities" means the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation and Office of the Comptroller of Currency.
"Basic Documents" means the Certificate of Trust, each Purchase Agreement,
the Affiliate Security Agreement, the Indenture, the Depository Agreements, the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement,
the Notes, the Certificates and other documents and certificates delivered in
connection therewith.
"Benefit Plan" is defined in Section 11.12 of the Trust Agreement.
"Book Entry Certificate" means a beneficial interest in the Certificates,
ownership of which shall be evidenced and transfers of which shall be made,
through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 3.11 of the
Trust Agreement.
"Book Entry Note" means a beneficial interest in the Notes, ownership and
transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as
described in Section 2.10 of the Indenture.
"Business Day" means a day that is not a Saturday or a Sunday and that in
the States of New York, Illinois, Alabama and the State in which the Corporate
Trust Office is located is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking
institutions are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.
"Business Trust Statute" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code,
12 Del. Code (S) 3801 et seq.
"Certificate" means a certificate evidencing the beneficial interest of a
Certificateholder in the Trust, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the
Trust Agreement.
Appendix X, Page 3
<PAGE>
"Certificate Account Property" means the Certificate Distribution Account,
all amounts and investments held from time to time therein (whether in the form
of deposit account, Physical Property, book entry securities, uncertificated
securities or otherwise), and all proceeds of the foregoing.
"Certificate Balance" equals, initially, $__________ and, thereafter,
equals the initial Certificate Balance, reduced by all amounts allocable to
principal previously distributed to Certificateholders.
"Certificate Depository Agreement" means the agreement among the Trust,
Owner Trustee, Servicer and The Depository Trust Company, as the initial
Clearing Agency, dated as of the Closing Date, relating to the Certificates,
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C to the Trust Agreement, as the
same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.
"Certificate Distribution Account" is defined in Section 5.1 of the Trust
Agreement.
"Certificate of Trust" means the Certificate of Trust in the form of
Exhibit B to the Trust Agreement to be filed for Issuer pursuant to the Business
Trust Statute.
"Certificate Pool Factor" as of the close of business on a Distribution
Date means a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the Certificate Balance (after
giving effect to distributions made on such date) divided by the initial
Certificate Balance. The Certificate Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the
Cutoff Date; thereafter, the Certificate Pool Factor will decline to reflect
reductions in the Certificate Balance.
"Certificate Rate" means ____% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-
day year of twelve 30 day months).
"Certificate Register" and "Certificate Registrar" means the register
mentioned and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Trust
Agreement.
"Certificateholder" means the Person in whose name a Certificate is
registered on the Certificate Register.
"Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, for any
Distribution Date, the excess of the Certificateholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any outstanding
Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding Distribution
Date, over the amount in respect of interest at the Certificate Rate that is
actually
Appendix X, Page 4
<PAGE>
deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such preceding Distribution
Date, plus interest on such excess, to the extent permitted by law, in an amount
equal to the product of one-twelfth multiplied by the Certificate Rate
multiplied by the amount of such excess.
"Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificateholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificateholders'
Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.
"Certificateholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth (or the actual number of days
from and including the Closing Date to but excluding __________________, 199__
divided by 360, for the initial Distribution Date) of the Certificate Rate
multiplied by the Certificate Balance as of the close of business on the
immediately preceding Distribution Date, after giving effect to all payments of
principal to the Certificateholders on or prior to such Distribution Date (or,
in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Certificate Balance on the
Closing Date).
"Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the Certificateholders' Percentage of the Principal
Distribution Amount or, for any Distribution Date on or after the Distribution
Date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes is
reduced to zero, 100% of the Principal Distribution Amount (less any amount
required on the first such Distribution Date to reduce the outstanding principal
balance of the Class A-2 Notes to zero, which shall be deposited into the Note
Distribution Account).
"Certificateholders' Percentage" means 100% minus the Noteholders'
Percentage.
"Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close
of business on any Distribution Date, the excess of the Certificateholders'
Monthly Principal Distributable Amount and any outstanding Certificateholders'
Principal Carryover Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date, over the
amount in respect of principal that is actually deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account on such current Distribution Date.
"Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificateholders' Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificateholders'
Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of the preceding Distribution
Date; provided that the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount shall
not exceed the Certificate Balance. In addition, on the Final Scheduled
Distribution
Appendix X, Page 5
<PAGE>
Date for the Certificates, the Certificateholders Principal Distributable Amount
will include, to the extent not included under the preceding sentence, the
amount that is necessary (after giving effect to the other amounts to be
deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and
allocable to principal) to reduce the Certificate Balance to zero.
"Class A-1 Interest Rate" means ______% per annum.
"Class A-1 Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, for any
Distribution Date, the excess of the Class A-1 Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any outstanding
Class A-1 Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the Class A-1 Notes
that was actually paid to holders of the Class A-1 Notes on the preceding
Distribution Date, plus interest on the amount of interest due but not paid to
Holders of the Class A-1 Notes on the preceding Distribution Date, to the extent
permitted by law, in an amount equal to the product of (i) the quotient of the
number of days elapsed in the related Interest Period divided by 360 multiplied
by (ii) the Class A-1 Interest Rate multiplied by (iii) the amount of such
interest due but not paid in respect of the Class A-1 Notes.
"Class A-1 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class A-1 Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount and (b) the Class A-1 Noteholders' Interest Carryover
Shortfall, in each case for such Distribution Date.
"Class A-1 Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means, for
any Distribution Date, the product of (i) the quotient of the number of days
elapsed during the related Interest Period divided by 360 multiplied by (ii) the
Class A-1 Interest Rate multiplied by (iii) the Outstanding Amount of the Class
A-1 Notes on the immediately preceding Distribution Date after giving effect to
all payments of principal to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes on or prior to
such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, the
Outstanding Amount of the Class A-1 Notes on the Closing Date).
"Class A-1 Notes" means the Class A-1 _____% Asset Backed Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture.
"Class A-2 Interest Rate" means _____% per annum.
"Class A-2 Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, for any
Distribution Date, the excess of the Class A-2 Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any outstanding
Class A-2 Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the Class A-2 Notes
that was actually paid to holders of the Class A-2 Notes on the preceding
Appendix X, Page 6
<PAGE>
Distribution Date, plus interest on the amount of interest due but not paid to
Holders of the Class A-2 Notes on the preceding Distribution Date, to the extent
permitted by law, in an amount equal to the product of one-twelfth multiplied by
the Class A-2 Interest Rate multiplied by the amount of such interest due but
not paid in respect of the Class A-2 Notes.
"Class A-2 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class A-2 Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount and (b) the Class A-2 Noteholders' Interest Carryover
Shortfall, in each case for such Distribution Date.
"Class A-2 Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means, for
any Distribution Date, the product of one-twelfth (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date the actual number of days elapsed from and including the
Closing Date to but excluding _________________, 199__ divided by 360)
multiplied by the Class A-2 Interest Rate multiplied by the Outstanding Amount
of the Class A-2 Notes on the immediately preceding Distribution Date after
giving effect to all payments of principal to the Holders of the Class A-2 Notes
on or prior to such immediately preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of
the first Distribution Date, the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-2 Notes on
the Closing Date).
"Class A-2 Notes" means the Class A-2 ____% Asset Backed Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture.
"Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing agency"
pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
"Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial
institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects
book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing
Agency.
"Closing Date" means _____ __, 199__.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and Treasury Regulations
promulgated thereunder.
"Collateral" is defined in the Granting Clause of the Indenture.
"Collection Account" means the account designated as such, established and
maintained pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Appendix X, Page 7
<PAGE>
"Collection Period" means, (a) in the case of the initial Collection
Period, the period from [but not including] the Cutoff Date to and including
___________ __, 199__ and (b) thereafter, each calendar month during the term of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement. With respect to any Determination Date,
Deposit Date or Distribution Date, the "related Collection Period" means the
Collection Period preceding the month in which such Determination Date, Deposit
Date or Distribution Date occurs.
"Collections" means all collections on the Receivables and any proceeds
from Insurance Policies and lender's single interest insurance policies.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Contract Rate" means, with respect to a Receivable, the rate per annum of
interest charged on the outstanding principal balance of such Receivable.
"Corporate Trust Office" means:
(a) as used in the Indenture, or otherwise with respect to Indenture
Trustee, the principal office of Indenture Trustee at which at any
particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered which
office at date of the execution of the Indenture is located at
____________________________, Attention: ________________ Telephone:
_____________; Facsimile: _______________ or at such other address as
Indenture Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the
Noteholders, Servicer and Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office
of any successor Indenture Trustee (the address of which the successor
Indenture Trustee will notify the Noteholders and Issuer); and
(b) as used in the Trust Agreement, or otherwise with respect to Owner
Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of Owner Trustee located at
_____________; or at such other address as Owner Trustee may designate by
notice to the Certificateholders and Depositor, or the principal corporate
trust office of any successor Owner Trustee (the address of which the
successor owner trustee will notify the Certificateholders and Depositor).
"Custodian" means Servicer in its capacity as agent of Issuer, as custodian
of the Receivable Files and any Seller Affiliate acting as agent for Servicer
for the purpose of maintaining custody of the Receivables Files.
"Cutoff Date" means the close of business on __________, 199__.
Appendix X, Page 8
<PAGE>
"Cutoff Date Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Receivable, the
Initial Principal Balance of such Receivable minus the sum of the portion of all
payments received under such Receivable from or on behalf of the related Obligor
on or prior to the Cutoff Date and allocable to principal in accordance with the
terms of the Receivable.
"Dealer" means, with respect to any Receivable, the seller of the related
Financed Vehicle.
"Dealer Agreement" means an agreement between an Originator and a Dealer
pursuant to which such Originator acquires Motor Vehicle Loans from the Dealer
or gives such Dealer the right to induce persons to apply to such Originator for
loans in connection with the retail sale of Motor Vehicles by such Dealer.
"Dealer Recourse" means, with respect to any Dealer, any rights and
remedies against such Dealer under the related Dealer Agreement (other than with
respect to any breach of representation or warranty thereunder) with respect to
credit losses on a Receivable secured by a Financed Vehicle sold by such Dealer.
"Default" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time
or both would become, an Event of Default.
"Defaulted Receivable" means, with respect to any Collection Period, a
Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable) which Servicer has determined to
charge off during such Collection Period in accordance with its customary
servicing practices; provided that any Receivable which Seller or Servicer is
obligated to repurchase or purchase shall be deemed to have become a Defaulted
Receivable during a Collection Period if Seller or Servicer fails to deposit the
related Purchase Amount on the related Deposit Date when due.
"Definitive Notes" is defined in Section 2.10 of the Indenture.
"Definitive Certificates" means either or both (as the context requires) of
(a) Certificates issued in certificated, fully registered form as provided in
Section 3.11 of the Trust Agreement and (b) Certificates issued in certificated,
fully registered form as provided in Section 3.13 of the Trust Agreement.
"Delaware Trustee" is defined in Section 10.1 of the Trust Agreement.
"Delivery" when used with respect to Trust Account Property means:
(a) with respect to bankers' acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable
certificates of deposit and other obligations that constitute
Appendix X, Page 9
<PAGE>
"instruments" within the meaning of Section 9-105(l)(i) of the UCC and are
susceptible of physical delivery, transfer thereof to Indenture Trustee or
its nominee or custodian by physical delivery to Indenture Trustee or its
nominee or custodian endorsed to, or registered in the name of, Indenture
Trustee or its nominee or custodian or endorsed in blank, and, with respect
to a "certificated security" (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC)
transfer thereof (i) by delivery of such certificated security endorsed to,
or registered in the name of, Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian
or endorsed in blank to a financial intermediary (as defined in Section 8-
313 of the UCC) and the making by such "financial intermediary" of entries
on its books and records identifying such certificated securities as
belonging to Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian and the sending
by such financial intermediary of a confirmation of the purchase of such
certificated security by Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian, or
(ii) by delivery thereof to a "clearing corporation" (as defined in Section
8-102(3) of the UCC) and the making by such clearing corporation of
appropriate entries on its books reducing the appropriate securities
account of the transferor and increasing the appropriate securities account
of a financial intermediary by the amount of such certificated security,
the identification by the clearing corporation of the certificated
securities for the sole and exclusive account of the financial
intermediary, the maintenance of such certificated securities by such
clearing corporation or a "custodian bank" (as defined in Section 8-102(4)
of the UCC) or the nominee of either subject to the clearing corporation's
exclusive control, the sending of a confirmation by the financial
intermediary of the purchase by Indenture Trustee or its nominee or
custodian of such securities and the making by such financial intermediary
of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated
securities as belonging to Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian
(all of the foregoing, "Physical Property"), and, in any event, any such
Physical Property in registered form shall be in the name of Indenture
Trustee or its nominee or custodian; and such additional or alternative
procedures as may hereafter become appropriate to effect the complete
transfer of ownership of any such Trust Account Property to Indenture
Trustee or its nominee or custodian, consistent with changes in applicable
law or regulations or the interpretation thereof;
(b) with respect to any securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or by the Federal National Mortgage
Association that is a book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve
System pursuant to Federal book-entry regulations, the following
procedures, all in accordance with applicable law, including applicable
Federal regulations and Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC: book-entry
registration of such Trust Account Property to an appropriate book-
Appendix X, Page 10
<PAGE>
entry account maintained with a Federal Reserve Bank by a financial
intermediary which is also a "depository" pursuant to applicable Federal
regulations and issuance by such financial intermediary of a deposit advice
or other written confirmation of such book-entry registration to Indenture
Trustee or its nominee or custodian of the purchase by Indenture Trustee or
its nominee or custodian of such book-entry securities; the making by such
financial intermediary of entries in its books and records identifying such
book entry security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to
Federal book-entry regulations as belonging to Indenture Trustee or its
nominee or custodian and indicating that such custodian holds such Trust
Account Property solely as agent for Indenture Trustee or its nominee or
custodian; and such additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter
become appropriate to effect complete transfer of ownership of any such
Trust Account Property to Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian,
consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the
interpretation thereof; and
(c) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is an
uncertificated security under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed
by clause (b) above, registration on the books and records of the issuer
thereof in the name of the financial intermediary, the sending of a
confirmation by the financial intermediary of the purchase by Indenture
Trustee or its nominee or custodian of such uncertificated security, the
making by such financial intermediary of entries on its books and records
identifying such uncertificated certificates as belonging to Indenture
Trustee or its nominee or custodian.
"Deposit Date" means, with respect to any Collection Period, the Business
Day preceding the related Distribution Date.
"Depositor" means Seller in its capacity as Depositor under the Trust
Agreement.
"Depository Agreements" mean the Certificate Depository Agreement and the
Note Depository Agreement.
"Determination Date" with respect to any Collection Period, means the tenth
day of the calendar month following such Collection Period (or, if the tenth day
is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).
"Direct Loan" means motor vehicle promissory notes and security agreements
executed by an Obligor in favor of a motor vehicle lender.
Appendix X, Page 11
<PAGE>
"Distribution Date" means the 15th day of each month (or, if the 15th day
is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing ___________
__, 199__.
"Dollar" and the sign "$" mean lawful money of the United States.
"Eligible Deposit Account" means either (a) a segregated account with an
Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia
(or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as the long-term
unsecured debt of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from
each Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies
investment grade. Any such accounts (other than the Reserve Account) may be
maintained with AmSouth, or any of its Affiliates, if such accounts meet the
requirements described in clause (a) of the preceding sentence.
"Eligible Institution" means a depository institution (which may be
Servicer (or any Affiliate of Servicer) Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee)
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the
states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign
bank), (a) which has (i) either a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of AA
or a short-term senior unsecured debt or certificate of deposit rating of A-1+
or better by Standard & Poor's and (ii)(A) a short-term senior unsecured debt
rating of A-l or better by Standard & Poor's and (B) a short-term senior
unsecured debt rating of P-1 or better by Moody's, or any other long-term,
short-term or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies
and (b) whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
If so qualified, Servicer, any Affiliate of Servicer, Owner Trustee or Indenture
Trustee may be considered an Eligible Institution.
"Eligible Investments" shall mean any one or more of the following types of
investments:
(a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to
timely payment by, the United States of America;
(b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any
depository institution (including any Affiliate of Seller, Indenture
Trustee, Owner Trustee or any Affiliate of Indenture Trustee or Owner
Trustee) or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States
of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or any
domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision and
Appendix X, Page 12
<PAGE>
examination by Federal or state banking or depository institution
authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such institution
or trust company as custodian with respect to any obligation referred to in
clause (a) above or a portion of such obligation for the benefit of the
holders of such depository receipts); provided that at the time of the
investment or contractual commitment to invest therein (which shall be
deemed to be made again each time funds are reinvested following each
Distribution Date), the commercial paper or other short-term senior
unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which
is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution
or trust company) of such depository institution or trust company shall
have a credit rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+ and from Moody's of P-
1;
(c) commercial paper (including commercial paper of any Affiliate of
Seller) having, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to
invest therein, a rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+ and from Moody's of
P-1;
(d) investments in money market funds (including funds for which
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates or
any of Seller's Affiliates is investment manager or advisor) having a
rating from Standard & Poor's of AAA-m or AAAm-G and from Moody's of Aaa;
(e) bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust
company referred to in clause (b) above;
(f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a
direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America
or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in
either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company
(acting as principal) referred to in clause (b) above; and
(g) any other investment with respect to which each Rating Agency has
provided written notice that such investment would not cause such Rating
Agency to downgrade or withdraw its then current rating of any class of
Notes or the Certificates.
"ERISA" is defined in Section 11.12 of the Trust Agreement.
"Event of Default" is defined in Section 5.1 of the Indenture.
Appendix X, Page 13
<PAGE>
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Executive Officer" means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Accounting Officer, President, Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the
Secretary or the Treasurer of such corporation; and with respect to any
partnership, any general partner thereof.
"Expenses" is defined in Section 8.2 of the Trust Agreement.
"Final Scheduled Distribution Date" means for (a) the Class A-1 Notes, the
______________ Distribution Date, (b) the Class A-2 Notes, the _____________
Distribution Date and (c) the Certificates, the ______________ Distribution
Date.
"Final Scheduled Maturity Date" means the last day of the Collection Period
immediately preceding the Final Scheduled Distribution Date for the
Certificates.
"Financed Vehicle" means a new or used automobile or light duty truck,
together with all accessions thereto, securing an Obligor's indebtedness under
the respective Receivable.
"Fitch" means Fitch Investors Service, L.P., or its successor.
"GAAP" is defined in Section 10.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Grant" means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise,
release, convey, assign, transfer, create, grant a lien upon and a security
interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm pursuant
to the Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement or
instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the
obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the immediate and
continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal
and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other moneys payable
thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make
waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring
proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise and generally to do
and receive anything that the Granting party is or may be entitled to do or
receive thereunder or with respect thereto. Other forms of the verb "to Grant"
shall have correlative meanings.
"Holder" means, as the context may require, a Certificateholder or a
Noteholder or both.
Appendix X, Page 14
<PAGE>
"Indemnified Parties" is defined in Section 8.2 of the Trust Agreement.
"Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of _________ __, 199__, between
Issuer and Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented from
time to time.
"Indenture Trustee" means __________________________, not in its individual
capacity but as trustee under the Indenture, or any successor trustee under the
Indenture.
"Independent" means, when used with respect to any specified Person, that
the person (a) is in fact independent of Issuer, any other obligor upon the
Notes, Seller and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing persons, (b) does not
have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest
(other than less than 5% of the outstanding amount of any publicly traded
security) in Issuer, any such other obligor, Seller or any Affiliate of any of
the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with Issuer, any such other
obligor, Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer,
employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing
similar functions.
"Independent Certificate" means a certificate or opinion to be delivered to
Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying
with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture, made by an
Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order and approved
by Indenture Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and such opinion or
certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of "Independent"
in the Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.
"Initial Principal Balance" means, in respect of a Receivable, the amount
advanced under the Receivable toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle
and related costs, including accessories, service and warranty contracts,
insurance premiums, other items customarily financed as part of retail motor
vehicle loans and/or retail installment sales contracts and other fees charged
by a Seller Affiliate or the applicable Dealer and included in the amount to be
financed, the total of which is shown as the initial principal balance in the
note and security agreement or retail installment sale contract evidencing and
securing such Receivable.
"Insolvency Event" means, for a specified Person, (a) the filing of a
decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in
respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary
case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver (including any
receiver appointed
Appendix X, Page 15
<PAGE>
under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989,
as amended), liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar
official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of such Person's affairs, and such decree
or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive
days; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any
applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for
relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person
to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any
substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally
to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such
Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
"Insolvency Proceeds" is defined in Section 9.1(b) of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
"Insurance Policies" means, all credit life and disability insurance
policies maintained by the Obligors and all Physical Damage Insurance Policies.
"Interest Period" means, with respect to any specified Distribution Date,
the period from and including the Closing Date (in the case of the first
Distribution Date) and thereafter from and including the preceding Distribution
Date to but excluding such specified Distribution Date.
"Interest Rate" means, with respect to the (a) Class A-1 Notes, the Class
A-1 Interest Rate and (b) Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-2 Interest Rate.
"Issuer" means AmSouth Auto Trust 199__.
"Issuer Order" and "Issuer Request" means a written order or request signed
in the name of Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to
Indenture Trustee.
"Lien" means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference,
participation interest or encumbrance of any kind, other than liens for taxes
not yet due and payable, mechanics' or materialmen's liens and other liens for
work, labor or materials, and any other liens that may attach by operation of
law.
"Liquidation Proceeds" means, with respect to any Receivable that has
become a Defaulted Receivable, (a) insurance proceeds received by Servicer with
respect to the Insurance Policies, (b) amounts received by Servicer in
connection
Appendix X, Page 16
<PAGE>
with such Defaulted Receivable pursuant to the exercise of rights
under that Receivable and (c) the monies collected by Servicer (from whatever
source, including proceeds of a sale of a Financed Vehicle, a deficiency balance
recovered after the charge-off of the related Receivable or as a result of any
Dealer Recourse) on such Defaulted Receivable net of any expenses incurred by
Servicer in connection therewith and any payments required by law to be remitted
to the Obligor.
"Minimum Specified Reserve Balance" with respect to any Distribution Date
means the lesser of (i) $__________ and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance (after giving effect to any
distributions on the Notes and Certificates on such Distribution Date).
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or its successor.
"Motor Vehicle" means a new or used automobile or light duty truck.
"Motor Vehicle Loan" means a Direct Loan or retail installment sales
contract secured by a Motor Vehicle originated by a Seller Affiliate or another
financial institution.
"Note" means a Class A-1 Note or Class A-2 Note.
"Note Depository Agreement" means the agreement among Issuer, Servicer and
The Depository Trust Company, as the initial Clearing Agency, dated as of the
Closing Date, relating to the Notes, as the same may be amended or supplemented
from time to time.
"Note Distribution Account" means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
"Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the
Note Register.
"Note Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the person who is
the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing
Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing
Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant,
in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).
"Note Pool Factor" for each class of Notes as of the close of business on a
Distribution Date means a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the outstanding
principal balance of such class of Notes divided by the original outstanding
Appendix X, Page 17
<PAGE>
principal balance of such class of Notes. The Note Pool Factor for each class of
Notes will be 1.0000000 as of the Cutoff Date; thereafter, the Note Pool Factor
for each class of Notes will decline to reflect reductions in the outstanding
principal balance of such class of Notes.
"Noteholders' Distributable Amount" means, for any Distribution Date, the
sum of the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount and the Noteholders'
Interest Distributable Amount.
"Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any Distribution
Date, the sum of (a) the Class A-1 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount
and (b) the Class A-2 Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount for such
Distribution Date.
"Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any
Distribution Date, the Noteholders' Percentage of the Principal Distribution
Amount.
"Noteholders' Percentage" means 100% until the point in time at which the
Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes have been paid in full and zero thereafter.
"Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of
business on any specified Distribution Date, the excess of the Noteholders'
Monthly Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and any
outstanding Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall from the Distribution
Date preceding the specified Distribution Date over the amount in respect of
principal that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account on the
specified Distribution Date.
"Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any Distribution
Date, the sum of the Noteholder's Monthly Principal Distributable Amount for
such Distribution Date and the Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall as of
the close of business on the preceding Distribution Date; provided that the
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount shall not exceed the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of the Notes. In addition, on the Final Scheduled
Distribution Date of each class of Notes, the principal required to be deposited
in the Note Distribution Account will include the amount necessary (after giving
effect to the other amounts to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account on
such Distribution Date and allocable to principal) to be paid to Noteholders of
such class to reduce the Outstanding Amount of such class of Notes to zero.
"Note Register" and "Note Registrar" are defined in Section 2.4 of the
Indenture.
Appendix X, Page 18
<PAGE>
"Obligor" means, with respect to a Receivable, the borrower or co-borrowers
under the related Receivable and any co-signer of the Receivable or other Person
who owes or may be primarily or secondarily liable for payments under such
Receivable.
"Officer's Certificate" means: (a) for purposes of the Indenture, a
certificate signed by any Authorized Officer of Issuer, under the circumstances
described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of
Section 11.1 and TIA (S) 314, and delivered to Indenture Trustee; and (b)
otherwise, a certificate signed by the chairman, the president, any vice
president or the treasurer of Seller or Servicer, as the case may be, and
delivered to Indenture Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any reference in the
Indenture to an Officer's Certificate shall be to an Officer's Certificate of
any Authorized Officer of Issuer.
"Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written opinions of counsel who may,
except as otherwise expressly provided in the Indenture, be employees of or
counsel to Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to Issuer, Owner Trustee or
Indenture Trustee, as applicable, and which opinion or opinions shall be
addressed to Issuer, Owner Trustee, or Indenture Trustee, as applicable and
shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuer, Owner Trustee, and
Indenture Trustee, as applicable.
"Original Pool Balance" means the Pool Balance as of the Cutoff Date, which
is $_____________.
"Originator" means, with respect to any Direct Loan or retail installment
sales contract, the Seller Affiliate that was the lender with respect to such
Direct Loan or that acquired such Direct Loan or retail installment sales
contract from a Dealer or other Person.
"Outstanding" means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore
authenticated and delivered under the Indenture except:
(a) Notes theretofore canceled by Note Registrar or delivered to Note
Registrar for cancellation;
(b) Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money in the
necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with Indenture Trustee or
any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes (provided that if
such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly
given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefor, satisfactory to
Indenture Trustee); and
Appendix X, Page 19
<PAGE>
(c) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which have been
authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture unless proof
satisfactory to Indenture Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held
by a bona fide purchaser;
provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Outstanding
Amount of the Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any Basic Document, Notes owned by
Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, Seller or any Affiliate of any of the
foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except
that, in determining whether Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying
upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of Indenture Trustee either
actually knows to be so owned or has received written notice thereof shall be so
disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded
as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of Indenture
Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the
pledgee is not Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, Seller or any Affiliate
of any of the foregoing Persons.
"Outstanding Amount" means the aggregate principal amount of all Notes, or
class of Notes, as applicable, Outstanding at the date of determination.
"Owner" means each Person who is the beneficial owner of a Book Entry
Certificate as reflected in the records of the Clearing Agency or if a Clearing
Agency Participant is not the Owner, then as reflected in records of a Person
maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or indirectly, in
accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).
"Owner Trust Estate" means all right, title and interest of Issuer in and
to the property and rights assigned to Issuer pursuant to Article II of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust
Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account and all other property of
Issuer from time to time, including any rights of Owner Trustee and Issuer
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Owner Trustee" means ___________________, a Delaware banking corporation,
not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under the Trust
Agreement, and any successor Owner Trustee hereunder.
"Payaheads" means early payments by or on behalf of Obligors on Precomputed
Receivables which, in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices, do not
constitute scheduled payments or full prepayments and are applied to principal
and interest in a subsequent period.
Appendix X, Page 20
<PAGE>
"Payahead Account" means the account designated as such, established and
maintained pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Paying Agent" means: (a) when used in the Indenture or otherwise with
respect to the Notes, Indenture Trustee or any other Person that meets the
eligibility standards for Indenture Trustee specified in Section 6.11 of the
Indenture and is authorized by Issuer to make the payments to and distributions
from the Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account, including payment
of principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of Issuer; and (b) when used
in the Trust Agreement or otherwise with respect to the Certificates, Owner
Trustee or any other paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant to
Section 3.9 of the Trust Agreement.
"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation,
estate, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association,
joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
"Physical Damage Insurance Policy" means a theft and physical damage
insurance policy maintained by the Obligor under a Receivable, providing
coverage against loss or damage to or theft of the related Financed Vehicle.
"Physical Property" is defined in the definition of "Delivery" above.
"Pool Balance" means, at any time, the aggregate Principal Balance of the
Receivables (excluding Purchased Receivables and Defaulted Receivables) at such
time.
"Precomputed Receivable" means (i) an Actuarial Receivable, (ii) a Rule of
78's Receivable or (iii) a Sum of Periodic Balances Receivable.
"Predecessor Note" means, with respect to any particular Note, every
previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.5 of the Indenture in lieu of a
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.
"Principal Balance" means, as of any time, for any Receivable, the
principal balance of such Receivable under the terms of the Receivable
determined in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices.
Appendix X, Page 21
<PAGE>
"Principal Distribution Amount" means, for any Distribution Date, the sum
of (a) the Available Principal for such Distribution Date, and (b) the aggregate
amount of Realized Losses for the related Collection Period.
"Proceeding" means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or
administrative proceeding.
"Purchase Agreement" means each agreement dated as of _________ __, 199__
between a Seller Affiliate and Seller under which such Seller Affiliate sells
Receivables to Seller.
"Purchase Amount" of any Receivable means, with respect to any Deposit Date
and the last day of the related Collection Period, an amount equal to the sum of
(a) the outstanding Principal Balance of such Receivable as of the last day of
such Collection Period and (b) the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on such
Principal Balance at the related Contract Rate from the date a payment was last
made by or on behalf of the Obligor through and including the last day of such
Collection Period, in each case after giving effect to the receipt of monies
collected on such Receivable in such Collection Period.
"Purchased Receivable" means a Receivable purchased as of the close of
business on the last day of a Collection Period by Servicer pursuant to Section
4.7 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or repurchased by Seller pursuant to
Section 3.3 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Rating Agencies" means Moody's, Standard & Poor's and Fitch.
"Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action, that each
Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days' prior notice thereof (or such
shorter period as shall be acceptable to the Rating Agencies) and that none of
the Rating Agencies shall have notified Seller, Servicer, Owner Trustee or
Indenture Trustee in writing that such action will, in and of itself, result in
a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of any class of Notes, or
the Certificates.
"Realized Losses" means, for any Collection Period, the aggregate Principal
Balances of any Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such
Collection Period.
"Receivable" means each Motor Vehicle Loan described in the Schedule of
Receivables, but excluding (i) Defaulted Receivables to the extent the Principal
Balances thereof have been deposited in the Collection Account and (ii) any
Purchased Receivables.
Appendix X, Page 22
<PAGE>
"Receivable Files" is defined in Section 3.4 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
"Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date or Redemption
Date, the close of business on the day immediately preceding such Distribution
Date or Redemption Date; or, if Definitive Notes or Definitive Certificates have
been issued, the last day of the month preceding such Distribution Date.
"Redemption Date" means in the case of a redemption of the Notes pursuant
to Section 10.1(a) of the Indenture or a payment to Noteholders pursuant to
Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture, the Distribution Date specified by Servicer or
Issuer pursuant to such Section 10.1(a) or (b).
"Redemption Price" means (a) in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.1(a) of the Indenture, an amount equal to the unpaid
principal amount of the then outstanding Class A-2 Notes plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to but excluding the Redemption Date, (b) in the case of a
payment made to Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture, the
amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account, but not in excess of the
amount specified in clause (a) or (c) in the case of a redemption of the
Certificates pursuant to Section 9.3(a) of the Trust Agreement, an amount equal
to the Certificate Balance of the Certificates plus accrued interest thereon but
excluding such Redemption Date.
"Required Rating" means a rating with respect to short term deposit
obligations of at least P-1 by Moody's and at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's.
"Reserve Account" means the account designated as such, established and
maintained pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Reserve Account Deposit" means an amount equal to $__________.
"Reserve Account Property" means the Reserve Account, the Reserve Account
Deposit and all proceeds of the Reserve Account and the Reserve Account Deposit,
including all securities, investments, general intangibles, financial assets and
investment property from time to time credited to and any security entitlement
to the Reserve Account.
"Reserve Account Transfer Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of cash or other
immediately available funds on deposit in the Reserve Account on such
Distribution Date (before giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom relating to
such Distribution Date) or (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the sum of the
Appendix X, Page 23
<PAGE>
Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period and all accrued and unpaid
Servicing Fees for prior Collection Periods, the Noteholders' Interest
Distributable Amount, the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount, the
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount and the Certificateholders'
Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date exceeds (ii) the sum
of the Available Interest and the Available Principal for such Distribution
Date.
"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to Indenture Trustee, any officer
within the Corporate Trust Office of Indenture Trustee, including any Vice
President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Secretary,
or any other officer of Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions
similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also,
with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is
referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.
"Rule of 78's Receivable" means a Receivable that provides for the payment
by the Obligor of a specified total amount of payments, payable in equal monthly
installments on each due date, which total represents the principal amount
financed and add-on interest in an amount calculated at the stated Contract Rate
for the term of the Receivable and allocated to each monthly payment based upon
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of payments scheduled to have
been made prior to the due date for such monthly payment on such Receivable and
the denominator of which is the sum of all such numbers of payments to be made
until the maturity of such Receivable.
"Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement among
Issuer, Indenture Trustee, AmSouth, as Servicer, and Special Purpose Entity, as
Seller, dated as of ________, 199__, as the same may be amended and supplemented
from time to time.
"Schedule of Receivables" means, with respect to the Motor Vehicle Loans to
be conveyed to Seller by each Seller Affiliate and to Issuer by Seller, the list
identifying such Motor Vehicle Loans delivered to Indenture Trustee at the
Closing.
"Secretary of State" means the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
"Securities Intermediary" is defined in Section 5.8 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
"Seller" means Special Purpose Entity, a Delaware corporation, and any
successor pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Appendix X, Page 24
<PAGE>
"Seller Affiliate" means each Affiliate of the Seller that has sold
Receivables to the Seller.
"Servicer" means AmSouth and each Successor Servicer.
"Servicer Termination Event" means an event specified in Section 8.1 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.
"Servicer's Report" means a report of Servicer delivered pursuant to
Section 4.9 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, substantially in the form of
Exhibit C to that agreement.
"Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 4.8 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
"Servicing Fee Rate" means [1.00]% per annum.
"Simple Interest Method" means the method of allocating a fixed level
payment monthly installments between principal and interest, pursuant to which
such payment is allocated first to accrued and unpaid interest at the Contract
Rate on the unpaid principal balance and the remainder of such payment is
allocable to principal.
"Simple Interest Receivable" means any Receivable under which the portion
of a payment allocable to interest and the portion allocable to principal is
determined in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.
"Specified Reserve Account Balance" means, for any Distribution Date, the
greater of (a) ___% of the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
each class of Notes plus the outstanding Certificate Balance on such
Distribution Date (after giving effect to all payments on the Notes and
distributions with respect to the Certificates to be made on or prior to such
Distribution Date), and (b) the Minimum Specified Reserve Balance as of such
Distribution Date.
"Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or its successor.
"State" means any one of the 50 states of the United States of America or
the District of Columbia.
"Successor Servicer" is defined in Section 3.7(e) of the Indenture.
Appendix X, Page 25
<PAGE>
"Sum of Periodic Balances Receivable" means a Receivable that provides for
the payment by the Obligor of a specified total amount of payments, payable in
equal monthly installments on each due date, which total represents the
principal amount financed and add-on interest in an amount calculated at the
stated Contract Rate for the term of the Receivable and allocated to each
monthly payment based upon a fraction, the numerator of which is the principal
balance of such Receivable immediately prior to the due date for such monthly
payment and the denominator of which is the sum of all principal balances for
each monthly payment to be made until the maturity of such Receivable.
"Supplemental Servicing Fee" is defined in Section 4.8 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.
"Total Distribution Amount" means, for each Distribution Date, the sum of
(a) the Available Interest, (b) the Available Principal and (c) the Reserve
Account Transfer Amount, in each case in respect of such Distribution Date.
"Treasury Regulations" means regulations, including proposed or temporary
regulations, promulgated under the Code.
"Trust Account Property" means the Trust Accounts, all amounts and
investments held from time to time in any Trust Account (whether in the form of
deposit accounts, Physical Property, book-entry securities, uncertificated
securities or otherwise), and all proceeds of the foregoing.
"Trust Accounts" is defined in Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
"Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement dated as of _______ __, 199__,
between Seller and Owner Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented
from time to time.
"Trust Estate" means all money, instruments, rights and other property that
are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security interest of the
Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (including all property and
interests Granted to Indenture Trustee), including all proceeds thereof.
"Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in
force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.
"Trust Property" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Appendix X, Page 26
<PAGE>
"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant
jurisdiction.
Appendix X, Page 27
<PAGE>
Exhibit 99.2
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
This ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of __________ ___, 199_ (as from
time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect, this
"Agreement"), is by and among AMSOUTH AUTO TRUST 199_-_, a Delaware business
trust (the "Issuer"), AMSOUTH BANK, a banking corporation organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware, as administrator (the "Administrator"), and
____________, a ___________ banking corporation, not in its individual capacity
but solely as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee").
WHEREAS, the Issuer is issuing the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the
Certificates pursuant to the Trust Agreement and has entered into certain
agreements in connection therewith, including (i) the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, (ii) the Depository Agreements, and (iii) the Indenture (the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Depository Agreements and the Indenture being referred
to hereinafter collectively as the "Related Agreements");
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Owner Trustee desire to have the Administrator
perform certain duties of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee under the Related
Agreements and to provide such additional services consistent with the terms of
this Agreement and the Related Agreements as the Issuer and the Owner Trustee
may from time to time request; and
WHEREAS, the Administrator has the capacity to provide the services
required hereby and is willing to perform such services for the Issuer and the
Owner Trustee on the terms set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree
as follows:
1. Definitions and Usage. Except as otherwise specified herein or as the
context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise
defined herein are defined in Appendix X to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, which also contains rules as to usage that shall be applicable
herein.
<PAGE>
2. Duties of the Administrator. Duties with Respect to the Indenture and
the Depository Agreements. The Administrator agrees to perform all its
duties as Administrator and the duties of the Issuer under the Depository
Agreements. In addition, the Administrator shall consult with the Owner
Trustee regarding the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture and the
Depository Agreements. The Administrator shall monitor the performance of
the Issuer and shall advise the Owner Trustee when action is necessary to
comply with the Issuer's duties under the Indenture and the Depository
Agreements. The Administrator shall prepare for execution by the Issuer,
or shall cause the preparation by appropriate persons of, all such
documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions that it
shall be the duty of the Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the
Indenture and the Depository Agreements. In furtherance of the foregoing,
the Administrator shall take all appropriate action that is the duty of the
Issuer to take pursuant to the Indenture including, without limitation,
such of the foregoing as are required with respect to the following matters
under the Indenture (references are to sections of the Indenture):
(1) the duty to cause the Note Register to be kept and to give
the Indenture Trustee notice of any appointment of a new
Note Registrar and the location, or change in location, of
the Note Register (Section 2.4);
(2) the preparation of or obtaining of the documents and
instruments required for authentication of the Notes and
delivery of the same to the Indenture Trustee (Section 2.2);
(3) the preparation, obtaining or filing of the instruments,
opinions and certificates and other documents required for
the release of property from the lien of the Indenture
(Section 2.9);
(4) the preparation of Definitive Notes in accordance with the
instructions of the Clearing Agency (Section 2.12);
(5) the maintenance of an office in the Borough of Manhattan,
City of New York, for registration of transfer or exchange
of Notes (Section 3.2);
(6) the duty to cause newly appointed Note Paying Agents, if
any, to deliver to the Indenture Trustee the instrument
specified in the Indenture regarding funds held in trust
(Section 3.3);
(7) the direction to the Indenture Trustee to deposit monies
with Note Paying Agents, if any, other than the Indenture
Trustee (Section 3.3);
2
<PAGE>
(8) the obtaining and preservation of the Issuer's
qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which
such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the
validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes, the
Collateral and each other instrument or agreement included
in the Trust Estate (Section 3.4);
(9) the preparation of all supplements and amendments to the
Indenture and all financing statements, continuation
statements, instruments of further assurance and other
instruments and the taking of such other action as is
necessary or advisable to protect the Trust Estate (Section
3.5);
(10) the delivery of the Opinion of Counsel on the Closing Date
and the annual delivery of Opinions of Counsel as to the
Trust Estate, and the annual delivery of the Officer's
Certificate and certain other statements as to compliance
with the Indenture (Sections 3.6 and 3.9);
(11) the identification to the Indenture Trustee in an
Officer's Certificate of any Person with whom the Issuer has
contracted to perform its duties under the Indenture
(Section 3.7(b));
(12) the notification of the Indenture Trustee and the Rating
Agencies of an Event of Servicing Termination under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and, if such Event of Servicing
Termination arises from the failure of the Servicer to
perform any of its duties under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement with respect to the Receivables, the taking of all
reasonable steps available to remedy such failure (Section
3.7(d));
(13) the preparation and obtaining of documents and instruments
required for the transfer by the Issuer of its properties or
assets (Section 3.10(b));
(14) the duty to cause the Servicer to comply with Sections
4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 and 5.5 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement (Section 3.14);
(15) the delivery of written notice to the Indenture Trustee
and the Rating Agencies of each Event of Default under the
Indenture and each default by the Servicer or the Seller
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement (Section 3.18);
3
<PAGE>
(16) the monitoring of the Issuer's obligations as to the
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the
preparation of an Officer's Certificate and the obtaining of
the Opinions of Counsel and the Independent Certificate
relating thereto (Section 4.1);
(17) the monitoring of the Issuer's obligations as to the
satisfaction, discharge and defeasance of the Notes and the
preparation of an Officer's Certificate and the obtaining of
an opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
certified public accountants, a written confirmation thereof
and the Opinions of Counsel relating thereto (Section 4.1);
(18) the preparation and delivery of an Officer's Certificate
to the Indenture Trustee after the occurrence of any event
which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would
become an Event of Default under Section 5.1(c) of the
Indenture, its status and what action the Issuer is taking
or proposes to take with respect thereto (Section 5.1);
(19) the compliance with any written directive of the Indenture
Trustee with respect to the sale of the Trust Estate at one
or more public or private sales called and conducted in any
manner permitted by law if an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing (Section 5.4);
(20) the preparation and delivery of notice to Noteholders of
the removal of the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of
a successor Indenture Trustee (Section 6.8);
(21) the preparation of any written instruments required to
confirm more fully the authority of any co-trustee or
separate trustee and any written instruments necessary in
connection with the resignation or removal of any co-trustee
or separate trustee (Sections 6.8 and 6.10);
(22) the furnishing of the Indenture Trustee with the names and
addresses of Noteholders during any period when the
Indenture Trustee is not the Note Registrar (Section 7.1);
(23) the preparation and, after execution by the Issuer, the
filing with the Commission, any applicable state agencies
and the Indenture Trustee of documents required to be filed
on a periodic basis with, and summaries thereof as may be
required
4
<PAGE>
by rules and regulations prescribed by, the Commission and
any applicable state agencies and the transmission of such
summaries, as necessary, to the Noteholders (Section 7.3);
(24) the preparation and delivery of Issuer Orders, Officer's
Certificates and Opinions of Counsel and all other actions
necessary with respect to investment and reinvestment, to
the extent permitted, of funds in such accounts (Sections
8.2 and 8.3);
(25) the preparation of an Issuer Request and Officer's
Certificate and the obtaining of an Opinion of Counsel and
Independent Certificates, if necessary, for the release of
the Trust Estate (Sections 8.4 and 8.5);
(26) the preparation of Issuer Orders and the obtaining of
Opinions of Counsel with respect to the execution of
supplemental indentures and the mailing to the Noteholders
of notices with respect to such supplemental indentures
(Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3);
(AA) the execution and delivery of new Notes conforming to
any supplemental indenture (Section 9.6);
(BB) the notification of Noteholders of redemption of the
Notes or duty to cause the Indenture Trustee to provide such
notification (Section 10.2);
(CC) the preparation and delivery of all Officer's
Certificates and the obtaining of Opinions of Counsel and
Independent Certificates with respect to any requests by the
Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under the
Indenture (Section 11.1(a));
(DD) the preparation and delivery of Officer's Certificates
and the obtaining of Independent Certificates, if necessary, for
the release of property from the lien of the Indenture (Section
11.1(b));
(EE) the notification of the Rating Agencies, upon the
failure of the Indenture Trustee to give such notification, of
the information required pursuant to Section 11.4 of the
Indenture (Section 11.4);
(FF) the preparation and delivery to Noteholders and the
Indenture Trustee of any agreements with respect to alternate
payment and notice provisions (Section 11.6); and
5
<PAGE>
(GG) the recording of the Indenture, if applicable (Section
11.15).
i. The Administrator will:
(1) pay the Indenture Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for all services rendered by the Indenture
Trustee under the Indenture (which compensation shall not be
limited by any provision of law in regard to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and
(2) except as otherwise expressly provided in the Indenture,
reimburse the Indenture Trustee upon its request for all
reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or
made by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with any
provision of the Indenture (including the reasonable
compensation, expenses and disbursements of its agents and
counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance
as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith.
a. Additional Duties. In addition to the duties of the
Administrator set forth above, the Administrator shall perform such
calculations and shall prepare or shall cause the preparation by other
appropriate persons of, and shall execute on behalf of the Issuer or
the Owner Trustee, all such documents, reports, filings, instruments,
certificates and opinions that it shall be the duty of the Issuer or
the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Related
Agreements, and at the request of the Owner Trustee shall take all
appropriate action that it is the duty of the Issuer or the Owner
Trustee to take pursuant to the Related Agreements. Subject to Section
5 of this Agreement, and in accordance with the directions of the
Owner Trustee, the Administrator shall administer, perform or
supervise the performance of such other activities in connection with
the Collateral (including the Related Agreements) as are not covered
by any of the foregoing provisions and as are expressly requested by
the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within the capability of the
Administrator.
i. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Related
Agreements to the contrary, the Administrator shall be
responsible for promptly notifying the Owner Trustee in the event
that any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer's payments (or
allocations of income) to a Certificateholder as contemplated in
Section 5.2(c) of the Trust Agreement. Any such notice shall
specify the amount of any withholding tax required to be withheld
by the Owner Trustee pursuant to such provision.
6
<PAGE>
ii. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Related
Agreements to the contrary, the Administrator shall be
responsible for performance of the duties of the Trust or the
Owner Trustee set forth in Section 5.5(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)
and Section 5.6(a) of the Trust Agreement with respect to, among
other things, accounting and reports to Certificateholders.
iii The Administrator will provide prior to __________ ___, 199_, a
certificate of an Authorized Officer in form and substance
satisfactory to the Owner Trustee as to whether any tax
withholding is then required and, if required, the procedures to
be followed with respect thereto to comply with the requirements
of the Code. The Administrator shall be required to update the
letter in each instance that any additional tax withholding is
subsequently required or any previously required tax withholding
shall no longer be required.
iv. The Administrator shall perform the duties of the Administrator
specified in Section 10.2 of the Trust Agreement required to be
performed in connection with the resignation or removal of the
Owner Trustee, and any other duties expressly required to be
performed by the Administrator pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
v. In carrying out the foregoing duties or any of its other
obligations under this Agreement, the Administrator may enter
into transactions or otherwise deal with any of its Affiliates;
provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or
dealings shall be in accordance with any directions received from
the Issuer and shall be, in the Administrator's opinion, no less
favorable to the Issuer than would be available from unaffiliated
parties.
b. Non-Ministerial Matters. With respect to matters that in the
reasonable judgment of the Administrator are non-ministerial, the
Administrator shall not take any action unless within a reasonable
time before the taking of such action, the Administrator shall have
notified the Owner Trustee of the proposed action and the Owner
Trustee shall not have withheld consent or provided an alternative
direction. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, "non-
ministerial matters" shall include, without limitation:
(1) the amendment of or any supplement to the Indenture;
(2) the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Issuer and
the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or
against the Issuer (other than in connection with the
collection of
7
<PAGE>
the Receivables or Permitted Investments);
(3) the amendment, change or modification of the Related
Agreements;
(4) the appointment of successor Note Registrars, successor
Note Paying Agents and successor Indenture Trustees pursuant
to the Indenture or the appointment of successor
Administrators or Successor Servicers, or the consent to the
assignment by the Note Registrar, Note Paying Agent or
Indenture Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture;
and
(5) the removal of the Indenture Trustee.
i. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
the Administrator shall not be obligated to, and shall not, (x)
make any payments to the Noteholders under the Related
Agreements, (y) sell the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.4 of
the Indenture or (z) take any other action that the Issuer
directs the Administrator not to take on its behalf.
3. Records. The Administrator shall maintain appropriate books of
account and records relating to services performed hereunder, which books
of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by the Issuer and
the Seller at any time during normal business hours.
4. Compensation. As compensation for the performance of the
Administrator's obligations under this Agreement and, as reimbursement for
its expenses related thereto, the Administrator shall be entitled to $_____
annually which shall be solely an obligation of the Seller.
5. Additional Information To Be Furnished to the Issuer. The
Administrator shall furnish to the Issuer from time to time such additional
information regarding the Collateral as the Issuer shall reasonably
request.
6. Independence of the Administrator. For all purposes of this
Agreement, the Administrator shall be an independent contractor and shall
not be subject to the supervision of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee with
respect to the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its
obligations hereunder. Unless expressly authorized by the Issuer, the
Administrator shall have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer or
the Owner Trustee in any way and shall not otherwise be deemed an agent of
the Issuer or the Owner Trustee.
7. No Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
constitute
8
<PAGE>
the Administrator and either of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee as members
of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated
business or other separate entity, shall be construed to impose any
liability as such on any of them or shall be deemed to confer on any of
them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation or
liability on behalf of the others.
8. Other Activities of Administrator. Nothing herein shall prevent the
Administrator or its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses or, in
its sole discretion, from acting in a similar capacity as an administrator
for any other person or entity even though such person or entity may engage
in business activities similar to those of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee.
9. Term of Agreement; Resignation and Removal of Administrator. This
Agreement shall continue in force until the dissolution of the Issuer, upon
which event this Agreement shall automatically terminate.
a. Subject to Sections 9(e) and 9(f), the Administrator may resign
its duties hereunder by providing the Issuer with at least sixty (60)
days' prior written notice.
b. Subject to Sections 9(e) and 9(f), the Issuer may remove the
Administrator without cause by providing the Administrator with at
least sixty (60) days' prior written notice.
c. Subject to Sections 9(e) and 9(f), at the sole option of the
Issuer, the Administrator may be removed immediately upon written
notice of termination from the Issuer to the Administrator if any of
the following events shall occur:
i. the Administrator shall default in the performance of any of
its duties under this Agreement and, after notice of such
default, shall not cure such default within ten (10) days (or, if
such default cannot be cured in such time, shall not give within
ten (10) days such assurance of cure as shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuer);
ii. a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a
decree or order for relief, and such decree or order shall not
have been vacated within sixty (60) days, in respect of the
Administrator in any involuntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect or appoint a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator or similar official for the Administrator
or any substantial part of its property or order the winding-up
or liquidation of its affairs; or
iii the Administrator shall commence a voluntary case under any
9
<PAGE>
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for
relief in an involuntary case under any such law, shall consent
to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator or similar official for the Administrator
or any substantial part of its property, shall consent to the
taking of possession by any such official of any substantial part
of its property, shall make any general assignment for the
benefit of creditors or shall fail generally to pay its debts as
they become due.
The Administrator agrees that if any of the events specified in
clauses (ii) or (iii) of this Section 9(c) shall occur, it shall give
written notice thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee within seven (7) days
after the happening of such event.
d. No resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to this
Section 9 shall be effective until (i) a successor Administrator shall
have been appointed by the Issuer and (ii) such successor
Administrator shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of
this Agreement in the same manner as the Administrator is bound
hereunder.
e. The appointment of any successor Administrator shall be effective
only after satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to
the proposed appointment.
f. Subject to Sections 9(e) and 9(f), the Administrator acknowledges
that upon the appointment of a successor Servicer pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, the Administrator shall immediately resign
and such successor Servicer shall automatically become the
Administrator under this Agreement.
10. Action upon Termination, Resignation or Removal. Promptly upon the
effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(a) or
the resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to Section 9(b) or
(c), respectively, the Administrator shall be entitled to be paid all fees
and reimbursable expenses accruing to it to the date of such termination,
resignation or removal. The Administrator shall forthwith upon such
termination pursuant to Section 9(a) deliver to the Issuer all property and
documents of or relating to the Collateral then in the custody of the
Administrator. In the event of the resignation or removal of the
Administrator pursuant to Section 9(b) or (c), respectively, the
Administrator shall cooperate with the Issuer and take all reasonable steps
requested to assist the Issuer in making an orderly transfer of the duties
of the Administrator.
10
<PAGE>
11. Notices. Any notice, report or other communication given hereunder shall
be in writing and addressed as follows:
a. if to the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, to:
AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_
c/o ______________________________
1900 5th Avenue North AmSouth/SONAT Tower
Birmingham, Alabama 35288
Attention: _______________________
Telephone: ______________________
Telecopy: _______________________
b. if to the Administrator, to:
AmSouth Bank
_________________________________
1900 5th Avenue North AmSouth/SONAT Tower
Birmingham, Alabama 35288
Attention: _______________________
Telephone: ______________________
Telecopy: _______________________
c. If to the Indenture Trustee, to:
_________________________________
_________________________________
Attention: _______________________
Telephone: ______________________
Telecopy: _______________________
or to such other address as any party shall have provided to the other parties
in writing. Any notice required to be in writing hereunder shall be deemed
given if such notice is mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, or hand-
delivered to the address of such party as provided above.
12. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by a
written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, the
Administrator and the Indenture Trustee, with the written consent of the
Owner Trustee, without the consent of the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing
in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or
11
<PAGE>
Certificateholders; provided that, unless the Rating Agency Condition shall
have been satisfied, such amendment will not, as set forth in an Opinion of
Counsel satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee,
materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or
Certificateholder. This Agreement may also be amended by the Issuer, the
Administrator and the Indenture Trustee with the written consent of the
Owner Trustee and the Noteholders of Notes evidencing not less than a
majority of the Notes Outstanding and the Certificateholders of
Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate Balance
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any
manner the rights of Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided,
however, that no such amendment may increase or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on
Receivables or distributions that are required to be made for the benefit
of the Noteholders or Certificateholders or reduce the aforesaid percentage
of the Noteholders and Certificateholders which are required to consent to
any such amendment, without the consent of the Noteholders of all the Notes
Outstanding and Certificateholders of Certificates evidencing all the
Certificate Balance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may
not amend this Agreement without the consent of the Seller, which
permission shall not be unreasonably withheld.
13. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by the
Administrator unless such assignment is previously consented to in writing
by the Issuer and the Owner Trustee and subject to the satisfaction of the
Rating Agency Condition in respect thereof. An assignment with such
consent and satisfaction, if accepted by the assignee, shall bind the
assignee hereunder in the same manner as the Administrator is bound
hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be assigned
by the Administrator without the consent of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee
to a corporation or other organization that is a successor (by merger,
consolidation or purchase of assets) to the Administrator; provided that
such successor organization executes and delivers to the Issuer, the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an agreement in which such corporation or
other organization agrees to be bound hereunder by the terms of said
assignment in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder.
Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall bind any successors or
assigns of the parties hereto.
14. Governing Law. This agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York, and the obligations, rights and remedies
of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.
15. Headings. The Section headings hereof have been inserted for
convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the
meaning, construction or effect of this Agreement.
12
<PAGE>
16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be an original, but all of which together
shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
17. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining
provisions hereof and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in
any other jurisdiction.
18. Not Applicable to AmSouth in Other Capacities. Nothing in this
Agreement shall affect any right or obligation AmSouth may have in any
other capacity.
19. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this instrument
has been countersigned by [Name of Owner Trustee] not in its individual
capacity but solely in the capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer and in
no event shall [Name of Owner Trustee] in its individual capacity or any
beneficial owner of the Issuer have any liability for the representations,
warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the Issuer
hereunder, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of
the Issuer. For all purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of any
duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be
subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of
Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.
a. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this
Agreement has been countersigned by [Name of Indenture Trustee] not in
its individual capacity but solely as [Name of Indenture Trustee] and
in no event shall Indenture Trustee have any liability for the
representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other
obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates,
notices or agreements delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which
recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Issuer.
20. Third-Party Beneficiary. The Owner Trustee is a third-party
beneficiary to this Agreement and is entitled to the rights and benefits
hereunder and may enforce the provisions hereof as if it were a party
hereto.
21. Nonpetition Covenants. Notwithstanding any prior termination of this
Agreement, the Seller, the Administrator, the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one
day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the Issuer,
acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer to invoke the
process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing
or sustaining a case against the Issuer under any federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
13
<PAGE>
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar
official of the Issuer or any substantial part of its property, or ordering
the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer.
a. Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Issuer,
the Administrator, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee shall
not, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the
termination of this Agreement with respect to the Seller, acquiesce,
petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Seller to invoke the process
of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or
sustaining a case against the Seller under any federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other
similar official of the Seller or any substantial part of their
respective property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the
affairs of the Seller.
14
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
AmSouth Auto Trust 199_-_
By: _____________, not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee
By: ______________________________________________
Name:
Title:
_________________, not in its individual capacity but
solely as Indenture Trustee
By: _______________________________________________
Name:
Title:
AmSouth Bank, as Administrator
By: _______________________________________________
Name:
Title:
15
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.3
================================================================================
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
[NAME OF SELLER AFFILIATE]
AS
SELLER
AND
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
AS
PURCHASER
DATED AS OF ___________, 199__
================================================================================
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SECTION 1.1. Definitions................................................................. 1
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions............................................... 1
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE OF RECEIVABLES
SECTION 2.1. Purchase and Sale of Receivables............................................ 2
SECTION 2.2. Receivables Purchase Price.................................................. 3
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties of Seller.................................... 4
SECTION 3.2. Representations and Warranties as to Each Receivable........................ 5
SECTION 3.3. Repurchase upon Breach...................................................... 9
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS OF SELLER
SECTION 4.1. Protection of Title to Seller Assets........................................ 10
SECTION 4.2. Liability of Seller; Indemnities............................................ 12
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SECTION 5.1. Obligations of Seller....................................................... 13
SECTION 5.2. Seller's Assignment of Purchased Receivables................................ 13
SECTION 5.3. Subsequent Transfer to Issuer and Indenture Trustee......................... 13
SECTION 5.4. Amendment................................................................... 14
SECTION 5.5. Waivers..................................................................... 16
SECTION 5.6. Notices..................................................................... 16
SECTION 5.7. Costs and Expenses.......................................................... 16
SECTION 5.8. Representations to Seller................................................... 16
SECTION 5.9. Governing Law............................................................... 16
SECTION 5.10. Counterparts................................................................ 17
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This PURCHASE AGREEMENT (as from time to time amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified and in effect, this "Agreement") is made as of this ___th day
of ___________, 199__ by and between [NAME OF SELLER AFFILIATE], a national
banking association (the "Seller"), and AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Purchaser").
WHEREAS, in the regular course of its business, Seller purchases or
originates Motor Vehicle Loans secured by new and used automobiles and light
trucks from motor vehicle dealers;
WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to purchase from Seller a portfolio of Motor
Vehicle Loans arising in connection with Motor Vehicle Loans purchased by the
Seller from Dealers or originated by Seller; and
WHEREAS, Seller is willing to sell such Motor Vehicle Loans to Purchaser.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Capitalized terms are used in this Agreement as
defined in Appendix X to the Sale and Servicing Agreement among the AmSouth Auto
Trust 199__-__, as issuer, the Purchaser, as seller, and AmSouth Bank, as
servicer, except that references in Appendix X to the "Seller" shall be deemed
to be references to Purchaser hereunder and references to a "Seller Affiliate"
shall be deemed to be references to the Seller hereunder.
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Provisions. For purposes of this
Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not
otherwise defined in this Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this
Agreement to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to
them under generally accepted accounting principles; (b) terms defined in
Article 9 of the UCC and not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used as
defined in that Article; (c) the words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and
words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (d) references to any
Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Articles, Sections,
Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement and references to any paragraph,
subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer
to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or
definition; (e) the term "including" means "including without limitation"; (f)
except as otherwise expressly provided herein, references to any law or
regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and
include any successor law or regulation; (g) references to any Person include
that Person's successors and assigns; and (h) headings are for purposes of
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of
any provision hereof.
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE OF RECEIVABLES
SECTION 2.1. Purchase and Sale of Receivables.
Effective as of the Closing Date and immediately prior to the transactions
pursuant to the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust
Agreement, Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise
convey to Purchaser, without recourse (subject to the obligations herein) (the
"Seller Assets"):
(i) all right, title and interest of Seller in and to the
Receivables, and all moneys received thereon [on or] after the Cutoff Date;
(ii) all right, title and interest of Seller in the security
interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the
Receivables and any other interest of Seller in the Financed Vehicles and
any other property that shall secure the Receivables;
(iii) the interest of Seller in any proceeds with respect to the
Receivables from claims on any Insurance Policies covering Financed
Vehicles or the Obligors or from claims under any lender's single interest
insurance policy naming the Seller as an insured;
(iv) rebates of premiums relating to Insurance Policies and rebates
of other items such as extended warranties financed under the Receivables,
in each case, to the extent the Servicer would, in
2 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
accordance with its customary practices, apply such amounts to the
Principal Balance of the related Receivable;
(v) the interest of Seller in any proceeds from (i) any Receivable
repurchased by a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a result of a
breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement, (ii)
a default by an Obligor resulting in the repossession of the Financed
Vehicle under the applicable Motor Vehicle Loan or (iii) any Dealer
Recourse or other rights relating to the Receivables under Dealer
Agreements;
(vi) all right, title and interest of Seller in any instrument or
document relating to the Receivables; and
(vii) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
The sale, transfer, assignment, setting over and conveyance made hereunder
shall not constitute and is not intended to result in an assumption by Purchaser
of any obligation of Seller to the Obligors, the Dealers or any other Person in
connection with the Receivables and the other assets and properties conveyed
hereunder or any agreement, document or instrument related thereto.
SECTION 2.2. Receivables Purchase Price. In consideration for the Seller
Assets, Purchaser shall, on the Closing Date, pay to Seller the Receivables
Purchase Price. The "Receivables Purchase Price" shall be an amount equal to
100% of the sum of the following amounts: (i) the aggregate principal balance of
the Seller's Receivables as of the Cutoff Date; (ii) accrued interest on such
Receivables from the last payment date on the Receivables prior to Cutoff Date
and to and including the day immediately preceding the Closing Date; and (iii)
[insert appropriate adjustments]. The Receivables Purchase Price shall be paid
by __________________ same day funds.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties of Seller.
Seller hereby makes the following representations and warranties upon which
Purchaser may rely. Such representations are made as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment
of the Receivables to Purchaser.
3 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
(a) Organization and Good Standing. Seller has been duly organized
and is validly existing as ______________________ in good standing under
the laws of _____________________, with the power and authority to own its
properties and to conduct its business as such properties are presently
owned and such business is presently conducted and had at all relevant
times, and has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell
the Seller Assets pursuant to Article II.
(b) Power and Authority. Seller has the power, authority and legal
right to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms and
to sell and assign the Seller Assets; and the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by Seller by all
necessary corporate action.
(c) No Consent Required. No approval, authorization, consent, license
or other order or action of, or filing or registration with, any
governmental authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the
execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than the filing of
UCC financing statements.
(d) Valid Sale; Binding Obligation. Seller intends this Agreement to
effect a valid sale, transfer, and assignment of the Receivables and the
other properties and rights included in the Seller Assets conveyed by
Seller to Purchaser hereunder, enforceable against creditors of and
purchasers from Seller; and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with
its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation and
other similar laws affecting enforcement of the rights of creditors
generally and to equitable limitations on the availability of specific
remedies.
(e) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller
of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby will not conflict with, result in any material breach of any of the
terms and provisions of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of
time) a material default under or result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien upon any of its material properties pursuant to the terms of, (i)
the _____________ or bylaws of Seller, (ii) any material indenture,
contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument or agreement
to which Seller is a party or by which Seller is bound, or (iii) any law,
order, rule or regulation applicable to Seller of any federal or state
regulatory body, any court,
4 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over Seller.
(f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations
pending, or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, before any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over Seller or its properties: (i)
asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
herein, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions
by this Agreement, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might
materially and adversely affect the performance by Seller of its
obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated herein, or (iv) that may materially and
adversely affect this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
(g) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of Seller is
set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.
SECTION 3.2. Representations and Warranties as to Each Receivable.
Seller hereby makes the following representations and warranties as to each
Receivable conveyed by it to Purchaser hereunder on which Purchaser shall rely
in acquiring the Receivables. Unless otherwise indicated, such representations
and warranties shall speak as of the Closing Date, but shall survive the sale,
transfer and assignment of the Receivables to Purchaser hereunder, the sale,
transfer and assignment of the Receivables to Issuer under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, and the pledge thereof to Indenture Trustee pursuant to the
Indenture.
(a) Characteristics of Receivables. The Receivable has been fully and
properly executed by the parties thereto and (i) is a Direct Loan made by
an Originator or has been originated by a Dealer in the ordinary course of
such Dealer's business and has been purchased by an Originator, in either
case, in the ordinary course of such Originator's business and accordance
with such Originator's underwriting standards to finance the retail sale by
a Dealer of the related Financed Vehicle or has otherwise been acquired by
the Seller, (ii) the Originator of which has underwriting standards that
require physical damage insurance to be maintained on the related Financed
Vehicle, (iii) is secured by a valid, subsisting, binding and enforceable
first priority security interest in favor of the Seller in the Financed
Vehicle (subject to administrative delays and clerical errors on the part
of the applicable government agency and to any statutory or other lien
5 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
arising by operation of law after the Closing Date which is prior to such
security interest), which security interest is assignable together with
such Receivable, and has been so assigned to Purchaser, and subsequently
assigned by Purchaser to the Issuer, (iv) contains customary and
enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder
thereof are adequate for realization against the collateral of the benefits
of the security, (v) provided, at origination, for level monthly payments
(provided that the amount of the last payment may be different), which
fully amortize the Initial Principal Balance over the original term, (vi)
provides for interest at the Contract Rate specified in the Schedule of
Receivables, (vii) was originated in the United States and (viii)
constitutes "chattel paper" as defined in the UCC.
(b) Individual Characteristics. The Receivables have the following
individual characteristics as of the Cutoff Date; (i) each Receivable is
secured by either a Motor Vehicle; (ii) each Receivable has a Contract Rate
of at least ____% and not more than ____%; (iii) each Receivable had a
remaining number of scheduled payments, as of the Cutoff Date, of not less
than ____ and not more than ____; (iv) each Receivable had an Initial
Principal Balance of not less than $__________ and not more than
$__________; (v) no Receivable was more than 30 days past due as of the
Cutoff Date; (vi) no Financed Vehicle had been repossessed as of the Cutoff
Date; (vii) no Receivable is subject to a force placed Physical Damage
Insurance Policy on the related Financed Vehicle; [(viii) each Receivable
is a Simple Interest Receivable;] and (ix) the Dealer of the Financed
Vehicle has no participation in, or other right to receive, any proceeds of
the Receivable. The Receivables were selected using selection procedures
that were not intended by Seller to be adverse to the Purchaser.
(c) Schedule of Receivables. The information with respect to each
Receivable set forth in the Schedule of Receivables, including (without
limitation) the identity and address of the Obligor, account number, the
Initial Principal Balance, the maturity date and the Contract Rate, was
true and correct in all material respects as of the close of business on
the Cutoff Date.
(d) Compliance with Law. The Receivable complied at the time it was
originated or made, and will comply as of the Closing Date, in all material
respects with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws,
and regulations thereunder, including, to the extent applicable, usury
laws, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act,
the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Federal
Trade Commission Act, the Magnuson-
6 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Moss Warranty Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, Federal Reserve
Board Regulations B and Z and any other consumer credit, consumer
protection, equal opportunity and disclosure laws.
(e) Binding Obligation. The Receivable constitutes the genuine,
legal, valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the Obligor,
enforceable in all material respects by the holder thereof in accordance
with its terms, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally, and the Receivable is not subject to any right
of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of
usury.
(f) Lien in Force. Seller has not taken any action which would have
the effect of releasing the related Financed Vehicle from the Lien granted
by the Receivable in whole or in part.
(g) No Amendment or Waiver. No material provision of the Receivable
has been amended, waived, altered or modified in any respect, except such
waivers as would be permitted under this Agreement, and no amendment,
waiver, alteration or modification causes such Receivable not to conform to
the other representations or warranties contained in this Section.
(h) No Liens. Seller has not received notice of any Liens or claims,
including Liens for work, labor, materials or unpaid state or federal
taxes, relating to the Financed Vehicle securing the Receivable, that are
or may be prior to or equal to the Lien granted by the Receivable.
(i) No Default. Except for payment delinquencies continuing for a
period of not more than 30 days as of the Cutoff Date, to the knowledge of
Seller, no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration
under the terms of the Receivable exists and no continuing condition that
with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default, breach,
violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of the
Receivable has arisen.
(j) Insurance. The Receivable requires the Obligor to insure the
Financed Vehicle under a Physical Damage Insurance Policy, pay the premiums
for such insurance and keep such insurance in full force and effect.
7 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
(k) Good Title. It is the intention of Seller that the transfer and
assignment herein contemplated constitute a sale of the Receivables from
Seller to Purchaser and that the beneficial interest in and title to the
Receivables not be part of Seller's estate in the event of the filing of a
bankruptcy petition or insolvency proceeding by or against Seller under any
bankruptcy or insolvency law. No Receivable has been sold, transferred,
assigned, or pledged by Seller to any Person other than Purchaser.
Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein contemplated,
Seller had good and marketable title to the Receivable free and clear of
any Lien and had full right and power to transfer and assign the Receivable
to Purchaser and immediately upon the transfer and assignment of the
Receivable to Purchaser, Purchaser shall have good and marketable title to
the Receivable, free and clear of any Lien; and Purchaser's interest in the
Receivable resulting from the transfer has been perfected under the UCC.
(l) Obligations. Seller has duly fulfilled all obligations on its
part to be fulfilled under, or in connection with, the Receivable.
(m) Possession. There is only one original executed Receivable, and
immediately prior to the Closing Date, the Seller will have possession of
such original executed Receivable.
(n) No Government Obligor. The Obligor on the Receivable is not the
United States of America or any state thereof or any local government, or
any agency, department, political subdivision or instrumentality of the
United States of America or any state thereof or any local government.
(o) Marking Records. By the Closing Date, Seller shall have caused
the portions of Seller's electronic master record of Motor Vehicle Loans
relating to the Receivables to be clearly and unambiguously marked to show
that the Receivable is owned by Purchaser in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.
(p) No Assignment. As of the Closing Date, Seller shall not have
taken any action to convey any right to any Person that would result in
such Person having a right to payments received under the Insurance
Policies or Dealer Agreements, or payments due under the Receivable, that
is senior to, or equal with, that of Purchaser.
(q) Lawful Assignment. The Receivable has not been originated in, and
is not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the sale,
transfer or assignment of such Receivable hereunder or pursuant
8 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
to transfers of the Notes or Certificates are unlawful, void or voidable.
Seller has not entered into any agreement with any Obligor that prohibits,
restricts or conditions the assignment of any portion of the Receivables.
(r) Dealer Agreements. A Dealer Agreement for each Receivable is in
effect whereby the Dealer warrants title to the Motor Vehicle and
indemnifies the Seller against the unenforceability of each Receivable sold
thereunder, and the rights of Seller thereunder, with regard to the
Receivable sold hereunder, have been validly assigned to and are
enforceable against the Dealer by the Purchaser, along with any Dealer
Recourse.
(s) Composition of Receivable. No Receivable has a Principal Balance
which includes capitalized interest or late charges.
(t) Database File. The information included with respect to each
Receivable in the database file delivered pursuant to Section 4.9(b) of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement is accurate and complete in all material
respects.
SECTION 3.3. Repurchase upon Breach. Seller or Purchaser, as the case may
be, shall inform the other party to this Agreement promptly, in writing, upon
the discovery of any breach or failure to be true of the representations or
warranties made by Seller in Section 3.2; provided that the failure to give such
notice shall not affect any obligation of Seller. If the breach or failure shall
not have been cured by the last day of the Collection Period which includes the
60th day (or if Seller elects, the 30th day) after the date on which Seller
becomes aware of, or receives written notice from Purchaser of, such breach or
failure, and such breach or failure materially and adversely affects the
interests of Issuer and the Holders in any Receivable. Seller shall repurchase
each such Receivable from Purchaser as of such last day of such Collection
Period at a purchase price equal to the Purchase Amount for such Receivable as
of such last day of such Collection Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
such breach or failure with respect to the representations and warranties
contained in Section 3.2 will not be deemed to have such a material and adverse
effect with respect to a Receivable if the facts resulting in such breach or
failure do not affect the ability of Issuer to receive and retain payment in
full on such Receivable. In consideration of the purchase of a Receivable
hereunder, Seller shall (unless otherwise directed by Purchaser in writing)
deposit the Purchase Amount of such Receivable, no later than the close of
business on the next Deposit Date, in the Collection Account. The sole remedy of
Purchaser with respect to a breach or failure to
9 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
be true of the warranties made by Seller pursuant to Section 3.2 shall be to
require Seller to repurchase Receivables pursuant to this Section.
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS OF SELLER
Seller covenants and agrees with Purchaser as follows:
SECTION 4.1. Protection of Title to Seller Assets. (a) Seller shall
execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed
such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of
Purchaser, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee in the Receivables and the
proceeds thereof. Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Purchaser
file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided
above, as soon as available following such filing.
(b) Seller shall not change its name, identity or corporate structure in
any manner that would, could or might make any financing statement or
continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously
misleading within the meaning of (S) 9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have
given Purchaser, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee at least five days' prior
written notice thereof and shall have promptly filed appropriate amendments to
all previously filed financing statements or continuation statements.
(c) Seller shall give Purchaser, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee at
least 60 days' prior written notice of any relocation of its principal executive
office if, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC
would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or
continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall promptly file
any such amendment or new financing statement.
(d) Seller shall maintain its computer systems relating to installment loan
recordkeeping so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of
its Receivables, Seller's master computer records (including any backup
archives) that refer to a Receivable shall indicate clearly the interest of
Purchaser, Issuer and Indenture Trustee in such Receivable and that such
Receivable has been sold to Purchaser and by Purchaser to Issuer and is owned by
Issuer and has been pledged to Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.
Indication of Purchaser's, Issuer's and Indenture Trustee's interest in a
Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on Seller's computer systems
10 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
when, and only when, the related Receivable shall have been paid in full or
repurchased by Seller or purchased by Servicer.
(e) If at any time Seller shall propose to sell, grant a security interest
in or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive receivables to any
prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, Seller shall give to such
prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee computer tapes, records or
printouts (including any restored from backup archives) that, if they shall
refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate clearly that
such Receivable has been sold to Purchaser and then sold by Purchaser to Issuer
and pledged to Indenture Trustee.
(f) Seller shall permit Purchaser, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee and
its agents at any time during normal business hours to inspect, audit and make
copies of and abstracts from Seller's records regarding any Receivable.
(g) Upon request at any time Purchaser, Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee
shall have reasonable grounds to believe that such request is necessary in
connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, Seller shall
furnish to Purchaser, within thirty (30) Business Days, a list of all
Receivables (by contract number and name of Obligor) conveyed to Purchaser
hereunder and then owned by Issuer, together with a reconciliation of such list
to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of Servicer's Reports furnished
before such request indicating removal of Receivables from Issuer.
(h) Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser, Owner
Trustee and Indenture Trustee:
(1) promptly after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
of each amendment thereto, an Opinion of Counsel either (A) stating that,
in the opinion of such counsel, all financing statements and continuation
statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to
preserve and protect the interest of Purchaser in the Receivables, and
reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of
Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, no such action shall be necessary to preserve and
protect such interest; and
(2) within 120 days after the beginning of each calendar year
beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months
after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of a date during
such 120-day period, either (A) stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements have been
executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect
11 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
the interest of Purchaser in the Receivables, and reciting the details of
such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such
details are given, or (B) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no
such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.
Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (1) or (2) above shall
specify any action necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in the
following year to preserve and protect such interest.
SECTION 4.2. Liability of Seller; Indemnities. Seller shall be liable in
accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by Seller under this Agreement.
(a) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser,
Issuer, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee and their respective officers,
directors, employees and agents from and against any taxes that may at any
time be asserted against any such Person with respect to, and on the date
of, the sale of the Receivables to Purchaser, including any sales, gross
receipts, general corporation, tangible personal property, privilege or
license taxes (but, not including any taxes asserted with respect to
Federal or other income taxes arising out of this Agreement and the other
Basic Documents) and costs and expenses in defending against the same.
(b) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser,
Issuer, Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders, the
Noteholders and the officers, directors, employees and agents of Purchaser,
Issuer, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee from and against any and all
costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities to the extent
arising out of, or imposed upon such Person through or as a result of (i)
Seller's willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of its duties under this Agreement, and (ii) the failure of any
Receivable conveyed by it to Purchaser hereunder, or the sale of the
related Financed Vehicle, to comply with all requirements of applicable
law.
(c) Seller shall be liable as primary obligor for, and shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser and its officers, directors,
employees and agents from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses,
claims, damages and liabilities arising out of, or incurred in connection
with, the acceptance or performance of the duties set forth herein, except
to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability
shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (except
for errors in judgment) of Purchaser.
12 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Indemnification under this Section shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other
expenses of litigation. If Seller shall have made any indemnity payments
pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf of whom such payments
are made thereafter shall collect any of such amounts from others, such Person
shall promptly repay such amounts to Seller, without interest.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SECTION 5.1. Obligations of Seller. The obligations of Seller under this
Agreement shall not be affected by reason of any invalidity, illegality or
irregularity of any Receivable.
SECTION 5.2. Seller's Assignment of Purchased Receivables. With respect
to all Receivables repurchased by Seller pursuant to this Agreement, Purchaser
shall assign, without recourse, representation or warranty, to Seller all
Purchaser's right, title and interest in and to such Receivables, and all
security and documents relating thereto.
SECTION 5.3. Subsequent Transfer to Issuer and Indenture Trustee. Seller
acknowledges that:
(a) Purchaser will, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
sell the Receivables to Issuer and assign its rights under this Agreement
to the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders, and that the representations and warranties contained
in this Agreement and the rights of Purchaser under Section 3.3 hereof are
intended to benefit Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders. Seller hereby consents to such sale and assignment.
(b) Issuer will, pursuant to the Indenture, pledge the Receivables
and its rights under this Agreement to the Indenture Trustee for the
benefit of the Noteholders, and that the representations and warranties
contained in this Agreement and the rights of Purchaser under this
Agreement, including under Section 3.3 are intended to benefit the
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders. Seller hereby consents to such
pledge.
SECTION 5.4. Amendment. (a) This Agreement may be amended by Seller and
the Purchaser, with the consent of the Servicer, Owner Trustee and
13 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Indenture Trustee (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld), but without
the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders:
(i) to cure any ambiguity or defect, to correct or supplement any
provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement;
provided that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel
delivered to Purchaser, Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee, adversely affect in
any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder;
(ii) (A) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary
or advisable in order to enable all or a portion of Issuer to qualify as, and to
permit an election to be made to cause all or a portion of Issuer to be treated
as, a "financial asset securitization investment trust" as described in the
provisions of the "Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996," or to enable all
or a portion of the Issuer to qualify and an election to be made for similar
treatment under such comparable subsequent federal income tax provisions as may
ultimately be enacted into law, and (B) in connection with any such election, to
modify or eliminate existing provisions set forth in this Agreement relating to
the intended federal income tax treatment of the Notes or Certificates and
Issuer in the absence of the election; it being a condition to any such
amendment that each Rating Agency shall have notified the Seller, Purchaser, the
Servicer, Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee in writing that the amendment
will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding
Notes or Certificates with respect to which it is a Rating Agency; and
(iii) to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or
advisable in order to enable (a) the transfer to Issuer of all or any portion of
the Receivables to be derecognized under GAAP by Purchaser to Issuer, (b) Issuer
to avoid becoming a member of Purchaser's consolidated group under GAAP or (c)
the Seller or Purchaser, or any of their Affiliates to otherwise comply with or
obtain more favorable treatment under any law or regulation or any accounting
rule or principle; it being a condition to any such amendment that each Rating
Agency shall have notified the Seller, Purchaser, the Servicer, Indenture
Trustee and the Owner Trustee in writing that the amendment will not result in a
reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Notes or Certificates
with respect to which it is a Rating Agency.
(b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by Seller and
Purchaser, with the consent of the Servicer, Owner Trustee and Indenture
Trustee, the consent of the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the consent of the
14 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate
Balance for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement; provided that no such
amendment shall (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or
accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or
distributions that shall be required to be made for the benefit of the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance, the Holders of
which are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the
Holders of all the outstanding Notes and the Holders of all the outstanding
Certificates of each class affected thereby.
(c) Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, Purchaser
shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent
to each Rating Agency. Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or
consent, Purchaser shall furnish written notification the substance of such
amendment or consent to each Noteholder, Certificateholder and Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee.
(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders or
Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof.
(e) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, Purchaser,
Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon
an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized
or permitted by this Agreement and that all conditions precedent to the
execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied and the Opinion of
Counsel referred to in Section 4.1(h)(i) has been delivered. Purchaser, Owner
Trustee and Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any
such amendment which affects Purchaser's, Owner Trustee's or Indenture
Trustee's, as applicable, own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement
or otherwise.
SECTION 5.5. Waivers. No failure or delay on the part of Purchaser in
exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power,
right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other power, right or remedy.
SECTION 5.6. Notices. All demands, notices and communications pursuant to
this Agreement to either party shall be in writing, personally delivered, or
sent by telecopier, overnight mail or mailed by certified mail,
15 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon
receipt at the address set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto or at such other
address as may be designated by it by notice to the other party.
SECTION 5.7. Costs and Expenses. Seller will pay all expenses incident to
the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and Purchaser agrees to
pay expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement
and all expenses in connection with the perfection as against third parties of
Purchaser's right, title and interest in and to the Receivables.
SECTION 5.8. Representations to Seller. The respective agreements,
representations, warranties and other statements by Seller and Purchaser set
forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect and will survive the Closing Date.
SECTION 5.9. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
SECTION 5.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
16 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby have caused this Purchase Agreement
to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the
date and year first above written.
[NAME OF SELLER AFFILIATE]
By: ___________________________________
Name:
Title:
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
By: ___________________________________
Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
LOCATION OF SELLER AND PURCHASER
[NAME OF SELLER AFFILIATE]
AMSOUTH AUTOCORP, INC.
Address for Notice:
__________________
__________________
__________________
